RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
Pictorial index
Search by illustration
1
For safety
and security
Make sure to read through them
2
Instrument
cluster
How to read the gauges and meters, the variety of
warning lights and indicators, etc.
3
Operation of
each component
Opening and closing the doors and windows,
adjustment before driving, etc.
4
Driving
Operations and advice which are necessary for
driving
5
Audio system
Operating the audio system
6
Interior features
Usage of the interior features, etc.
7
Maintenance
and care
Caring for your vehicle and maintenance
procedures
8
When trouble
arises
What to do in case of malfunction or emergency
9
Vehicle
specifications
Vehicle specifications, customizable features, etc.
10
For owners
Reporting safety defects for US owners, and seat
belt and SRS airbag instructions for Canadian
owners
Index
Search by symptom
Search alphabetically
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 1 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
For your information....................... 8
Reading this manual.................... 12
How to search.............................. 13
Pictorial index .............................. 14
1-1. For safe use
Before driving...................... 24
For safe driving ................... 26
Seat belts ............................ 28
SRS airbags........................ 36
Front passenger occupant
classification system ......... 49
Safety information
for children ........................ 56
Child restraint systems........ 57
Installing child restraints...... 61
Exhaust gas precautions..... 72
1-2. Theft deterrent system
Engine immobilizer
system............................... 73
2. Instrument cluster
Warning lights
and indicators....................78
Gauges and meters.............84
Multi-information display......88
Fuel consumption
information.........................94
3-1. Key information
Keys.....................................98
3-2. Opening, closing and
locking the doors
Side doors .........................107
Back door ..........................113
Smart key system..............130
3-3. Adjusting the seats
Front seats.........................139
Rear seats .........................141
Driving position memory ....144
Head restraints ..................146
3-4. Adjusting the steering
wheel and mirrors
Steering wheel...................149
Inside rear view mirror .......151
Outside rear view
mirrors .............................153
3-5. Opening, closing the
windows and moon roof
Power windows..................156
Moon roof ..........................160
1
For safety and security
2
Instrument cluster
3
Operation of
each component
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 2 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
1
9
8
7
6
4
3
2
10
5
4-1. Before driving
Driving the vehicle............. 166
Cargo and luggage............ 176
Vehicle load limits ............. 180
Trailer towing..................... 181
Dinghy towing.................... 195
4-2. Driving procedures
Engine (ignition) switch
(vehicles without
smart key system)........... 196
Engine (ignition) switch
(vehicles with
smart key system)........... 198
Automatic transmission..... 203
Turn signal lever................ 211
Parking brake.................... 212
4-3. Operating the lights
and wipers
Headlight switch................ 213
Automatic High Beam ....... 217
Fog light switch ................. 221
Windshield wipers
and washer ..................... 222
Rear window wiper
and washer ..................... 226
4-4. Refueling
Opening the fuel tank
cap...................................229
4-5. Using the driving support
systems
Toyota Safety Sense P......232
PCS
(Pre-Collision System).....239
LDA (Lane Departure
Alert with steering
control) ............................253
Dynamic radar cruise
control..............................261
Cruise control ....................273
Intuitive parking assist .......277
Rear view monitor
system .............................286
All-wheel drive lock
switch (AWD models)......296
BSM
(Blind Spot Monitor).........297
• The Blind Spot Monitor
function..........................301
• The Rear Cross Traffic
Alert function .................304
Driving assist systems.......307
4-6. Driving tips
Winter driving tips..............314
Utility vehicle
precautions......................318
4
Driving
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 3 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
TABLE OF CONTENTS
4
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-1. Basic Operations
Audio system types........... 324
Using the steering wheel
audio switches ................ 327
AUX port/USB port............ 330
5-2. Using the audio system
Optimal use of the
audio system................... 332
5-3. Using the radio
Radio operation................. 334
5-4. Playing an audio CD and
MP3/WMA discs
CD player operation .......... 336
5-5. Using an external device
Listening to an iPod........... 346
Listening to USB
memory device................ 352
Using the AUX port ........... 358
5-6. Using Bluetooth
®
devices
Bluetooth
®
audio/
phone .............................. 359
Using the steering
wheel switches................ 364
Register a Bluetooth
®
device.............................. 365
5-7. “SETUP” menu
Using the “SETUP” menu
(“Bluetooth
*” menu) ........ 366
Using the “SETUP” menu
(“PHONE” menu) ............ 371
5-8. Bluetooth
®
Audio
Operating a Bluetooth
®
enabled portable
player .............................. 376
5-9. Bluetooth
®
Phone
Making a phone call...........379
When receiving a
phone call........................381
Speaking on the phone......382
5-10.Bluetooth
®
Bluetooth
®
.........................384
5-11.Using the audio system
(Entune Audio)
Audio system
(Entune Audio) ................388
5-12.Basic Operations
Audio system operations
(Entune Audio) ................390
Steering wheel audio
switches...........................392
AUX port/USB port ............393
Basic audio operations ......394
5-13.Setup
Setup menu .......................396
General settings ................397
Audio settings....................399
Display settings .................400
Voice settings ....................402
5-14.Using the audio system
Selecting the audio
source..............................403
List screen operation .........404
Optimal use of the audio
system .............................406
5-15.Using the radio
Radio operation .................407
5-16.Playing an audio CD and
MP3/WMA/AAC discs
CD player operation...........409
CD player and disc
information.......................410
5
Audio system
*: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 4 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
5
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
1
9
8
7
6
4
3
2
10
5
5-17.Using an external device
iPod player operation ........ 416
USB memory device
player operation .............. 421
Using the AUX port ........... 426
5-18.Connecting Bluetooth
®
Preparations to
use wireless
communication................ 427
Registering a Bluetooth
®
audio player for the
first time .......................... 430
Registering a Bluetooth
®
phone for the
first time .......................... 431
Registering a Bluetooth
®
device.............................. 432
Connecting a Bluetooth
®
device.............................. 434
Displaying a Bluetooth
®
device details .................. 436
Detailed Bluetooth
®
settings............................ 437
5-19.Bluetooth
®
Audio
Listening to Bluetooth
®
Audio............................... 439
5-20.Bluetooth
®
Phone
Using a Bluetooth
®
Phone.............................. 441
Making a call ..................... 443
Receiving a call................. 446
Speaking on the phone ..... 447
Bluetooth
®
phone
message function............ 450
Using the steering
wheel switches................ 455
Bluetooth
®
phone
settings............................ 456
5-21.Phonebook
Contact/Call History
Settings ...........................458
5-22.Bluetooth
®
What to do if...
(Troubleshooting) ............468
Bluetooth
®
.........................472
5-23.Other function
Voice command
system .............................478
6-1. Using the air conditioning
system and defogger
Manual air conditioning
system .............................484
Automatic
air conditioning system....490
Heated steering wheel/
seat heaters.....................499
6-2. Using the interior lights
Interior lights list.................501
• Interior lights..................502
• Personal lights...............502
6-3. Using the storage features
List of storage features......504
• Glove box......................505
• Console box ..................505
• Cup holders...................506
• Bottle holders ................507
• Auxiliary box..................507
Luggage compartment
features ...........................508
6
Interior features
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 5 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
TABLE OF CONTENTS
6
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
6-4. Using the other interior
features
Other interior features ....... 519
• Sun visors .................... 519
• Vanity mirrors ............... 519
• Power outlets ................ 520
• Armrest ......................... 521
• Coat hooks.................... 521
• Assist grips .................. 522
Garage door opener.......... 523
Compass........................... 530
7-1. Maintenance and care
Cleaning and protecting
the vehicle exterior.......... 536
Cleaning and protecting
the vehicle interior........... 539
7-2. Maintenance
Maintenance
requirements ................... 542
General maintenance........ 545
Emission inspection
and maintenance (I/M)
programs......................... 548
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Do-it-yourself service
precautions......................549
Hood..................................551
Positioning a floor jack.......553
Engine compartment .........554
Tires...................................565
Tire inflation pressure ........577
Wheels...............................580
Air conditioning filter ..........583
Wireless remote
control/electronic
key battery.......................585
Checking and replacing
fuses................................588
Light bulbs .........................591
8-1. Essential information
Emergency flashers...........604
If your vehicle has to
be stopped in an
emergency.......................605
7
Maintenance and care
8
When trouble arises
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 6 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
7
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
1
9
8
7
6
4
3
2
10
5
8-2. Steps to take in an
emergency
If your vehicle needs
to be towed ..................... 607
If you think
something is wrong ......... 613
Fuel pump shut off
system............................. 614
If a warning light turns
on or a warning buzzer
sounds ............................ 615
If a warning message is
displayed......................... 625
If you have a flat tire.......... 641
If the engine
will not start ..................... 654
If the electronic key does
not operate properly
(vehicles with
smart key system)........... 656
If the vehicle battery
is discharged................... 658
If your vehicle overheats ... 662
If the vehicle becomes
stuck................................ 665
9-1. Specifications
Maintenance data
(fuel, oil level, etc.) ..........668
Fuel information.................677
Tire information..................680
9-2. Customization
Customizable features.......693
9-3. Initialization
Items to initialize................704
Reporting safety defects
for U.S. owners ........................706
Seat belt instructions
for Canadian owners
(in French)................................707
SRS airbag instructions
for Canadian owners
(in French)................................709
What to do if...
(Troubleshooting).....................720
Alphabetical index......................724
9
Vehicle specifications
10
For owners
Index
For vehicles with Entune Premium Audio with Navigation or Entune
Audio Plus, refer to the “NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM
OWNER’S MANUAL” for information regarding the equipment listed
below.
• Navigation system
• Audio system
• Rear view monitor system
• Toyota parking assist monitor
• Panoramic view monitor
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 7 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
8
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
For your information
Please note that this manual applies to all models and all equipment, includ-
ing options. Therefore, you may find some explanations for equipment not
installed on your vehicle.
All specifications provided in this manual are current at the time of printing.
However, because of the Toyota policy of continual product improvement, we
reserve the right to make changes at any time without notice.
Depending on specifications, the vehicle shown in the illustrations may differ
from your vehicle in terms of equipment.
Approximately five hours after the engine is turned off, you may hear sound
coming from under the vehicle for several minutes. This is the sound of a fuel
evaporation leakage check and, it does not indicate a malfunction.
A wide variety of non-genuine spare parts and accessories for Toyota vehi-
cles are currently available on the market. You should know that Toyota does
not warrant these products and is not responsible for their performance,
repair, or replacement, or for any damage they may cause to, or adverse
effect they may have on, your Toyota vehicle.
This vehicle should not be modified with non-genuine Toyota products. Modi-
fication with non-genuine Toyota products could affect its performance, safety
or durability, and may even violate governmental regulations. In addition,
damage or performance problems resulting from the modification may not be
covered under warranty.
Main Owner’s Manual
Noise from under vehicle after turning off the engine
Accessories, spare parts and modification of your Toyota
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 8 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
9
The installation of a mobile two-way radio system in your vehicle could affect
electronic systems such as:
● Multiport fuel injection system/sequential multiport fuel injection system
● Dynamic radar cruise control system
● Cruise control system
● Anti-lock brake system
● SRS airbag system
● Seat belt pretensioner system
Be sure to check with your Toyota dealer for precautionary measures or spe-
cial instructions regarding installation of a mobile two-way radio system.
Your Toyota is equipped with several sophisticated computers that will record
certain data, such as:
• Engine speed
• Accelerator status
• Brake status
• Vehicle speed
• Shift position
The recorded data varies according to the vehicle grade level and options
with which it is equipped. These computers do not record conversations or
sounds, and only record images outside of the vehicle in certain situations.
● Data Transmission
Your vehicle may transmit the data recorded in these computers to Toyota
without notification to you.
● Data usage
Toyota may use the data recorded in these computers to diagnose malfunc-
tions, conduct research and development, and improve quality.
Toyota will not disclose the recorded data to a third party except:
• With the consent of the vehicle owner or with the consent of the lessee if
the vehicle is leased
• In response to an official request by the police, a court of law or a govern-
ment agency
• For use by Toyota in a lawsuit
• For research purposes where the data is not tied to a specific vehicle or
vehicle owner
● To learn more about the vehicle data collected, used and shared by
Toyota, please visit www.toyota.com/privacyvts/
.
Installation of a mobile two-way radio system
Vehicle data recordings
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 9 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
10
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR). The main pur-
pose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations,
such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist
in understanding how a vehicle’s systems performed. The EDR is designed to
record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period
of time, typically 30 seconds or less.
The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as:
• How various systems in your vehicle were operating;
• Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled/fas-
tened;
• How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or brake
pedal; and,
• How fast the vehicle was traveling.
These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in
which crashes and injuries occur.
NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situ-
ation occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving condi-
tions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) are
recorded. However, other parties, such as law enforcement, could combine
the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired
during a crash investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required, and access
to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer,
other parties, such as law enforcement, that have the special equipment, can
read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR.
● Disclosure of the EDR data
Toyota will not disclose the data recorded in an EDR to a third party except
when:
• An agreement from the vehicle’s owner (or the lessee for a leased vehi-
cle) is obtained
• In response to an official request by the police, a court of law or a govern-
ment agency
• For use by Toyota in a lawsuit
However, if necessary, Toyota may:
• Use the data for research on vehicle safety performance
• Disclose the data to a third party for research purposes without disclosing
information about the specific vehicle or vehicle owner
Event data recorder
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 10 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
11
The SRS airbag and seat belt pretensioner devices in your Toyota contain
explosive chemicals. If the vehicle is scrapped with the airbags and seat belt
pretensioners left as they are, this may cause an accident such as fire. Be
sure to have the systems of the SRS airbag and seat belt pretensioner
removed and disposed of by a qualified service shop or by your Toyota dealer
before you scrap your vehicle.
Special handling may apply,
See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.
Your vehicle has components that may contain perchlorate. These compo-
nents may include airbag, seat belt pretensioners, and wireless remote con-
trol batteries.
Scrapping of your Toyota
Perchlorate Material
WARNING
■ General precautions while driving
Driving under the influence: Never drive your vehicle when under the influ-
ence of alcohol or drugs that have impaired your ability to operate your vehi-
cle. Alcohol and certain drugs delay reaction time, impair judgment and
reduce coordination, which could lead to an accident that could result in
death or serious injury.
Defensive driving: Always drive defensively. Anticipate mistakes that other
drivers or pedestrians might make and be ready to avoid accidents.
Driver distraction: Always give your full attention to driving. Anything that
distracts the driver, such as adjusting controls, talking on a cellular phone or
reading can result in a collision with resulting death or serious injury to you,
your occupants or others.
■ General precaution regarding children’s safety
Never leave children unattended in the vehicle, and never allow children to
have or use the key.
Children may be able to start the vehicle or shift the vehicle into neutral.
There is also a danger that children may injure themselves by playing with
the windows, the moon roof, or other features of the vehicle. In addition,
heat build-up or extremely cold temperatures inside the vehicle can be fatal
to children.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 11 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
12
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
Reading this manual
WARNING:
Explains something that, if not obeyed, could cause death or
serious injury to people.
NOTICE:
Explains something that, if not obeyed, could cause damage to
or a malfunction in the vehicle or its equipment.
Indicates operating or working procedures. Follow the steps
in numerical order.
Indicates the action (push-
ing, turning, etc.) used to
operate switches and other
devices.
Indicates the outcome of an
operation (e.g. a lid opens).
Indicates the component or
position being explained.
Means “Do not”, “Do not do
this”, or “Do not let this hap-
pen”.
1
2
3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 12 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
13
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
How to search
■ Searching by name
• Alphabetical index.......P. 724
■ Searching by installation
position
• Pictorial index................P. 14
■ Searching by symptom or
sound
• What to do if...
(Troubleshooting) ........P. 720
■ Searching by title
• Table of contents.............P. 2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 13 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
14
Pictorial index
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
Pictorial index
■
Exterior
Side doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 107
Locking/unlocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 107
Opening/closing the door glasses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 156
Locking/unlocking by using the mechanical key
*
. . . . . . . . . . P. 656
Warning message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 627
Back door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 113
Opening from inside the cabin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 113
Opening from outside. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 114
Warning message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 627
Outside rear view mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 153
Adjusting the mirror angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 153
Folding the mirrors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 153
Defogging the mirrors
*
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 486, 493
1
2
3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 14 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
15
Pictorial index
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
Windshield wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 222
Precautions against winter season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 314
To prevent freezing (windshield wiper de-icer)
*. . . . . . . . P. 486, 493
Fuel filler door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 229
Refueling method. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 229
Fuel type/fuel tank capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 670
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 565
Tire size/inflation pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 675
Winter tires/tire chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 314
Checking/rotation/tire pressure warning system
* . . . . . . . . P. 565
Coping with flat tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 641
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 551
Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 551
Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 671
Coping with overheat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 662
Headlights/daytime running lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 213
Parking lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 213
Fog lights
* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 221
Turn signal lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 211
Tail lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 213
Stop/tail lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 213
Hill-start assist control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 307
License plate lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 213
Back-up lights
Shifting the shift lever to R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 203
Side marker lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 213
4
5
6
7
Light bulbs of the exterior lights for driving
(Replacing method: P. 591, Watts: P. 676)
*: If equipped
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 15 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
16
Pictorial index
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
■Instrument panel
Engine switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 196, 198
Starting the engine/changing the modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 196, 199
Emergency stop of the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 605
When the engine will not start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 654
Warning messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 636
Shift lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 203
Changing the shift position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 203
Precautions against towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 607
When the shift lever does not move. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 209
Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 84
Reading the meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 84
Adjusting the instrument cluster light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 86
Warning lights/indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 78
When the warning lights come on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 615
Multi-information display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 88
When the warning messages are displayed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 625
Parking brake lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 212
Applying/releasing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 212
Precautions against winter season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 315
Warning buzzer/message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 628
1
2
3
4
5
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 16 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
17
Pictorial index
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
Turn signal lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 211
Headlight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 213
Headlights/parking lights/tail lights/daytime running lights. . . . P. 213
Fog lights
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 221
Windshield wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 222
Rear window wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 226
Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 222, 226
Adding washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 564
Warning message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 634
Hood lock release lever. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 551
Manual air conditioning system
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 484
Automatic air conditioning system
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 490
Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 484, 490
Rear window defogger. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 486, 493
Audio system
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 324
Entune Audio
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 324, 388
Entune Audio Plus/Entune Premium Audio
with Navigation
*
1, 2
Fuel filler door opener . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 231
*
1
: If equipped
*
2
: Refer to “NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S MANUAL”.
6
7
8
9
10
11
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 17 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
18
Pictorial index
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
■Switches
Outside rear view mirror switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 153
Instrument panel light control dial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 86
LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control)
switch
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 253
Heated steering wheel switch
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 499
All-wheel drive lock switch
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 296
Power back door switch
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 113
Driving position memory switches
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 144
Power window switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 156
Door lock switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 109
Window lock switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 156
Tire pressure warning reset switch
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 568
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 18 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
19
Pictorial index
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
Audio remote control switches
*
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 327, 392
Telephone switches
*
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 364, 455
Paddle shift switches
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 206
Meter control switches
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 89
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance button
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 261
Cruise control switch
Cruise control
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 273
Dynamic radar cruise control
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 261
Tilt and telescopic steering lock release lever . . . . . . . . . . P. 149
Talk switch
*
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 478
*
1
: If equipped
*
2
: Refer to “NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S MANUAL”.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 19 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
20
Pictorial index
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
Emergency flasher switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 604
Intuitive parking assist switch
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 277
Panoramic view monitor switch
*
1, 2
VSC OFF switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 309
Driving mode select switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 205
Seat heater switches
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 499
Windshield wiper de-icer switch
*
1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 486, 493
AUX port/USB port
*
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 352, 358, 393
Power outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 520
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 20 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
21
Pictorial index
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
■Interior
SRS airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 36
Floor mats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 24
Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 139
Rear seats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 141
Head restraints. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 146
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 28
Console box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 505
Inside lock buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 109
Cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 506
Bottle holders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 507
Assist grips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 522
*
1
: If equipped
*
2
: Refer to “NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S MANUAL”.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 21 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
22
Pictorial index
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
Auxiliary box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 507
Interior lights
*
1
/Personal lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 502
Moon roof switches
*
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 160
Vanity mirrors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 519
Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 519
Compass
*
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 530
Inside rear view mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 151
Garage door opener switches
*
2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 523
*
1
: The illustration shows the front, but they are also equipped in the rear.
*
2
: If equipped
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 22 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
23
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
For safety and security
1
1-1. For safe use
Before driving...................... 24
For safe driving ................... 26
Seat belts............................ 28
SRS airbags........................ 36
Front passenger occupant
classification system ......... 49
Safety information
for children ........................ 56
Child restraint systems........ 57
Installing child restraints...... 61
Exhaust gas precautions..... 72
1-2. Theft deterrent system
Engine immobilizer
system .............................. 73
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 23 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
24
1-1. For safe use
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
Before driving
Use only floor mats designed specifically for vehicles of the same
model and model year as your vehicle. Fix them securely in place
onto the carpet.
Insert the retaining hooks (clips)
into the floor mat eyelets.
Turn the upper knob of each
retaining hook (clip) to secure
the floor mats in place.
*: Always align the marks.
The shape of the retaining hooks (clips) may differ from that shown in the
illustration.
Floor mat
1
*
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 24 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
25
1-1. For safe use
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
1
For safety and security
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may cause the driver’s floor mat to slip, possibly interfering
with the pedals while driving. An unexpectedly high speed may result or it may
become difficult to stop the vehicle. This could lead to an accident, resulting in
death or serious injury.
■ When installing the driver’s floor mat
● Do not use floor mats designed for other models or different model year
vehicles, even if they are Toyota Genuine floor mats.
● Only use floor mats designed for the driver’s seat.
● Always install the floor mat securely using the retaining hooks (clips) pro-
vided.
● Do not use two or more floor mats on top of each other.
● Do not place the floor mat bottom-side up or upside-down.
■ Before driving
● Check that the floor mat is securely
fixed in the correct place with all the
provided retaining hooks (clips). Be
especially careful to perform this check
after cleaning the floor.
● With the engine stopped and the shift
lever in P, fully depress each pedal to
the floor to make sure it does not inter-
fere with the floor mat.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 25 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
26
1-1. For safe use
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
For safe driving
Adjust the angle of the seat-
back so that you are sitting
straight up and so that you do
not have to lean forward to
steer. (→P. 139)
Adjust the seat so that you can
depress the pedals fully and so
that your arms bend slightly at
the elbow when gripping the
steering wheel. (→P. 139)
Lock the head restraint in place with the center of the head restraint
closest to the top of your ears. (→P. 146)
Wear the seat belt correctly. (→P. 28 )
Make sure that all occupants are wearing their seat belts before driv-
ing the vehicle. (→P. 2 8 )
Use a child restraint system appropriate for the child until the child
becomes large enough to properly wear the vehicle’s seat belt.
(→P. 57 )
For safe driving, adjust the seat and mirror to an appropriate
position before driving.
Correct driving posture
1
2
Correct use of the seat belts
3
4
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 26 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
27
1-1. For safe use
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
1
For safety and security
Make sure that you can see backward clearly by adjusting the inside
and outside rear view mirrors properly. (→P. 151, 153)
Adjusting the mirrors
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
● Do not adjust the position of the driver’s seat while driving.
Doing so could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle.
● Do not place a cushion between the driver or passenger and the seatback.
A cushion may prevent correct posture from being achieved, and reduce
the effectiveness of the seat belt and head restraint.
● Do not place anything under the front seats.
Objects placed under the front seats may become jammed in the seat
tracks and stop the seat from locking in place. This may lead to an acci-
dent and the adjustment mechanism may also be damaged.
● Always observe the legal speed limit when driving on public roads.
● When driving over long distances, take regular breaks before you start to
feel tired.
Also, if you feel tired or sleepy while driving, do not force yourself to con-
tinue driving and take a break immediately.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 27 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
28
1-1. For safe use
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
Seat belts
● Extend the shoulder belt so that
it comes fully over the shoulder,
but does not come into contact
with the neck or slide off the
shoulder.
● Position the lap belt as low as
possible over the hips.
● Adjust the position of the seat-
back. Sit up straight and well
back in the seat.
● Do not twist the seat belt.
To fasten the seat belt, push the
plate into the buckle until a click
sound is heard.
To release the seat belt, press
the release button.
Make sure that all occupants are wearing their seat belts before
driving the vehicle.
Correct use of the seat belts
Fastening and releasing the seat belt (except for the rear center
seat)
Release button
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 28 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
29
1-1. For safe use
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
1
For safety and security
Press plate “B” to release. Then
pull the seat belt down toward
the rear seat bottom cushion.
Push plate “A” into buckle “A”
until a clicking sound is heard.
Push plate “B” into buckle “B”
until a clicking sound is heard.
Fastening the seat belt (for the rear center seat)
Plate “B”
1
Plate “A”
Buckle “A”
2
Buckle “B”
Plate “B”
3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 29 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
30
1-1. For safe use
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
To release the hooked buckle
“B”, push the release button.
To release the hooked plate
“A”, insert the plate “B”, the
wireless key or the mechanical
key (→P. 98) into the hole on
the buckle.
When releasing the seat belt,
retract it slowly.
Stow the plates in the holder.
Put plate “A” and “B”
together, and then stow the
plates in the holder.
Fully insert the plates all the
way.
Push down the plate until a
click is heard to lock it.
Releasing and stowing the seat belt (for the rear center seat)
Release button
1
2
3
1
2
3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 30 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
31
1-1. For safe use
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
1
For safety and security
Push the seat belt shoulder
anchor down while pressing the
release button.
Push the seat belt shoulder
anchor up.
Move the height adjuster up and
down as needed until you hear a
click.
The pretensioners help the seat
belts to quickly restrain the occu-
pants by retracting the seat belts
when the vehicle is subjected to
certain types of severe frontal or
side collision or a vehicle rollover.
The pretensioners do not activate
in the event of a minor frontal
impact, a minor side impact or a
rear impact.
Adjusting the seat belt shoulder anchor height (front seats)
1
2
Seat belt pretensioners (front seats)
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 31 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
32
1-1. For safe use
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
■ Emergency locking retractor (ELR)
The retractor will lock the belt during a sudden stop or on impact. It may also
lock if you lean forward too quickly. A slow, easy motion will allow the belt to
extend so that you can move around fully.
■ Automatic locking retractor (ALR)
When a passenger’s shoulder belt is completely extended and then retracted
even slightly, the belt is locked in that position and cannot be extended. This
feature is used to hold the child restraint system (CRS) firmly. To free the belt
again, fully retract the belt and then pull the belt out once more. (→P. 61)
■ Child seat belt usage
The seat belts of your vehicle were principally designed for persons of adult
size.
● Use a child restraint system appropriate for the child, until the child
becomes large enough to properly wear the vehicle’s seat belt. (→P. 57)
● When the child becomes large enough to properly wear the vehicle’s seat
belt, follow the instructions regarding seat belt usage. (→P. 28)
■ Replacing the belt after the pretensioner has been activated
If the vehicle is involved in multiple collisions, the pretensioner will activate for
the first collision, but will not activate for the second or subsequent collisions.
■ Seat belt extender
If your seat belts cannot be fastened
securely because they are not long
enough, a personalized seat belt extender
is available from your Toyota dealer free
of charge.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 32 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
33
1-1. For safe use
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
1
For safety and security
WARNING
Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of injury in the event of
sudden braking, sudden swerving or an accident.
Failure to do so may cause death or serious injury.
■ Wearing a seat belt
● Ensure that all passengers wear a seat belt.
● Always wear a seat belt properly.
● Each seat belt should be used by one person only. Do not use a seat belt
for more than one person at one time, including children.
● Toyota recommends that children be seated in the rear seat and always
use a seat belt and/or an appropriate child restraint system.
● To achieve a proper seating position, do not recline the seat more than
necessary. The seat belt is most effective when the occupants are sitting
up straight and well back in the seats.
● Do not wear the shoulder belt under your arm.
● Always wear your seat belt low and snug across your hips.
■ Pregnant women
■ People suffering illness
Obtain medical advice and wear the seat belt in the proper way. (→P. 28)
Obtain medical advice and wear the seat
belt in the proper way. (→P. 28)
Women who are pregnant should posi-
tion the lap belt as low as possible over
the hips in the same manner as other
occupants, extending the shoulder belt
completely over the shoulder and avoid-
ing belt contact with the rounding of the
abdominal area.
If the seat belt is not worn properly, not
only the pregnant woman, but also the
fetus could suffer death or serious injury
as a result of sudden braking or a colli-
sion.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 33 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
34
1-1. For safe use
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
WARNING
■ When children are in the vehicle
Do not allow children to play with the seat belt. If the seat belt becomes
twisted around a child’s neck, it may lead to choking or other serious injuries
that could result in death.
If this occurs and the buckle cannot be unfastened, scissors should be used
to cut the belt.
■ Seat belt pretensioners
● Do not place anything, such as a cushion, on the front passenger’s seat.
Doing so will disperse the passenger’s weight, which prevents the sensor
from detecting the passenger’s weight properly. As a result, the seat belt
pretensioner for the front passenger’s seat may not activate in the event of
a collision.
● If the pretensioner has activated, the SRS warning light will come on. In
that case, the seat belt cannot be used again and must be replaced at
your Toyota dealer.
■ Adjustable shoulder anchor
Always make sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the center of your
shoulder. The belt should be kept away from your neck, but not falling off
your shoulder. Failure to do so could reduce the amount of protection in an
accident and cause death or serious injuries in the event of a sudden stop,
sudden swerve or accident. (→P. 31)
■ Seat belt damage and wear
● Do not damage the seat belts by allowing the belt, plate, or buckle to be
jammed in the door.
● Inspect the seat belt system periodically. Check for cuts, fraying, and loose
parts. Do not use a damaged seat belt until it is replaced. Damaged seat
belts cannot protect an occupant from death or serious injury.
● Ensure that the belt and plate are locked and the belt is not twisted.
If the seat belt does not function correctly, immediately contact your Toyota
dealer.
● Replace the seat assembly, including the belts, if your vehicle has been
involved in a serious accident, even if there is no obvious damage.
● Do not attempt to install, remove, modify, disassemble or dispose of the
seat belts. Have any necessary repairs carried out by your Toyota dealer.
Inappropriate handling of the pretensioner may prevent it from operating
properly resulting in death or serious injury.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 34 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
35
1-1. For safe use
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
1
For safety and security
WARNING
■ When using the rear center seat belt
■ Using a seat belt extender
● Do not wear the seat belt extender if you can fasten the seat belt without
the extender.
● Do not use the seat belt extender when installing a child restraint system
because the belt will not securely hold the child restraint system, increas-
ing the risk of death or serious injury in the event of an accident.
● The personalized extender may not be safe on another vehicle, when
used by another person, or at a different seating position other than the
one originally intended.
NOTICE
■ When using a seat belt extender
When releasing the seat belt, press on the buckle release button on the
extender, not on the seat belt.
This helps prevent damage to the vehicle interior and the extender itself.
Do not use the rear center seat belt with
either buckle released. Fastening only
one of the buckles may result in death or
serious injury in case of sudden braking,
sudden swerving or an accident.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 35 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
36
1-1. For safe use
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
SRS airbags
The SRS airbags inflate when the vehicle is subjected to certain
types of severe impacts that may cause significant injury to the
occupants. They work together with the seat belts to help reduce
the risk of death or serious injury.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 36 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
37
1-1. For safe use
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
1
For safety and security
◆ SRS front airbags
SRS driver airbag/front passenger airbag
Can help protect the head and chest of the driver and front pas-
senger from impact with interior components
SRS driver knee airbag
Can help provide driver protection
SRS seat cushion airbag
Can help restrain the front passenger
◆ SRS side and curtain shield airbags
SRS side airbags
Can help protect the torso of the front seat occupants
SRS curtain shield airbags
● Can help protect primarily the head of occupants in the outer
seats
● Can help prevent the occupants from being thrown from the
vehicle in the event of vehicle rollover
1
2
3
4
5
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 37 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
38
1-1. For safe use
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
SRS airbag system components
Side impact sensors (front
doors)
Front passenger airbag
Curtain shield airbags
Front passenger’s seat cush-
ion airbag
Side airbags
“AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG
OFF” indicator lights
Front passenger’s seat belt
buckle switch
SRS warning light
Driver airbag
Side impact sensors (rear)
Seat belt pretensioners and
force limiters
Driver’s seat position sensor
Driver’s seat belt buckle
switch
Driver knee airbag
Front impact sensors
Front passenger occupant
classification system (ECU
and sensors)
Airbag sensor assembly
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 38 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
39
1-1. For safe use
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
1
For safety and security
Your vehicle is equipped with ADVANCED AIRBAGS designed based
on the US motor vehicle safety standards (FMVSS208). The airbag
sensor assembly (ECU) controls airbag deployment based on infor-
mation obtained from the sensors etc. shown in the system compo-
nents diagram above. This information includes crash severity and
occupant information. As the airbags deploy, a chemical reaction in
the inflators quickly fills the airbags with non-toxic gas to help restrain
the motion of the occupants.
WARNING
■ SRS airbag precautions
Observe the following precautions regarding the SRS airbags.
Failure to do so may cause death or serious injury.
● The driver and all passengers in the vehicle must wear their seat belts
properly.
The SRS airbags are supplemental devices to be used with the seat belts.
● The SRS driver airbag deploys with considerable force, and can cause
death or serious injury especially if the driver is very close to the airbag.
The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) advises:
Since the risk zone for the driver’s airbag is the first 2 - 3 in. (50 - 75 mm)
of inflation, placing yourself 10 in. (250 mm) from your driver airbag pro-
vides you with a clear margin of safety. This distance is measured from
the center of the steering wheel to your breastbone. If you sit less than 10
in. (250 mm) away now, you can change your driving position in several
ways:
• Move your seat to the rear as far as you can while still reaching the ped-
als comfortably.
• Slightly recline the back of the seat.
Although vehicle designs vary, many drivers can achieve the 10 in.
(250 mm) distance, even with the driver seat all the way forward, simply
by reclining the back of the seat somewhat. If reclining the back of your
seat makes it hard to see the road, raise yourself by using a firm, non-
slippery cushion, or raise the seat if your vehicle has that feature.
• If your steering wheel is adjustable, tilt it downward. This points the air-
bag toward your chest instead of your head and neck.
The seat should be adjusted as recommended by NHTSA above, while
still maintaining control of the foot pedals, steering wheel, and your view
of the instrument panel controls.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 39 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
40
1-1. For safe use
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
WARNING
■ SRS airbag precautions
● The SRS front passenger airbag also deploys with considerable force, and
can cause death or serious injury especially if the front passenger is very
close to the airbag. The front passenger seat should be as far from the air-
bag as possible with the seatback adjusted, so the front passenger sits
upright.
● Improperly seated and/or restrained infants and children can be killed or
seriously injured by a deploying airbag. An infant or child who is too small
to use a seat belt should be properly secured using a child restraint sys-
tem. Toyota strongly recommends that all infants and children be placed in
the rear seats of the vehicle and properly restrained. The rear seats are
safer for infants and children than the front passenger seat. (→P. 57)
● If the seat belt extender has been con-
nected to the front seat belt buckles but
the seat belt extender has not also been
fastened to the latch plate of the seat
belt, the SRS front airbags will judge
that the driver and front passenger are
wearing the seat belt even though the
seat belt has not been connected. In
this case, the SRS front airbags may
not activate correctly in a collision,
resulting in death or serious injury in the
event of a collision. Be sure to wear the
seat belt with the seat belt extender.
● Do not sit on the edge of the seat or
lean against the dashboard.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 40 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
41
1-1. For safe use
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
1
For safety and security
WARNING
■ SRS airbag precautions
● Do not allow a child to stand in front of
the SRS front passenger airbag unit or
sit on the knees of a front passenger.
● Do not allow the front seat occupants to
hold items on their knees.
● Do not lean against the door, the roof
side rail or the front, side and rear pil-
lars.
● Do not allow anyone to kneel on the
passenger seat toward the door or put
their head or hands outside the vehicle.
● Do not attach anything to or lean any-
thing against areas such as the dash-
board, steering wheel pad and lower
portion of the instrument panel.
These items can become projectiles
when the SRS driver, front passenger
and knee airbags deploy.
● Do not attach anything to areas such as
a door, windshield glass, side door
glass, front or rear pillar, roof side rail
and assist grip.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 41 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
42
1-1. For safe use
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
WARNING
■ SRS airbag precautions
● Do not hang coat hangers or other hard objects on the coat hooks. All of
these items could become projectiles and may cause death or serious
injury, should the SRS curtain shield airbags deploy.
● If a vinyl cover is put on the area where the SRS knee airbag will deploy,
be sure to remove it.
● Do not use seat accessories which cover the parts where the SRS side
airbags and SRS seat cushion airbag inflate as they may interfere with
inflation of the SRS airbags. Such accessories may prevent the side air-
bags and seat cushion airbag from activating correctly, disable the system
or cause the side airbags and seat cushion airbag to inflate accidentally,
resulting in death or serious injury.
● Do not strike or apply significant levels of force to the area of the SRS air-
bag components.
Doing so can cause the SRS airbags to malfunction.
● Do not touch any of the component parts immediately after the SRS air-
bags have deployed (inflated) as they may be hot.
● If breathing becomes difficult after the SRS airbags have deployed, open a
door or window to allow fresh air in, or leave the vehicle if it is safe to do
so. Wash off any residue as soon as possible to prevent skin irritation.
● If the areas where the SRS airbags are stored, such as the steering wheel
pad and front and rear pillar garnishes, are damaged or cracked, have
them replaced by your Toyota dealer.
● Do not place anything, such as a cushion, on the front passenger’s seat.
Doing so will disperse the passenger’s weight, which prevents the sensor
from detecting the passenger’s weight properly. As a result, the SRS front
airbags for the front passenger may not deploy in the event of a collision.
● Vehicles without smart key system: Do
not attach any heavy, sharp or hard
objects such as keys and accessories
to the key. The objects may restrict the
SRS knee airbag inflation or be thrust
into the driver’s seat area by the force
of the deploying airbag, thus causing a
danger.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 42 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
43
1-1. For safe use
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
1
For safety and security
■ If the SRS airbags deploy (inflate)
● Slight abrasions, burns, bruising etc., may be sustained from SRS airbags,
due to the extremely high speed deployment (inflation) by hot gases.
● A loud noise and white powder will be emitted.
● Parts of the airbag module (steering wheel hub, airbag cover and inflator) as
well as the front seats, parts of the front and rear pillars, and roof side rails
may be hot for several minutes. The airbag itself may also be hot.
● The windshield may crack.
WARNING
■ Modification and disposal of SRS airbag system components
Do not dispose of your vehicle or perform any of the following modifications
without consulting your Toyota dealer. The SRS airbags may malfunction or
deploy (inflate) accidentally, causing death or serious injury.
● Installation, removal, disassembly and repair of the SRS airbags
● Repairs, modifications, removal or replacement of the steering wheel,
instrument panel, dashboard, seats or seat upholstery, front, side and rear
pillars or roof side rails
● Repairs or modifications of the front fender, front bumper or side of the
occupant compartment
● Installation of a grille guard (bull bars, kangaroo bar, etc.), snow plows,
winches or roof luggage carrier
● Modifications to the vehicle’s suspension system
● Installation of electronic devices such as mobile two-way radios and CD
players
● Modifications to your vehicle for a person with a physical disability
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 43 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
44
1-1. For safe use
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
■ SRS airbag deployment conditions (SRS front airbags)
● The SRS front airbags will deploy in the event of an impact that exceeds the
set threshold level (the level of force corresponding to an approximately 12 -
18 mph [20 - 30 km/h] frontal collision with a fixed wall that does not move or
deform).
However, this threshold velocity will be considerably higher in the following
situations:
• If the vehicle strikes an object, such as a parked vehicle or sign pole,
which can move or deform on impact
• If the vehicle is involved in an underride collision, such as a collision in
which the front of the vehicle “underrides”, or goes under, the bed of a
truck
● Depending on the type of collision, it is possible that only the seat belt pre-
tensioners will activate.
● The SRS front airbags for the front passenger will not activate if there is no
passenger sitting in the front passenger seat. However, the SRS front air-
bags for the front passenger may deploy if luggage is put in the seat, even if
the seat is unoccupied. (→P. 49)
● The SRS seat cushion airbag on the front passenger’s seat will not operate
if the occupant is not wearing a seat belt.
■ SRS airbag deployment conditions (SRS side and curtain shield airbags)
● The SRS side and curtain shield airbags will deploy in the event of an
impact that exceeds the set threshold level (the level of force corresponding
to the impact force produced by an approximately 3300 lb. [1500 kg] vehicle
colliding with the vehicle cabin from a direction perpendicular to the vehicle
orientation at an approximate speed of 12 - 18 mph [20 - 30 km/h]).
● The SRS curtain shield airbags will deploy in the event of vehicle rollover.
● The SRS side and curtain shield airbags may also deploy in the event of a
severe frontal collision.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 44 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
45
1-1. For safe use
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
1
For safety and security
■ Conditions under which the SRS airbags may deploy (inflate), other than
a collision
The SRS front airbags, SRS side and curtain shield airbags may also deploy
if a serious impact occurs to the underside of your vehicle. Some examples
are shown in the illustration.
The SRS curtain shield airbags may also deploy under the situations shown
in the illustration.
■ Types of collisions that may not deploy the SRS airbags (SRS front air-
bags)
The SRS front airbags do not generally inflate if the vehicle is involved in a
side or rear collision, if it rolls over, or if it is involved in a low-speed frontal
collision. But, whenever a collision of any type causes sufficient forward
deceleration of the vehicle, deployment of the SRS front airbags may occur.
● Hitting a curb, edge of pavement or hard
surface
● Falling into or jumping over a deep hole
● Landing hard or falling
● The angle of vehicle tip-up is marginal
● The vehicle skids and hits a curb stone
● Collision from the side
● Collision from the rear
● Vehicle rollover
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 45 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
46
1-1. For safe use
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
■ Types of collisions that may not deploy the SRS airbags (SRS side and
curtain shield airbags)
The SRS side and curtain shield airbags may not activate if the vehicle is
subjected to a collision from the side at certain angles, or a collision to the
side of the vehicle body other than the passenger compartment.
The SRS side airbags do not generally inflate if the vehicle is involved in a
rear collision, if it rolls over, or if it is involved in a low-speed side or low-
speed frontal collision.
The SRS curtain shield airbags do not generally inflate if the vehicle is
involved in a rear collision, if it pitches end over end, or if it is involved in a
low-speed side or low-speed frontal collision.
● Collision from the side to the vehicle
body other than the passenger compart-
ment
● Collision from the side at an angle
● Collision from the rear
● Vehicle rollover
● Collision from the rear
● Pitching end over end
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 46 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
47
1-1. For safe use
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
1
For safety and security
■ When to contact your Toyota dealer
In the following cases, the vehicle will require inspection and/or repair. Con-
tact your Toyota dealer as soon as possible.
● Any of the SRS airbags have been inflated.
● The front of the vehicle is damaged or
deformed, or was involved in an acci-
dent that was not severe enough to
cause the SRS front airbags to inflate.
● A portion of a door or its surrounding
area is damaged or deformed, or the
vehicle was involved in an accident that
was not severe enough to cause the
SRS side and curtain shield airbags to
inflate.
● The pad section of the steering wheel,
dashboard near the front passenger air-
bag or lower portion of the instrument
panel is scratched, cracked, or other-
wise damaged.
● The front passenger’s seat cushion sur-
face is scratched, cracked, or otherwise
damaged.
● The surface of the seats with the side
airbag is scratched, cracked, or other-
wise damaged.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 47 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
48
1-1. For safe use
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
● The portion of the front pillars, rear pil-
lars or roof side rail garnishes (padding)
containing the curtain shield airbags
inside is scratched, cracked or otherwise
damaged.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 48 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
49
1-1. For safe use
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
1
For safety and security
Front passenger occupant classification
system
Seat belt reminder light
SRS warning light
“AIR BAG OFF” indicator light
“AIR BAG ON” indicator light
Your vehicle is equipped with a front passenger occupant classi-
fication system. This system detects the conditions of the front
passenger seat and activates or deactivates the devices for the
front passenger.
1
2
3
4
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 49 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
50
1-1. For safe use
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
■
Adult*
1
Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant classi-
fication system
Indicator/
warning light
“AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG OFF”
indicator lights
“AIR BAG ON”
SRS warning light Off
Seat belt reminder light
Off*
2
or
flashing
*
3
Devices
Front passenger airbag
Activated
Side airbag
on the front passenger seat
Curtain shield airbag
in the front passenger side
Front passenger seat cushion airbag
Activated*
2
or
deactivated
*
3
Front passenger’s seat belt pretensioner
and force limiter
Activated
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 50 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
51
1-1. For safe use
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
1
For safety and security
■ Child*
4
■ Child restraint system with infant*
5
Indicator/
warning light
“AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG OFF”
indicator lights
“AIR BAG OFF”
or
“AIR BAG ON”
*
4
SRS warning light Off
Seat belt reminder light
Off*
2
or
flashing
*
3
Devices
Front passenger airbag
Deactivated or
activated
*
4
Side airbag
on the front passenger seat
Activated
Curtain shield airbag
in the front passenger side
Front passenger seat cushion airbag
Deactivated or
activated
*
2, 4
Front passenger’s seat belt pretensioner
and force limiter
Activated
Indicator/
warning light
“AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG OFF”
indicator lights
“AIR BAG
OFF”
*
6
SRS warning light Off
Seat belt reminder light
Off*
2
or
flashing
*
3
Devices
Front passenger airbag Deactivated
Side airbag
on the front passenger seat
Activated
Curtain shield airbag
in the front passenger side
Front passenger seat cushion airbag Deactivated
Front passenger’s seat belt pretensioner
and force limiter
Activated
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 51 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
52
1-1. For safe use
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
■
Unoccupied
Indicator/
warning light
“AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG OFF”
indicator lights
“AIR BAG OFF”
SRS warning light
Off
Seat belt reminder light
Devices
Front passenger airbag Deactivated
Side airbag
on the front passenger seat
Activated
Curtain shield airbag
in the front passenger side
Front passenger seat cushion airbag Deactivated
Front passenger’s seat belt pretensioner
and force limiter
Activated
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 52 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
53
1-1. For safe use
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
1
For safety and security
■ There is a malfunction in the system
*
1
: The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller
adult sits in the front passenger seat, the system may not recognize
him/her as an adult depending on his/her physique and posture.
*
2
: In the event the front passenger is wearing a seat belt.
*
3
: In the event the front passenger does not wear a seat belt.
*
4
: For some children, child in seat, child in booster seat or child in convert-
ible seat, the system may not recognize him/her as a child. Factors
which may affect this can be the physique or posture.
*
5
: Never install a rear-facing child restraint system on the front passenger
seat. A forward-facing child restraint system should only be installed on
the front passenger seat when it is unavoidable. (→P. 57)
*
6
: In case the indicator light is not illuminated, consult this manual on how
to install the child restraint system properly. (→P. 61)
Indicator/
warning light
“AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG OFF”
indicator lights
“AIR BAG OFF”
SRS warning light
On
Seat belt reminder light
Devices
Front passenger airbag Deactivated
Side airbag
on the front passenger seat
Activated
Curtain shield airbag
in the front passenger side
Front passenger seat cushion airbag Deactivated
Front passenger’s seat belt pretensioner
and force limiter
Activated
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 53 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
54
1-1. For safe use
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
WARNING
■ Front passenger occupant classification system precautions
Observe the following precautions regarding the front passenger occupant
classification system.
Failure to do so may cause death or serious injury.
● Wear the seat belt properly.
● Make sure the front passenger’s seat belt plate has not been left inserted
into the buckle before someone sits in the front passenger seat.
● Make sure the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light is not illuminated when using
the seat belt extender for the front passenger seat. If the “AIR BAG OFF”
indicator light is illuminated, disconnect the extender tongue from the seat
belt buckle, and reconnect the seat belt. Reconnect the seat belt extender
after making sure the “AIR BAG ON” indicator light is illuminated. If you
use the seat belt extender while the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light is illumi-
nated, the SRS airbags for the front passenger will not activate, which
could cause death or serious injury in the event of a collision.
● Do not apply a heavy load to the front passenger seat or equipment (e.g.
seatback pockets).
● Do not put weight on the front passenger seat by putting your hands or
feet on the front passenger seat seatback from the rear passenger seat.
● Do not let a rear passenger lift the front passenger seat with their feet or
press on the seatback with their legs.
● Do not put objects under the front passenger seat.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 54 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
55
1-1. For safe use
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
1
For safety and security
WARNING
■ Front passenger occupant classification system precautions
● Do not recline the front passenger seatback so far that it touches a rear
seat. This may cause the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light to be illuminated,
which indicates that the SRS airbags for the front passenger will not acti-
vate in the event of a severe accident. If the seatback touches the rear
seat, return the seatback to a position where it does not touch the rear
seat. Keep the front passenger seatback as upright as possible when the
vehicle is moving. Reclining the seatback excessively may lessen the
effectiveness of the seat belt system.
● If an adult sits in the front passenger seat, the “AIR BAG ON” indicator
light is illuminated. If the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator is illuminated, ask the
passenger to sit up straight, well back in the seat, feet on the floor, and
with the seat belt worn correctly. If the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator still
remains illuminated, either ask the passenger to move to the rear seat, or
if that is not possible, move the front passenger seat fully rearward.
● When it is unavoidable to install a forward-facing child restraint system on
the front passenger seat, install the child restraint system on the front pas-
senger seat in the proper order. (→P. 61)
● Do not modify or remove the front seats.
● Do not kick the front passenger seat or subject it to severe impact. Other-
wise, the SRS warning light may come on to indicate a malfunction of the
front passenger occupant classification system. In this case, contact your
Toyota dealer immediately.
● Child restraint systems installed on the rear seat should not contact the
front seatbacks.
● Do not use a seat accessory, such as a cushion and seat cover, that cov-
ers the seat cushion surface.
● Do not modify or replace the upholstery of the front seat.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 55 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
56
1-1. For safe use
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
Safety information for children
● It is recommended that children sit in the rear seats to avoid acci-
dental contact with the shift lever, wiper switch etc.
● Use the rear door child-protector lock or the window lock switch to
avoid children opening the door while driving or operating the
power window accidentally. (→P. 110, 156)
● Do not let small children operate equipment which may catch or
pinch body parts, such as the power window, hood, back door,
seats etc.
Observe the following precautions when children are in the vehi-
cle.
Use a child restraint system appropriate for the child, until the
child becomes large enough to properly wear the vehicle’s seat
belt.
WARNING
Never leave children unattended in the vehicle, and never allow children to
have or use the key.
Children may be able to start the vehicle or shift the vehicle into neutral.
There is also a danger that children may injure themselves by playing with
the windows, the moon roof (if equipped) or other features of the vehicle. In
addition, heat build-up or extremely cold temperatures inside the vehicle
can be fatal to children.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 56 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
57
1-1. For safe use
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
1
For safety and security
Child restraint systems
Studies have shown that installing a child restraint on a rear seat is
much safer than installing one on the front passenger seat.
● Choose a child restraint system that suits your vehicle and is appro-
priate to the age and size of the child.
● For installation details, follow the instructions provided with the child
restraint system.
General installation instructions are provided in this manual.
(→P. 61)
A child restraint system for a small child or baby must itself be
properly restrained on the seat with the LATCH anchors or the
lap portion of the lap/shoulder belt.
The laws of all 50 states of the U.S.A. and Canada now require
the use of child restraint systems.
Points to remember
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 57 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
58
1-1. For safe use
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
Child restraint systems are classified into the following 3 types
according to the age and size of the child:
■ Selecting an appropriate child restraint system
● Use a child restraint system appropriate for the child until the child becomes
large enough to properly wear the vehicle’s seat belt.
● If the child is too large for a child restraint system, sit the child on a rear seat
and use the vehicle’s seat belt. (→P. 28)
Types of child restraints
X Rear facing Infant seat/con-
vertible seat
X Forward facing Convertible
seat
X Booster seat
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 58 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
59
1-1. For safe use
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
1
For safety and security
WARNING
■ Child restraint precautions
● For effective protection in automobile accidents and sudden stops, a child
must be properly restrained, using a seat belt or child restraint system
depending on the age and size of the child. Holding a child in your arms is
not a substitute for a child restraint system. In an accident, the child can be
crushed against the windshield, or between you and the vehicle’s interior.
This may cause death or serious injury to the child in the event of a sud-
den stop, sudden swerve or accident.
● Toyota strongly urges the use of a proper child restraint system that con-
forms to the size of the child, installed on the rear seat. According to acci-
dent statistics, the child is safer when properly restrained in the rear seat
than in the front seat.
● Never install a rear-facing child restraint system on the front passenger
seat even if the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light is illuminated.
In the event of an accident, the force of the rapid inflation of the front pas-
senger airbag can cause death or serious injury to the child if the rear-fac-
ing child restraint system is installed on the front passenger seat.
● A forward-facing child restraint system may be installed on the front pas-
senger seat only when it is unavoidable. A child restraint system that
requires a top tether strap should not be used in the front passenger seat
since there is no top tether strap anchor for the front passenger seat.
Always move the seat as far back as possible even if the “AIR BAG OFF”
indicator light is illuminated, because the front passenger airbag could
inflate with considerable speed and force. Otherwise, the child may be
killed or seriously injured.
● Do not use the seat belt extender when installing a child restraint system
on the front or rear passenger seat. If installing a child restraint system
with the seat belt extender connected to the seat belt, the seat belt will not
securely hold the child restraint system, which could cause death or seri-
ous injury to the child or other passengers in the event of a sudden stop,
sudden swerve or accident.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 59 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
60
1-1. For safe use
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
WARNING
■ Child restraint precautions
● Do not allow the child to lean his/her head or any part of his/her body
against the door or the area of the seat, front and rear pillars or roof side
rails from which the SRS side airbags or SRS curtain shield airbags deploy
even if the child is seated in the child restraint system. It is dangerous if
the SRS side airbags and curtain shield airbags inflate, and the impact
could cause death or serious injury to the child.
● Make sure you have complied with all installation instructions provided by
the child restraint manufacturer and that the system is properly secured. If
it is not secured properly, it may cause death or serious injury to the child
in the event of a sudden stop, sudden swerve or accident.
■ When children are in the vehicle
Do not allow children to play with the seat belt. If the seat belt becomes
twisted around a child’s neck, it may lead to choking or other serious injuries
that could result in death.
If this occurs and the buckle cannot be unfastened, scissors should be used
to cut the belt.
■ When the child restraint system is not in use
● Keep the child restraint system properly secured on the seat even if it is
not in use. Do not store the child restraint system unsecured in the pas-
senger compartment.
● If it is necessary to detach the child restraint system, remove it from the
vehicle or store it securely in the luggage compartment. This will prevent it
from injuring passengers in the event of a sudden stop, sudden swerve or
accident.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 60 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
61
1-1. For safe use
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
1
For safety and security
Installing child restraints
Child restraint LATCH anchors
LATCH anchors are provided for
the outboard rear seats. (Buttons
displaying the location of the
anchors are attached to the seats.)
Seat belts equipped with a child
restraint locking mechanism
(ALR/ELR belts except driver’s
seat belt) (→P. 32 )
Anchor brackets (for top tether
strap)
An anchor bracket is provided for
each rear seat. (Labels displaying
the location of the anchor bracket.)
Follow the child restraint system manufacturer’s instructions.
Firmly secure child restraints to the seats using the LATCH
anchors or a seat belt. Attach the top tether strap when installing
a child restraint.
The lap/shoulder belt can be used if your child restraint system
is not compatible with the LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers
for Children) system.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 61 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
62
1-1. For safe use
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
If the child restraint has a top
tether strap, adjust the head
restraint to the upmost position.
(→P. 146)
Widen the gap between the seat cushion and seatback slightly.
X Type A
Latch the hooks of the lower
straps onto the LATCH
anchors.
If the child restraint has a top
tether strap, the top tether strap
should be latched onto the top
tether strap anchor.
When installing the child
restraint system with the head
restraint being raised, be sure
to have the top tether strap
pass underneath the head
restraint.
For owners in Canada:
The symbol on a child restraint
system indicates the presence
of a lower connector system.
Installation with LATCH system
1
2
Canada only
3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 62 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
63
1-1. For safe use
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
1
For safety and security
X Type B
Latch the buckles onto the
LATCH anchors.
If the child restraint has a top
tether strap, the top tether strap
should be latched onto the top
tether strap anchor.
When installing the child
restraint system with the head
restraint being raised, be sure
to have the top tether strap
pass underneath the head
restraint.
For owners in Canada:
The symbol on a child restraint
system indicates the presence
of a lower connector system.
If there is gap between the child restraint system and the seatback,
adjust the seatback until good contact is achieved. (→P. 141)
Canada only
3
4
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 63 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
64
1-1. For safe use
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
■
Rear-facing Infant seat/convertible seat
Adjust the seatback to the
8th lock position from the
fully reclined position.
(→P. 141)
Fully reclined position
8th lock position
If your child restraint system interferes with a head restraint and
cannot be installed properly, install the child restraint system after
removing the head restraint. (→P. 146)
Place the child restraint sys-
tem on the rear seat facing
the rear of the vehicle.
Run the seat belt through the
child restraint system and
insert the plate into the
buckle. Make sure that the
belt is not twisted.
Installing child restraints using a seat belt (child restraint lock
function belt)
1
1
2
2
3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 64 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
65
1-1. For safe use
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
1
For safety and security
Fully extend the shoulder belt
and allow it to retract to put it
in lock mode. In lock mode,
the belt cannot be extended.
While pushing the child
restraint system down into
the rear seat, allow the
shoulder belt to retract until
the child restraint system is
securely in place.
After the shoulder belt has
retracted to a point where there
is no slack in the belt, pull the
belt to check that it cannot be
extended.
4
5
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 65 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
66
1-1. For safe use
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
■
Forward-facing Convertible seat
Adjust the seatback to the
8th lock position from the
fully reclined position.
(→P. 141)
Fully reclined position
8th lock position
If your child restraint system interferes with a head restraint and
cannot be installed properly, install the child restraint system after
removing the head restraint. (→P. 146)
Place the child restraint sys-
tem on the seat facing the
front of the vehicle.
Run the seat belt through the
child restraint system and
insert the plate into the
buckle. Make sure that the
belt is not twisted.
1
1
2
2
3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 66 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
67
1-1. For safe use
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
1
For safety and security
Fully extend the shoulder belt
and allow it to retract to put it
in lock mode. In lock mode,
the belt cannot be extended.
While pushing the child
restraint system into the rear
seat, allow the shoulder belt
to retract until the child
restraint system is securely
in place.
After the shoulder belt has
retracted to a point where there
is no slack in the belt, pull the
belt to check that it cannot be
extended.
If the child restraint has a top tether strap, the top tether strap
should be latched onto the top tether strap anchor. (→P. 69)
■ Booster seat
Adjust the seatback to the
8th lock position from the
fully reclined position.
(→P. 141)
Fully reclined position
8th lock position
If your child restraint system interferes with a head restraint and
cannot be installed properly, install the child restraint system after
removing the head restraint. (→P. 146)
4
5
6
1
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 67 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
68
1-1. For safe use
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
Place the child restraint system on the seat facing the front of the
vehicle.
Sit the child in the child
restraint system. Fit the seat
belt to the child restraint sys-
tem according to the manu-
facturer’s instructions and
insert the plate into the
buckle. Make sure that the
belt is not twisted.
Check that the shoulder belt is
correctly positioned over the
child’s shoulder and that the lap
belt is as low as possible.
(→P. 28)
2
X Booster type X High back type
3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 68 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
69
1-1. For safe use
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
1
For safety and security
Push the buckle release button
and fully retract the seat belt.
Secure the child restraint sys-
tem using the seat belt or
LATCH anchors.
Latch the hook onto the anchor
bracket and tighten the top
tether strap.
Make sure the top tether strap is
securely latched.
Run the top tether strap under the
head restraint.
■ Laws and regulations pertaining to anchorages
The LATCH system conforms to FMVSS225 or CMVSS210.2.
Child restraint systems conforming to FMVSS213 or CMVSS213 specifica-
tions can be used.
This vehicle is designed to conform to the SAE J1819.
Removing a child restraint installed with a seat belt
Child restraint systems with a top tether strap
1
Top tether strap
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 69 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
70
1-1. For safe use
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
WARNING
■ When installing a booster seat
To prevent the belt from going into ALR lock mode, do not fully extend the
shoulder belt. ALR mode causes the belt to tighten only. This could cause
injury or discomfort to the child. (→P. 32)
■ When installing a child restraint system
Follow the directions given in the child restraint system installation manual
and fix the child restraint system securely in place.
If the child restraint system is not correctly fixed in place, the child or other
passengers may be seriously injured or even killed in the event of sudden
braking, sudden swerving or an accident.
● If the driver’s seat interferes with the
child restraint system and prevents it
from being attached correctly, attach the
child restraint system to the right-hand
rear seat.
● Adjust the front passenger seat so that
it does not interfere with the child
restraint system.
● Only put a forward-facing child restraint
system on the front seat when unavoid-
able. When installing a forward-facing
child restraint system on the front pas-
senger seat, move the seat as far back
as possible even if the “AIR BAG OFF”
indicator light is illuminated. Failure to
do so may result in death or serious
injury if the airbags deploy (inflate).
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 70 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
71
1-1. For safe use
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
1
For safety and security
WARNING
■ When installing a child restraint system
● When installing a child restraint system in the rear center seat, adjust both
seatbacks at the same angle. Otherwise, the child restraint system cannot
be securely restrained and this may cause death or serious injuries in the
event of sudden braking, sudden swerving or an accident.
● When a booster seat is installed, always ensure that the shoulder belt is
positioned across the center of the child’s shoulder. The belt should be
kept away from the child’s neck, but not so that it could fall off the child’s
shoulder. Failing to do so may result in death or serious injury in the event
of sudden braking, sudden swerving or an accident.
● Ensure that the belt and plate are securely locked and the seat belt is not
twisted.
● Shake the child restraint system left and right, and forward and backward
to ensure that it has been securely installed.
● After securing a child restraint system, never adjust the seat.
● Follow all installation instructions provided by the child restraint system
manufacturer.
● When securing some types of child restraint systems in rear seats, it may
not be possible to properly use the seat belts in positions next to the child
restraint without interfering with it or affecting seat belt effectiveness. Be
sure your seat belt fits snugly across your shoulder and low on your hips. if
it dose not, or if it interferes with the child restraint, move to a different
position. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
■ Do not use a seat belt extender
If a seat belt extender is used when installing a child restraint system, the
seat belt will not securely hold the child restraint system, which could cause
death or serious injury to the child or other passengers in the event of a sud-
den braking, sudden swerving or an accident.
■ To correctly attach a child restraint system to the anchors
When using the LATCH anchors, be sure that there are no foreign objects
around the anchors and that the seat belt is not caught behind the child
restraint system. Make sure the child restraint system is securely attached,
or it may cause death or serious injury to the child or other passengers in
the event of sudden braking, sudden swerving or an accident.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 71 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
72
1-1. For safe use
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
Exhaust gas precautions
Harmful substance to the human body is included in exhaust
gases if inhaled.
WARNING
Exhaust gases include harmful carbon monoxide (CO), which is colorless and
odorless. Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may cause exhaust gases enter the vehicle and may lead to
an accident caused by light-headedness, or may lead to death or a serious
health hazard.
■ Important points while driving
● Keep the back door closed.
● If you smell exhaust gases in the vehicle even when the back door is
closed, open the windows and have the vehicle inspected at your Toyota
dealer as soon as possible.
■ When parking
● If the vehicle is in a poorly ventilated area or a closed area, such as a
garage, stop the engine.
● Do not leave the vehicle with the engine running for a long time.
If such a situation cannot be avoided, park the vehicle in an open space
and ensure that exhaust fumes do not enter the vehicle interior.
● Do not leave the engine running in an area with snow build-up, or where it
is snowing. If snowbanks build up around the vehicle while the engine is
running, exhaust gases may collect and enter the vehicle.
■ Exhaust pipe
The exhaust system needs to be checked periodically. If there is a hole or
crack caused by corrosion, damage to a joint or abnormal exhaust noise, be
sure to have the vehicle inspected and repaired by your Toyota dealer.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 72 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
73
1-2. Theft deterrent system
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
1
For safety and security
Engine immobilizer system
X Vehicles without smart key sys-
tem
The indicator light flashes after
the key has been removed from
the engine switch to indicate that
the system is operating.
The indicator light stops flashing
after the registered key has been
inserted into the engine switch to
indicate that the system has been
canceled.
X Vehicles with smart key system
The indicator light flashes after the engine switch has been turned off
to indicate that the system is operating.
The indicator light stops flashing after the engine switch has been
turned to ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON mode to indicate that the
system has been canceled.
■ System maintenance
The vehicle has a maintenance-free type engine immobilizer system.
■ Conditions that may cause the system to malfunction
● If the grip portion of the key is in contact with a metallic object
● If the key is in close proximity to or touching a key to the security system
(key with a built-in transponder chip) of another vehicle
The vehicle’s keys have built-in transponder chips that prevent
the engine from starting if a key has not been previously regis-
tered in the vehicle’s on-board computer.
Never leave the keys inside the vehicle when you leave the vehi-
cle.
This system is designed to help prevent vehicle theft but does not
guarantee absolute security against all vehicle thefts.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 73 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
74
1-2. Theft deterrent system
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
■ Certification
X For vehicles sold in the U.S.A.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 74 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
75
1-2. Theft deterrent system
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
1
For safety and security
X For vehicles sold in Canada
WARNING
■ Certification for the engine immobilizer system
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible
for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.
NOTICE
■ To ensure the system operates correctly
Do not modify or remove the system. If modified or removed, the proper
operation of the system cannot be guaranteed.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 75 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
76
1-2. Theft deterrent system
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 76 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
77
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
Instrument cluster
2
2. Instrument cluster
Warning lights
and indicators ................... 78
Gauges and meters ............ 84
Multi-information display ..... 88
Fuel consumption
information ........................ 94
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 77 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
78
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
2. Instrument cluster
Warning lights and indicators
The units used on the meters and some indicators may differ depending on
the target region.
The warning lights and indicators on the instrument cluster and
center panel inform the driver of the status of the vehicle’s vari-
ous systems.
For the purpose of explanation, the following illustrations dis-
play all warning lights and indicators illuminated.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 78 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
79
2. Instrument cluster
2
Instrument cluster
Warning lights inform the driver of malfunctions in the indicated vehi-
cle’s systems.
Warning lights
*
1
(U.S.A.)
Brake system warning
light (→P. 615)
Seat belt reminder light
(→P. 616)
*
1
(Canada)
Brake system warning
light (→P. 615)
Low fuel level warning
light (→P. 616)
*
1
(U.S.A.)
Malfunction indicator
lamp (→P. 615)
*
2, 3, 4
(if equipped)
Intuitive parking assist
indicator (→P. 616)
*
1
(Canada)
Malfunction indicator
lamp (→P. 615)
*
4
Rear passengers’ seat
belt reminder lights
(→P. 616)
*
1
SRS warning light
(→P. 615)
*
1
Master warning light
(→P. 625)
*
1
(U.S.A.)
ABS warning light
(→P. 615)
*
1, 2
(if equipped)
PCS warning light
(→P. 617)
*
1
(Canada)
ABS warning light
(→P. 615)
(amber)
(if equipped)
LDA warning light
(→P. 617)
*
1
Electric power steering
system warning light
(→P. 616)
*
1
(if equipped)
Tire pressure warning
light (→P. 618)
*
1
Slip indicator (→P. 616)
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 79 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
80
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
2. Instrument cluster
*
1
: These lights turn on when the engine switch is turned to the “ON” position
(vehicles without smart key system) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with
smart key system), to indicate that a system check is being performed.
They will turn off after the engine is started, or after a few seconds. There
may be a malfunction in a system if the lights do not come on, or turn off.
Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
*
2
: The light flashes to indicate a malfunction.
*
3
: The light comes on to indicate that the intuitive parking assist sensor is dirty
or covered with ice.
*
4
: This light illuminates on the center panel.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 80 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
81
2. Instrument cluster
2
Instrument cluster
The indicators inform the driver of the operating state of the vehicle’s
various systems.
Indicators
Turn signal indicator
(→P. 211)
*
1
VSC OFF indicator
(→P. 309)
(U.S.A.)
Headlight indicator
(→P. 213)
*
3
Security indicator
(→P. 73)
(Canada)
Tail light indicator
(→P. 213)
“SPORT” indicator
(→P. 205)
Headlight high beam
indicator (→P. 215)
“ECO MODE” indicator
(→P. 205)
(green)
(if equipped)
Automatic High Beam
indicator (→P. 217)
*
1
Eco Driving Indicator
Light (→P. 83)
(if equipped)
Fog light indicator
(→P. 221)
*
1
(if equipped)
All-wheel drive lock
indicator (→P. 296)
(if equipped)
Cruise control indicator
(→P. 261, 273)
*
1
(if equipped)
“AUTO LSD” indicator
(→P. 309)
(if equipped)
Dynamic radar cruise
control indicator
(→P. 261)
*
3
(if equipped)
Intuitive parking assist
indicator (→P. 277)
Cruise control “SET”
indicator (→P. 261, 273)
(if equipped)
Intuitive parking assist
indicator (→P. 278)
*
1, 2
Slip indicator
(→P. 308)
(if equipped)
LDA indicator
(→P. 253)
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 81 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
82
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
2. Instrument cluster
*
1
: These lights turn on when the engine switch is turned to the “ON” position
(vehicles without smart key system) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with
smart key system), to indicate that a system check is being performed.
They will turn off after the engine is started, or after a few seconds. There
may be a malfunction in a system if the lights do not come on, or turn off.
Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
*
2
: The light flashes to indicate that the system is operating.
*
3
: This light illuminates on the center panel.
*
4
: In order to confirm operation, the BSM outside rear view mirror indicators
illuminate in the following situations:
• When the engine switch is turned to the “ON” position (vehicles without
smart key system) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with smart key sys-
tem) while the system is set to on.
• When the system is set to on while the engine switch is in the “ON” posi-
tion (vehicles without smart key system) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles
with smart key system).
If the system is functioning correctly, the BSM outside rear view mirror indi-
cators will turn off after a few seconds.
If the BSM outside rear view mirror indicators do not illuminate or do not
turn off, there may be a malfunction with the system. If this occurs, have the
vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
*
5
: This light illuminates on the outside rear view mirrors.
*
6
: The light turns on when the system is off.
*
7
: When the outside temperature is approximately 37°F (3°C) or lower, the
indicator will flash for approximately 10 seconds, then stay on.
*
4, 5
(if equipped)
BSM outside rear
view mirror indicators
(→P. 297)
*
1, 6
(if equipped)
PCS warning light
(→P. 243)
(if equipped)
BSM indicator (→P. 297)
*
7
(if equipped)
Ice warning indicator
(→P. 634)
*
1, 3
“AIR BAG ON/OFF”
indicator (→P. 49)
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 82 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
83
2. Instrument cluster
2
Instrument cluster
■ Eco Driving Indicator
Suggests Zone of Eco driving and Eco driving ratio based on acceleration.
Eco Driving Indicator will not operate in the following conditions:
● The shift lever is anything other than D.
● Paddle shift switch (if equipped) is operated.
● Neither normal mode nor Eco drive mode is selected. (→P. 205)
● The vehicle speed is approximately 80 mph (130 km/h) or higher.
Eco Driving Indicator Light
During Eco-friendly acceleration (Eco
driving), Eco Driving Indicator Light will
turn on.
When the acceleration exceeds Zone of
Eco driving, or when the vehicle is
stopped, the light turns off.
Eco Driving Indicator Light availability
can be customized. The default setting
is on. (→P. 694)
Eco Driving Indicator Zone Display
Suggests the Zone of Eco driving with
current Eco driving ratio based on
acceleration.
X
Zone of Eco driving
Eco driving ratio based on acceleration
If the acceleration exceeds the Zone of Eco driving, the right side of the
Eco Driving Indicator Zone Display illuminates.
WARNING
■ If a safety system warning light does not come on
Should a safety system light such as the ABS and SRS warning light not
come on when you start the engine, this could mean that these systems are
not available to help protect you in an accident, which could result in death
or serious injury. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immedi-
ately if this occurs.
1
2
3
4
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 83 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
84
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
2. Instrument cluster
Gauges and meters
The units used on the meter and display may differ depending on the tar-
get region.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 84 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
85
2. Instrument cluster
2
Instrument cluster
Tachometer
Displays the engine speed in revolutions per minute
Speedometer
Displays the vehicle speed
Fuel gauge
Displays the quantity of fuel remaining in the tank
Shift position and shift range
Displays the selected shift position or selected shift range (→P. 203)
Multi-information display
Presents the driver with a variety of driving-related data (→P. 88)
Outside temperature display
→P. 87
Engine coolant temperature gauge
Displays the engine coolant temperature
Odometer and trip meter
Odometer:
Displays the total distance that the vehicle has been driven
Trip meter:
Displays the distance the vehicle has been driven since the meter was last
reset. Trip meters “A” and “B” can be used to record and display different
distances independently.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 85 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
86
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
2. Instrument cluster
Switches the items of the odome-
ter and trip meter display by
pressing the “TRIP” switch.
When the trip meter is displayed,
pressing and holding the “TRIP”
switch will reset the trip meter.
The brightness of the instrument panel lights can be adjusted by turn-
ing the dial.
Brighter
Darker
Changing the odometer and trip meter display
Instrument panel light control
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 86 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
87
2. Instrument cluster
2
Instrument cluster
■ The meters and display illuminate when
X Vehicles without smart key system
The engine switch is in the “ON” position.
X Vehicles with smart key system
The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode.
■ Outside temperature display
● In the following situations, the correct outside temperature may not be dis-
played, or the display may take longer than normal to change.
• When stopped, or driving at low speeds (less than 12 mph [20 km/h])
• When the outside temperature has changed suddenly (at the entrance/
exit of a garage, tunnel, etc.)
● When “--” is displayed, the system may be malfunctioning.
Take your vehicle to your Toyota dealer.
● The temperature range that can be displayed is from -40°F (-40°C) to 122°F
(50°C).
WARNING
■ The information display at low temperatures
Allow the interior of the vehicle to warm up before using the liquid crystal
information display. At extremely low temperatures, the display monitor may
respond slowly, and display changes may be delayed.
For example, there is a lag between the driver’s shifting and the new gear
number appearing on the display. This lag could cause the driver to down-
shift again, causing rapid and excessive engine braking and possibly an
accident resulting in death or injury.
NOTICE
■ To prevent damage to the engine and its components
● Do not let the indicator needle of the tachometer enter the red zone, which
indicates the maximum engine speed.
● The engine may be overheating if the engine coolant temperature gauge is
in the red zone (“H”). In this case, immediately stop the vehicle in a safe
place, and check the engine after it has cooled completely. (→P. 662)
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 87 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
88
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
2. Instrument cluster
Multi-information display
The multi-information display presents the driver with a variety of vehi-
cle data.
● Menu icons
Displays the following informa-
tion when an icon is selected.
(→P. 89)
Some of the information may be
displayed automatically
depending on the situation.
Drive information
Select to display various drive data. (→P. 89)
Navigation system-linked display*
Select to display the following navigation system-linked information.
• Route guidance
• Compass display (north-up display/heading-up display)
Audio system-linked display*
Select to enable selection of an audio source or track on the display
using the meter control switches.
Driving assist information*
Select to display the dynamic radar cruise control* or LDA (Lane
Departure Alert with steering control)
* information, when the system
is used. (→P. 253, 261)
The displayed icon changes depending on the system used.
Display contents
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 88 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
89
2. Instrument cluster
2
Instrument cluster
Warning message display
Select to display warning messages and measures to be taken if a
malfunction is detected. (→P. 625)
Settings display
Select to change the system settings and meter display settings.
(→P. 91)
*: If equipped
The multi-information display is
operated using the meter control
switches.
Enter/Set
Select an item/change pages
Return to the previous screen
Items displayed can be switched by pressing or of the meter
control switches to select and pressing or .
■ Average fuel economy (after start/after reset*
1
/after refuel)
Displays the average fuel consumption since the engine was
started, the function was reset and the vehicle was refueled,
respectively
Use the displayed average fuel consumption as a reference.
Operating the meter control switches
1
2
3
Drive information
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 89 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
90
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
2. Instrument cluster
■ Average speed (after start/after reset*
1
/after refuel)
Displays the average vehicle speed since the engine was started,
the function was reset and the vehicle was refueled, respectively
■ Range (after refuel)
Displays the estimated maximum distance that can be driven with
the quantity of fuel remaining
• This distance is computed based on your average fuel consump-
tion. As a result, the actual distance that can be driven may differ
from that displayed.
• When only a small amount of fuel is added to the tank, the dis-
play may not be updated.
When refueling, turn the engine switch off. If the vehicle is refu-
eled without turning the engine switch off, the display may not be
updated.
■ Eco Driving Indicator Zone Display
→P. 8 3
■ Dynamic Torque Control AWD system display*
2
→P. 9 0
■ LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control) vehicle sway
warning
*
2
→P. 2 5 4
■ Display off
A blank screen is displayed
*
1
: The function can be reset by pressing and holding the of the meter
control switches when the reset item is displayed.
*
2
: If equipped
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 90 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
91
2. Instrument cluster
2
Instrument cluster
The settings of the following items can be changed, refer to P. 693
For functions that can be enabled or disabled, the function switches
between on and off each time is pressed.
● (Lane Departure Alert with steering control)* (→P. 253)
● (Pre-Collision System)
* (→P. 239)
● (Blind Spot Monitor)
* (→P. 297)
● (Intuitive parking assist)
* (→P. 277)
● (Power back door)
* (→P. 117 )
● Meter Settings
• Language
Select to change the language on the display.
•Units
Select to change the unit of measure for fuel consumption.
• Eco Driving Indicator Light
Select to activate/deactivate the Eco Driving Indicator Light
• Pop-up display
Select to set the pop-up displays, which may appear in some situa-
tions, on/off.
• Accent color
Select to change the accent colors on the screen, such as the cursor
color.
• Default settings
Registered or changed meter settings will be deleted or returned to
their default setting.
*: If equipped
Settings display
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 91 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
92
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
2. Instrument cluster
■ System check display
After turning the engine switch to IGNITION ON mode, opening image is dis-
played while system operation is checked. When the system check is com-
plete, the normal screen will return.
■ Dynamic Torque Control AWD system display
Displays the Dynamic Torque Control AWD system operation state and the G-
force state.
■ Suspension of the settings display
In the following situations, the settings display using the meter control
switches will be suspended.
● When a warning message appears on the multi-information display
● When the vehicle begins to move
■ When disconnecting and reconnecting battery terminals
The drive information will be reset.
■ Liquid crystal display
Small spots or light spots may appear on the display. This phenomenon is
characteristic of liquid crystal displays, and there is no problem continuing to
use the display.
Torque distribution display
Displays the amount of drive torque
applied.
G-force display
Displays the current G-force state.
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 92 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
93
2. Instrument cluster
2
Instrument cluster
WARNING
■ Caution for use while driving
For safety, avoid operating the meter control switches while driving as much
as possible, and do not look continuously at the multi-information display
while driving. Stop the vehicle and operate the meter control switches. Fail-
ure to do so may cause a steering wheel operation error, resulting in an
unexpected accident.
■ Cautions during setting up the display
As the engine needs to be running during setting up the display, ensure that
the vehicle is parked in a place with adequate ventilation. In a closed area
such as a garage, exhaust gases including harmful carbon monoxide (CO)
may collect and enter the vehicle. This may lead to death or a serious
health hazard.
NOTICE
■ During setting up the display
To prevent battery discharge, ensure that the engine is running while setting
up the display features.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 93 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
94
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
2. Instrument cluster
Fuel consumption information
X Vehicles with Entune Audio
Press the “CAR” button.
X Vehicles with Entune Premium Audio with Navigation and Entune
Audio Plus
Press the “APPS” button, and then select “Eco” on the screen.
If the “Trip Information” screen does not appear, select “Trip Informa-
tion”.
Reset the trip information data
Previous fuel consumption per
minute
Current fuel consumption
“Past Record” screen appears
Cruising range
Elapsed time
Average vehicle speed
Average fuel consumption for the past 15 minutes is divided by color
into past averages and averages attained since the engine switch was
last turned to the “ON” position (vehicles without smart key system) or
IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with smart key system). Use the dis-
played average fuel consumption as a reference.
These images are examples only, and may vary slightly from actual
conditions.
The fuel consumption information can be displayed on Entune
Premium Audio with Navigation and Entune Audio screen.
Display the trip information or past record screen
Trip information
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 94 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
95
2. Instrument cluster
2
Instrument cluster
If the “Past Record” screen does not appear, select “Past Record”.
Reset the past record data
Best recorded fuel consumption
Average fuel consumption (if
equipped)
Previous fuel consumption
record
Current fuel consumption
Update the past record data
“Trip Information” screen appears
These images are examples only, and may vary slightly from actual
conditions.
■ Resetting the data
● Selecting “Clear” on the “Trip Information” screen will reset the trip informa-
tion data.
● Selecting “Clear” on the “Past Record” screen will reset the past record
data.
■ Updating the past record data
Selecting “Update” on the “Past Record” screen will update the past record
data.
Also, the average fuel consumption displayed in the multi-information display
will be reset at the same time.
■ Cruising range
Displays the estimated maximum distance that can be driven with the quan-
tity of fuel remaining.
This distance is computed based on your average fuel consumption. As a
result, the actual distance that can be driven may differ from that displayed.
Past record
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 95 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
96
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
2. Instrument cluster
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 96 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
97
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
3
Operation of
each component
3-1. Key information
Keys.................................... 98
3-2. Opening, closing and
locking the doors
Side doors......................... 107
Back door.......................... 113
Smart key system ............. 130
3-3. Adjusting the seats
Front seats ........................ 139
Rear seats......................... 141
Driving position memory ... 144
Head restraints.................. 146
3-4. Adjusting the steering
wheel and mirrors
Steering wheel .................. 149
Inside rear view mirror ...... 151
Outside rear view
mirrors............................. 153
3-5. Opening, closing the
windows and moon roof
Power windows ................. 156
Moon roof.......................... 160
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 97 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
98
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
3-1. Key information
Keys
The following keys are provided with the vehicle.
X Vehicles without smart key system
Master keys
Operating the wireless remote con-
trol function
Key number plate
X Vehicles with smart key system
Electronic keys
• Operating the smart key system
(→P. 130)
• Operating the wireless remote
control function
Mechanical keys
Key number plate
The keys
1
2
1
2
3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 98 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
99
3-1. Key information
3
Operation of each component
Locks all the doors (→P. 107)
Check that the door is securely locked.
Unlocks all the doors (→P. 107)
Pressing the button unlocks the driver’s door. Pressing the button again
within 3 seconds unlocks the other doors.
Opens and closes the power back door* (→P. 114 )
Sounds the alarm (→P. 100)
*: If equipped
To take out the mechanical key,
push the release button and take
the key out.
The mechanical key can only be
inserted in one direction, as the
key only has grooves on one side.
If the key cannot be inserted in a
lock cylinder, turn it over and re-
attempt to insert it.
After using the mechanical key, store it in the electronic key. Carry the
mechanical key together with the electronic key. If the electronic key bat-
tery is depleted or the entry function does not operate properly, you will
need the mechanical key. (→P. 656)
Wireless remote control
X Vehicles without smart key sys-
tem
X Vehicles with smart key sys-
tem
Using the mechanical key (vehicles with smart key system)
1
2
3
4
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 99 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
100
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
3-1. Key information
■ Panic mode
X Vehicles without smart key system
X Vehicles with smart key system
■ If you lose your keys
New genuine keys can be made by your Toyota dealer using a master key
(vehicles without smart key system) or the other mechanical key (vehicles
with smart key system) and the key number stamped on your key number
plate. Keep the plate in a safe place such as your wallet, not in the vehicle.
■ When riding in an aircraft
When bringing a key with wireless remote control function onto an aircraft,
make sure you do not press any buttons on the key while inside the aircraft
cabin. If you are carrying the key in your bag etc., ensure that the buttons are
not likely to be pressed accidentally. Pressing a button may cause the key to
emit radio waves that could interfere with the operation of the aircraft.
When is pressed for longer than
about one second, an alarm will sound
intermittently and the vehicle lights will
flash to deter any person from trying to
break into or damage your vehicle.
To stop the alarm, press any button on the
wireless remote control.
When is pressed for longer than
about one second, an alarm will sound
intermittently and the vehicle lights will
flash to deter any person from trying to
break into or damage your vehicle.
To stop the alarm, press any button on the
electronic key.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 100 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
101
3-1. Key information
3
Operation of each component
■ Conditions affecting the operation
X Vehicles without smart key system
The wireless remote control function may not operate normally in the follow-
ing situations.
● Near a TV tower, radio station, electric power plant, airport or other facility
that generates strong radio waves
● When carrying a portable radio, cellular phone or other wireless communi-
cation device
● When multiple wireless keys are in the vicinity
● When the wireless key has come into contact with, or is covered by a metal-
lic object
● When a wireless key (that emits radio waves) is being used nearby
● When the wireless key has been left near an electrical appliance such as a
personal computer
● If window tint with a metallic content or metallic objects are attached to the
rear window
X Vehicles with smart key system
→P. 132
■ Key battery depletion
X Vehicles without smart key system
If the wireless remote control function does not operate, the battery may be
depleted. Replace the battery when necessary. (→P. 585)
X Vehicles with smart key system
→P. 135
■ Replacing the battery
→P. 585
■ Confirmation of the registered key number
The number of keys already registered to the vehicle can be confirmed. Ask
your Toyota dealer for details.
■ If a wrong key is used (vehicles with smart key system)
The key cylinder rotates freely to isolate inside mechanism.
■ Customization
Settings (e.g. wireless remote control system) can be changed.
(Customizable features: →P. 698)
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 101 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
102
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
3-1. Key information
■ Certification for wireless remote control (vehicles without smart key sys-
tem)
X For vehicles sold in the U.S.A.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 102 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
103
3-1. Key information
3
Operation of each component
X For vehicles sold in Canada
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 103 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
104
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
3-1. Key information
■ Certification for wireless remote control (vehicles with smart key sys-
tem)
X For vehicles sold in the U.S.A.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 104 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
105
3-1. Key information
3
Operation of each component
X For vehicles sold in Canada
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 105 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
106
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
3-1. Key information
NOTICE
■ To prevent key damage
● Do not drop the keys, subject them to strong shocks or bend them.
● Do not expose the keys to high temperatures for long periods of time.
● Do not get the keys wet or wash them in an ultrasonic washer etc.
● Do not attach metallic or magnetic materials to the keys or place the keys
close to such materials.
● Do not disassemble the keys.
● Do not attach a sticker or anything else to the surface of the electronic key.
● Do not place the keys near objects that produce magnetic fields, such as
TVs, audio systems and induction cookers, or medical electrical equip-
ment, such as low-frequency therapy equipment.
■ Carrying the electronic key on your person (vehicles with smart key
system)
Carry the electronic key 3.9 in. (10 cm) or more away from electric appli-
ances that are turned on. Radio waves emitted from electric appliances
within 3.9 in. (10 cm) of the electronic key may interfere with the key, caus-
ing the key to not function properly.
■ In case of a smart key system malfunction or other key-related prob-
lems (vehicles with smart key system)
Take your vehicle with all the electronic keys provided with your vehicle to
your Toyota dealer.
■ When an electronic key is lost (vehicles with smart key system)
If the electronic key remains lost, the risk of vehicle theft increases signifi-
cantly. Visit your Toyota dealer immediately with all remaining electronic
keys that was provided with your vehicle.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 106 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
107
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
3
Operation of each component
Side doors
◆ Smart key system (if equipped)
Carry the electronic key to enable this function.
Grip the driver’s door handle
to unlock the door. Grip the
front passenger’s/rear pas-
senger’s (if equipped) door
handle to unlock all the
doors.*
Make sure to touch the sensor
on the back of the handle.
The doors cannot be unlocked
for 3 seconds after the doors are
locked.
*: The door unlock settings can be changed. (→P. 111)
Touch the lock sensor (the indentation on the upper part of the
door handle) to lock all the doors.
Check that the door is securely locked.
◆ Wireless remote control
Locks all the doors
Check that the door is securely locked.
Unlocks all the doors
Pressing the button unlocks the driver’s door. Pressing the button again
within 3 seconds unlocks the other doors.
Unlocking and locking the doors from the outside
1
2
X Vehicles without smart key
system
X Vehicles with smart key
system
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 107 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
108
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
◆ Key
X Vehicles without smart key system
Locks all the doors
Unlocks all the doors
Turning the key unlocks the
driver’s door. Turning the key
again within 3 seconds unlocks
the other doors.
X Vehicles with smart key system
The doors can also be locked and unlocked with the mechanical
key. (→P. 656)
■ Operation signals
A buzzer sounds and the emergency flashers flash to indicate that the doors
have been locked/unlocked. (Locked: once; Unlocked: twice)
■ Security feature
If a door is not opened within approximately 60 seconds after the vehicle is
unlocked, the security feature automatically locks the vehicle again.
■ When the door cannot be locked by the lock sensor on the upper part of
the door handle (vehicles with smart key system)
■ Door lock buzzer
If an attempt to lock the doors is made when a door is not fully closed, a
buzzer sounds continuously for 5 seconds. Fully close the door to stop the
buzzer, and lock the vehicle once more.
■ If the smart key system or the wireless remote control does not operate
properly
● Vehicles with smart key system: Use the mechanical key to lock and unlock
the doors. (→P. 656)
● Replace the key battery with a new one if it is depleted. (→P. 585)
1
2
If the door will not lock even when the top-
side sensor area is touched, try touching
both the topside and underside sensor
areas at the same time.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 108 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
109
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
3
Operation of each component
◆ Door lock switch
Locks all the doors
Unlocks all the doors
◆ Inside lock buttons
Locks the door
Unlocks the door
The front doors can be opened
by pulling the inside handle
even if the lock buttons are in
the lock position.
Move the inside lock button to the lock position.
Close the door.
X Vehicles without smart key system
The door cannot be locked if the key is in the engine switch.
X Vehicles with smart key system
The door cannot be locked if the engine switch is in ACCESSORY or
IGNITION ON mode, or the electronic key is left inside the vehicle.
Depending on the position of the electronic key, the key may not be
detected correctly and the door may be locked.
Unlocking and locking the doors from the inside
1
2
1
2
Locking the front doors from the outside without a key
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 109 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
110
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
The door cannot be opened from
inside the vehicle when the lock is
set.
Unlock
Lock
These locks can be set to prevent
children from opening the rear
doors. Push down on each rear
door switch to lock both rear doors.
The following functions can be set or canceled:
For instructions on customizing, refer to P. 693.
Rear door child-protector lock
1
2
Automatic door locking and unlocking systems (if equipped)
Function Operation
Speed linked door locking function
(vehicles with smart key system)
All doors are automatically locked
when vehicle speed is approxi-
mately 12 mph (20 km/h) or higher.
Shift position linked door locking
function
All doors are automatically locked
when shifting the shift lever to posi-
tion other than P.
Shift position linked door unlocking
function
All doors are automatically unlocked
when shifting the shift lever to P.
Driver’s door linked door unlocking
function
All doors are automatically unlocked
when driver’s door is opened.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 110 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
111
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
3
Operation of each component
■ Switching the door unlock function (vehicles with smart key system)
It is possible to set which doors the entry function unlocks using the wireless
remote control.
Turn the engine switch off.
When the indicator light on the key surface is not on, press and hold ,
or for approximately 5 seconds while pressing and holding
.
The setting changes each time an operation is performed, as shown below.
(When changing the setting continuously, release the buttons, wait for at least
5 seconds, and repeat step .)
■ Impact detection door lock release system (if equipped)
In the event that the vehicle is subject to a strong impact, all the doors are
unlocked. Depending on the force of the impact or the type of accident, how-
ever, the system may not operate.
■ When all the doors are locked with the entry function (vehicles with
smart key system), wireless remote control or key
The doors cannot be unlocked with the door lock switch.
The door lock switch can be reset by unlocking all the doors with the wireless
remote control or key.
■ Conditions affecting the operation
X Vehicles without smart key system
→P. 101
X Vehicles with smart key system
→P. 132
■ Customization
Settings (e.g. unlocking function using a key) can be changed.
(Customizable features: →P. 696)
1
2
2
Unlocking function Beep
Holding the driver’s door handle
unlocks only the driver’s door.
Exterior: Beeps 3 times
Interior: Pings once
Holding any of the passenger door
handles unlocks all the doors.
Holding a door handle unlocks all
the doors.
Exterior: Beeps twice
Interior: Pings once
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 111 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
112
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
WARNING
■ To prevent an accident
Observe the following precautions while driving the vehicle.
Failure to do so may result in a door opening and an occupant throwing out
of the vehicle, resulting in death or serious injury.
● Ensure that all doors are properly closed and locked.
● Do not pull the inside handle of the doors while driving.
Be especially careful for the front doors, as the doors may be opened even
if the inside lock buttons are in locked position.
● Set the rear door child-protector locks when children are seated in the rear
seats.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 112 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
113
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
3
Operation of each component
Back door
◆ Smart key system (if equipped)
Carry the electronic key to enable this function.
Press the button to unlock all
the doors.
The doors cannot be unlocked
for 3 seconds after the doors are
locked.
Lock the back door again when
you leave the vehicle. The back
door will not lock automatically
after it has been opened and
then closed.
Press the button to lock all the doors.
Check that the door is securely locked.
◆ Wireless remote control
→P. 9 9
◆ Door lock switch
→P. 1 0 9
Press and hold the switch to open
or close, when the power back
door is unlocked. (A buzzer
sounds.)
Pressing the switch while the back
door is opening/closing stops the
operation.
The back door can be locked/unlocked and opened/closed by
the following procedures.
Locking and unlocking the back door
1
Opening/closing the back door from inside the vehicle (vehicles
with power back door)
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 113 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
114
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
◆ Back door opener
X Vehicles without power back
door
Raise the back door while
pressing up the back door
opener switch.
X Vehicles with power back
door
When the back door is
unlocked: Press the back door
opener switch.
When the back door is locked (vehicles with smart key system):
While carrying the electronic key on your person, press the back
door opener switch.
Pressing the switch while the back door is opening/closing stops the
operation.
◆ Wireless remote control (vehicles with power back door)
Press and hold the switch to open/close the power back door.
Pressing the button while the back door is opening/closing stops the
operation.
Opening the back door from outside the vehicle
X Vehicles without smart key sys-
tem
X Vehicles with smart key sys-
tem
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 114 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
115
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
3
Operation of each component
◆ Touchless sensor (vehicles with touchless power back door)
The touchless power back door enables automatic opening and
closing of the power back door by putting your foot near the lower
center part of the rear bumper and moving it away from the rear
bumper. When operating the touchless power back door, make
sure that the touchless sensor operation is enabled (→P. 697) and
that you are carrying an electronic key.
While carrying an electronic key, put your foot within 3.94 in. (100
mm) of the lower center part of the rear bumper and move it
away from the rear bumper, the touchless sensor detects the
movement.
When all of the doors are locked: When the movement is detected by
the touchless sensor, all of the doors will be unlocked.
Check to make sure that the power back door begins to operate.
To stop the power back door partway or operate it again, use the touch-
less sensor, or the wireless remote control (→P. 114), or power back
door switch (→P. 116).
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 115 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
116
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
Pressing the switch closes the
back door automatically. (A
buzzer sounds.)
Pressing the switch while the back
door is opening/closing stops the
operation. Pressing the switch
again will reverse the operation.
Lower the back door using the
back door handle.
X Vehicles without power back
door
Make sure to push the back door
down from the outside to close it.
X Vehicles with power back door
The back door closing assist will
activate, and the back door will
fully close automatically.
Power back door switch (vehicles with power back door)
When closing the back door
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 116 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
117
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
3
Operation of each component
The power back door system can be disabled by operating the multi-
information display.
Press or of the meter control switches and select on
the multi-information display.
Press or of the meter control switches and select ,
and then press .
Select “System Settings” and then press .
Press . (“All Off” will be displayed on the multi-information dis-
play.)
Each time is pressed, the system will be enabled/disabled.
The touchless power back door system can be disabled by operating
the multi-information display.
Press or of the meter control switches and select on
the multi-information display.
Press or of the meter control switches and select ,
and then press .
Select “Touchless Sensor” and then press .
“Push to Change Power Back Door foot activation mode” will
be displayed on the multi-information display.
Each time is pressed, the system will be enabled/disabled.
Canceling the power back door system (vehicles with power
back door)
Canceling the touchless power back door system (vehicles with
touchless power back door)
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 117 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
118
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
The open position of the power back door can be adjusted.
■ Using the multi-information display
Press or of the meter control switches and select
on the multi-information display.
Press or of the meter control switches and select ,
and then press .
Select “Opening Adjustment” and then press .
Select the desired position and then press . (→P. 697)
■ Using the power back door switch
Open the back door, and adjust it to the desired position.
Press and hold the power back door switch on the back door until
the buzzer sounds 4 times.
Adjusting the open position of the back door (vehicles with
power back door)
1
2
3
4
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 118 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
119
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
3
Operation of each component
■ Luggage compartment light
The luggage compartment light turns on when the back door is opened with
the luggage compartment light switch on.
■ If the back door opener is inoperative
The back door can be unlocked from the inside.
X Vehicles without power back door
On
Off
Remove the cover on the back door
trim.
Use a cloth to prevent scratches.
After loosening the screw, move the
cover.
Push the lever for the back door motor.
1
2
1
2
3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 119 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
120
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
X Vehicles with power back door
■ Back door operation
● A buzzer (if equipped) sounds and the emergency flashers flash to indicate
that the doors have been locked/unlocked. (Locked: once; Unlocked: twice)
● Power back door (if equipped): A buzzer sounds and the emergency flash-
ers flash twice to indicate that the back door is opening/closing.
● Power back door (if equipped): The back door can be opened even if it is
locked. The back door and side doors will be unlocked when the power back
door is opened. Lock all the doors again when you leave the vehicle. All the
doors will not lock automatically after the back door has been opened and
then closed.
■ Touchless sensor (vehicles with touchless power back door)
The power back door will open/close automatically when the touchless sen-
sor operation is enabled (→P. 697) and the following conditions are met:
● The power back door is fully closed/opened.
● The electronic key is within the operational range. (→P. 130)
● A foot is put near the lower center part of the rear bumper and moved away
from the rear bumper.
The power back door may also be operated by putting a hand, an elbow, a
knee, etc. near the lower center part of the rear bumper and moving it away
from the rear bumper. Make sure to put it close enough to the center part of
the rear bumper.
After loosening the screw, move the
cover.
Push the lever for the back door motor.
2
3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 120 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
121
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
3
Operation of each component
■ Security feature
If a door is not opened within approximately 60 seconds after the vehicle is
unlocked, the security feature automatically locks the vehicle again.
■ Jam protection function (vehicles with power back door)
If anything obstructs the power back door while it is closing/opening, the back
door will automatically operate in the opposite direction or stop.
■ When reconnecting the battery (vehicles with power back door)
To enable the power back door to operate properly, close the back door man-
ually.
■ Back door closer (vehicles with power back door)
In the event that the back door is left slightly open, the back door closer will
automatically close it to the fully closed position.
■ Fall-down protection function (vehicles with power back door)
While the power back door is opening automatically, applying excessive force
to it will stop the opening operation to prevent the power back door from sud-
denly shutting.
■ Back door closing assist (vehicles with power back door)
If the back door is lowered manually when the back door is stopped at an
open position, the back door will fully close automatically.
■ Canceling the adjusted open position of the back door (vehicles with
power back door)
Press and hold the power back door switch on the back door until the buzzer
sounds 4 times, pauses momentarily, and then sounds 2 times. The open
position is initialized to the fully opened position.
■ Situations in which the touchless sensor may operate unintentionally
(vehicles with touchless power back door)
In the following situations, the touchless sensor may operate unintentionally.
To prevent unintentional operation, keep the electronic key out of the opera-
tional range or disable the touchless sensor operation. (→P. 697)
● When water is applied to the lower center part of the rear bumper, such as in
the rain or in a car wash
● When dirt is wiped off the lower center part of the rear bumper
● When a metal object is brought near the lower center part of the rear
bumper
● When a vehicle cover is installed or removed
● When pets or other moving things suddenly enter the area below the rear
bumper
● When attempting to remove an object from below the lower center part of
the rear bumper
● When attempting to remove snow, etc. from below the lower center part of
the rear bumper
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 121 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
122
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
■ Situations in which the touchless sensor does not operate properly
(vehicles with touchless power back door)
If the touchless sensor does not operate in the following situations, use the
back door opener switch or power back door switch or wireless remote con-
trol to open the power back door. (→P. 114)
● When the rear bumper is subjected to strong impact
● When an external radio wave source interferes with the communication
between the vehicle and electronic key (→P. 111)
● When a large amount of water is kept applying to the lower center part of the
rear bumper, such as in heavy rain
● When the vehicle is being washed and water is kept applying to lower center
part of the rear bumper
● When the lower center part of the rear bumper is covered with mud, snow,
ice, etc.
● When a metal object, etc., such as a towing hitch is installed near the lower
center part of the rear bumper
● When the vehicle has been parked for a while near objects that may move
and contact the lower center part of the rear bumper, such as grass or trees
● When the vehicle is parked at an area where an electric field is generated,
such as a road with an electric snow melting system or parking meters
■ Customization (vehicles with power back door)
Settings (e.g. power back door opening angle) can be changed.
(Customizable features: →P. 697)
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 122 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
123
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
3
Operation of each component
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
■ Before driving
● Make sure that the back door is fully closed. If the back door is not fully
closed, it may open unexpectedly while driving and hit near-by objects or
luggage in the luggage compartment may be thrown out, causing an acci-
dent.
● Do not allow children to play in the luggage compartment.
If a child is accidentally locked in the luggage compartment, they could
have heat exhaustion or other injuries.
● Do not allow a child to open or close the back door.
Doing so may cause the back door to operate unexpectedly, or cause the
child’s hands, head, or neck to be caught by the closing back door.
■ Important points while driving
● Keep the back door closed while driving.
If the back door is left open, it may hit near-by objects or luggage in the
luggage compartment may be thrown out, causing an accident.
● Never let anyone sit in the luggage compartment. In the event of sudden
braking, sudden swerving or a collision, they are susceptible to death or
serious injury.
■ Operating the back door
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may cause parts of the body to be caught, resulting in death
or serious injury.
● Remove any heavy loads, such as snow and ice, from the back door
before opening it. Failure to do so may cause the back door suddenly shut
again after it is opened.
● When opening or closing the back door, thoroughly check to make sure
the surrounding area is safe.
● If anyone is in the vicinity, make sure they are safe and let them know that
the back door is about to open or close.
● Use caution when opening or closing the back door in windy weather as it
may move abruptly in strong wind.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 123 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
124
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
WARNING
● Do not pull on the back door damper stay (vehicles without power back
door) or back door spindle (vehicles with power back door) to close the
back door, and do not hang on the back door damper stay (vehicles with-
out power back door) or back door spindle (vehicles with power back
door).
Doing so may cause hands to be caught or the back door damper stay
(vehicles without power back door) or back door spindle (vehicles with
power back door) to break, causing an accident.
● Vehicles without power back door: If a bicycle carrier or similar heavy
object is attached to a back door, it may suddenly shut again after being
opened, causing someone’s hands, head or neck to be caught and
injured. When installing an accessory part to the back door, using a genu-
ine Toyota part is recommended.
● Vehicles without power back door: The
back door may suddenly shut if it is not
opened fully. It is more difficult to open
or close the back door on an incline
than on a level surface, so beware of
the back door unexpectedly opening or
closing by itself. Make sure that the
back door is fully open and secure
before using the luggage compartment.
● When closing the back door, take extra
care to prevent your fingers etc. from
being caught.
● Vehicles without power back door:
When closing the back door, make sure
to press it lightly on its outer surface. If
the back door handle is used to fully
close the back door, it may result in
hands or arms being caught.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 124 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
125
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
3
Operation of each component
WARNING
■ Back door closer (vehicles with power back door)
● Use caution when using the back door closer as it still operates when the
power back door system is canceled.
■ Power back door (if equipped)
Observe the following precautions when operating the power back door.
Failure to do so may cause death or serious injury.
● Check the safety of the surrounding area to make sure there are no obsta-
cles or anything that could cause any of your belongings to get caught.
● If anyone is in the vicinity, make sure they are safe and let them know that
the back door is about to open or close.
● If the power back door system is turned off while the back door is operat-
ing during automatic operation, the back door stops operating. Take extra
care when on an incline, as the back door may open or close suddenly.
● If the operating conditions of the power back door are no longer met, a
buzzer may sound and the back door may stop opening or closing. The
back door then has to be operated manually. Take extra care in this situa-
tion, as the back door may move abruptly.
● On an incline, the back door may suddenly shut after it opens automati-
cally. Make sure the back door is fully open and secure.
● In the event that the back door is left
slightly open, the back door closer will
automatically close it to the fully closed
position. It takes several seconds
before the back door closer begins to
operate. Be careful not to catch fingers
or anything else in the back door, as this
may cause bone fractures or other seri-
ous injuries.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 125 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
126
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
WARNING
● In the following situations, the power back door may detect an abnormality
and automatic operation may be stopped. In this case, the back door has
to be operated manually. Take extra care in this situation, as the stopped
back door may suddenly open or close, causing an accident.
• When the back door contacts an obstacle
• When the battery voltage suddenly drops, such as when the engine
switch is turned to the “ON” position (vehicles without smart key sys-
tem) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with smart key system) or the
engine is started during automatic operation
● If a bicycle carrier or similar heavy object is attached to the back door, the
power back door may not operate, causing itself to malfunction, or the
back door may move slightly in the closing direction after being opened,
causing someone’s hands, head or neck to be caught and injured. When
installing an accessory part to the back door, ask your Toyota dealer for
details.
■ Touchless sensor (vehicles with touchless power back door)
Observe the following precautions when operating the touchless power
back door.
Failure to do so may cause death or serious injury.
● Check the safety of the surrounding area to make sure there are no obsta-
cles or anything that could cause any of your belongings to get caught.
● When putting your foot near the lower center part of the rear bumper and
moving it from the rear bumper, be careful not to touch the exhaust pipes
until they have cooled down sufficiently, as touching hot exhaust pipes can
cause burns.
■ Jam protection function (vehicles with power back door)
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may cause death or serious injury.
● Never use any part of your body to intentionally activate the jam protection
function.
● The jam protection function may not work if something gets caught just
before the back door fully closes. Be careful not to catch fingers or any-
thing else.
● The jam protection function may not work depending on the shape of the
object that is caught. Be careful not to catch fingers or anything else.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 126 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
127
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
3
Operation of each component
NOTICE
■ Back door damper stays (vehicles without power back door)
The back door is equipped with damper stays that hold the back door in
place.
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may cause damage to the back door damper stay, resulting
in malfunction.
● Do not place your hand on the damper stay or apply lateral forces to it.
■ Back door spindles (vehicles with power back door)
The back door is equipped with spindles that hold the back door in place.
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may cause damage to the back door spindle, resulting in
malfunction.
● Do not place your hand on the spindle or apply lateral forces to it.
■ To prevent back door closer malfunction (vehicles with power back
door)
Do not apply excessive force to the back door while the back door closer is
operating.
● Do not attach any foreign objects, such
as stickers, plastic sheets, or adhesives
to the damper stay rod.
● Do not touch the damper stay rod with
gloves or other fabric items.
● Do not attach any accessories other
than genuine Toyota parts to the back
door.
Damper stays
● Do not attach any foreign objects, such
as stickers, plastic sheets, or adhesives
to the spindle rod.
● Do not touch the spindle rod with gloves
or other fabric items.
● Do not attach heavy accessories to the
back door. When attaching, ask your
Toyota dealer for details.
Spindles
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 127 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
128
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
NOTICE
■ To prevent damage to the power back door (if equipped)
● Make sure that there is no ice between the back door and frame that
would prevent movement of the back door. Operating the power back door
when excessive load is present on the back door may cause a malfunc-
tion.
● Do not apply excessive force to the back door while the power back door
is operating.
● Take care not to damage the sensors (installed on the right and left edges
of the power back door) with a knife or other sharp object. If the sensor is
disconnected, the power back door will not close automatically.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 128 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
129
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
3
Operation of each component
NOTICE
■ Touchless sensor precautions (vehicles with touchless power back
door)
The touchless sensor is located behind lower center part of the rear
bumper. Observe the following to ensure that the touchless power back
door function operates properly:
● Keep the lower center part of the rear bumper clean at all times.
If the lower center part of the rear bumper is dirty or covered with snow,
the touchless sensor may not operate. In this situation, clean off the dirt or
snow, move the vehicle from the current position and then check if the
touchless sensor operates.
If it does not operate, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
● Do not apply coatings that have a rain clearing (hydrophilic) effect, or other
coatings, to the lower center part of the rear bumper.
● Do not park the vehicle near objects that may move and contact the lower
center part of the rear bumper, such as grass or trees.
If the vehicle has been parked for a while near objects that may move and
contact the lower center part of the rear bumper, such as grass or trees,
the touchless sensor may not operate. In this situation, move the vehicle
from the current position and then check if the touchless sensor operates.
If it does not operate, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
● Do not subject the touchless sensor or its surrounding area to a strong
impact.
If the touchless sensor or its surrounding area has been subjected to a
strong impact, the touchless sensor may not operate properly. If the
touchless sensor does not operate in the following situations, have the
vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
• The touchless sensor or its surrounding area has been subjected to a
strong impact.
• The lower center part of the rear bumper is scratched or damaged.
● Do not disassemble the rear bumper.
● Do not attach stickers to the rear bumper.
● Do not paint the rear bumper.
● If a bicycle carrier or similar heavy object is attached to the power back
door, disable the touchless sensor. (→P. 697)
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 129 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
130
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
Smart key system
∗
● Locks and unlocks the side doors (→P. 107)
● Locks and unlocks the back door (→P. 113 )
● Starts the engine (→P. 198)
■ Antenna location
■ Effective range (areas within which the electronic key is detected)
When starting the engine or changing engine switch modes
The system can be operated when the electronic key is inside the vehi-
cle.
∗: If equipped
The following operations can be performed simply by carrying
the electronic key on your person, for example in your pocket.
The driver should always carry the electronic key.
Antennas outside the front cabin
Antennas outside the rear cabin (if
equipped)
Antennas inside the cabin
Antenna outside the luggage com-
partment
When locking or unlocking the doors
The system can be operated when
the electronic key is within about 2.3
ft. (0.7 m) of either of an outside door
handle and back door opener switch.
(Only the doors detecting the key can
be operated.)
1
2
3
4
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 130 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
131
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
3
Operation of each component
■ Alarms and warning indicators
A combination of exterior and interior alarms as well as warning messages
shown on the multi-information display are used to prevent theft of the vehicle
and accidents resulting from erroneous operation. Take appropriate mea-
sures in response to any warning message on the multi-information dis-
play.(→P. 636)
The following table describes circumstances and correction procedures when
only alarms are sounded.
■ Battery-saving function
The battery-saving function will be activated in order to prevent the electronic
key battery and the vehicle battery from being discharged while the vehicle is
not in operation for a long time.
● In the following situations, the smart key system may take some time to
unlock the doors.
• The electronic key has been left in an area of approximately 6 ft. (2 m) of
the outside of the vehicle for 10 minutes or longer.
• The smart key system has not been used for 5 days or longer.
● If the smart key system has not been used for 14 days or longer, the doors
cannot be unlocked at any doors except the driver’s door. In this case, take
hold of the driver’s door handle, or use the wireless remote control or the
mechanical key, to unlock the doors.
■ Electronic Key Battery-Saving Function
When battery-saving mode is set, battery depletion is minimized by stopping
the electronic key from receiving radio waves.
Alarm Situation Correction procedure
Exterior alarm sounds
once for 5 seconds
An attempt was made
to lock the vehicle while
a door was open.
Close all of the doors
and lock the doors
again.
Interior alarm sounds
continuously
The engine switch was
turned to ACCESSORY
mode while the driver’s
door was open (or the
driver’s door was
opened while the
engine switch was in
ACCESSORY mode).
Turn the engine switch
off and close the
driver’s door.
Press twice while pressing and
holding . Confirm that the electronic
key indicator flashes 4 times.
While the battery-saving mode is set, the
smart key system cannot be used. To
cancel the function, press any of the elec-
tronic key buttons.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 131 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
132
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
■ Conditions affecting operation
The smart key system uses weak radio waves. In the following situations, the
communication between the electronic key and the vehicle may be affected,
preventing the smart key system, wireless remote control and engine immobi-
lizer system from operating properly. (Ways of coping: →P. 656)
● When the electronic key battery is depleted
● Near a TV tower, electric power plant, gas station, radio station, large dis-
play, airport or other facility that generates strong radio waves or electrical
noise
● When carrying a portable radio, cellular phone, cordless phone or other
wireless communication device
● When the electronic key is in contact with, or is covered by the following
metallic objects
• Cards to which aluminum foil is attached
• Cigarette boxes that have aluminum foil inside
• Metallic wallets or bags
• Coins
• Hand warmers made of metal
• Media such as CDs and DVDs
● When other wireless keys (that emit radio waves) are being used nearby
● When carrying the electronic key together with the following devices that
emit radio waves
• Another vehicle’s electronic key or a wireless key that emits radio waves
• Personal computers or personal digital assistants (PDAs)
• Digital audio players
• Portable game systems
● If window tint with a metallic content or metallic objects are attached to the
rear window
● When the electronic key is placed near a battery charger or electronic
devices
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 132 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
133
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
3
Operation of each component
■ Note for the entry function
● Even when the electronic key is within the effective range (detection areas),
the system may not operate properly in the following cases:
• The electronic key is too close to the window or outside door handle, near
the ground, or in a high place when the doors are locked or unlocked.
• The electronic key is near the ground or in a high place, or too close to
the rear bumper center when the back door is opened.
• The electronic key is on the instrument panel, luggage cover or floor, or in
the door pockets or glove box when the engine is started or engine switch
modes are changed.
● Do not leave the electronic key on top of the instrument panel or near the
door pockets when exiting the vehicle. Depending on the radio wave recep-
tion conditions, it may be detected by the antenna outside the cabin and the
door will become lockable from the outside, possibly trapping the electronic
key inside the vehicle.
● As long as the electronic key is within the effective range, the doors may be
locked or unlocked by anyone. However, only the doors detecting the elec-
tronic key can be used to unlock the vehicle.
● Even if the electronic key is not inside the vehicle, it may be possible to start
the engine if the electronic key is near the window.
● The doors may unlock or lock if a large amount of water splashes on the
door handle, such as in the rain or in a car wash when the electronic key is
within the effective range. (The doors will automatically be locked after
approximately 60 seconds if the doors are not opened and closed.)
● If the wireless remote control is used to lock the doors when the electronic
key is near the vehicle, there is a possibility that the door may not be
unlocked by the entry function. (Use the wireless remote control to unlock
the doors.)
● Touching the door lock sensor while wearing gloves may delay or prevent
lock operation. Remove the gloves and touch the lock sensor again.
● When the lock operation is performed using the lock sensor, recognition sig-
nals will be shown up to two consecutive times. After this, no recognition
signals will be given.
● If the door handle becomes wet while the electronic key is within the effec-
tive range, the door may lock and unlock repeatedly. In that case, follow the
following correction procedures to wash the vehicle:
• Place the electronic key in a location 6 ft. (2 m) or more away from the
vehicle. (Take care to ensure that the key is not stolen.)
• Set the electronic key to battery-saving mode to disable the smart key
system. (→P. 131)
● If the electronic key is inside the vehicle and a door handle becomes wet
during a car wash, a message may be shown on the multi-information dis-
play and a buzzer will sound outside the vehicle. To turn off the alarm, lock
all the doors.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 133 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
134
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
● The lock sensor may not work properly if it comes into contact with ice,
snow, mud, etc. Clean the lock sensor and attempt to operate it again, or
use the lock sensor on the lower part of the door handle.
● A sudden handle operation or a handle operation immediately after entering
the effective range may prevent the doors from being unlocked. Touch the
door unlock sensor and check that the doors are unlocked before pulling the
door handle again.
● Gripping the door handle when wearing a glove may not unlock the door.
● If there is another electronic key in the detection area, it may take slightly
longer to unlock the doors after the door handle is gripped.
■ When the vehicle is not driven for extended periods
● To prevent theft of the vehicle, do not leave the electronic key within 6 ft. (2
m) of the vehicle.
● The smart key system can be deactivated in advance. Ask your Toyota
dealer for details.
■ To operate the system properly
Make sure to carry the electronic key when operating the system. Do not get
the electronic key too close to the vehicle when operating the system from the
outside of the vehicle.
Depending on the position and holding condition of the electronic key, the key
may not be detected correctly and the system may not operate properly. (The
alarm may go off accidentally, or the door lock prevention function may not
operate.)
■ If the smart key system does not operate properly
● Locking and unlocking the doors: Use the mechanical key. (→P. 656)
● Starting the engine: →P. 657
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 134 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
135
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
3
Operation of each component
■ Electronic key battery depletion
● The standard battery life is 1 to 2 years.
● If the battery becomes low, an alarm will sound in the cabin when the engine
stops. (→P. 639)
● As the electronic key always receives radio waves, the battery will become
depleted even if the electronic key is not used. The following symptoms indi-
cate that the electronic key battery may be depleted. Replace the battery
when necessary. (→P. 585)
• The smart key system or the wireless remote control does not operate.
• The detection area becomes smaller.
• The LED indicator on the key surface does not turn on.
● To avoid serious deterioration, do not leave the electronic key within 3 ft.
(1 m) of the following electrical appliances that produce a magnetic field:
•TVs
• Personal computers
• Cellular phones, cordless phones and battery chargers
• Recharging cellular phones or cordless phones
• Table lamps
• Induction cookers
■ Customization
Settings (e. g. smart key system) can be changed.
(Customizable features: →P. 698)
■ If the smart key system has been deactivated in a customized setting
● Locking and unlocking the doors:
Use the wireless remote control or mechanical key. (→P. 99, 656)
● Starting the engine and changing engine switch modes: →P. 657
● Stopping the engine: →P. 199
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 135 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
136
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
■ Certification for the smart key system
X For vehicles sold in the U.S.A.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 136 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
137
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
3
Operation of each component
X For vehicles sold in Canada
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 137 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
138
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
WARNING
■ Caution regarding interference with electronic devices
● People with implantable cardiac pacemakers, cardiac resynchronization
therapy-pacemakers or implantable cardioverter defibrillators should keep
away from the smart key system antennas. (→P. 130)
The radio waves may affect the operation of such devices. If necessary,
the entry function can be disabled. Ask your Toyota dealer for details, such
as the frequency of radio waves and timing of the emitted radio waves.
Then, consult your doctor to see if you should disable the entry function.
● Users of any electrical medical device other than implantable cardiac
pacemakers, cardiac resynchronization therapy-pacemakers or implant-
able cardioverter defibrillators should consult the manufacturer of the
device for information about its operation under the influence of radio
waves.
Radio waves could have unexpected effects on the operation of such
medical devices.
Ask your Toyota dealer for details on disabling the entry function.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 138 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
139
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
3-3. Adjusting the seats
3
Operation of each component
Front seats
X Manual seat
Seat position adjustment lever
Seatback angle adjustment lever
Vertical height adjustment lever (driver’s side only)
X Power seat (driver’s side only)
Seat position adjustment switch
Seatback angle adjustment switch
Seat cushion (front) angle adjustment switch
Vertical height adjustment switch
Lumbar support adjustment switch
Adjustment procedure
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
5
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 139 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
140
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
3-3. Adjusting the seats
WARNING
■ When adjusting the seat position
● Take care when adjusting the seat position to ensure that other passen-
gers are not injured by the moving seat.
● Do not put your hands under the seat or near the moving parts to avoid
injury.
Fingers or hands may become jammed in the seat mechanism.
■ Seat adjustment
● To reduce the risk of sliding under the lap belt during a collision, do not
recline the seat more than necessary.
If the seat is too reclined, the lap belt may slide past the hips and apply
restraint forces directly to the abdomen, or your neck may contact the
shoulder belt, increasing the risk of death or serious injury in the event of
an accident.
Adjustments should not be made while driving as the seat may unexpect-
edly move and cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle.
● Manual seat only: After adjusting the seat, make sure that the seat is
locked in position.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 140 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
141
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
3-3. Adjusting the seats
3
Operation of each component
Rear seats
Pull up the lever. Then lean back to the desired angle and release the
lever.
When a person sits in the rear center position, align all seatbacks at the
same angle.
Adjustment procedure
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 141 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
142
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
3-3. Adjusting the seats
■ Before folding down the rear seatbacks
Stow the rear center seat belt. (→P. 3 0 )
Stow the rear seat belt buck-
les.
Lower the head restraint to the lowest position. (→P. 146)
■ Folding down rear seatbacks
Pull the seatback angle adjust-
ment lever and fold down the
seatback.
Folding down the rear seatbacks
1
2
3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 142 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
143
3-3. Adjusting the seats
3
Operation of each component
WARNING
■ When folding the rear seatbacks down
Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may result in death or
serious injury.
● Do not fold the seatbacks down while driving.
● Stop the vehicle on level ground, set the parking brake and shift the shift
lever to P.
● Do not allow anyone to sit on a folded seatback or in the luggage compart-
ment while driving.
● Do not allow children to enter the luggage compartment.
■ Seat adjustment
● To reduce the risk of sliding under the lap belt during a collision, do not
recline the seat more than necessary.
If the seat is too reclined, the lap belt may slide past the hips and apply
restraint forces directly to the abdomen, or your neck may contact the
shoulder belt, increasing the risk of death or serious injury in the event of
an accident.
Adjustments should not be made while driving as the seat may unexpect-
edly move and cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle.
● Be careful not to get hands or feet pinched between the rear console box
and the rear seat when folding down the rear seatback.
■ After returning the rear seatback to the upright position
Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may result in death or
serious injury.
● Make sure the seatback is securely locked by pushing it forward and rear-
ward on the top.
● Check that the seat belts are not twisted or caught in the seatback.
NOTICE
■ Stowing the seat belts
The seat belts and the buckles must be stowed before you fold down the
rear seatbacks.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 143 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
144
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
3-3. Adjusting the seats
Driving position memory
∗
Your preferred driving position (the position of the driver’s seat) can
be recorded and recalled by pressing a button.
Two different driving positions can be recorded into memory.
■ Recording procedure
Check that the shift lever is in P.
Turn the engine switch to the “ON” position (vehicles without
smart key system) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with smart
key system).
Adjust the driver’s seat to the desired positions.
While pressing the “SET”
button, press button “1” or “2”
until the buzzer sounds.
If the selected button has
already been preset, the previ-
ously recorded position will be
overwritten.
∗: If equipped
This feature automatically adjusts the driver’s seat to suit your
preferences.
Driving position memory
1
2
3
4
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 144 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
145
3-3. Adjusting the seats
3
Operation of each component
■ Recall procedure
Check that the shift lever is in P.
Turn the engine switch to the “ON” position (vehicles without
smart key system) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with smart
key system).
Press one of the buttons for
the driving position you want
to recall until the buzzer
sounds.
■ To stop the position recall operation part-way through
Perform any of the following:
● Press the “SET” button.
● Press button “1” or “2”.
● Operate any of the seat adjustment switches.
■ Operating the driving position memory after turning the engine off
Recorded seat positions can be activated up to 180 seconds after the driver’s
door is opened and another 60 seconds after it is closed again.
■ If the battery is disconnected
The memorized positions are erased.
1
2
3
WARNING
■ Seat adjustment caution
Take care during seat adjustment so that the seat does not strike the rear
passenger or squeeze your body against the steering wheel.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 145 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
146
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
3-3. Adjusting the seats
Head restraints
Up
Pull the head restraint up.
Down
Push the head restraint down while
pressing the lock release button.
Up
Pull the head restraints up.
Down
Push the head restraint down while
pressing the lock release button.
Folding the head restraints (outboard rear seats only)
To use
Lift up the head restraint until it
locks.
To fold
Push the head restraint lock
release button to fold the head
restraint.
Head restraints are provided for all seats.
Front seats
Lock release button
1
2
Rear seats
Lock release button
1
2
Lock release button
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 146 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
147
3-3. Adjusting the seats
3
Operation of each component
■ Removing the head restraints
X Front seats
X Rear seats
■ Installing the head restraints
X Front seats
X Rear seats
Pull the head restraint up while pressing
the lock release button.
Pull the head restraint up while pressing
the lock release button.
Align the head restraint with the installa-
tion holes and push it down while press-
ing the lock release button.
Align the head restraint with the installa-
tion holes and push it down while press-
ing the lock release button.
Lock release button
Lock release button
Lock release button
Lock release button
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 147 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
148
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
3-3. Adjusting the seats
■ Adjusting the height of the head restraints
■ Adjusting the rear center seat head restraint
Always raise the head restraint one level from the stowed position when
using.
Make sure that the head restraints are
adjusted so that the center of the head
restraint is closest to the top of your ears.
WARNING
■ Head restraint precautions
Observe the following precautions regarding the head restraints. Failure to
do so may result in death or serious injury.
● Use the head restraints designed for each respective seat.
● Adjust the head restraints to the correct position at all times.
● After adjusting the head restraints, push down on them and make sure
they are locked in position.
● Do not drive with the head restraints removed.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 148 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
149
3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors
3
Operation of each component
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
Steering wheel
Hold the steering wheel and
press the lever down.
Adjust to the ideal position by
moving the steering wheel hori-
zontally and vertically.
After adjustment, pull the lever up
to secure the steering wheel.
To sound the horn, press on or
close to the mark.
■ After adjusting the steering wheel
Make sure that the steering wheel is securely locked.
The horn may not sound if the steering wheel is not securely locked.
Adjustment procedure
1
2
Horn
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 149 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
150
3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
WARNING
■ Caution while driving
Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving.
Doing so may cause the driver to mishandle the vehicle and an accident,
resulting in death or serious injury.
■ After adjusting the steering wheel
Make sure that the steering wheel is securely locked.
Otherwise, the steering wheel may move suddenly, possibly causing an
accident and resulting in death or serious injury.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 150 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
151
3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors
3
Operation of each component
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
Inside rear view mirror
The height of the rear view mirror can be adjusted to suit your driving
posture.
Adjust the height of the rear view
mirror by moving it up and down.
X Manual anti-glare inside rear view mirror
Reflected light from the headlights of vehicles behind can be reduced
by operating the lever.
Normal position
Anti-glare position
The rear view mirror’s position can be adjusted to enable suffi-
cient confirmation of the rear view.
Adjusting the height of rear view mirror
Anti-glare function
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 151 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
152
3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
X Auto anti-glare inside rear view mirror
Responding to the level of brightness of the headlights of vehicles
behind, the reflected light is automatically reduced.
Changing automatic anti-glare
function mode
On/off
When the automatic anti-glare
function is in ON mode, the indica-
tor illuminates.
The function will set to ON mode each time the engine switch is turned to
the “ON” position (vehicles without smart key system) or IGNITION ON
mode (vehicles with smart key system).
Pressing the button turns the function to OFF mode. (The indicator also
turns off.)
■ To prevent sensor error (vehicles with auto anti-glare inside rear view
mirror)
Indicator
To ensure that the sensors operate prop-
erly, do not touch or cover them.
WARNING
Do not adjust the position of the mirror while driving.
Doing so may lead to mishandling of the vehicle and cause an accident,
resulting in death or serious injury.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 152 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
153
3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors
3
Operation of each component
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
Outside rear view mirrors
To select a mirror to adjust,
press the switch.
Left
Right
To adjust the mirror, press the
switch.
Up
Right
Down
Left
Push the mirror back in the direc-
tion of the vehicle’s rear.
Adjustment procedure
1
1
2
2
1
2
3
4
Folding the mirrors
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 153 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
154
3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
The Blind Spot Mirrors increase
the view of surrounding area to
assist the driver when checking
surrounding area before chang-
ing lanes.
Blind Spot Mirror field of view
(range of the solid line)
Main mirror field of view
(range of the dotted line)
■ Mirror angle can be adjusted when
X Vehicles without smart key system
The engine switch is in the “ACC” or “ON” position.
X Vehicles with smart key system
The engine switch is in ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON mode.
■ When the mirrors are fogged up (vehicles with outside rear view mirror
defoggers)
The outside rear view mirrors can be cleared using the mirror defoggers. Turn
on the rear window defogger to turn on the outside rear view mirror defog-
gers. (→P. 486, 493)
Blind Spot Mirrors (if equipped)
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 154 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
155
3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors
3
Operation of each component
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
WARNING
■ Important points while driving
Observe the following precautions while driving.
Failure to do so may result in loss of control of the vehicle and cause an
accident, resulting in death or serious injury.
● Do not adjust the mirrors while driving.
● Do not drive with the mirrors folded.
● Both the driver and passenger side mirrors must be extended and properly
adjusted before driving.
■ When a mirror is moving
To avoid personal injury and mirror malfunction, be careful not to get your
hand caught by the moving mirror.
■ When the mirror defoggers are operating (vehicles with outside rear
view mirror defoggers)
Do not touch the rear view mirror surfaces, as they can become very hot
and burn you.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 155 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
156
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
3-5. Opening, closing the windows and moon roof
Power windows
The power windows can be opened and closed using the switches.
Operating the switch moves the windows as follows:
Closing
One-touch closing (if equipped
for driver’s window)
*
Opening
One-touch opening (driver’s
window only)
*
*
: To stop the window partway, oper-
ate the switch in the opposite direc-
tion.
Press the switch to lock the pas-
senger window switches.
Use this switch to prevent children
from accidentally opening or clos-
ing a passenger window.
Opening and closing procedures
1
2
3
4
Window lock switch
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 156 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
157
3-5. Opening, closing the windows and moon roof
3
Operation of each component
■ The power windows can be operated when
X Vehicles without smart key system
The engine switch is in the “ON” position.
X Vehicles with smart key system
The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode.
■ Operating the power windows after turning the engine off
X Vehicles without smart key system
The power windows can be operated for approximately 45 seconds after the
engine switch is turned to the “ACC” or “LOCK” position. They cannot, how-
ever, be operated once either front door is opened.
X Vehicles with smart key system
The power windows can be operated for approximately 45 seconds after the
engine switch is turned to ACCESSORY mode or turned off. They cannot,
however, be operated once either front door is opened.
■ Jam protection function (if equipped for driver’s window)
If an object becomes jammed between the window and the window frame
while the window is closing, window movement is stopped and the window is
opened slightly.
■ Catch protection function (if equipped for driver’s window)
If an object becomes caught between the door and window while the window
is opening, window movement is stopped.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 157 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
158
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
3-5. Opening, closing the windows and moon roof
■ When the power window cannot be opened or closed (if equipped for
driver’s window)
When the jam protection function or catch protection function operates
unusually or the window can not be fully opened and closed, perform the fol-
lowing operations with the power window switch of the driver’s door.
● Stop the vehicle, with the engine switch in “ON” position (vehicles without
smart key system) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with smart key system),
continually operate the power window switch in the one-touch closing posi-
tion within 4 seconds after the jam protection function or catch protection
function was activated. Otherwise, by continually operating the power win-
dow switch in the one-touch opening position, the window can be opened
and closed.
● If the window can not be opened and closed even when performing the
above operations, implement the following procedure for function initializa-
tion.
Turn the engine switch to “ON” position (vehicles without smart key sys-
tem) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with smart key system).
Pull and hold the power window switch in the one-touch closing position
and completely close the window.
Release the power window switch for a moment, resume pulling the
switch in the one-touch closing direction, and hold it there for approxi-
mately 6 seconds or more.
Press and hold the power window switch in the one-touch opening posi-
tion and after the window is completely opened, continue holding the
switch for a further 1 second or more.
Release the power window switch for a moment, resume pushing the
switch in the one-touch opening direction, and hold it there for approxi-
mately 4 seconds or more.
Pull and hold the power window switch in the one-touch closing position,
once more, and after the window is completely closed, continue holding
the switch for a further 1 second or more.
If you release the switch while the window is moving, start again from the
beginning.
If the window reverses and can not be closed or completely open, have the
vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
1
2
3
4
5
6
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 158 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
159
3-5. Opening, closing the windows and moon roof
3
Operation of each component
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
■ Closing the windows
● The driver is responsible for all the power window operations, including the
operation for the passengers. In order to prevent accidental operation,
especially by a child, do not let a child operate the power windows. It is
possible for children and other passengers to have body parts caught in
the power window. Also, when riding with a child, it is recommended to use
the window lock switch. (→P. 156)
● Check to make sure that all passengers do not have any part of their body
in a position where it could be caught when a window is being operated.
● When exiting the vehicle, turn the engine switch to the “LOCK” position
(vehicles without smart key system) or off (vehicles with smart key sys-
tem), carry the key and exit the vehicle along with the child. There may be
accidental operation, due to mischief, etc., that may possibly lead to an
accident.
■ Jam protection function (if equipped for driver’s window)
● Never use any part of your body to intentionally activate the jam protection
function.
● The jam protection function may not work if something gets jammed just
before the window is fully closed. Be careful not to get any part of your
body caught in the window.
■ Catch protection function (if equipped for driver’s window)
● Never use any part of your body or clothing to intentionally activate the
catch protection function.
● The catch protection function may not work if something gets caught just
before the window is fully opened. Be careful not to get any part of your
body or clothing caught in the window.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 159 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
160
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
3-5. Opening, closing the windows and moon roof
Moon roof
∗
Opens the moon roof*
The moon roof stops slightly before
the fully open position to reduce
wind noise.
Press the switch again to fully open
the moon roof.
Closes the moon roof*
*
: Lightly press either end of the
moon roof switch to stop the moon
roof partway.
Tilts the moon roof up*
Tilts the moon roof down*
*
: Lightly press either end of the
moon roof switch to stop the moon
roof partway.
∗: If equipped
Use the overhead switches to open and close the moon roof and
tilt it up and down.
Opening and closing
1
2
Tilting up and down
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 160 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
161
3-5. Opening, closing the windows and moon roof
3
Operation of each component
■ The moon roof can be operated when
X Vehicles without smart key system
The engine switch is in the “ON” position.
X Vehicles with smart key system
The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode.
■ Operating the moon roof after turning the engine off
X Vehicles without smart key system
The moon roof can be operated for approximately 45 seconds after the
engine switch is turned to the “ACC” or “LOCK” position. It cannot, however,
be operated once either front door is opened.
X Vehicles with smart key system
The moon roof can be operated for approximately 45 seconds after the
engine switch is turned to ACCESSORY mode or turned off. It cannot, how-
ever, be operated once either front door is opened.
■ Jam protection function
If an object is detected between the moon roof and the frame while the moon
roof is closing or tilting down, travel is stopped and the moon roof opens.
■ To reduce moon roof wind noise
When the moon roof is opened automatically, it will stop slightly before the
fully open position. Driving with the moon roof in this position can help reduce
wind noise.
■ Sunshade
The sunshade can be opened and closed manually. However, the sunshade
will open automatically when the moon roof is opened.
■ Opening the moon roof by small degrees
Quickly press and release the switch.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 161 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
162
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
3-5. Opening, closing the windows and moon roof
■ Moon roof open reminder function
X Vehicles without smart key system
The buzzer sounds when the engine switch is turned to the “LOCK” position
and the driver’s door is opened with the moon roof open.
X Vehicles with smart key system
The buzzer sounds and a message is shown on the multi-information display
when the engine switch is turned off and the driver’s door is opened with the
moon roof open.
■ When the battery is disconnected or the moon roof does not close nor-
mally
The moon roof must be initialized in order to ensure proper operation.
Turn the engine switch to the “ON” position (vehicles without smart key sys-
tem) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with smart key system).
Press and hold the “CLOSE” or “UP” switch until the following movement
finishes.
The moon roof will tilt up and pause for 1 second or more.
Then it will tilt down, open and close fully.
Release the switch, and then press it in order to ensure proper operation.
If the moon roof does not move automatically, perform the procedure again
from the beginning.
■ Customization
Settings (e.g. open reminder function) can be changed.
(Customizable features: →P. 699)
1
2
3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 162 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
163
3-5. Opening, closing the windows and moon roof
3
Operation of each component
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may cause death or serious injury.
■ Opening the moon roof
● Do not allow any passengers to put their hands or heads outside the vehi-
cle while it is moving.
● Do not sit on top of the moon roof.
■ Closing the moon roof
● The driver is responsible for moon roof opening and closing operations.
In order to prevent accidental operation, especially by a child, do not let a
child operate the moon roof. It is possible for children and other passen-
gers to have body parts caught in the moon roof. Also, when riding with a
child, it is recommended to use the window lock switch. (→P. 156)
● Check to make sure that all passengers do not have any part of their body
in a position where it could be caught when the moon roof is being oper-
ated.
● When exiting the vehicle, turn the engine switch off, carry the key and exit
the vehicle along with the child. There may be accidental operation, due to
mischief, etc., that may possibly lead to an accident.
■ Jam protection function
● Never use any part of your body to intentionally activate the jam protection
function.
● The jam protection function may not work if something gets caught just
before the moon roof fully closes.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 163 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
164
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
3-5. Opening, closing the windows and moon roof
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 164 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
165
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4
Driving
4-1. Before driving
Driving the vehicle............. 166
Cargo and luggage ........... 176
Vehicle load limits ............. 180
Trailer towing..................... 181
Dinghy towing ................... 195
4-2. Driving procedures
Engine (ignition) switch
(vehicles without
smart key system)........... 196
Engine (ignition) switch
(vehicles with
smart key system)........... 198
Automatic transmission..... 203
Turn signal lever................ 211
Parking brake.................... 212
4-3. Operating the lights
and wipers
Headlight switch................ 213
Automatic High Beam ....... 217
Fog light switch ................. 221
Windshield wipers
and washer ..................... 222
Rear window wiper
and washer ..................... 226
4-4. Refueling
Opening the fuel tank
cap .................................. 229
4-5. Using the driving support
systems
Toyota Safety Sense P ..... 232
PCS
(Pre-Collision System) .... 239
LDA (Lane Departure
Alert with steering
control)............................ 253
Dynamic radar cruise
control ............................. 261
Cruise control.................... 273
Intuitive parking assist....... 277
Rear view monitor
system ............................ 286
All-wheel drive lock
switch (AWD models) ..... 296
BSM
(Blind Spot Monitor) ........ 297
• The Blind Spot Monitor
function ......................... 301
• The Rear Cross Traffic
Alert function................. 304
Driving assist systems ...... 307
4-6. Driving tips
Winter driving tips ............. 314
Utility vehicle
precautions ..................... 318
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 165 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
166
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-1. Before driving
Driving the vehicle
→P. 196, 198
With the brake pedal depressed, shift the shift lever to D. (→P. 203)
Release the parking brake. (→P. 212)
Gradually release the brake pedal and gently depress the accelera-
tor pedal to accelerate the vehicle.
With the shift lever in D, depress the brake pedal.
If necessary, set the parking brake.
If the vehicle is to be stopped for an extended period of time, shift the shift
lever to P or N. (→P. 203)
With the shift lever in D, depress the brake pedal.
Set the parking brake (→P. 212), and shift the shift lever to P.
(→P. 203)
Vehicles without smart key system:
Turn the engine switch to the “LOCK” position to stop the engine.
Vehicles with smart key system:
Press the engine switch to stop the engine.
Lock the door, making sure that you have the key on your person.
If parking on a hill, block the wheels as needed.
The following procedures should be observed to ensure safe
driving:
Starting the engine
Driving
Stopping
Parking the vehicle
1
2
3
1
2
1
2
3
4
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 166 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
167
4-1. Before driving
4
Driving
Make sure that the parking brake is set and shift the shift lever to D.
Gently depress the accelerator pedal.
Release the parking brake.
■ When starting off on a uphill
The hill-start assist control will activate. (→P. 307)
■ Driving in the rain
● Drive carefully when it is raining, because visibility will be reduced, the win-
dows may become fogged-up, and the road will be slippery.
● Drive carefully when it starts to rain, because the road surface will be espe-
cially slippery.
● Refrain from high speeds when driving on an expressway in the rain,
because there may be a layer of water between the tires and the road sur-
face, preventing the steering and brakes from operating properly.
■ Engine speed while driving
In the following conditions, the engine speed may become high while driving.
This is due to automatic up-shifting control or down-shifting implementation to
meet driving conditions. It does not indicate sudden acceleration.
● The vehicle is judged to be driving uphill or downhill
● When the accelerator pedal is released
● When the brake pedal is depressed while sport mode is selected
■ Breaking in your new Toyota
To extend the life of the vehicle, observing the following precautions is recom-
mended:
● For the first 200 miles (300 km):
Avoid sudden stops.
● For the first 500 miles (800 km):
Do not tow a trailer.
● For the first 600 miles (1000 km):
• Do not drive at extremely high speed.
• Avoid sudden acceleration.
• Do not drive continuously in low gears.
• Do not drive at a constant speed for extended periods.
Starting off on a steep uphill
1
2
3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 167 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
168
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-1. Before driving
■ Drum-in-disc type parking brake system
Your vehicle has a drum-in-disc type parking brake system. This type of brake
system needs bedding-down of the brake shoes periodically or whenever the
parking brake shoes and/or drum are replaced. Have your Toyota dealer per-
form the bedding down operation.
■ Operating your vehicle in a foreign country
Comply with the relevant vehicle registration laws and confirm the availability
of the correct fuel. (→P. 677)
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
■ When starting the vehicle
Always keep your foot on the brake pedal while stopped with the engine
running. This prevents the vehicle from creeping.
■ When driving the vehicle
● Do not drive if you are unfamiliar with the location of the brake and accel-
erator pedals to avoid depressing the wrong pedal.
• Accidentally depressing the accelerator pedal instead of the brake
pedal will result in sudden acceleration that may lead to an accident.
• When backing up, you may twist your body around, leading to a diffi-
culty in operating the pedals. Make sure to operate the pedals properly.
• Make sure to keep a correct driving posture even when moving the
vehicle only slightly. This allows you to depress the brake and accelera-
tor pedals properly.
• Depress the brake pedal using your right foot. Depressing the brake
pedal using your left foot may delay response in an emergency, result-
ing in an accident.
● Do not drive the vehicle over or stop the vehicle near flammable materials.
The exhaust system and exhaust gases can be extremely hot. These hot
parts may cause a fire if there is any flammable material nearby.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 168 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
169
4-1. Before driving
4
Driving
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
■ When driving the vehicle
● During normal driving, do not turn off the engine. Turning the engine off
while driving will not cause loss of steering or braking control, but the
power assist to these systems will be lost. This will make it more difficult to
steer and brake, so you should pull over and stop the vehicle as soon as it
is safe to do so.
However, in the event of an emergency, such as if it becomes impossible
to stop the vehicle in the normal way: →P. 605
● Use engine braking (downshift) to maintain a safe speed when driving
down a steep hill.
Using the brakes continuously may cause the brakes to overheat and lose
effectiveness. (→P. 204)
● Do not adjust the positions of the steering wheel, the seat, or the inside or
outside rear view mirrors while driving.
Doing so may result in a loss of vehicle control.
● Always check that all passengers’ arms, heads or other parts of their body
are not outside the vehicle.
● Do not drive the vehicle off-road.
This is not an AWD vehicle designed for off-road driving. Proceed with all
due caution if it becomes unavoidable to drive off-road.
● Do not drive across river crossings or through other bodies of water.
This may cause electric/electronic components to short circuit, damage
the engine or cause other serious damage to the vehicle.
● Do not drive in excess of the speed limit. Even if the legal speed limit per-
mits it, do not drive over 85 mph (140 km/h) unless your vehicle has high-
speed capability tires. Driving over 85 mph (140 km/h) may result in tire
failure, loss of control and possible injury. Be sure to consult a tire dealer
to determine whether the tires on your vehicle are high-speed capability
tires or not before driving at such speeds.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 169 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
170
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-1. Before driving
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
■ When driving on slippery road surfaces
● Sudden braking, acceleration and steering may cause tire slippage and
reduce your ability to control the vehicle.
● Sudden acceleration, engine braking due to shifting, or changes in engine
speed could cause the vehicle to skid.
● After driving through a puddle, lightly depress the brake pedal to make
sure that the brakes are functioning properly. Wet brake pads may prevent
the brakes from functioning properly. If the brakes on only one side are wet
and not functioning properly, steering control may be affected.
■ When shifting the shift lever
● Do not let the vehicle roll backward while the shift lever is in a driving posi-
tion, or roll forward while the shift lever is in R.
Doing so may cause the engine to stall or lead to poor brake and steering
performance, resulting in an accident or damage to the vehicle.
● Do not shift the shift lever to P while the vehicle is moving.
Doing so can damage the transmission and may result in a loss of vehicle
control.
● Do not shift the shift lever to R while the vehicle is moving forward.
Doing so can damage the transmission and may result in a loss of vehicle
control.
● Do not shift the shift lever to a driving position while the vehicle is moving
backward.
Doing so can damage the transmission and may result in a loss of vehicle
control.
● Moving the shift lever to N while the vehicle is moving will disengage the
engine from the transmission. Engine braking is not available when N is
selected.
● Be careful not to shift the shift lever with the accelerator pedal depressed.
Shifting the shift lever to a gear other than P or N may lead to unexpected
rapid acceleration of the vehicle that may cause an accident and result in
death or serious injury.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 170 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
171
4-1. Before driving
4
Driving
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
■ If you hear a squealing or scraping noise (brake pad wear limit indica-
tors)
Have the brake pads checked and replaced by your Toyota dealer as soon
as possible.
The rotor damage may result if the pads are not replaced when needed.
It is dangerous to drive the vehicle when the wear limits of the brake pads
and/or those of the brake discs are exceeded.
■ When the vehicle is stopped
● Do not race the engine.
If the vehicle is in any gear other than P or N, the vehicle may accelerate
suddenly and unexpectedly, causing an accident.
● In order to prevent accidents due to the vehicle rolling away, always keep
depressing the brake pedal while the engine is running, and apply the
parking brake as necessary.
● If the vehicle is stopped on an incline, in order to prevent accidents caused
by the vehicle rolling forward or backward, always depress the brake pedal
and securely apply the parking brake as needed.
● Avoid revving or racing the engine.
Running the engine at high speed while the vehicle is stopped may cause
the exhaust system to overheat, which could result in a fire if combustible
material is nearby.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 171 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
172
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-1. Before driving
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
■ When the vehicle is parked
● Do not leave glasses, cigarette lighters, spray cans, or soft drink cans in
the vehicle when it is in the sun.
Doing so may result in the following:
• Gas may leak from a cigarette lighter or spray can, and may lead to a
fire.
• The temperature inside the vehicle may cause the plastic lenses and
plastic material of glasses to deform or crack.
• Soft drink cans may fracture, causing the contents to spray over the
interior of the vehicle, and may also cause a short circuit in the vehicle’s
electrical components.
● Do not leave cigarette lighters in the vehicle. If a cigarette lighter is in a
place such as the glove box or on the floor, it may be lit accidentally when
luggage is loaded or the seat is adjusted, causing a fire.
● Do not attach adhesive discs to the windshield or windows. Do not place
containers such as air fresheners on the instrument panel or dashboard.
Adhesive discs or containers may act as lenses, causing a fire in the vehi-
cle.
● Do not leave a door or window open if the curved glass is coated with a
metallized film such as a silver-colored one. Reflected sunlight may cause
the glass to act as a lens, causing a fire.
● Always apply the parking brake, shift the shift lever to P, stop the engine
and lock the vehicle.
Do not leave the vehicle unattended while the engine is running.
If the vehicle is parked with the shift lever in P but the parking brake is not
set, the vehicle may start to move, possibly leading to an accident.
● Do not touch the exhaust pipes while the engine is running or immediately
after turning the engine off.
Doing so may cause burns.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 172 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
173
4-1. Before driving
4
Driving
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
■ When taking a nap in the vehicle
Always turn the engine off. Otherwise, if you accidentally move the shift
lever or depress the accelerator pedal, this could cause an accident or fire
due to engine overheating. Additionally, if the vehicle is parked in a poorly
ventilated area, exhaust gases may collect and enter the vehicle, leading to
death or a serious health hazard.
■ When braking
● When the brakes are wet, drive more cautiously.
Braking distance increases when the brakes are wet, and this may cause
one side of the vehicle to brake differently than the other side. Also, the
parking brake may not securely hold the vehicle.
● If the power brake assist function does not operate, do not follow other
vehicles closely and avoid hills or sharp turns that require braking.
In this case, braking is still possible, but the brake pedal should be
depressed more firmly than usual. Also, the braking distance will increase.
Have your brakes fixed immediately.
● Do not pump the brake pedal if the engine stalls.
Each push on the brake pedal uses up the reserve for the power-assisted
brakes.
● The brake system consists of 2 individual hydraulic systems; if one of the
systems fails, the other will still operate. In this case, the brake pedal
should be depressed more firmly than usual and the braking distance will
increase. Have your brakes fixed immediately.
■ If the vehicle becomes stuck (AWD models)
Do not spin the wheels excessively when any of the tires is up in the air, or
the vehicle is stuck in sand, mud, etc. This may damage the driveline com-
ponents or propel the vehicle forward or backward, causing an accident.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 173 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
174
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-1. Before driving
NOTICE
■ When driving the vehicle
● Do not depress the accelerator and brake pedals at the same time during
driving, as this may restrain driving torque.
● Do not use the accelerator pedal or depress the accelerator and brake
pedals at the same time to hold the vehicle on a hill.
■ When parking the vehicle
Always set the parking brake, and shift the shift lever to P. Failure to do so
may cause the vehicle to move or the vehicle may accelerate suddenly if
the accelerator pedal is accidentally depressed.
■ Avoiding damage to vehicle parts
● Do not turn the steering wheel fully in either direction and hold it there for
an extended period of time.
Doing so may damage the power steering motor.
● When driving over bumps in the road, drive as slowly as possible to avoid
damaging the wheels, underside of the vehicle, etc.
■ If you get a flat tire while driving
A flat or damaged tire may cause the following situations. Hold the steering
wheel firmly and gradually depress the brake pedal to slow down the vehi-
cle.
● It may be difficult to control your vehicle.
● The vehicle will make abnormal sounds or vibrations.
● The vehicle will lean abnormally.
Information on what to do in case of a flat tire (→P. 641)
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 174 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
175
4-1. Before driving
4
Driving
NOTICE
■ When encountering flooded roads
Do not drive on a road that has flooded after heavy rain etc. Doing so may
cause the following serious damage to the vehicle:
● Engine stalling
● Short in electrical components
● Engine damage caused by water immersion
In the event that you drive on a flooded road and the vehicle is flooded, be
sure to have your Toyota dealer check the following:
● Brake function
● Changes in quantity and quality of oil and fluid used for the engine,
transaxle, transfer (AWD models), rear differential (AWD models), etc.
● Lubricant condition for the propeller shaft (AWD models), bearings and
suspension joints (where possible), and the function of all joints, bearings,
etc.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 175 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
176
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-1. Before driving
Cargo and luggage
Cargo capacity depends on the total weight of the occupants.
(Cargo capacity) = (Total load capacity) − (Total weight of occupants)
Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit
(1) Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and
cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs.” on your vehicle’s
placard.
(2) Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that
will be riding in your vehicle.
(3) Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from
XXX kg or XXX lbs.
(4) The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and lug-
gage load capacity.
For example, if the “XXX” amount equals 1400 lbs. and there will be
five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available
cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400 − 750 (5 × 150) =
650 lbs.)
(5) Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded
on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available
cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4.
(6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be
transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how
this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your
vehicle. (→P. 180)
For vehicles with SE grade: Toyota does not recommend towing a trailer
with your vehicle. Your vehicle is not designed for trailer towing.
Take notice of the following information about storage precau-
tions, cargo capacity and load:
Capacity and distribution
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 176 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
177
4-1. Before driving
4
Driving
Cargo capacity
Total load capacity (vehicle
capacity weight) (→P. 668)
When 2 people with the combined weight of A lb. (kg) are riding in
your vehicle, which has a total load capacity (vehicle capacity weight)
of B lb. (kg), the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity
will be C lb. (kg) as follows:
B
*
2
lb. (kg) − A*
1
lb. (kg) = C*
3
lb. (kg)
*
1
: A = Weight of people
*
2
: B = Total load capacity
*
3
: C = Available cargo and luggage load
In this condition, if 3 more passengers with the combined weight of D
lb. (kg) get on, the available cargo and luggage load will be reduced E
lb. (kg) as follows:
C lb. (kg) − D*
4
lb. (kg) = E*
5
lb. (kg)
*
4
: D = Additional weight of people
*
5
: E = Available cargo and luggage load
As shown in the example above, if the number of occupants
increases, the cargo and luggage load will be reduced by an amount
that equals the increased weight due to the additional occupants. In
other words, if an increase in the number of occupants causes an
excess of the total load capacity (combined weight of occupants plus
cargo and luggage load), you must reduce the cargo and luggage on
your vehicle.
Calculation formula for your vehicle
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 177 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
178
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-1. Before driving
WARNING
■
Things that must not be carried in the luggage compartment
The following things may cause a fire if loaded in the luggage compart-
ment:
● Receptacles containing gasoline
● Aerosol cans
■ Storage precautions
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may prevent the pedals from being depressed properly,
may block the driver’s vision, or may result in items hitting the driver or
passengers, possibly causing an accident.
● Stow cargo and luggage in the luggage compartment whenever possi-
ble.
● Do not stack anything in the luggage compartment higher than the
seatbacks.
● Do not place cargo or luggage in or on the following locations.
• At the feet of the driver
• On the front passenger or rear seats (when stacking items)
• On the luggage cover (if equipped)
• On the instrument panel
• On the dashboard
● Secure all items in the occupant compartment.
● When you fold down the rear seats, long items should not be placed
directly behind the front seats.
● Never allow anyone to ride in the luggage compartment. It is not
designed for passengers. They should ride in their seats with their seat
belts properly fastened. Otherwise, they are much more likely to suffer
death or serious bodily injury, in the event of sudden braking, sudden
swerving or an accident.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 178 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
179
4-1. Before driving
4
Driving
WARNING
■
Capacity and distribution
● Do not exceed the maximum axle weight rating or the total vehicle
weight rating.
● Even if the total load of occupant’s weight and the cargo load is less
than the total load capacity, do not apply the load unevenly. Improper
loading may cause deterioration of steering or braking control which
may cause death or serious injury.
■ When loading cargo on the roof luggage carrier (if equipped)
Observe the following precautions:
● Place the cargo so that its weight is distributed evenly between the
front and rear axles.
● If loading long or wide cargo, never exceed the vehicle overall length
or width. (→P. 668)
● Before driving, make sure the cargo is securely fastened on the roof
luggage carrier.
● Loading cargo on the roof luggage carrier will make the center of grav-
ity of the vehicle higher. Avoid high speeds, sudden starts, sharp turns,
sudden braking or abrupt maneuvers, otherwise it may result in loss of
control or vehicle rollover due to failure to operate this vehicle correctly
and result in death or serious injury.
● If driving for a long distance, on rough roads, or at high speeds, stop
the vehicle now and then during the trip to make sure the cargo
remains in its place.
● Do not exceed 101.9 lb. (46.2 kg) cargo weight on the roof luggage
carrier.
NOTICE
■ When loading cargo on the roof luggage carrier (if equipped)
Be careful not to scratch the surface of the moon roof (if equipped).
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 179 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
180
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-1. Before driving
Vehicle load limits
◆ Total load capacity (vehicle capacity weight): →P. 668
Total load capacity means the combined weight of occupants, cargo
and luggage.
◆ Seating capacity: 5 occupants (Front 2, Rear 3)
Seating capacity means the maximum number of occupants whose
estimated average weight is 150 lb. (68 kg) per person.
◆ TWR (Trailer Weight Rating) (except SE grade): →P. 185, 668
TWR means the maximum gross trailer weight (trailer weight plus
its cargo weight) that your vehicle is able to tow.
◆ Cargo capacity
Cargo capacity may increase or decrease depending on the weight
and the number of occupants.
■ Total load capacity and seating capacity
These details are also described on the tire and loading information label.
(→P. 577)
Vehicle load limits include total load capacity, seating capacity,
TWR (Trailer Weight Rating) and cargo capacity.
WARNING
■
Overloading the vehicle
Do not overload the vehicle.
It may not only cause damage to the tires, but also degrade steering
and braking ability, resulting in an accident.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 180 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
181
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-1. Before driving
4
Driving
Trailer towing
X For vehicles with SE grade
Toyota does not recommend
towing a trailer with your vehi-
cle.
Toyota also does not recom-
mend the installation of a tow
hitch or the use of a tow hitch
carrier for a wheelchair,
scooter, bicycle, etc. Your
vehicle is not designed for
trailer towing or for the use of
tow hitch mounted carriers.
X Except vehicles with SE grade
Your vehicle is designed primarily as a passenger-and-load-car-
rying vehicle. Towing a trailer can have an adverse impact on
handling, performance, braking, durability, and fuel consump-
tion. For your safety and the safety of others, you must not over-
load your vehicle or trailer. You must also ensure that you are
using appropriate towing equipment, that the towing equipment
has been installed correctly and used properly, and that you
employ the requisite driving habits.
Vehicle-trailer stability and braking performance are affected by
trailer stability, brake performance and setting, trailer brakes,
the hitch and hitch systems (if equipped).
To tow a trailer safely, use extreme care and drive the vehicle in
accordance with your trailer’s characteristics and operating
conditions.
Toyota warranties do not apply to damage or malfunction
caused by towing a trailer for commercial purposes.
Contact your Toyota dealer for further information about additional
requirements such as a towing kit, etc.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 181 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
182
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-1. Before driving
■ GCWR (Gross Combination Weight Rating)
The maximum allowable gross
combination weight. The gross
combination weight is the sum
of the total vehicle weight
(including the occupants, cargo
and any optional equipment
installed on the vehicle) and the
weight of the trailer being towed
(including the cargo in the
trailer).
■ GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating)
The maximum allowable gross
vehicle weight. The gross vehi-
cle weight is the total weight of
the vehicle. When towing a
trailer, it is the sum of the vehi-
cle weight (including the occu-
pants, cargo and any optional
equipment installed on the vehi-
cle) and the tongue weight.
Towing related terms
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 182 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
183
4-1. Before driving
4
Driving
■ GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)
The maximum allowable gross
axle weight. The gross axle
weight is the load placed on
each axle (front and rear).
■ TWR (Trailer Weight Rating)
The maximum allowable gross
trailer weight. The gross trailer
weight is the sum of the trailer
weight and the weight of the
cargo in the trailer.
TWR is calculated assuming
base vehicle with one driver,
one front passenger, hitch and
hitch systems (if required).
Additional optional equipment, passengers and cargo in the vehicle will
reduce the trailer weight rating so as not to exceed GCWR, GVWR and
GAWR.
Front GAWR
Rear GAWR
(With brakes)
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 183 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
184
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-1. Before driving
■ Unbraked TWR (Unbraked Trailer Weight Rating)
The trailer weight rating for tow-
ing a trailer without a trailer ser-
vice brake system.
■ Tongue Weight
The load placed on the trailer
hitch ball. (→P. 186)
(Without brakes)
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 184 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
185
4-1. Before driving
4
Driving
● The gross trailer weight must never exceed 1500 lb. (680 kg).
● The gross combination weight must never exceed the GCWR
described below.
2WD models: 6025 lb. (2735 kg)
AWD models: 6140 lb. (2785 kg)
● The gross vehicle weight must
never exceed the GVWR indi-
cated on the Certification Label.
● The gross axle weight on each
axle must never exceed the
GAWR indicated on the Certifi-
cation Label.
● If the gross trailer weight is over the unbraked TWR, trailer service
brakes are required.
Confirm that the gross trailer weight, gross combination weight, gross
vehicle weight, gross axle weight and tongue weight are all within the
limits.
■ GCWR*
2WD models: 6025 lb. (2735 kg)
AWD models: 6140 lb. (2785 kg)
■ TWR*
1500 lb. (680 kg)
■ Unbraked TWR*
1000 lb. (450 kg)
Weight limits
GCWR, TWR and Unbraked TWR
*: These models meet the tow-vehicle trailering requirement of SAE Interna-
tional per SAE J2807.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 185 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
186
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-1. Before driving
● A recommended tongue weight varies in accordance with the types
of trailers or towing as described below.
● To ensure the recommended values shown below, the trailer must
be loaded by referring to the following instructions.
• Tongue Weight
The gross trailer weight should be distributed so that the tongue
weight is 9% to 11%.
(Tongue weight /Gross trailer weight x 100 = 9% to 11%)
Gross trailer weight
Tongue weight
The gross trailer weight, gross axle weight and tongue weight
can be measured with platform scales found at a highway weigh-
ing station, building supply company, trucking company, junk
yard, etc.
Trailer Tongue Weight
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 186 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
187
4-1. Before driving
4
Driving
Trailer hitch assemblies have different weight capacities. Toyota rec-
ommends the use of Toyota hitch/bracket for your vehicle. For details,
contact your Toyota dealer.
● If you wish to install a trailer hitch, contact your Toyota dealer.
● Use only a hitch that conforms to the gross trailer weight require-
ment of your vehicle.
● Follow the directions supplied by the hitch manufacturer.
● Lubricate the hitch ball with a light coating of grease.
● Remove the trailer hitch whenever you are not towing a trailer. After
removing the hitch, seal any mounting hole in the vehicle body to
prevent entry of any substances into the vehicle.
Weight carrying ball position:
45.2 in. (1147 mm)
Hitch receiver pin hole position:
38.9 in. (988 mm)
Please consult your dealer when installing trailer lights, as incorrect
installation may cause damage to the vehicle’s lights. Please take
care to comply with your state’s laws when installing trailer lights.
Hitch
Positions for towing hitch receiver and hitch ball
1
2
Connecting trailer lights
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 187 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
188
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-1. Before driving
Your vehicle will handle differently when towing a trailer. Help to avoid
an accident, death or serious injury, keep the following in mind when
towing:
● Speed limits for towing a trailer vary by state or province. Do not
exceed the posted towing speed limit.
● Toyota recommends that the vehicle-trailer speed limit is 65 mph
(104 km/h) on a flat, straight, dry road. Do not exceed this limit, the
posted towing speed limit or the speed limit for your trailer as set
forth in your trailer owner’s manual, whichever is lowest. Instability
of the towing vehicle-trailer combination (trailer sway) increases as
speed increases. Exceeding speed limits may cause loss of control.
● Before starting out, check the trailer lights, tires and the vehicle-
trailer connections. Recheck after driving a short distance.
● Practice turning, stopping and reversing with the trailer attached in
an area away from traffic until you become accustomed to the feel
of the vehicle-trailer combination.
● Reversing with a trailer attached is difficult and requires practice.
Grip the bottom of the steering wheel and move your hand to the
left to move the trailer to the left. Move your hand to the right to
move the trailer to right. (This is generally opposite to reversing
without a trailer attached.) Avoid sharp or prolonged turning. Have
someone guide you when reversing to reduce the risk of an acci-
dent.
Trailer towing tips
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 188 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
189
4-1. Before driving
4
Driving
● As stopping distance is increased when towing a trailer, vehicle-to
vehicle distance should be increased. For each 10 mph (16 km/h)
of speed, allow at least one vehicle and trailer length.
● Avoid sudden braking as you may skid, resulting in the trailer jack-
knifing and a loss of vehicle control. This is especially true on wet or
slippery surfaces.
● Avoid jerky starts or sudden acceleration.
● Avoid jerky steering and sharp turns, and slow down before making
turn.
● Note that when making a turn, the trailer wheels will be closer than
the vehicle wheels to the inside of the turn. Compensate by making
a wider than normal turning radius.
● Slow down before making a turn, in cross winds, on wet or slippery
surfaces, etc.
Increasing vehicle speed can destabilize the trailer.
● Take care when passing other vehicles. Passing requires consider-
able distance. After passing a vehicle, do not forget the length of
your trailer, and be sure you have plenty of room before changing
lanes.
● To maintain engine braking efficiency and charging system perfor-
mance when using engine braking, do not put the transmission in
D. If in the S mode, the transmission shift range position must be in
4 or lower.
● Instability happens more frequently when descending steep or long
downhill grades. Before descending, slow down and downshift. Do
not make sudden downshifts while descending steep or long down-
hill grades.
● Avoid holding the brake pedal down too long or applying the brakes
too frequently. This could cause the brakes to overheat and result in
reduced braking efficiency.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 189 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
190
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-1. Before driving
● Due to the added load of the trailer, your vehicle’s engine may over-
heat on hot days (at temperatures over 85°F [30°C]) when driving
up a long or steep grade. If the engine coolant temperature gauge
indicates overheating, immediately turn off the air conditioning (if in
use), pull your vehicle off the road and stop in a safe spot.
(→P. 662)
● Always place wheel blocks under both the vehicle’s and the trailer’s
wheels when parking. Apply the parking brake firmly, and put the
transmission in P. Avoid parking on a slope, but if unavoidable, do
so only after performing the following:
Apply the brakes and keep them applied.
Have someone place wheel blocks under both the vehicle’s and
trailer’s wheels.
When the wheel blocks are in place, release the brakes slowly
until the blocks absorb the load.
Apply the parking brake firmly.
Shift into P and turn off the engine.
● When restarting after parking on a slope:
With the transmission in P, start the engine. Be sure to keep the
brake pedal pressed.
Shift into a forward gear. If reversing, shift into R.
Release the parking brake and brake pedal, and slowly pull or
back away from the wheel blocks. Stop and apply the brakes.
Have someone retrieve the blocks.
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 190 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
191
4-1. Before driving
4
Driving
■ Matching trailer ball height to trailer coupler height
■ Before towing
Check that the following conditions are met:
● Ensure that your vehicle’s tires are properly inflated. (→P. 675)
● Trailer tires are inflated according to the trailer manufacturer’s recommen-
dation.
● All trailer lights work as required by law.
● All lights work each time you connect them.
● The trailer ball is set at the proper height for the coupler on the trailer.
● The trailer is level when it is hitched.
Do not drive if the trailer is not level, and check for improper tongue weight,
overloading, worn suspension, or other possible causes.
● The trailer cargo is securely loaded.
● The rear view mirrors conform to all applicable federal, state/provincial or
local regulations. If they do not, install rear view mirrors appropriate for tow-
ing purposes.
No matter which class of tow hitch
applies, for a more safe trailer hookup,
the trailer ball setup must be the proper
height for the coupler on the trailer.
Coupler
Trailer ball
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 191 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
192
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-1. Before driving
■ Break-in schedule
If your vehicle is new or equipped with any new power train components
(such as an engine, transmission, differential or wheel bearing), Toyota rec-
ommends that you do not tow a trailer until the vehicle has been driven for
over 500 miles (800 km).
After the vehicle has been driven for over 500 miles (800 km), you can start
towing. However, for the next 500 miles (800 km), drive the vehicle at a speed
of less than 45 mph (72 km/h) when towing a trailer, and avoid full throttle
acceleration.
■ Maintenance
● If you tow a trailer, your vehicle will require more frequent maintenance due
to the additional load. (See “Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s
Manual Supplement”.)
● Retighten the fixing bolts of the towing ball and bracket after approximately
600 miles (1000 km) of trailer towing.
■ If trailer sway occurs (if equipped)
One or more factors (crosswinds, passing vehicles, rough roads, etc.) can
adversely affect handling of your vehicle and trailer, causing instability.
● If trailer swaying occurs:
• Firmly grip the steering wheel. Steer straight ahead.
Do not try to control trailer swaying by turning the steering wheel.
• Begin releasing the accelerator pedal immediately but very gradually to
reduce speed.
Do not increase speed. Do not apply vehicle brakes.
If you make no extreme correction with the steering or brakes, your vehicle
and trailer should stabilize (if enabled, Trailer Sway Control can also help to
stabilize the vehicle and trailer.).
● After the trailer swaying has stopped:
• Stop in a safe place. Get all occupants out of the vehicle.
• Check the tires of the vehicle and the trailer.
• Check the load in the trailer.
Make sure the load has not shifted.
Make sure the tongue weight is appropriate, if possible.
• Check the load in the vehicle.
Make sure the vehicle is not overloaded after occupants get in.
If you cannot find any problems, the speed at which trailer swaying occurred
is beyond the limit of your particular vehicle-trailer combination. Drive at a
lower speed to prevent instability. Remember that swaying of the towing vehi-
cle-trailer increases as speed increases.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 192 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
193
4-1. Before driving
4
Driving
WARNING
■ Trailer towing precautions
To tow a trailer safely, use extreme care and drive the vehicle in accordance
with the trailer’s characteristics and operating conditions. Failure to do so
could cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury. Vehicle stability
and braking performance are affected by trailer stability, brake setting and
performance, and the hitch. Your vehicle will handle differently when towing
a trailer.
■ To avoid accident or injury
● Do not exceed the TWR, unbraked TWR, GCWR, GVWR or GAWR.
● Adjust the tongue weight within the appropriate range. Place heavier loads
as close to the trailer axle as possible.
● Do not exceed 65 mph (104 km/h), the posted towing speed limit or the
speed limit for your trailer as set forth in your trailer owner’s manual,
whichever is lowest. Slow down sufficiently before making a turn, in cross
winds, on wet or slippery surface, etc. to help avoid an accident. If you
experience a vehicle-trailer instability from reducing a certain speed, slow
down and make sure you keep your vehicle speed under the speed of
which you experience the instability.
● Do not make jerky, abrupt or sharp turns.
● Do not apply the brakes suddenly as you may skid, resulting in jackknifing
and loss of vehicle control. This is especially true on wet or slippery sur-
faces.
● Do not exceed the trailer hitch assembly weight, gross vehicle weight,
gross axle weight and trailer tongue weight capacities.
● Do not use cruise control or dynamic radar cruise control (if equipped)
when towing.
● Slow down and downshift before descending steep or long downhill
grades. Do not make sudden downshifts while descending steep or long
downhill grades.
● Vehicle-trailer instability is more likely on steep long downhills. Before
descending steep or long downhill grades, slow down and downshift. Do
not make sudden downshifts when descending steep or long downhill
grades. Avoid holding the brake pedal down too long or applying the
brakes too frequently. This could cause the brakes to overheat and result
in reduced braking efficiency.
● Do not tow a trailer when the compact spare tire is installed on your vehi-
cle.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 193 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
194
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-1. Before driving
WARNING
■ Hitch
Trailer hitch assemblies have different weight capacities established by the
hitch manufacturer. Even though the vehicle may be physically capable of
towing a higher weight, the operator must determine the maximum weight
rating of the particular hitch assembly and never exceed the maximum
weight rating specified for the trailer-hitch. Exceeding the maximum weight
rating set by the trailer-hitch manufacturer can cause an accident resulting
in death or serious personal injuries.
■ When towing a trailer
Toyota recommends trailers with brakes that conform to any applicable fed-
eral and state/provincial regulations.
● If the gross trailer weight exceeds unbraked TWR, trailer brakes are
required. Toyota recommends trailers with brakes that conform to all appli-
cable federal and state/provincial regulations.
● Never tap into your vehicle’s hydraulic system, as this will lower the vehi-
cle’s braking effectiveness.
● Never tow a trailer without using a safety chain securely attached to both
the trailer and the vehicle. If damage occurs to the coupling unit or hitch
ball, there is danger of the trailer wandering into another lane.
NOTICE
■ When installing a trailer hitch
Use only the position recommended by your Toyota dealer. Do not install
the trailer hitch on the bumper; this may cause body damage.
■ Do not directly splice trailer lights
Do not directly splice trailer lights. Directly splicing trailer lights may damage
your vehicle’s electrical system and cause a malfunction.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 194 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
195
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-1. Before driving
4
Driving
Dinghy towing
Your vehicle is not designed to be dinghy towed (with 4 wheels
on the ground) behind a motor home.
NOTICE
■ To avoid serious damage to your vehicle
■ To prevent causing serious damage to the transmission and Dynamic
Torque Control AWD system (AWD models)
Do not tow your vehicle with 4 wheels on
the ground.
2WD models: Never tow this vehicle from
the rear with the front wheels on the
ground. This may cause serious damage
to the transmission.
AWD models: Never tow this vehicle with
any of the wheels on the ground. This
may cause serious damage to the trans-
mission and Dynamic Torque Control
AWD system.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 195 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
196
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-2. Driving procedures
Engine (ignition) switch (vehicles without
smart key system)
Check that the parking brake is set.
Check that the shift lever is set in P.
Firmly depress the brake pedal.
Turn the engine switch to the “START” position to start the engine.
“LOCK”
The steering wheel is locked and
the key can be removed. (The key
can be removed only when the
shift lever is in P.)
“ACC”
Some electrical components such
as the audio system can be used.
“ON”
All electrical components can be used.
“START”
For starting the engine.
■ Turning the key from “ACC” to “LOCK”
Shift the shift lever to P.
Starting the engine
Changing the engine switch positions
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
Push in the key and turn it to the
“LOCK” position.
4
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 196 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
197
4-2. Driving procedures
4
Driving
■ If the engine does not start
The engine immobilizer system may not have been deactivated. (→P. 73)
Contact your Toyota dealer.
■ When the steering lock cannot be released
■ Key reminder function
A buzzer sounds if the driver’s door is opened while the engine switch is in the
“LOCK” or “ACC” position to remind you to remove the key.
When starting the engine, the engine
switch may seem stuck in the “LOCK”
position. To free it, turn the key while turn-
ing the steering wheel slightly left and
right.
WARNING
■ When starting the engine
Always start the engine while sitting in the driver’s seat. Do not depress the
accelerator pedal while starting the engine under any circumstances.
Doing so may cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
■ Caution when driving
Do not turn the engine switch to the “LOCK” position while driving. If, in an
emergency, you must turn the engine off while the vehicle is moving, turn
the engine switch only to the “ACC” position to stop the engine. An accident
may result if the engine is stopped while driving. (→P. 605)
NOTICE
■ To prevent battery discharge
Do not leave the engine switch in the “ACC” or “ON” position for long peri-
ods of time without the engine running.
■ When starting the engine
● Do not crank the engine for more than 30 seconds at a time. This may
overheat the starter and wiring system.
● Do not race a cold engine.
● If the engine becomes difficult to start or stalls frequently, have your vehi-
cle checked by your Toyota dealer immediately.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 197 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
198
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-2. Driving procedures
Engine (ignition) switch (vehicles with
smart key system)
Check that the parking brake is set.
Check that the shift lever is set in P.
Firmly depress the brake pedal.
will be displayed on the multi-information display.
If it is not displayed, the engine cannot be started.
Press the engine switch shortly
and firmly.
When operating the engine switch,
one short, firm press is enough. It
is not necessary to press and hold
the switch.
The engine will crank until it starts
or for up to 30 seconds, whichever
is less.
Continue depressing the brake
pedal until the engine is completely
started.
The engine can be started from
any engine switch mode.
Performing the following operations when carrying the elec-
tronic key on your person starts the engine or changes engine
switch modes.
Starting the engine
1
2
3
4
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 198 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
199
4-2. Driving procedures
4
Driving
Stop the vehicle completely.
Set the parking brake (→P. 212), and shift the shift lever to P.
Press the engine switch.
Release the brake pedal and check that the display on the instru-
ment cluster is off.
Modes can be changed by pressing the engine switch with the brake
pedal released. (The mode changes each time the switch is pressed.)
Off
*
The emergency flashers can be
used.
The multi-information display will
not be displayed.
ACCESSORY mode
Some electrical components such
as the audio system can be used.
“POWER ON” will be displayed on
the multi-information display.
IGNITION ON mode
All electrical components can be
used.
“POWER ON” will be displayed on
the multi-information display.
*: If the shift lever is in a position other than P when turning off the engine,
the engine switch will be turned to ACCESSORY mode, not to off.
Stopping the engine
Changing engine switch modes
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 199 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
200
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-2. Driving procedures
If the engine is stopped with the shift lever in a position other than P,
the engine switch will not be turned off but instead be turned to
ACCESSORY mode. Perform the following procedure to turn the
switch off:
Check that the parking brake is set.
Shift the shift lever to P.
Check that “Turn Off Vehicle” is displayed on the multi-information
display and then press the engine switch once.
Check that “Turn Off Vehicle” on the multi-information display is off.
■ Auto power off function
If the vehicle is left in ACCESSORY mode for more than 20 minutes or IGNI-
TION ON mode (the engine is not running) for more than an hour with the
shift lever in P, the engine switch will automatically turn off. However, this
function cannot entirely prevent battery discharge. Do not leave the vehicle
with the engine switch in ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON mode for long peri-
ods of time when the engine is not running.
■ Electronic key battery depletion
→P. 135
■ Conditions affecting operation
→P. 132
■ Notes for the entry function
→P. 133
■ If the engine does not start
● The engine immobilizer system may not have been deactivated. (→P. 73)
Contact your Toyota dealer.
● Check that the shift lever is securely set in P. The engine may not start if the
shift lever is displaced out of P. A message will be displayed on the multi-
information display.
When stopping the engine with the shift lever in a position other
than P
1
2
3
4
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 200 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
201
4-2. Driving procedures
4
Driving
■ Steering lock
After turning the engine switch off and opening and closing the doors, the
steering wheel will be locked due to the steering lock function. Operating the
engine switch again automatically cancels the steering lock.
■ When the steering lock cannot be released
■ Steering lock motor overheating prevention
To prevent the steering lock motor from overheating, the motor may be sus-
pended if the engine is turned on and off repeatedly in a short period of time.
In this case, refrain from running the engine. After about 10 seconds, the
steering lock motor will resume functioning.
■ When “Check Access System with Elec. Key” is displayed on the multi-
information display
The system may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle inspected by your
Toyota dealer immediately.
■ If the electronic key battery is depleted
→P. 585
■ Operation of the engine switch
If the switch is not pressed shortly and firmly, the engine switch mode may
not change or the engine may not start.
■ If the smart key system has been deactivated in a customized setting
→P. 656
A message will be displayed on the multi-
information display.
Check that the shift lever is set in P. Press
the engine switch while turning the steer-
ing wheel left and right.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 201 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
202
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-2. Driving procedures
WARNING
■ When starting the engine
Always start the engine while sitting in the driver’s seat. Do not depress the
accelerator pedal while starting the engine under any circumstances.
Doing so may cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
■ Caution while driving
If engine failure occurs while the vehicle is moving, do not lock or open the
doors until the vehicle reaches a safe and complete stop. Activation of the
steering lock in this circumstance may lead to an accident, resulting in
death or serious injury.
■ Stopping the engine in an emergency
If you want to stop the engine in an emergency while driving the vehicle,
press and hold the engine switch for more than 2 seconds, or press it briefly
3 times or more in succession. (→P. 605)
However, do not touch the engine switch while driving except in an emer-
gency. Turning the engine off while driving will not cause loss of steering or
braking control, but the power assist to these systems will be lost. This will
make it more difficult to steer and brake, so you should pull over and stop
the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.
NOTICE
■ To prevent battery discharge
● Do not leave the engine switch in ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON mode
for long periods of time without the engine running.
● If “POWER ON” is displayed on the multi-information display, the engine
switch is not off. Exit the vehicle after turning the engine switch off.
● Do not stop the engine when the shift lever is in a position other than P. If
the engine is stopped in another shift lever position, the engine switch will
not be turned off but instead be turned to ACCESSORY mode. If the vehi-
cle is left in ACCESSORY mode, battery discharge may occur.
■ When starting the engine
● Do not race a cold engine.
● If the engine becomes difficult to start or stalls frequently, have your vehi-
cle checked by your Toyota dealer immediately.
■ Symptoms indicating a malfunction with the engine switch
If the engine switch seems to be operating somewhat differently than usual,
such as the switch sticking slightly, there may be a malfunction. Contact
your Toyota dealer immediately.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 202 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
203
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-2. Driving procedures
4
Driving
Automatic transmission
X Vehicles without smart key system
While the engine switch is in the “ON” position, move the shift
lever with the brake pedal depressed.
When shifting the shift lever between P and D, make sure that the
vehicle is completely stopped.
X Vehicles with smart key system
While the engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode, move the
shift lever with the brake pedal depressed.
When shifting the shift lever between P and D, make sure that the
vehicle is completely stopped.
Shifting the shift lever
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 203 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
204
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-2. Driving procedures
*
1
: Shifting the shift lever to D allows the system to select a gear suitable for
the driving conditions. Setting the shift lever to D is recommended for nor-
mal driving.
If equipped, by selecting shift ranges using paddle shift switches, you can
control engine braking force.
*
2
: Selecting shift ranges using S mode restricts the upper limit of the possible
gear ranges, controls engine braking force, and prevents unnecessary
upshifting.
Shift position purpose
Shift position Objective or function
P Parking the vehicle/starting the engine
R Reversing
N Neutral
D Normal driving*
1
S S mode driving*
2
(→P. 207)
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 204 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
205
4-2. Driving procedures
4
Driving
The following modes can be selected to suit driving conditions.
■ Eco drive mode
Use Eco drive mode to help achieve low fuel consumption during
trips that involve frequent accelerating.
Press the “ECO MODE” button
to select Eco drive mode.
The “ECO MODE” indicator light
will come on.
Press the button again to cancel
Eco drive mode.
■
Sport mode
Use sport mode for sporty driving or driving in mountainous
regions.
Press the “SPORT” button to
select sport mode.
The “SPORT” indicator light will
come on.
Press the button again to cancel
sport mode.
Selecting the driving mode
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 205 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
206
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-2. Driving procedures
To drive using temporary shift range selection, operate the “-” or “+”
paddle shift switch.
When the “-” paddle shift switch is operated, the shift range will be
downshifted to a range that enables engine braking force that is suit-
able to driving conditions.
When the “+” paddle shift switch is operated, the shift range will be
one gear upper than the gear in use during normal D position driving.
Changing the shift range allows restriction of the highest shift range,
preventing unnecessary upshifting and enabling the level of engine
braking force to be selected.
Upshifting
Downshifting
The selected shift range, from 1 to
5, or D will be displayed in the
meter. To return to normal D posi-
tion driving, the “+” paddle shift
switch must be held down for a
period of time.
When a shift range higher than 5 is
selected, the shift range will return
to the normal D position.
When the vehicle comes to a stop,
the shift range will return to the nor-
mal D position.
Selecting shift ranges in the D position (vehicles with paddle
shift switches)
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 206 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
207
4-2. Driving procedures
4
Driving
To enter S mode, shift the shift lever to S. Shift ranges can be selected
by operating the shift lever, allowing you to drive in the shift ranges of
your choosing. The shift range can be selected by the shift lever.
Vehicles with paddle shift switches: Shift ranges can be selected by
the shift lever or operating the “-” and “+” paddle shift switches.
Upshifting
Downshifting
The selected shift range, from 1 to
6, will be displayed in the meter.
The initial shift range in S mode is
set automatically to 5 or 4 accord-
ing to vehicle speed. However, the
initial shift range may be set to 3 if
AI-SHIFT has operated while the
shift lever was in D. (→P. 210)
■
Shift ranges and their functions
● Automatically selecting shift ranges between 1 and 6 according
to vehicle speed and driving conditions. But the gear is limited
according to selected range.
● You can choose from 6 levels of accelerating force and engine
braking force.
● A lower shift range will provide greater accelerating force and
engine braking force than a higher shift range, and the engine
speed will also increase.
Selecting shift ranges in the S position
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 207 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
208
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-2. Driving procedures
■ S mode
● When the shift range is 4 or lower, holding the shift lever toward “+” sets the
shift range to 6.
● To prevent the engine from over-revving, upshifting may automatically
occur.
● To protect the automatic transmission, a higher shift range may automati-
cally selected when the fluid temperature is high.
■ Downshifting restrictions warning buzzer
To help ensure safety and driving performance, downshifting operation may
sometimes be restricted. In some circumstances, downshifting may not be
possible even when the shift lever or paddle shift switch (if equipped) is oper-
ated. (A buzzer will sound twice.)
■ Operation of the air conditioning system in Eco drive mode
Eco drive mode controls the heating/cooling operations and fan speed
* of the
air conditioning system to enhance fuel efficiency (→P. 488, 495). To improve
air conditioning performance, adjust the fan speed
* or turn off Eco drive
mode.
*: Vehicles with automatic air conditioning system only
■ Deactivation of the driving mode
● Eco drive mode will not be canceled until the “ECO MODE” button is
pressed, even if the engine is turned off after driving in Eco drive mode.
● Sport mode will be canceled if the engine is turned off after driving in sport
mode.
■ When driving with cruise control or dynamic radar cruise control acti-
vated (if equipped)
Even when performing the following actions with the intent of enabling engine
braking, engine braking will not activate because cruise control or dynamic
radar cruise control will not be canceled.
● While driving in S mode, downshifting to 5 or 4. (→P. 207)
● While driving in the D position, downshifting to 5 or 4.
(Vehicles with paddle shift switches only: →P. 206)
● When switching the driving mode to sport mode while driving in D.
(→P. 205)
■ Shift lock system
The shift lock system is a system to prevent accidental operation of the shift
lever in starting.
The shift lever can be shifted from P only when the engine switch is in the
“ON” position (vehicles without smart key system) or IGNITION ON mode
(vehicles with smart key system) and the brake pedal is being depressed.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 208 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
209
4-2. Driving procedures
4
Driving
■ If the shift lever cannot be shifted from P
First, check whether the brake pedal is being depressed.
If the shift lever cannot be shifted with your foot on the brake pedal, there may
be a problem with the shift lock system. Have the vehicle inspected by your
Toyota dealer immediately.
The following steps may be used as an emergency measure to ensure that
the shift lever can be shifted.
Releasing the shift lock:
Set the parking brake.
Vehicles without smart key system:
Turn the engine switch to the “LOCK” position.
Vehicles with smart key system:
Turn the engine switch off.
Depress the brake pedal.
■ If the “S” indicator does not come on or the “D” indicator is displayed
even after shifting the shift lever to S
This may indicate a malfunction in the automatic transmission system. Have
the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.
(In this situation, the transmission will operate in the same manner as when
the shift lever is in D.)
Pry the cover up with a flathead screw-
driver or equivalent tool.
To prevent damage to the cover, cover
the tip of the screwdriver with a rag.
Press the shift lock override button.
The shift lever can be shifted while the
button is pressed.
1
2
3
4
5
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 209 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
210
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-2. Driving procedures
■ If the warning light comes on or the warning message is displayed (AWD
models only)
*: If any shift range in D is selected (→P. 206), make sure to return to normal
D position driving. (Vehicles with paddle shift switches only)
When the warning message goes out, the vehicle can be driven again.
If the warning message does not go out after waiting a while, have your vehi-
cle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
■ AI-SHIFT
The AI-SHIFT automatically selects the suitable gear according to driver per-
formance and driving conditions.
The AI-SHIFT automatically operates when the shift lever is in D. (Shifting the
shift lever to S cancels the function.)
If the automatic transmission fluid temper-
ature warning message is displayed while
driving, make sure to return to D position
driving
* and reduce speed by easing off
the accelerator pedal. Stop the vehicle in
a safe place, shift the shift lever to P and
let the engine idle until the warning mes-
sage goes out.
WARNING
■ When driving on slippery road surfaces
Do not accelerate or shift gears suddenly.
Sudden changes in engine braking may cause the vehicle to spin or skid,
resulting in an accident.
■ To prevent an accident when releasing the shift lock
Before pressing the shift lock override button, make sure to set the parking
brake and depress the brake pedal.
If the accelerator pedal is accidentally depressed instead of the brake pedal
when the shift lock override button is pressed and the shift lever is shifted
out of P, the vehicle may suddenly start, possibly leading to an accident
resulting in death or serious injury.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 210 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
211
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-2. Driving procedures
4
Driving
Turn signal lever
Right turn
Lane change to the right (move
the lever partway and release
it)
The right hand signals will flash 3
times.
Lane change to the left (move
the lever partway and release
it)
The left hand signals will flash 3
times.
Left turn
■ Turn signals can be operated when
X Vehicles without smart key system
The engine switch is in the “ON” position.
X Vehicles with smart key system
The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode.
■ If the indicator flashes faster than usual
Check that a light bulb in the front or rear turn signal lights has not burned
out.
■ If the turn signals stop flashing before a lane change has been per-
formed
Operate the lever again.
■ To discontinue flashing of the turn signals during a lane change
Operate the lever in the opposite direction.
■ Customization
The setting of the turn signals flash during a lane change can be changed.
(Customizable features: →P. 701)
Operating instructions
1
2
3
4
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 211 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
212
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-2. Driving procedures
Parking brake
Sets the parking brake
Fully pull the parking brake while
depressing the brake pedal.
Releases the parking brake
Slightly raise the lever and lower it
completely while pressing the but-
ton.
■ Parking the vehicle
→P. 166
■ Parking brake engaged warning buzzer
→P. 618
■ Usage in winter time
→P. 315
U.S.A. Canada
1
2
NOTICE
■ Before driving
Fully release the parking brake.
Driving the vehicle with the parking brake set will lead to brake components
overheating, which may affect braking performance and increase brake
wear.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 212 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
213
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
4
Driving
Headlight switch
Turning the end of the lever turns on the lights as follows:
X Type A
The headlights can be operated manually or automatically.
Operating instructions
The side marker, parking,
tail, license plate and
instrument panel lights
turn on.
The headlights and all
lights listed above turn on.
The headlights, daytime
running lights (→P. 215)
and all the lights listed
above turn on and off
automatically.
(When the engine switch
is in the “ON” position
[vehicles without smart
key system] or IGNITION
ON mode [vehicles with
smart key system])
Off
The daytime running
lights turn on. (→P. 215)
1
2
3
4
(U.S.A.)
(Canada)
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 213 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
214
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
X Type B
The side marker, parking,
tail, license plate, and
instrument panel lights
turn on.
The headlights and all
lights listed above turn on.
The daytime running lights
turn on. (→P. 215)
Off
X Type C
The side marker, parking,
tail, license plate, and
instrument panel lights
turn on.
The headlights and all
lights listed above turn on.
The daytime running lights
turn on. (→P. 215)
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 214 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
215
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
4
Driving
With the headlights on, push
the lever away from you to turn
on the high beams.
Pull the lever toward you to the
center position to turn the high
beams off.
Pull the lever toward you and
release it to flash the high
beams once.
You can flash the high beams with the headlights on or off.
■ Daytime running light system
X Vehicles with halogen headlights
● To make your vehicle more visible to other drivers during daytime driving,
the daytime running lights turn on automatically whenever the engine is
started and the parking brake is released with the headlight switch off or in
/ position. (Illuminate dimmer than the headlight lights.) Daytime run-
ning lights are not designed for use at night.
For the U.S.A.: Daytime running lights can be turned off by operating the
switch.
● Compared to turning on the headlights, the daytime running light system
offers greater durability and consumes less electricity, so it can help improve
fuel economy.
X Vehicles with LED headlights
● To make your vehicle more visible to other drivers during daytime driving,
the daytime running lights turn on automatically whenever the engine is
started and the parking brake is released with the headlight switch off or in
/ position. (Illuminate brighter than the parking lights.) Daytime run-
ning lights are not designed for use at night.
For the U.S.A.: Daytime running lights can be turned off by operating the
switch.
● Compared to turning on the headlights, the daytime running light system
offers greater durability and consumes less electricity, so it can help improve
fuel economy.
Turning on the high beam headlights
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 215 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
216
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
■ Headlight control sensor (if equipped)
■ Automatic light off system
When the headlights are on: The lights turn off 30 seconds after the engine
switch is turned to the “LOCK” position (vehicles without smart key system) or
off (vehicles with smart key system) and a door is opened and all of the doors
are closed. (The lights turn off immediately if on the key is pressed
while all the doors are locked.)
When only the tail lights are on: The lights turn off after the engine switch is
turned to the “LOCK” position (vehicles without smart key system) or off
(vehicles with smart key system) and the driver’s door is opened.
To turn the lights on again, turn the engine switch to the “ON” position (vehi-
cles without smart key system) or to IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with smart
key system), or turn the light switch off once, or turn the light switch to
once, then turn it to or to .
If any of the doors is kept open and the engine switch is in the “LOCK” posi-
tion (vehicles without smart key system) or off (vehicles with smart key sys-
tem), the lights automatically turn off after 20 minutes.
■ Light reminder buzzer
X Vehicles without smart key system
A buzzer sounds when the engine switch is turned to the “LOCK” position, the
key is removed and the driver’s door is opened while the lights are turned on.
X Vehicles with smart key system
A buzzer sounds when the engine switch is turned off and the driver’s door is
opened while the lights are turned on.
■ Customization
Settings (e.g. light sensor sensitivity) can be changed.
(Customizable features: →P. 700)
The sensor may not function properly if an
object is placed on the sensor, or anything
that blocks the sensor is affixed to the
windshield.
Doing so interferes with the sensor
detecting the level of ambient light and
may cause the automatic headlight sys-
tem to malfunction.
NOTICE
■ To prevent battery discharge
Do not leave the lights on longer than necessary when the engine is not
running.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 216 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
217
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
4
Driving
Automatic High Beam
∗
Push the lever away from you with
the headlight switch in the
position.
The Automatic High Beam indica-
tor will come on when the head-
lights are turned on automatically
to indicate that the system is
active.
∗: If equipped
The Automatic High Beam uses an in-vehicle camera sensor to
assess the brightness of streetlights, the lights of vehicles
ahead etc., and automatically turns the high beam on or off as
necessary.
WARNING
■ Limitations of the Automatic High Beam
Do not rely on the Automatic High Beam. Always drive safely, taking care to
observe your surroundings and turning the high beam on or off manually if
necessary.
■ To prevent incorrect operation of the Automatic High Beam system
Do not overload the vehicle.
Activating the Automatic High Beam system
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 217 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
218
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
■ Switching to low beam
Pull the lever to the original
position.
■ Switching to high beam
Turn the light switch to
position.
The Automatic High Beam indi-
cator will turn off and the high
beam indicator will turn on.
■ High beam automatic turning on or off conditions
● When all of the following conditions are fulfilled, the high beam will be auto-
matically turned on:
• Vehicle speed is above approximately 21 mph (34 km/h).
• The area ahead of the vehicle is dark.
• There are no vehicles ahead with headlights or tail lights turned on.
• There are few streetlights on the road ahead.
● If any of the following conditions are fulfilled, the high beam will be automat-
ically turned off:
• Vehicle speed drops below approximately 17 mph (27 km/h).
• The area ahead of the vehicle is not dark.
• Vehicles ahead have headlights or tail lights turned on.
• There are many streetlights on the road ahead.
Turning the high beam on/off manually
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 218 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
219
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
4
Driving
■ Camera sensor detection information
● The high beam may not be automatically turned off in the following situa-
tions:
• When oncoming vehicles suddenly appear from a curve
• When the vehicle is cut in front of by another vehicle
• When vehicles ahead are hidden from sight due to repeated curves, road
dividers or roadside trees
• When vehicles ahead appear from the faraway lane on wide road
• When vehicles ahead have no lights
● The high beam may be turned off if a vehicle ahead that is using fog lights
without using the headlights is detected.
● House lights, street lights, traffic signals, and illuminated billboards or signs
may cause the high beam to switch to the low beams, or the low beams to
remain on.
● The following factors may affect the amount of time taken to turn the high
beam on or off:
• The brightness of headlights, fog lights, and tail lights of vehicles ahead
• The movement and direction of vehicles ahead
• When a vehicle ahead only has operational lights on one side
• When a vehicle ahead is a two-wheeled vehicle
• The condition of the road (gradient, curve, condition of the road surface
etc.)
• The number of passengers and amount of luggage
● The high beam may be turned on or off when the driver does not expect it.
● Bicycles or similar objects may not be detected.
● In the situations shown below, the system may not be able to accurately
detect surrounding brightness levels. This may cause the low beams to
remain on or the high beams to cause problems for pedestrians, vehicles
ahead or other parties. In these cases, manually switch between the high
and low beams.
• In bad weather (rain, snow, fog, sandstorms etc.)
• The windshield is obscured by fog, mist, ice, dirt etc.
• The windshield is cracked or damaged.
• The camera sensor is deformed or dirty.
• The camera sensor temperature is extremely high.
• Surrounding brightness levels are equal to those of headlights, tail lights
or fog lights.
• Vehicles ahead have headlights that are either switched off, dirty, are
changing color, or are not aimed properly.
• When driving through an area of intermittently changing brightness and
darkness.
• When frequently and repeatedly driving ascending/descending roads, or
roads with rough, bumpy or uneven surfaces (such as stone-paved
roads, gravel tracks etc.).
• When frequently and repeatedly taking curves or driving on a winding
road.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 219 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
220
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
• There is a highly reflective object ahead of the vehicle, such as a sign or
a mirror.
• The back of a vehicle ahead is highly reflective, such as a container on a
truck.
• The vehicle’s headlights are damaged or dirty.
• The vehicle is listing or tilting, due to a flat tire, a trailer being towed etc.
• The high beam and low beam are repeatedly being switched between in
an abnormal manner.
• The driver believes that the high beam may be causing problems or dis-
tress to other drivers or pedestrians nearby.
■ Temporarily lowering sensor sensitivity
The sensitivity of the sensor can be temporarily lowered.
Turn the engine switch off while the following conditions are met.
• The headlight switch is in .
• The headlight switch lever is in high beam position.
Turn the engine switch to IGNITION ON mode.
Within 5 seconds after , repeat pulling the headlight switch lever to the
original position then pushing it to the high beam position quickly 9 times,
then leave the lever in high beam position.
Automatic High Beam (headlights) may turn on even the vehicle is stopped.
■ If a warning message of the Automatic High Beam is displayed
It may indicate a malfunction in the system. Contact your Toyota dealer.
■ Customization
The Automatic High Beam can be turned off.
(Customizable features: →P. 700)
1
2
3 2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 220 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
221
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
4
Driving
Fog light switch
∗
(U.S.A.) or (Canada)
Turns the fog lights off
Turns the fog lights on
■ Fog lights can be used when
The headlights are on in low beam.
∗: If equipped
The fog lights secure excellent visibility in difficult driving con-
ditions, such as in rain and fog.
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 221 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
222
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
Windshield wipers and washer
The wiper operation is selected by moving the lever as follows.
X For the U.S.A.
Intermittent operation
Low speed operation
High speed operation
Temporary operation
Operating the wiper lever
1
2
3
4
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 222 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
223
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
4
Driving
If equipped, wiper intervals can be adjusted when intermittent opera-
tion is selected.
Increases the intermittent wind-
shield wiper frequency
Decreases the intermittent
windshield wiper frequency
Washer/wiper dual operation
The wipers will automatically oper-
ate a couple of times after the
washer squirts.
X For Canada
Intermittent operation
Low speed operation
High speed operation
Temporary operation
5
6
7
1
2
3
4
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 223 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
224
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
If equipped, wiper intervals can be adjusted when intermittent opera-
tion is selected.
Increases the intermittent wind-
shield wiper frequency
Decreases the intermittent
windshield wiper frequency
Washer/wiper dual operation
The wipers will automatically oper-
ate a couple of times after the
washer squirts.
■ The windshield wipers and washer can be operated when
X Vehicles without smart key system
The engine switch is in the “ON” position.
X Vehicles with smart key system
The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode.
■ If no windshield washer fluid sprays
Check that the washer nozzles are not blocked if there is washer fluid in the
washer fluid reservoir.
5
6
7
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 224 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
225
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
4
Driving
WARNING
■ Caution regarding the use of washer fluid
When it is cold, do not use the washer fluid until the windshield becomes
warm. The fluid may freeze on the windshield and cause low visibility. This
may lead to an accident, resulting in death or serious injury.
NOTICE
■ When the windshield is dry
Do not use the wipers, as they may damage the windshield.
■ When the washer fluid tank is empty
Do not operate the switch continually as the washer fluid pump may over-
heat.
■ When a nozzle becomes blocked
In this case, contact your Toyota dealer.
Do not try to clear it with a pin or other object. The nozzle will be damaged.
■ To prevent battery discharge
Do not leave the wipers on longer than necessary when the engine is off.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 225 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
226
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
Rear window wiper and washer
Turning the end of the lever turns on the rear window wiper, and push-
ing the lever away from you turns on the rear window wiper and
washer.
X For the U.S.A.
Intermittent operation
Normal operation
Washer/wiper dual operation
1
2
3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 226 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
227
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
4
Driving
X For Canada
Intermittent operation
Normal operation
Washer/wiper dual operation
1
2
3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 227 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
228
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
■ The rear window wiper and washer can be operated when
X Vehicles without smart key system
The engine switch is in the “ON” position.
X Vehicles with smart key system
The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode.
■ If no washer fluid sprays
Check that the washer nozzle is not blocked if there is washer fluid in the
washer fluid reservoir.
NOTICE
■ When the rear window is dry
Do not use the wiper, as it may damage the rear window.
■ When the washer fluid tank is empty
Do not operate the switch continually as the washer fluid pump may over-
heat.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 228 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
229
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-4. Refueling
4
Driving
Opening the fuel tank cap
● Close all the doors and windows, and turn the engine switch to the
“LOCK” position (vehicles without smart key system) or off (vehicles
with smart key system).
● Confirm the type of fuel.
■ Fuel types
→P. 677
■ Fuel tank opening for unleaded gasoline
To help prevent incorrect fueling, your vehicle has a fuel tank opening that
only accommodates the special nozzle on unleaded fuel pumps.
Perform the following steps to open the fuel tank cap:
Before refueling the vehicle
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 229 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
230
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-4. Refueling
WARNING
■ When refueling the vehicle
Observe the following precautions while refueling the vehicle. Failure to do
so may result in death or serious injury.
● After exiting the vehicle and before opening the fuel door, touch an
unpainted metal surface to discharge any static electricity. It is important to
discharge static electricity before refueling because sparks resulting from
static electricity can cause fuel vapors to ignite while refueling.
● Always hold the grips on the fuel tank cap and turn it slowly to remove it.
A whooshing sound may be heard when the fuel tank cap is loosened.
Wait until the sound cannot be heard before fully removing the cap. In hot
weather, pressurized fuel may spray out the filler neck and cause injury.
● Do not allow anyone that has not discharged static electricity from their
body to come close to an open fuel tank.
● Do not inhale vaporized fuel.
Fuel contains substances that are harmful if inhaled.
● Do not smoke while refueling the vehicle.
Doing so may cause the fuel to ignite and cause a fire.
● Do not return to the vehicle or touch any person or object that is statically
charged.
This may cause static electricity to build up, resulting in a possible ignition
hazard.
■ When refueling
Observe the following precautions to prevent fuel overflowing from the fuel
tank:
● Securely insert the fuel nozzle into the fuel filler neck.
● Stop filling the tank after the fuel nozzle automatically clicks off.
● Do not top off the fuel tank.
NOTICE
■ Refueling
Do not spill fuel during refueling.
Doing so may damage the vehicle, such as causing the emission control
system to operate abnormally or damaging fuel system components or the
vehicle’s painted surface.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 230 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
231
4-4. Refueling
4
Driving
Pull up the opener to open the
fuel filler door.
Turn the fuel tank cap slowly to
remove it and hang it on the
back of the fuel filler door.
After refueling, turn the fuel tank
cap until you hear a click. Once
the cap is released, it will turn
slightly in the opposite direction.
Opening the fuel tank cap
1
2
Closing the fuel tank cap
WARNING
■ When replacing the fuel tank cap
Do not use anything but a genuine Toyota fuel tank cap designed for your
vehicle. Doing so may cause a fire or other incident which may result in
death or serious injury.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 231 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
232
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-5. Using the driving support systems
Toyota Safety Sense P
∗
◆ PCS (Pre-Collision System)
→P. 2 3 9
◆ LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control)
→P. 2 5 3
◆ Automatic High Beam
→P. 2 1 7
◆ Dynamic radar cruise control
→P. 2 6 1
∗: If equipped
The Toyota Safety Sense P consists of the following drive assist
systems and contributes to a safe and comfortable driving expe-
rience:
WARNING
■ Toyota Safety Sense P
The Toyota Safety Sense P is designed to operate under the assumption
that the driver will drive safely, and is designed to help reduce the impact to
the occupants and the vehicle in the case of a collision or assist the driver in
normal driving conditions.
As there is a limit to the degree of recognition accuracy and control perfor-
mance that this system can provide, do not overly rely on this system. The
driver is always responsible for paying attention to the vehicle’s surround-
ings and driving safely.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 232 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
233
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
The pre-collision system is equipped with a sophisticated computer
that will record certain data, such as:
• Accelerator status
• Brake status
• Vehicle speed
• Operation status of the pre-collision system functions
• Information (such as the distance and relative speed between your
vehicle and the vehicle ahead or other objects)
• Images from the camera sensor (available only when the pre-colli-
sion braking function or the pre-collision brake assist function was
operating)
• The pre-collision system does not record conversations, sounds or
images of the inside of the vehicle.
● Data usage
Toyota may use the data recorded in this computer to diagnose
malfunctions, conduct research and development, and improve
quality.
Toyota will not disclose the recorded data to a third party except:
• With the consent of the vehicle owner or with the consent of the
lessee if the vehicle is leased
• In response to an official request by the police, a court of law or a
government agency
• For use by Toyota in a lawsuit
• For research purposes where the data is not tied to a specific
vehicle or vehicle owner
● Recorded images can be erased using a specialized device. The
image recording function can be disabled. However, if the function
is disabled, data from when the pre-collision system operates will
not be available.
Vehicle data recording
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 233 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
234
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-5. Using the driving support systems
Two types of sensors, located behind the front grille and windshield,
detect information necessary to operate the drive assist systems.
Sensors
Radar sensor Camera sensor
1 2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 234 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
235
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
WARNING
■ To avoid malfunction of the radar sensor
Observe the following precautions.
Otherwise, the radar sensor may not operate properly, possibly leading to
an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
● Keep the radar sensor and front grille emblem clean at all times.
● Do not attach accessories, stickers (including transparent stickers) or
other items to the radar sensor, front grille emblem or surrounding area.
● Do not subject the radar sensor or surrounding area to a strong impact.
If the radar sensor, front grille, or front bumper has been subjected to a
strong impact, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
● Do not disassemble the radar sensor.
● Do not modify or paint the radar sensor, front grille emblem or surrounding
area.
● If the radar sensor, front grille, or front bumper needs to be removed and
installed, or replaced, contact your Toyota dealer.
Radar sensor
Front grille emblem
If the front of the radar sensor or the
front or back of the front grille emblem
is dirty or covered with water droplets,
snow, etc., clean it.
Clean the radar sensor and front grille
emblem with a soft cloth so you do not
mark or damage them.
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 235 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
236
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-5. Using the driving support systems
WARNING
■ To avoid malfunction of the camera sensor
Observe the following precautions.
Otherwise, the camera sensor may not operate properly, possibly leading to
an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
● Keep the windshield clean at all times.
• If the windshield is dirty or covered with an oily film, water droplets,
snow, etc., clear the windshield.
• If a glass coating agent is applied to the windshield, it will still be neces-
sary to use the windshield wipers to remove water droplets, etc. from
the area of the windshield in front of the camera sensor.
• If the inner side of the windshield where the camera sensor is installed
is dirty, contact your Toyota dealer.
● If the part of the windshield in front of the camera sensor is fogged up or
covered with condensation or ice, use the windshield defogger to remove
the fog, condensation or ice. (→P. 485, 493)
● If water droplets cannot be properly removed from the area of the wind-
shield in front of the camera sensor by the windshield wipers, replace the
wiper insert or wiper blade.
If the wiper inserts or wiper blades need to be replaced, contact your
Toyota dealer.
● Do not attach window tinting to the windshield.
● Replace the windshield if it is damaged or cracked.
If the windshield needs to be replaced, contact your Toyota dealer.
● Do not get the camera sensor wet.
● Do not allow bright lights to shine into the camera sensor.
● Do not dirty or damage the camera sensor.
When cleaning the inside of the windshield, do not allow glass cleaner to
contact the lens. Also, do not touch the lens. If the lens is dirty or dam-
aged, contact your Toyota dealer.
● Do not install an antenna or attach stick-
ers (including transparent stickers) or
other items to the area of the windshield
in front of the camera sensor (shaded
area in the illustration).
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 236 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
237
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
■ Certification
WARNING
● Do not subject the camera sensor to a strong impact.
● Do not change the installation position or direction of the camera sensor or
remove it.
● Do not disassemble the camera sensor.
● Do not install an electronic device or device that emits strong electric
waves near the camera sensor.
● Do not modify any components of the vehicle around the camera sensor
(inside rear view mirror, etc.) or ceiling.
● Do not attach any accessories that may obstruct the camera sensor to the
hood, front grille or front bumper. Contact your Toyota dealer for details.
● If a surfboard or other long object is to be mounted on the roof, make sure
that it will not obstruct the camera sensor.
● Do not modify the headlights or other lights.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 237 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
238
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-5. Using the driving support systems
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 238 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
239
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
PCS (Pre-Collision System)
∗
∗: If equipped
The pre-collision system uses a radar sensor and camera sen-
sor to detect vehicles and pedestrians
*
1
in front of your vehicle.
When the system determines that the possibility of a frontal col-
lision with a vehicle or pedestrian is high, a warning operates to
urge the driver to take evasive action and the potential brake
pressure is increased to help the driver avoid the collision. If the
system determines that the possibility of a frontal collision with
a vehicle or pedestrian is extremely high, the brakes are auto-
matically applied to help avoid the collision or help reduce the
impact of the collision.
The pre-collision system can be disabled/enabled and the warning
timing can be changed. (→P. 243)
*
1
: Depending on the region in which the vehicle was sold, the pedestrian
detection function may not be available. See the following table for
details.
Countries/areas Function availability Regions
U.S. mainland, Canada,
Hawaii,
The pedestrian detection
function is available
Region A
Guam, Saipan, Puerto Rico
The pedestrian detection
function is not available
Region B
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 239 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
240
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-5. Using the driving support systems
◆ Pre-collision warning
When the system determines
that the possibility of a frontal
collision is high, a buzzer will
sound and a warning message
will be displayed on the multi-
information display to urge the
driver to take evasive action.
◆ Pre-collision brake assist
When the system determines that the possibility of a frontal colli-
sion is high, the system applies greater braking force in relation to
how strongly the brake pedal is depressed.
◆ Pre-collision braking
When the system determines that the possibility of a frontal colli-
sion is high, the system warns the driver. If the system determines
that the possibility of a frontal collision is extremely high, the brakes
are automatically applied to help avoid the collision or reduce the
collision speed.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 240 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
241
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
WARNING
■ Limitations of the pre-collision system
● The driver is solely responsible for safe driving. Always drive safely, taking
care to observe your surroundings.
Do not use the pre-collision system instead of normal braking operations
under any circumstances. This system will not prevent collisions or lessen
collision damage or injury in every situation. Do not overly rely on this sys-
tem. Failure to do so may lead to an accident, resulting in death or serious
injury.
● Although this system is designed to help avoid a collision or help reduce
the impact of the collision, its effectiveness may change according to vari-
ous conditions, therefore the system may not always be able to achieve
the same level of performance.
Read the following conditions carefully. Do not overly rely on this system
and always drive carefully.
• Conditions under which the system may operate even if there is no pos-
sibility of a collision: →P. 247
• Conditions under which the system may not operate properly: →P. 249
● Do not attempt to test the operation of the pre-collision system yourself, as
the system may not operate properly, possibly leading to an accident.
■ Pre-collision braking
● When the pre-collision braking function is operating, a large amount of
braking force will be applied.
● If the vehicle is stopped by the operation of the pre-collision braking func-
tion, the pre-collision braking function operation will be canceled after
approximately 2 seconds. Depress the brake pedal as necessary.
● The pre-collision braking function may not operate if certain operations are
performed by the driver. If the accelerator pedal is being depressed
strongly or the steering wheel is being turned, the system may determine
that the driver is taking evasive action and possibly prevent the pre-colli-
sion braking function from operating.
● In some situations, while the pre-collision braking function is operating,
operation of the function may be canceled if the accelerator pedal is
depressed strongly or the steering wheel is turned and the system deter-
mines that the driver is taking evasive action.
● If the brake pedal is being depressed, the system may determine that the
driver is taking evasive action and possibly delay the operation timing of
the pre-collision braking function.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 241 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
242
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-5. Using the driving support systems
WARNING
■ When to disable the pre-collision system
In the following situations, disable the system, as it may not operate prop-
erly, possibly leading to an accident resulting in death or serious injury:
● When the vehicle is being towed
● When your vehicle is towing another vehicle
● When transporting the vehicle via truck, boat, train or similar means of
transportation
● When the vehicle is raised on a lift with the engine running and the tires
are allowed to rotate freely
● When inspecting the vehicle using a drum tester such as a chassis dyna-
mometer or speedometer tester, or when using an on vehicle wheel bal-
ancer
● When a strong impact is applied to the front bumper or front grille, due to
an accident or other reasons
● If the vehicle cannot be driven in a stable manner, such as when the vehi-
cle has been in an accident or is malfunctioning
● When the vehicle is driven in a sporty manner or off-road
● When the tires are not properly inflated
● When the tires are very worn
● When tires of a size other than specified are installed
● When tire chains are installed
● When a compact spare tire is used
● If equipment (snow plow, etc.) that may obstruct the radar sensor or cam-
era sensor is temporarily installed to the vehicle
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 242 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
243
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
■ Enabling/disabling the pre-collision system
Press or of the meter control switches and select
on the multi-information display.
Press or of the meter control switches and select ,
and then press .
Select and then press .
Each time is pressed, the system will be enabled/disabled.
The system is automatically enabled each time the engine switch is
turned to IGNITION ON mode.
If the system is disabled, the
PCS warning light will turn on
and a message will be dis-
played on the multi-information
display.
Changing settings of the pre-collision system
1
2
3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 243 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
244
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-5. Using the driving support systems
■ Changing the pre-collision warning timing
Press or of the meter control switches and select
on the multi-information display.
Press or of the meter control switches and select ,
and then press .
Select “Sensitivity” and then press .
Each time is pressed, the operation timing of the warning will be
changed.
The operation timing setting is retained when the engine switch is
turned off.
Far
The warning will begin to oper-
ate earlier than with the default
timing.
Middle
This is the default setting.
Near
The warning will begin to oper-
ate later than with the default
timing.
1
2
3
1
2
3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 244 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
245
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
■ Operational conditions
Availability of the pedestrian detection function and pre-collision braking func-
tion depend on the region in which the vehicle was sold. (For specific coun-
tries/areas: →P. 239)
Read the following for details:
X Region A
(The pedestrian detection function is available)
The pre-collision system is enabled and the system determines that the pos-
sibility of a frontal collision with a vehicle or pedestrian is high.
Each function is operational at the following speeds:
● Pre-collision warning:
• Vehicle speed is between approximately 7 and 110 mph (10 and 180 km/h).
(For detecting a pedestrian, vehicle speed is between approximately 7 and
50 mph [10 and 80 km/h].)
• The relative speed between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian
ahead is approximately 7 mph (10 km/h) or more.
● Pre-collision brake assist:
• Vehicle speed is between approximately 19 and 110 mph (30 and
180 km/h). (For detecting a pedestrian, vehicle speed is between approx-
imately 19 and 50 mph [30 and 80 km/h].)
• The relative speed between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian
ahead is approximately 19 mph (30 km/h) or more.
● Pre-collision braking:
• Vehicle speed is between approximately 7 and 110 mph (10 and 180 km/h).
(For detecting a pedestrian, vehicle speed is between approximately 7 and
50 mph [10 and 80 km/h].)
• The relative speed between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian
ahead is approximately 7 mph (10 km/h) or more.
The system may not operate in the following situations:
● If a battery terminal has been disconnected and reconnected and then the
vehicle has not been driven for a certain amount of time
● If the shift lever is in R
● If VSC is disabled (only the pre-collision warning function will be opera-
tional)
● If the PCS warning light is flashing or illuminated
sec_04-05.fm Page 245 Tuesday, June 21, 2016 1:54 PM
246
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-5. Using the driving support systems
X Region B
(The pedestrian detection function is not available)
The pre-collision system is enabled and the system determines that the pos-
sibility of a frontal collision with a vehicle is high.
Each function is operational at the following speeds:
● Pre-collision warning:
• Vehicle speed is between approximately 10 and 110 mph (15 and
180 km/h).
• The relative speed between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead is
approximately 7 mph (10 km/h) or more.
● Pre-collision brake assist:
• Vehicle speed is between approximately 19 and 110 mph (30 and
180 km/h).
• The relative speed between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead is
approximately 19 mph (30 km/h) or more.
● Pre-collision braking:
• Vehicle speed is between approximately 10 and 110 mph (15 and
180 km/h).
• The relative speed between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead is
approximately 7 mph (10 km/h) or more.
The system may not operate in the following situations:
● If a battery terminal has been disconnected and reconnected and then the
vehicle has not been driven for a certain amount of time
● If the shift lever is in R
● If VSC is disabled (only the pre-collision warning function will be opera-
tional)
● If the PCS warning light is flashing or illuminated
■ Pedestrian detection function
*
2
*
2
: For countries/areas specified as Region B (→P. 239), the pedestrian detec-
tion function may not be available.
The pre-collision system detects pedestri-
ans based on the size, profile, and motion
of a detected object. However, a pedes-
trian may not be detected depending on
the surrounding brightness and the
motion, posture, and angle of the
detected object, preventing the system
from operating properly. (→P. 251)
sec_04-05.fm Page 246 Tuesday, June 21, 2016 1:54 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
247
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
■ Cancelation of the pre-collision braking
If either of the following occur while the pre-collision braking function is oper-
ating, it will be canceled:
● The accelerator pedal is depressed strongly.
● The steering wheel is turned sharply or abruptly.
■ Conditions under which the system may operate even if there is no pos-
sibility of a collision
● In some situations such as the following, the system may determine that
there is a possibility of a frontal collision and operate.
• When passing a vehicle or pedestrian
*
2
• When changing lanes while overtaking a preceding vehicle
• When overtaking a preceding vehicle that is changing lanes
• When rapidly closing on a vehicle ahead
• If the front of the vehicle is raised or lowered, such as when the road sur-
face is uneven or undulating
• When approaching objects on the roadside, such as guardrails, utility
poles, trees, or walls
• When overtaking a preceding vehicle
that is making a left/right turn
• When passing a vehicle in an oncom-
ing lane that is stopped to make a
right/left turn
• When driving on a road where relative
location to vehicle ahead in an adja-
cent lane may change, such as on a
winding road
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 247 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
248
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-5. Using the driving support systems
• When driving on a narrow path surrounded by a structure, such as in a
tunnel or on an iron bridge
• When there is a metal object (manhole cover, steel plate, etc.), steps, or a
protrusion on the road surface or roadside
• When rapidly closing on an electric toll gate barrier, parking area barrier,
or other barrier that opens and closes
• When using an automatic car wash
• When there is a vehicle, pedes-
trian
*
2
, or object by the roadside at
the entrance of a curve
• When a crossing pedestrian
approaches very close to the vehi-
cle
*
2
• When passing through a place with a
low structure above the road (low ceil-
ing, traffic sign, etc.)
• When passing under an object (bill-
board, etc.) at the top of an uphill road
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 248 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
249
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
• When the vehicle is hit by water, snow, dust, etc. from a vehicle ahead
• When driving through steam or smoke
• When there are patterns or paint on the road or a wall that may be mis-
taken for a vehicle or pedestrian
*
2
• When driving near an object that reflects radio waves, such as a large
truck or guardrail
• When driving near a TV tower, broadcasting station, electric power plant,
or other location where strong radio waves or electrical noise may be
present
*
2
: For countries/areas specified as Region B (→P. 239), the pedestrian
detection function may not be available.
■ Situations in which the system may not operate properly
● In some situations such as the following, a vehicle may not be detected by
the radar sensor and camera sensor, preventing the system from operating
properly:
• If an oncoming vehicle is approaching your vehicle
• If a vehicle ahead is a motorcycle or bicycle
• When approaching the side or front of a vehicle
• If a preceding vehicle has a small rear end, such as an unloaded truck
• If a vehicle ahead is carrying a load which protrudes past its rear bumper
• If a vehicle ahead is irregularly shaped, such as a tractor or side car
• When driving through or under
objects that may contact the vehicle,
such as thick grass, tree branches, or
a banner
• If a preceding vehicle has a low rear
end, such as a low bed trailer
• If a vehicle ahead has extremely high
ground clearance
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 249 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
250
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-5. Using the driving support systems
• If the sun or other light is shining directly on a vehicle ahead
• If a vehicle cuts in front of your vehicle or emerges from beside a vehicle
• If a vehicle ahead makes an abrupt maneuver (such as sudden swerving,
acceleration or deceleration)
• When suddenly cutting behind a preceding vehicle
• When driving in inclement weather such as heavy rain, fog, snow or a
sandstorm
• When the vehicle is hit by water, snow, dust, etc. from a vehicle ahead
• When driving through steam or smoke
• When driving in a place where the surrounding brightness changes sud-
denly, such as at the entrance or exit of a tunnel
• When a very bright light, such as the sun or the headlights of oncoming
traffic, shines directly into the camera sensor
• When the surrounding area is dim, such as at dawn or dusk, or while at
night or in a tunnel
• After the engine has started the vehicle has not been driven for a certain
amount of time
• While making a left/right turn and for a few seconds after making a left/
right turn
• While driving on a curve and for a few seconds after driving on a curve
• If your vehicle is skidding
• If the wheels are misaligned
• If a wiper blade is blocking the camera sensor
• The vehicle is wobbling.
• The vehicle is being driven at extremely high speeds.
• When driving on a hill
• If the radar sensor or camera sensor is misaligned
• When a vehicle ahead is not directly
in front of your vehicle
• If the front of the vehicle is raised or
lowered
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 250 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
251
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
● In some situations such as the following, sufficient braking force may not be
obtained, preventing the system from performing properly:
• If the braking functions cannot operate to their full extent, such as when
the brake parts are extremely cold, extremely hot, or wet
• If the vehicle is not properly maintained (brakes or tires are excessively
worn, improper tire inflation pressure, etc.)
• When the vehicle is being driven on a gravel road or other slippery sur-
face
● Some pedestrians such as the following may not be detected by the radar
sensor and camera sensor, preventing the system from operating prop-
erly
*
2
:
• Pedestrians shorter than approximately 3.2 ft. (1 m) or taller than approx-
imately 6.5 ft. (2 m)
• Pedestrians wearing oversized clothing (a rain coat, long skirt, etc.), mak-
ing their silhouette obscure
• Pedestrians who are carrying large baggage, holding an umbrella, etc.,
hiding part of their body
• Pedestrians who are bending forward or squatting
• Pedestrians who are pushing a stroller, wheelchair, bicycle or other vehi-
cle
• Groups of pedestrians which are close together
• Pedestrians who are wearing white and look extremely bright
• Pedestrians in the dark, such as at night or while in a tunnel
• Pedestrians whose clothing appears to be nearly the same color or
brightness as their surroundings
• Pedestrians near walls, fences, guardrails, or large objects
• Pedestrians who are on a metal object (manhole cover, steel plate, etc.)
on the road
• Pedestrians who are walking fast
• Pedestrians who are changing speed abruptly
• Pedestrians running out from behind a vehicle or a large object
• Pedestrians who are extremely close to the side of the vehicle (outside
rear view mirror, etc.)
*
2
: For countries/areas specified as Region B (→P. 239), the pedestrian
detection function may not be available.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 251 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
252
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-5. Using the driving support systems
■ If the PCS warning light flashes and a warning message is displayed on
the multi-information display
The pre-collision system may be temporarily unavailable or there may be a
malfunction in the system.
● In the following situations, the warning light will turn off, the message will
disappear and the system will become operational when normal operating
conditions return:
• When the radar sensor or camera sensor or the area around either sen-
sor is hot, such as in the sun
• When the radar sensor or camera sensor or the area around either sen-
sor is cold, such as in an extremely cold environment
• When the radar sensor or front grille emblem is dirty or covered with
snow, etc.
• When the part of the windshield in front of the camera sensor is fogged up
or covered with condensation or ice (Defogging the windshield: →P. 485,
493)
• If the camera sensor is obstructed, such as when the hood is open or a
sticker is attached to the windshield near the camera sensor
● If the PCS warning light continues to flash or the warning message does not
disappear, the system may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle inspected
by your Toyota dealer immediately.
■ If VSC is disabled
● If VSC is disabled (→P. 310), the pre-collision brake assist and pre-collision
braking functions are also disabled.
● The PCS warning light will turn on and “VSC Turned Off Pre-Collision Brake
System Unavailable” will be displayed on the multi-information display.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 252 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
253
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering
control)
∗
When driving on highways and freeways with white (yellow) lines, this
function alerts the driver when the vehicle might depart from its lane
and provides assistance by operating the steering wheel to keep the
vehicle in its lane.
The LDA system recognizes visi-
ble white (yellow) lines with the
camera sensor on the upper por-
tion of the front windshield.
◆ Lane departure alert function
When the system determines
that the vehicle might depart
from its lane, a warning is dis-
played on the multi-information
display and the warning buzzer
sounds to alert the driver.
When the warning buzzer
sounds, check the surrounding
road situation and carefully
operate the steering wheel to
move the vehicle back to the
center of the lane.
∗: If equipped
Summary of functions
Functions included in LDA system
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 253 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
254
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-5. Using the driving support systems
◆ Steering control function
When the system determines
that the vehicle might depart
from its lane, the system pro-
vides assistance as necessary
by operating the steering wheel
in small amounts for a short
period of time to keep the vehi-
cle in its lane.
If the system detects that the
steering wheel has not been
operated for a fixed amount of
time or the steering wheel is not
being firmly gripped, a warning
is displayed on the multi-infor-
mation display and the warning
buzzer sounds.
◆ Vehicle sway warning
When the vehicle is swaying or
appears as if it may depart from
its lane multiple times, the
warning buzzer sounds and a
message is displayed on the
multi-information display to alert
the driver.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 254 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
255
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
WARNING
■ Before using LDA system
Do not rely solely upon the LDA system. The LDA system does not auto-
matically drive the vehicle or reduce the amount of attention that must be
paid to the area in front of the vehicle. The driver must always assume full
responsibility for driving safely by paying careful attention to the surround-
ing conditions and operating the steering wheel to correct the path of the
vehicle. Also, the driver must take adequate breaks when fatigued, such as
from driving for a long period of time.
Failure to perform appropriate driving operations and pay careful attention
may lead to an accident, resulting in death or serious injury.
■ To avoid operating LDA system by mistake
When not using the LDA system, use the LDA switch to turn the system off.
■ Situations unsuitable for LDA system
Do not use the LDA system in the following situations.
The system may not operate properly and lead to an accident, resulting in
death or serious injury.
● A spare tire, tire chains, etc. are equipped.
● When the tires have been excessively worn, or when the tire inflation pres-
sure is low.
● Tires which differ by structure, manufacturer, brand or tread pattern are
used.
● Objects or patterns that could be mistaken for white (yellow) lines are
present on the side of the road (guardrails, curbs, reflective poles, etc.).
● Vehicle is driven on a snow-covered road.
● White (yellow) lines are difficult to see due to rain, snow, fog, dust, etc.
● Asphalt repair marks, white (yellow) line marks, etc., are present due to
road repair.
● Vehicle is driven in a temporary lane or restricted lane due to construction
work.
● Vehicle is driven on a road surface which is slippery due to rainy weather,
fallen snow, freezing, etc.
● Vehicle is driven in traffic lanes other than on highways and freeways.
● Vehicle is driven in a construction zone.
● Vehicle is towing a trailer or another vehicle.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 255 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
256
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-5. Using the driving support systems
Press the LDA switch to turn the
LDA system on.
The LDA indicator illuminates and
a message is displayed on the
multi-information display.
Press the LDA switch again to turn
the LDA system off.
When the LDA system is turned on
or off, operation of the LDA system
continues in the same condition
the next time the engine is started.
WARNING
■ Preventing LDA system malfunctions and operations performed by
mistake
● Do not modify the headlights or place stickers, etc. on the surface of the
lights.
● Do not modify the suspension etc. If the suspension etc. needs to be
replaced, contact your Toyota dealer.
● Do not install or place anything on the hood or grille. Also, do not install a
grille guard (bull bars, kangaroo bar, etc.).
● If your windshield needs repairs, contact your Toyota dealer.
Turning LDA system on
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 256 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
257
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
LDA indicator
The illumination condition of the
indicator informs the driver of
the system operation status.
Illuminated in white:
LDA system is operating.
Illuminated in green:
Steering wheel assistance of the
steering control function is operat-
ing.
Flashing in orange:
Lane departure alert function is
operating.
Operation display of steering wheel operation support
Indicates that steering wheel assistance of the steering control
function is operating.
Lane departure alert function display
Displayed when the multi-information display is switched to the
driving assist system information screen.
Indications on multi-information display
1
2
3
X Inside of displayed white lines
is white
X Inside of displayed white lines
is black
Indicates that the system is recog-
nizing white (yellow) lines. When
the vehicle departs from its lane,
the white line displayed on the
side the vehicle departs from
flashes orange.
Indicates that the system is not
able to recognize white (yellow)
lines or is temporarily canceled.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 257 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
258
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-5. Using the driving support systems
■ Operation conditions of each function
● Lane departure alert function
This function operates when all of the following conditions are met.
• LDA is turned on.
• Vehicle speed is approximately 32 mph (50 km/h) or more.
• System recognizes white (yellow) lines.
• Width of traffic lane is approximately 9.8 ft. (3 m) or more.
• Turn signal lever is not operated.
• Vehicle is driven on a straight road or around a gentle curve with a radius
of more than approximately 492 ft. (150 m).
• No system malfunctions are detected. (→P. 626)
● Steering control function
This function operates when all of the following conditions are met in addi-
tion to the operation conditions for the lane departure alert function.
• Setting for “Steering Assist” in on the multi-information display is
set to “On”. (→P. 695)
• Vehicle is not accelerated or decelerated by a fixed amount or more.
• Steering wheel is not operated with a steering force level suitable for
changing lanes.
• ABS, VSC, TRAC and PCS are not operating.
• TRAC or VSC is not turned off.
● Vehicle sway warning
This function operates when all of the following conditions are met.
• Setting for “Sway Warning” in on the multi-information display is set
to “On”. (→P. 695)
• Vehicle speed is approximately 32 mph (50 km/h) or more.
• Width of traffic lane is approximately 9.8 ft. (3 m) or more.
• No system malfunctions are detected. (→P. 626)
■ Temporary cancellation of functions
When operation conditions are no longer met, a function may be temporarily
canceled. However, when the operation conditions are met again, operation
of the function is automatically restored. (→P. 258)
■ Steering control function
Depending on the vehicle speed, lane departure situation, road conditions,
etc., the driver may not feel the function is operating or the function may not
operate at all.
■ Lane departure alert function
The warning buzzer may be difficult to hear due to external noise, audio play-
back, etc.
■ Hands off steering wheel alert
When the system determines that the driver has removed his hands from the
steering wheel while the steering control function is operating, a warning
message is displayed on the multi-information display and the buzzer
sounds.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 258 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
259
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
■ White (yellow) lines are only on one side of road
The LDA system will not operate for the side on which white (yellow) lines
could not be recognized.
■ Conditions in which functions may not operate properly
In the following situations, the camera sensor may not detect white (yellow)
lines and various functions may not operate normally.
● There are shadows on the road that run parallel with, or cover, the white
(yellow) lines.
● The vehicle is driven in an area without white (yellow) lines, such as in front
of a tollgate or checkpoint, or at an intersection, etc.
● The white (yellow) lines are cracked, “Botts’ dots”, “Raised pavement
marker” or stones are present.
● The white (yellow) lines cannot be seen or are difficult to see due to sand,
etc.
● The vehicle is driven on a road surface that is wet due to rain, puddles, etc.
● The traffic lines are yellow (which may be more difficult to recognize than
lines that are white).
● The white (yellow) lines cross over a curb, etc.
● The vehicle is driven on a bright surface, such as concrete.
● The vehicle is driven on a surface that is bright due to reflected light, etc.
● The vehicle is driven in an area where the brightness changes suddenly,
such as at the entrances and exits of tunnels, etc.
● Light from the headlights of an oncoming vehicle, the sun, etc. enters the
camera.
● The vehicle is driven where the road diverges, merges, etc.
● The vehicle is driven on a slope.
● The vehicle is driven on a road which tilts left or right, or a winding road.
● The vehicle is driven on an unpaved or rough road.
● The vehicle is driven around a sharp curve.
● The traffic lane is excessively narrow or wide.
● The vehicle is extremely tilted due to carrying heavy luggage or having
improper tire pressure.
● The distance to the preceding vehicle is extremely short.
● The vehicle is moving up and down a large amount due to road conditions
during driving (poor roads or road seams).
● The headlight lenses are dirty and emit a faint amount of light at night, or the
beam axis has deviated.
● The vehicle is struck by a crosswind.
● The vehicle has just changed lanes or crossed an intersection.
● Snow tires, etc. are equipped.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 259 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
260
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-5. Using the driving support systems
■ Warning message
Warning messages are used to indicate a system malfunction or to inform the
driver of the need for caution while driving. (→P. 625)
■ Customization
The following settings can be changed.
For how to change settings, refer to P. 695.
Function Setting details
Lane departure alert function Adjust alert sensitivity
Steering control function Turn steering wheel assistance on and off
Vehicle sway warning function
Turn function on and off
Adjust alert sensitivity
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 260 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
261
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
Dynamic radar cruise control
∗
In vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode, the vehicle automatically
accelerates and decelerates to match the speed changes of the pre-
ceding vehicle even if the accelerator pedal is not depressed. In con-
stant speed control mode, the vehicle runs at a fixed speed.
Use the dynamic radar cruise control on freeways and highways.
● Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode (→P. 265)
● Constant speed control mode (→P. 269)
Indicators
Set speed
Display
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance but-
ton
Cruise control switch
∗: If equipped
Summary of functions
1
2
3
4
5
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 261 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
262
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-5. Using the driving support systems
WARNING
■ Before using dynamic radar cruise control
Driving safely is the sole responsibility of the driver. Do not rely solely on the
system, and drive safely by always paying careful attention to your sur-
roundings.
The dynamic radar cruise control provides driving assistance to reduce the
driver’s burden. However, there are limitations to the assistance provided.
Even when the system is functioning normally, the condition of the preced-
ing vehicle as detected by the system may differ from the condition
observed by the driver. Therefore, the driver must always remain alert,
assess the danger of each situation and drive safely. Relying on this system
or assuming the system ensures safety while driving can lead to an acci-
dent, resulting in death or serious injury.
■ Cautions regarding the driving assist systems
Observe the following precautions, as there are limitations to the assistance
provided by the system.
Failure to do so may cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
● Assisting the driver to measure following distance
The dynamic radar cruise control is only intended to help the driver in
determining the following distance between the driver’s own vehicle and a
designated vehicle traveling ahead. It is not a mechanism that allows care-
less or inattentive driving, and it is not a system that can assist the driver in
low-visibility conditions. It is still necessary for driver to pay close attention
to the vehicle’s surroundings.
● Assisting the driver to judge proper following distance
The dynamic radar cruise control determines whether the following dis-
tance between the driver’s own vehicle and a designated vehicle traveling
ahead is within a set range. It is not capable of making any other type of
judgement. Therefore, it is absolutely necessary for the driver to remain
vigilant and to determine whether or not there is a possibility of danger in
any given situation.
● Assisting the driver to operate the vehicle
The dynamic radar cruise control has limited capability to prevent or avoid
a collision with a vehicle traveling ahead. Therefore, if there is ever any
danger, the driver must take immediate and direct control of the vehicle
and act appropriately in order to ensure the safety of all involved.
■ To avoid inadvertent dynamic radar cruise control activation
Switch the dynamic radar cruise control off using the “ON-OFF” button
when not in use.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 262 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
263
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
WARNING
■ Situations unsuitable for dynamic radar cruise control
Do not use dynamic radar cruise control in any of the following situations.
Doing so may result in inappropriate speed control and could cause an acci-
dent resulting in death or serious injury.
● Roads where there are pedestrians, cyclists, etc.
● In heavy traffic
● On roads with sharp bends
● On winding roads
● On slippery roads, such as those covered with rain, ice or snow
● On steep downhills, or where there are sudden changes between sharp up
and down gradients
Vehicle speed may exceed the set speed when driving down a steep hill.
● At entrances to freeways and highways
● When weather conditions are bad enough that they may prevent the sen-
sors from detecting correctly (fog, snow, sandstorm, heavy rain, etc.)
● When there is rain, snow, etc. on the front surface of the radar sensor or
camera sensor
● In traffic conditions that require frequent repeated acceleration and decel-
eration
● When your vehicle is towing a trailer or during emergency towing
● When an approach warning buzzer is heard often
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 263 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
264
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-5. Using the driving support systems
This mode employs a radar sensor to detect the presence of vehicles
up to approximately 328 ft. (100 m) ahead, determines the current
vehicle-to-vehicle following distance, and operates to maintain a suit-
able following distance from the vehicle ahead.
Note that vehicle-to-vehicle distance will close in when traveling on
long downhill slopes.
Example of constant speed cruising
When there are no vehicles ahead
The vehicle travels at the speed set by the driver. The desired vehicle-to-
vehicle distance can also be set by operating the vehicle-to-vehicle dis-
tance button.
Example of deceleration cruising and follow-up cruising
When a preceding vehicle driving slower than the set speed
appears
When a vehicle is detected running ahead of you, the system automatically
decelerates your vehicle. When a greater reduction in vehicle speed is
necessary, the system applies the brakes (the stop lights will come on at
this time). The system will respond to changes in the speed of the vehicle
ahead in order to maintain the vehicle-to-vehicle distance set by the driver.
Approach warning warns you when the system cannot decelerate suffi-
ciently to prevent your vehicle from closing in on the vehicle ahead.
Example of acceleration
When there are no longer any preceding vehicles driving slower
than the set speed
The system accelerates until the set speed is reached. The system then
returns to constant speed cruising.
Driving in vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode
1
2
3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 264 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
265
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
Press the “ON-OFF” button to
activate the cruise control.
Radar cruise control indicator will
come on and a message will be
displayed on the multi-information
display.
Press the button again to deacti-
vate the cruise control.
If the “ON-OFF” button is pressed
and held for 1.5 seconds or more,
the system turns on in constant
speed control mode. (→P. 269)
Accelerate or decelerate, with
accelerator pedal operation, to
the desired vehicle speed
(above approximately 30 mph
[50 km/h]) and push the lever
down to set the speed.
Cruise control “SET” indicator
will come on.
The vehicle speed at the moment the lever is released becomes the set
speed.
Setting the vehicle speed (vehicle-to-vehicle distance control
mode)
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 265 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
266
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-5. Using the driving support systems
To change the set speed, operate the lever until the desired set speed
is displayed.
Increases the speed
Decreases the speed
Fine adjustment: Momentarily
move the lever in the desired
direction.
Large adjustment: Hold the lever
up or down to change the speed,
and release when the desired
speed is reached.
In the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode, the set speed will be
increased or decreased as follows:
X For the U.S. mainland, Hawaii and NATO Germany
Fine adjustment: By 1 mph (1.6 km/h)
*
1
or 1 km/h (0.6 mph)*
2
each time
the lever is operated
Large adjustment: Increases or decreases in 1 mph (1.6 km/h)
*
1
or 1 km/h
(0.6 mph)
*
2
increments for as long as the lever is held
X For Canada, Guam, Saipan and Puerto Rico
Fine adjustment: By 1 mph (1.6 km/h)
*
1
or 1 km/h (0.6 mph)*
2
each time
the lever is operated
Large adjustment: Increases or decreases in 5 mph (8 km/h)
*
1
or 5 km/h
(3.1 mph)
*
2
increments for as long as the lever is held
In the constant speed control mode (→P. 269), the set speed will be
increased or decreased as follows:
Fine adjustment: By 1 mph (1.6 km/h)*
1
or 1 km/h (0.6 mph)*
2
each time
the lever is operated
Large adjustment: The speed will continue to change while the lever is
held.
*
1
: When the set speed is shown in “MPH”
*
2
: When the set speed is shown in “km/h”
Adjusting the set speed
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 266 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
267
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
Pressing the button changes the
vehicle-to-vehicle distance as fol-
lows:
Long
Medium
Short
The vehicle-to-vehicle distance is
set automatically to long mode
when the engine switch is turned to
IGNITION ON mode.
If a vehicle is running ahead of you, the preceding vehicle mark will be also
displayed.
Select a distance from the table below. Note that the distances shown
correspond to a vehicle speed of 50 mph (80 km/h). Vehicle-to-vehicle
distance increases/decreases in accordance with vehicle speed.
Changing the vehicle-to-vehicle distance (vehicle-to-vehicle dis-
tance control mode)
Preceding
vehicle mark
1
2
3
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance settings (vehicle-to-vehicle distance
control mode)
Distance options Vehicle-to-vehicle distance
Long Approximately 160 ft. (50 m)
Medium Approximately 130 ft. (40 m)
Short Approximately 100 ft. (30 m)
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 267 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
268
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-5. Using the driving support systems
Pulling the lever toward you
cancels the speed control.
The speed control is also canceled
when the brake pedal is
depressed.
Pushing the lever up resumes
the cruise control and returns
vehicle speed to the set speed.
However, cruise control does not
resume when the vehicle speed is
approximately 25 mph (40 km/h) or
less.
When your vehicle is too close to
a vehicle ahead, and sufficient
automatic deceleration via the
cruise control is not possible, the
display will flash and the buzzer
will sound to alert the driver. An
example of this would be if
another driver cuts in front of you
while you are following a vehicle.
Depress the brake pedal to
ensure an appropriate vehicle-to-
vehicle distance.
■ Warnings may not occur when
In the following instances, warnings may not occur even when the
vehicle-to-vehicle distance is small.
● When the speed of the preceding vehicle matches or exceeds
your vehicle speed
● When the preceding vehicle is traveling at an extremely slow
speed
● Immediately after the cruise control speed was set
● When depressing the accelerator pedal
Canceling and resuming the speed control
1
2
Approach warning (vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode)
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 268 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
269
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
When constant speed control mode is selected, your vehicle will main-
tain a set speed without controlling the vehicle-to-vehicle distance.
Select this mode only when vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode
does not function correctly due to a dirty radar sensor, etc.
With the cruise control off,
press and hold the “ON-OFF”
button for 1.5 seconds or more.
Immediately after the “ON-OFF”
button is pressed, the radar cruise
control indicator will come on.
Afterwards, it switches to the cruise
control indicator.
Switching to constant speed con-
trol mode is only possible when
operating the lever with the cruise
control off.
Accelerate or decelerate, with
accelerator pedal operation, to
the desired vehicle speed
(above approximately 30 mph
[50 km/h]) and push the lever
down to set the speed.
Cruise control “SET” indicator
will come on.
The vehicle speed at the moment the lever is released becomes the set
speed.
Adjusting the speed setting: →P. 266
Canceling and resuming the speed setting: →P. 268
Selecting constant speed control mode
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 269 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
270
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-5. Using the driving support systems
■ Dynamic radar cruise control can be set when
● The shift lever is in D or range 4 or higher of S has been selected.
● Range 4 or higher of D has been selected by using the paddle shift switch.
(Vehicles with paddle shift switches)
● Vehicle speed is above approximately 30 mph (50 km/h).
■ Accelerating after setting the vehicle speed
The vehicle can be accelerated normally. After acceleration, the set speed
resumes. However, during vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode, the vehi-
cle speed may decrease below the set speed in order to maintain the dis-
tance to the preceding vehicle.
■ Automatic cancelation of vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode is automatically canceled in the fol-
lowing situations:
● Actual vehicle speed falls below approximately 25 mph (40 km/h).
● VSC is activated.
● TRAC is activated for a period of time.
● When the VSC or TRAC system is turned off.
● The sensor cannot detect correctly because it is covered in some way.
● Pre-collision braking is activated.
If vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode is automatically canceled for any
other reason, there may be a malfunction in the system. Contact your Toyota
dealer.
■ Automatic cancelation of constant speed control mode
Constant speed control mode is automatically canceled in the following situa-
tions:
● Actual vehicle speed is more than approximately 10 mph (16 km/h) below
the set vehicle speed.
● Actual vehicle speed falls below approximately 25 mph (40 km/h).
● VSC is activated.
● TRAC is activated for a period of time.
● When the VSC or TRAC system is turned off.
● Pre-collision braking is activated.
If constant speed control mode is automatically canceled for any other rea-
son, there may be a malfunction in the system. Contact your Toyota dealer.
■ Warning messages and buzzers for dynamic radar cruise control
Warning messages and buzzers are used to indicate a system malfunction or
to inform the driver of the need for caution while driving.
If a warning message is shown on the multi-information display, read the
message and follow the instructions.
sec_04-05.fm Page 270 Tuesday, June 21, 2016 1:55 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
271
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
■ When the sensor may not be correctly detecting the vehicle ahead
In the case of the following and depending on the conditions, operate the
brake pedal when deceleration of the system is insufficient or operate the
accelerator pedal when acceleration is required.
As the sensor may not be able to correctly detect these types of vehicles, the
approach warning (→P. 268) may not be activated.
● Vehicles that cut in suddenly
● Vehicles traveling at low speeds
● Vehicles that are not moving in the same lane
● Vehicles with small rear ends (trailers with no load on board etc.)
● Motorcycles traveling in the same lane
● When water or snow thrown up by the surrounding vehicles hinders the
detecting of the sensor
● When your vehicle is pointing upwards
(caused by a heavy load in the luggage
compartment, etc.)
● Preceding vehicle has an extremely high
ground clearance
sec_04-05.fm Page 271 Tuesday, June 21, 2016 1:55 PM
272
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-5. Using the driving support systems
■ Conditions under which the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode
may not function correctly
In the case of the following conditions, operate the brake pedal (or accelera-
tor pedal, depending on the situation) as necessary.
As the sensor may not be able to correctly detect vehicles ahead, the system
may not operate properly.
● When the vehicle ahead of you decelerates suddenly
● When the road curves or when the lanes
are narrow
● When steering wheel operation or your
position in the lane is unstable
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 272 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
273
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
Cruise control
∗
Use the cruise control to maintain a set speed without depressing the
accelerator pedal.
Indicators
Indicators and set speed
Cruise control switch
Press the “ON-OFF” button to
activate the cruise control.
Cruise control indicator will be dis-
played on the multi-information dis-
play.
Press the button again to deacti-
vate the cruise control.
Accelerate or decelerate the
vehicle to the desired speed
(above approximately 25 mph
[40 km/h]), and push the lever
down to set the speed.
Cruise control “SET” indicator and
set speed will be displayed on the
multi-information display.
The vehicle speed at the moment
the lever is released becomes the
set speed.
∗: If equipped
Summary of functions
1
2
3
Setting the vehicle speed
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 273 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
274
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-5. Using the driving support systems
To change the set speed, operate the lever until the desired set speed
is obtained.
Increases the speed
Decreases the speed
Fine adjustment: Momentarily
move the lever in the desired direc-
tion.
Large adjustment: Hold the lever in
the desired direction.
The set speed will be increased or
decreased as follows:
Fine adjustment: By 1 mph (1.6 km/h)
*
1
or 1 km/h (0.6 mph)*
2
each time
the lever is operated.
Large adjustment: The set speed can be increased or decreased continu-
ally until the lever is released.
*
1
: When the set speed is shown in “MPH”
*
2
: When the set speed is shown in “km/h”
Pulling the lever toward you
cancels the constant speed
control.
The speed setting is also canceled
when the brakes are applied.
Pushing the lever up resumes
the constant speed control.
Resuming is available when the
vehicle speed is more than approx-
imately 25 mph (40 km/h).
Adjusting the set speed
1
2
Canceling and resuming the constant speed control
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 274 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
275
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
■ Cruise control can be set when
● The shift lever is in D or range 4 or higher of S has been selected.
● Range 4 or higher of D has been selected by using the paddle shift. (Vehi-
cles with paddle shift switch)
● Vehicle speed is above approximately 25 mph (40 km/h).
■ Accelerating after setting the vehicle speed
● The vehicle can be accelerated normally. After acceleration, the set speed
resumes.
● Even without canceling the cruise control, the set speed can be increased
by first accelerating the vehicle to the desired speed and then pushing the
lever down to set the new speed.
■ Automatic cruise control cancelation
Cruise control will stop maintaining the vehicle speed in any of the following
situations.
● Actual vehicle speed falls more than approximately 10 mph (16 km/h) below
the preset vehicle speed.
At this time, the memorized set speed is not retained.
● Actual vehicle speed is below approximately 25 mph (40 km/h).
● VSC is activated.
● TRAC is activated for a period of time.
● When the VSC or TRAC system is turned off.
■ If the warning message for the cruise control is shown on the multi-
information display
Press the “ON-OFF” button once to deactivate the system, and then press
the button again to reactivate the system.
If the cruise control speed cannot be set or if the cruise control cancels imme-
diately after being activated, there may be a malfunction in the cruise control
system. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 275 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
276
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-5. Using the driving support systems
WARNING
■ To avoid operating the cruise control by mistake
Switch the cruise control off using the “ON-OFF” button when not in use.
■ Situations unsuitable for cruise control
Do not use cruise control in any of the following situations.
Doing so may result in loss of control and could cause an accident resulting
in death or serious injury.
● In heavy traffic
● On roads with sharp bends
● On winding roads
● On slippery roads, such as those covered with rain, ice or snow
● On steep hills
Vehicle speed may exceed the set speed when driving down a steep hill.
● When your vehicle is towing a trailer or during emergency towing
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 276 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
277
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
Intuitive parking assist
∗
Front corner sensors (if
equipped)
Front center sensors (if
equipped)
Rear corner sensors
Rear center sensors
X 4 sensor type
Press the switch.
When on, the indicator light comes
on to inform the driver that the sys-
tem is operational.
∗: If equipped
The distance from your vehicle to nearby obstacles when paral-
lel parking or maneuvering into a garage is measured by the
sensors and communicated via the indicator or displays, and a
buzzer. Always check the surrounding area when using this sys-
tem.
Types of sensors
1
2
3
4
Turning intuitive parking assist on/off
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 277 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
278
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-5. Using the driving support systems
X 8 sensor type
Press or of the meter control switches and select on
the multi-information display.
Press or of the meter control switches and select ,
and then press .
The will be displayed to inform the driver that the system is opera-
tional.
When the sensors detect an obstacle, the following indicator or dis-
plays inform the driver of the position and distance to the obstacle.
X Intuitive parking assist indicator (4 sensor type)
Vehicle indicator
Rear corner indicator
Rear center indicator
X Multi-information display (8 sensor type)
Front corner sensor operation
Front center sensor operation
Rear corner sensor operation
Rear center sensor operation
Display
1
2
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 278 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
279
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
X Navigation system or multimedia system screen (if equipped)
Intuitive parking assist display
When the rear view monitor
system
* or Toyota parking
assist monitor
* or panoramic
view monitor
* is not displayed.
A graphic is automatically dis-
played when an obstacle is
detected. The screen can be set so
that the graphic is not displayed.
(→P. 282)
: Select to mute the buzzer
sounds.
Insert display
When the rear view monitor
system
* or Toyota parking
assist monitor
* is displayed:
A simplified image is displayed
on the upper corner of the
screen when an obstacle is
detected.
When the panoramic view monitor
* is displayed:
The position and distance is displayed on the panoramic view mon-
itor screen when an obstacle is detected.
*: If equipped
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 279 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
280
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-5. Using the driving support systems
■ Distance display
Sensors that detect an obstacle will illuminate continuously or blink.
Sensor detection display, obstacle distance
Indicator*
1
Display*
2
Insert
display
Approximate distance to obstacle
Front corner
sensor / front
center sensor
Rear corner sen-
sor / rear center
sensor
*
1
(blinking
slowly)
(continu-
ous)
(blinking
slowly)
Front center
sensor:
3.3 ft. (100 cm)
to 1.6 ft. (50 cm)
Rear center
sensor:
4.9 ft. (150 cm)
to 2.0 ft. (60 cm)
(blinking) (continu-
ous)
(blinking)
1.6 ft. (50 cm) to
1.3 ft. (40 cm)
Rear corner
sensor:
1.8 ft. (55 cm) to
1.3 ft. (40 cm)
Rear center
sensor:
2.0 ft. (60 cm) to
1.5 ft. (45 cm)
(blinking
rapidly)
(continu-
ous)
(blinking
rapidly)
1.3 ft. (40 cm) to
1.0 ft. (30 cm)
Rear corner
sensor:
1.3 ft. (40 cm) to
1.0 ft. (30 cm)
Rear center
sensor:
1.5 ft. (45 cm) to
1.1 ft. (35 cm)
(continu-
ous)
(blinking*
3
or continu-
ous
*
4
)
(continu-
ous)
Less than
1.0 ft. (30 cm)
Rear corner
sensor:
Less than
1.0 ft. (30 cm)
Rear center
sensor:
Less than
1.1 ft. (35 cm)
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 280 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
281
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
*
1
: 4 sensor type
*
2
: The images may differ from that shown in the illustrations. (→P. 278)
*
3
: Multi-information display
*
4
: Navigation system or multimedia system screen
■
Buzzer operation and distance to an obstacle
A buzzer sounds when the sensors are operating.
● The buzzer sounds faster as the vehicle approaches an obstacle.
When the vehicle comes within the following distance of the
obstacle, the buzzer sounds continuously.
• Front corner sensors: Approximately 1.0 ft. (30 cm)
• Front center sensors: Approximately 1.0 ft. (30 cm)
• Rear corner sensors: Approximately 1.0 ft. (30 cm)
• Rear center sensors: Approximately 1.1 ft. (35 cm)
● When 2 or more obstacles are detected simultaneously, the
buzzer system responds to the nearest obstacle. If one or both
come within the above distances, the beep will repeat a long
tone, followed by fast beeps.
Approximately 3.3 ft. (100 cm)
Approximately 4.9 ft. (150 cm)
Approximately 1.8 ft. (55 cm)
Approximately 1.6 ft. (50 cm)
The diagram shows the detection
range of the sensors. Note that the
sensors may not be able to detect
obstacles that are extremely close
to the vehicle.
The range of the sensors may
change depending on the shape of
the object etc.
*: If equipped
Detection range of the sensors
1
2
3
4
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 281 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
282
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-5. Using the driving support systems
You can change the buzzer sound volume and the screen operating
conditions.
X Vehicles with Entune Audio
Press the “SETUP” button.
Select “Vehicle” on the screen.
Select “TOYOTA Park Assist Settings” on the screen.
Select the desired item.
X Vehicles with Entune Audio Plus or Entune Premium Audio with
Navigation
Press the “APPS” button.
Select “Setup” on the screen.
Select “Vehicle” on the screen.
Select “TOYOTA Park Assist Settings” on the screen.
Select the desired item.
● The buzzer sound volume can be adjusted.
● On or off can be selected for intuitive parking assist display.
● Front or rear center sensors display and tone indication can be set.
■ The intuitive parking assist can be operated when
● Front corner sensors:
• The engine switch is in the “ON” position (vehicles without smart key sys-
tem) or the engine switch is turned to IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with
smart key system).
• The shift lever is in a position other than P.
• The vehicle speed is less than approximately 6 mph (10 km/h).
● Front center sensors:
• The engine switch is in the “ON” position (vehicles without smart key sys-
tem) or the engine switch is turned to IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with
smart key system).
• The shift lever is in a position other than P or R.
• The vehicle speed is less than about 6 mph (10 km/h).
● Rear corner and rear center sensors:
• The engine switch is in the “ON” position (vehicles without smart key sys-
tem) or the engine switch is turned to IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with
smart key system).
• The shift lever is in R.
Setting up intuitive parking assist (8 sensor type)
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
5
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 282 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
283
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
■ Intuitive parking assist display
When an obstacle is detected while the Toyota parking assist monitor is in
use, the warning indicator will appear in the top right or left of the screen even
if the display setting has been set to off.
■ Sensor detection information
● The sensor’s detection areas are limited to the areas around the vehicle’s
bumper.
● Certain vehicle conditions and the surrounding environment may affect the
ability of a sensor to correctly detect an obstacle. Particular instances where
this may occur are listed below.
• There is dirt, snow or ice on the sensor. (Wiping the sensors will resolve
this problem.)
• The sensor is frozen. (Thawing the area will resolve this problem.)
In especially cold weather, if a sensor is frozen the screen may show an
abnormal display, or obstacles may not be detected.
• The sensor is covered in any way.
• The vehicle is leaning considerably to one side.
• On an extremely bumpy road, on an incline, on gravel, or on grass.
• The vicinity of the vehicle is noisy due to vehicle horns, motorcycle
engines, air brakes of large vehicles, or other loud noises producing ultra-
sonic waves.
• There is another vehicle equipped with parking assist sensors in the
vicinity.
• The sensor is coated with a sheet of spray or heavy rain.
• The vehicle is equipped with a fender pole or wireless antenna.
• Towing eyelets are installed.
• The bumper or sensor receives a strong impact.
• The vehicle is approaching a tall or curved curb.
• In harsh sunlight or intense cold weather.
• The area directly under the bumpers is not detected.
• If obstacles draw too close to the sensor.
• A non-genuine Toyota suspension (lowered suspension etc.) is installed.
• People may not be detected if they are wearing certain types of clothing.
In addition to the examples above, there are instances in which, because of
their shape, signs and other objects may be judged by a sensor to be closer
than they are.
● The shape of the obstacle may prevent a sensor from detecting it. Pay par-
ticular attention to the following obstacles:
• Wires, fences, ropes, etc.
• Cotton, snow and other materials that absorb sound waves
• Sharply-angled objects
• Low obstacles
• Tall obstacles with upper sections projecting outwards in the direction of
your vehicle
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 283 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
284
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-5. Using the driving support systems
● The following situations may occur during use:
• Depending on the shape of the obstacle and other factors, the detection
distance may shorten, or detection may be impossible.
• Obstacles may not be detected if they are too close to the sensor.
• There will be a short delay between obstacle detection and indicator.
Even at slow speeds, there is a possibility that the obstacle will come
within the sensor’s detection areas before the indicator comes on and the
warning beep sounds.
• Thin posts or objects lower than the sensor may not be detected when
approached, even if they have been detected once.
• It might be difficult to hear beeps due to the volume of audio system or air
flow noise of the air conditioning system.
■ When the system malfunctions
X 4 sensor type
● If the vehicle indicator remains on while the rear corner and rear center indi-
cators flash and the malfunction beep sounds for approximately 7 seconds,
have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
● If the vehicle indicator and the rear corner and rear center indicators flash
and the malfunction beep sounds for approximately 7 seconds, clean the
sensors with soft cloth.
X 8 sensor type
A message is displayed on the multi-information display: →P. 627
■ Customization
Setting of buzzer volume can be changed.
(Customizable features
→P. 700)
■ Certification (Canada only)
This ISM device complies with Canadian ICES-001.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 284 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
285
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
WARNING
■ When using intuitive parking assist
Observe the following precautions.
Failing to do so may result in the vehicle being unable to be driven safely
and possibly cause an accident.
● Do not use the sensor at speeds in excess of 6 mph (10 km/h).
● The sensors’ detection areas and reaction times are limited. When mov-
ing, check the areas surrounding the vehicle (especially the sides of the
vehicle) for safety, and drive slowly, using the brake to control the vehicle’s
speed.
● Do not install accessories within the sensors’ detection areas.
NOTICE
■ When using intuitive parking assist
In the following situations, the system may not function correctly due to a
sensor malfunction etc. Have the vehicle checked by your Toyota dealer.
● If the area around a sensor collides with something, or is subjected to
strong impact.
● If the bumper collides with something.
X 4 sensor type
● The rear corner and center indicators flash, and a beep sounds when no
obstacles are detected.
● If the rear corner and center indicators show continuously without a beep.
● If a indicator error occurs, first check the sensor.
If the error occurs even when there is no ice, snow or mud on the sensor, it
is likely that the sensor is malfunctioning.
X 8 sensor type
● The intuitive parking assist operation display flashes, and a beep sounds
when no obstacles are detected.
● If the display shows continuously without a beep.
● If a display error occurs, first check the sensor.
If the error occurs even when there is no ice, snow or mud on the sensor, it
is likely that the sensor is malfunctioning.
■ Notes when washing the vehicle
Do not apply intensive bursts of water or steam to the sensor area.
Doing so may result in the sensor malfunctioning.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 285 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
286
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-5. Using the driving support systems
Rear view monitor system
∗
The rear view monitor system will
activate when the shift lever is in
R.
If you move the lever out of R, the
rear view monitor system will be
deactivated.
When the shift lever is shifted to
the R position and any mode but-
ton (such as “MENU”/“APPS”) is
pressed, the rear view monitor sys-
tem is canceled, and the screen is
switched to the mode of the button
that was pressed.
∗: If equipped
The rear view monitor system assists the driver by displaying an
image of the view behind the vehicle and fixation guide lines
while backing up, for example while parking.
The screen illustrations used in this text are intended as examples,
and may differ from the image that is actually displayed on the
screen.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 286 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
287
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
■ Screen description
X Vehicles without smart key system
The rear view monitor system screen will be displayed if the shift
lever is shifted to R while the engine switch is in the “ON” position.
X Vehicles with smart key system
The rear view monitor system screen will be displayed if the shift
lever is shifted to R while the engine switch is in IGNITION ON
mode.
Vehicle width guide line
The line indicates a guide path when the vehicle is being backed straight
up.
The displayed width is wider than the actual vehicle width.
Vehicle center guide line
The line indicates the estimated vehicle center on the ground.
Distance guide line
The line shows distance behind the vehicle, a point approximately 1.5 ft.
(0.5 m) (red) from the edge of the bumper.
Distance guide line
The line shows distance behind the vehicle, a point approximately 3 ft.
(1 m) (blue) from the edge of the bumper.
Using the rear view monitor system
1
2
3
4
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 287 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
288
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-5. Using the driving support systems
■ Area displayed on screen
The rear view monitor system
displays an image of the view
from the bumper of the rear
area of the vehicle.
The image on the rear view
monitor system can be
adjusted: refer to P. 400.
• The area displayed on the
screen may vary according to
vehicle orientation conditions.
• Objects which are close to either
corner of the bumper or under
the bumper cannot be dis-
played.
• The camera uses a special lens.
The distance of the image that
appears on the screen differs
from the actual distance.
• Items which are located higher
than the camera may not be dis-
played on the monitor.
• If your vehicle is equipped with a backlit license plate, it may interfere
with the display.
Rear view monitor system precautions
Corners of bumper
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 288 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
289
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
■ Rear view monitor system camera
The camera for the rear view
monitor system is located
above the license plate.
● Using the camera
If dirt or foreign matter (such as water droplets, snow, mud etc.)
is adhering to the camera, it cannot transmit a clear image. In
this case, flush it with a large quantity of water and wipe the cam-
era lens clean with a soft and wet cloth.
■ Differences between the screen and the actual road
The distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines may not
actually be parallel with the dividing lines of the parking space, even
when they appear to be so. Be sure to check visually.
The distances between the vehicle width guide lines and the left
and right dividing lines of the parking space may not be equal, even
when they appear to be so. Be sure to check visually.
The distance guide lines give a distance guide for flat road sur-
faces. In any of the following situations, there is a margin of error
between the fixation guide lines on the screen and the actual dis-
tance/course on the road.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 289 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
290
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-5. Using the driving support systems
● When the ground behind the vehicle slopes up sharply
The distance guide lines will
appear to be closer to the
vehicle than the actual dis-
tance. Because of this,
objects will appear to be far-
ther away than they actually
are. In the same way, there
will be a margin of error
between the guide lines and
the actual distance/course on
the road.
● When the ground behind the vehicle slopes down sharply
The distance guide lines will
appear to be further from the
vehicle than the actual dis-
tance. Because of this,
objects will appear to be
closer than they actually are.
In the same way, there will be
a margin of error between
the guide lines and the actual
distance/course on the road.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 290 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
291
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
● When any part of the vehicle sags
When any part of the vehicle
sags due to the number of
passengers or the distribu-
tion of the load, there is a
margin of error between the
fixation guide lines on the
screen and the actual dis-
tance/course on the road.
■ When approaching three-dimensional objects
The distance guide lines are displayed according to flat surfaced
objects (such as the road). It is not possible to determine the posi-
tion of three-dimensional objects (such as vehicles) using the dis-
tance guide lines. When approaching a three-dimensional object
that extends outward (such as the flatbed of a truck), be careful of
the following.
● Vehicle width guide lines
Visually check the surround-
ings and the area behind the
vehicle. In the case shown in
the illustration, the truck
appears to be outside of the
vehicle width guide lines and
the vehicle does not look as if
it hits the truck. However, the
rear body of the truck may
actually cross over the vehi-
cle width guide lines. In real-
ity if you back up as guided
by the vehicle width guide
lines, the vehicle may hit the
truck.
A margin of error
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 291 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
292
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-5. Using the driving support systems
● Distance guide lines
Visually check the surround-
ings and the area behind the
vehicle. On the screen, it
appears that a truck is park-
ing at point . However, in
reality if you back up to point
, you will hit the truck. On
the screen, it appears that
is closest and is farthest
away. However, in reality, the
distance to and is the
same, and is farther than
and .
2
1
1
3
1 3
2
1 3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 292 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
293
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
■ If you notice any symptoms
If you notice any of the following symptoms, refer to the likely cause
and the solution, and re-check.
If the symptom is not resolved by the solution, have the vehicle
inspected by your Toyota dealer.
Things you should know
Likely cause Solution
The image is difficult to see
• The vehicle is in a dark area
• The temperature around the lens
is either high or low
• The outside temperature is low
• There are water droplets on the
camera
• It is raining or humid
• Foreign matter (mud etc.) is
adhering to the camera
• There are scratches on the cam-
era
• Sunlight or headlights are shining
directly into the camera
• The vehicle is under fluorescent
lights, sodium lights, mercury
lights, etc.
If this happens due to these causes,
it does not indicate a malfunction.
Back up while visually checking the
vehicle’s surroundings. (Use the
monitor again once conditions have
been improved.)
The image on the rear view monitor
system can be adjusted: refer to
P. 400.
The image is blurry
Dirt or foreign matter (such as water
droplets, snow, mud, etc.) is adher-
ing to the camera.
Flush the camera with a large quan-
tity of water and wipe the camera
lens clean with a soft and wet cloth.
The image is out of alignment
The camera or surrounding area has
received a strong impact.
Have the vehicle inspected by your
Toyota dealer.
The fixed guide lines are very far out of alignment
The camera position is out of align-
ment.
Have the vehicle inspected by your
Toyota dealer.
• The vehicle is tilted (there is a
heavy load on the vehicle, tire
pressure is low due to a tire punc-
ture, etc.)
• The vehicle is used on an incline.
If this happens due to these causes,
it does not indicate a malfunction.
Back up while visually checking the
vehicle’s surroundings.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 293 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
294
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-5. Using the driving support systems
WARNING
■ When using the rear view monitor system
The rear view monitor system is a supplemental device intended to assist
the driver when backing up. When backing up, be sure to check visually
behind and all around the vehicle before proceeding.
Observe the following precautions to avoid an accident that could result in
death or serious injuries.
● Never depend on the rear view monitor system entirely when backing up.
The image and the position of the guide lines displayed on the screen may
differ from the actual state.
Use caution, just as you would when backing up any vehicle.
● Be sure to back up slowly, depressing the brake pedal to control vehicle
speed.
● The instructions given are only guide lines.
When and how much to turn the steering wheel will vary according to traf-
fic conditions, road surface conditions, vehicle condition, etc. when park-
ing. It is necessary to be fully aware of this before using the rear view
monitor system.
● When parking, be sure to check that the parking space will accommodate
your vehicle before maneuvering into it.
● Do not use the rear view monitor system in the following cases:
• On icy or slick road surfaces, or in snow
• When using tire chains or the compact spare tire (if equipped)
• When the back door is not closed completely
• On roads that are not flat or straight, such as curves or slopes.
● In low temperatures, the screen may darken or the image may become
faint. The image could distort when the vehicle is moving, or you may
become unable to see the image on the screen. Be sure to check direct
visually and with the mirrors all around the vehicle before proceeding.
● If the tire sizes are changed, the position of the fixation guide lines dis-
played on the screen may change.
● The camera uses a special lens. The distances between objects and
pedestrians that appear in the image displayed on the screen will differ
from the actual distances. (→P. 289)
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 294 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
295
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
NOTICE
■ How to use the camera
● The rear view monitor system may not operate properly in the following
cases.
• If the back of the vehicle is hit, the position and mounting angle of the
camera may change.
• As the camera has a water proof construction, do not detach, disassem-
ble or modify it. This may cause incorrect operation.
• When cleaning the camera lens, flush the camera with a large quantity
of water and wipe it with a soft and wet cloth. Strongly rubbing the cam-
era lens may cause the camera lens to be scratched and unable to
transmit a clear image.
• Do not allow organic solvent, car wax, window cleaner or glass coat to
adhere to the camera. If this happens, wipe it off as soon as possible.
• If the temperature changes rapidly, such as when hot water is poured
on the vehicle in cold weather, the system may not operate normally.
• When washing the vehicle, do not apply intensive bursts of water to the
camera or camera area. Doing so may result in the camera malfunc-
tioning.
● Do not expose the camera to strong impact as this could cause a malfunc-
tion. If this happens, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer as
soon as possible.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 295 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
296
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-5. Using the driving support systems
All-wheel drive lock switch (AWD models)
Press the switch.
The all-wheel drive lock indicator
will come on.
The torque of the engine is distrib-
uted to the rear wheels to the max-
imum extent possible in
accordance with driving conditions.
Pressing the switch again cancels
all-wheel drive lock mode and
returns the Dynamic Torque Con-
trol AWD system to normal mode.
(→P. 308)
■ All-wheel drive lock mode can be operated when
X Vehicles without smart key system
The engine switch is in the “ON” position.
X Vehicles with smart key system
The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode.
■ All-wheel drive lock mode
● All-wheel drive lock mode is canceled when the brakes are applied to
ensure the ABS and VSC systems operate effectively.
● All-wheel drive lock mode is canceled when the vehicle speed exceeds 25
mph (40 km/h).
All-wheel drive lock mode can be used when a large amount of
drive power needs to be applied to all the wheels, such as when
the vehicle gets stuck in mud and you need to free it.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 296 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
297
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
BSM (Blind Spot Monitor)
∗
The Blind Spot Monitor is a system that has 2 functions;
● The Blind Spot Monitor function
Assists the driver in making the decision when changing lanes
● The Rear Cross Traffic Alert function
Assists the driver when backing up
These functions use same sensors.
The Blind Spot Monitor on/off screen and indicator
The Blind Spot Monitor system can be turned on/off on the multi-informa-
tion display. When the system is set to on, the indicator illuminates on the
multi-information display. The Blind Spot Monitor function and the Rear
Cross Traffic Alert function are turned on/off simultaneously.
∗: If equipped
Summary of the Blind Spot Monitor
1
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 297 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
298
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-5. Using the driving support systems
Outside rear view mirror indicators
Blind Spot Monitor function:
When a vehicle is detected in the blind spot, the outside rear view mirror
indicator comes on while the turn signal lever is not operated. If the turn
signal lever is operated toward the detected side, the outside rear view
mirror indicator flashes.
Rear Cross Traffic Alert function:
When a vehicle approaching from the right or left rear of the vehicle is
detected, the outside rear view mirror indicators flash.
Rear Cross Traffic Alert buzzer (Rear Cross Traffic Alert function
only)
When a vehicle approaching from the right or left rear of the vehicle is
detected, a buzzer sounds from behind the left-hand rear seat.
Press or of the meter control switches and select on
the multi-information display.
Press or of the meter control switches and select ,
and then press .
■ The outside rear view mirror indicators visibility
When under strong sunlight, the outside rear view mirror indicator may be dif-
ficult to see.
■ Rear Cross Traffic Alert buzzer hearing
Rear Cross Traffic Alert function may be difficult to hear over loud noises
such as high audio volume.
■ When there is a malfunction in the Blind Spot Monitor system
If a system malfunction is detected due to any of the following reasons, the
warning messages will be displayed: (→P. 630, 632)
● There is a malfunction with the sensors
● The sensors have become dirty
● The outside temperature is extremely high or low
● The sensor voltage has become abnormal
Turning the Blind Spot Monitor system on/off
2
3
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 298 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
299
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
■ Certification
X For vehicles sold in the U.S.A.
X For vehicles sold in Canada
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 299 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
300
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-5. Using the driving support systems
WARNING
■ Handling the radar sensor
One Blind Spot Monitor sensor is installed inside the left and right side of
the vehicle rear bumper respectively. Observe the following to ensure the
Blind Spot Monitor system can function correctly.
● Do not subject the sensor or surrounding area on the bumper to a strong
impact. If the sensor moves even slightly off position, the system may mal-
function and vehicles that enter the detection area may not be detected. If
the sensor or surrounding area is subject to a strong impact, always have
the area inspected by your Toyota dealer.
● Do not disassemble the sensor.
● Do not attach accessories or stickers to the sensor or surrounding area on
the bumper.
● Do not modify the sensor or surrounding area on the bumper.
● Do not paint the rear bumper any color other than an official Toyota color.
● Keep the sensor and its surrounding
area on the bumper clean at all times.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 300 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
301
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
The Blind Spot Monitor function uses radar sensors to detect vehicles
that are traveling in an adjacent lane in the area that is not reflected in
the outside rear view mirror (the blind spot), and advises the driver of
the vehicles existence via the outside rear view mirror indicator.
The areas that vehicles can be detected in are outlined below.
The range of the detection area
extends to:
Approximately 11.5 ft. (3.5 m)
from the side of the vehicle
The first 1.6 ft. (0.5 m) from the
side of the vehicle is not in the
detection area
Approximately 9.8 ft. (3 m) from
the rear bumper
Approximately 3.3 ft. (1 m) for-
ward of the rear bumper
The Blind Spot Monitor function
The Blind Spot Monitor function detection areas
1
2
3
WARNING
■ Cautions regarding the use of the system
The driver is solely responsible for safe driving. Always drive safely, taking
care to observe your surroundings.
The Blind Spot Monitor function is a supplementary function which alerts the
driver that a vehicle is present in the blind spot. Do not overly rely on the
Blind Spot Monitor function. The function cannot judge if it is safe to change
lanes, therefore over reliance could cause an accident resulting in death or
serious injury.
According to conditions, the system may not function correctly. Therefore
the driver’s own visual confirmation of safety is necessary.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 301 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
302
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-5. Using the driving support systems
■ The Blind Spot Monitor function is operational when
● The Blind Spot Monitor system is set to on
● Vehicle speed is greater than approximately 10 mph (16 km/h).
■ The Blind Spot Monitor function will detect a vehicle when
● A vehicle in an adjacent lane overtakes your vehicle.
● Another vehicle enters the detection area when it changes lanes.
■ Conditions under which the Blind Spot Monitor function will not detect a
vehicle
The Blind Spot Monitor function is not designed to detect the following types
of vehicles and/or objects:
● Small motorcycles, bicycles, pedestrians, etc.
*
● Vehicles traveling in the opposite direction
● Guardrails, walls, signs, parked vehicles and similar stationary objects
*
● Following vehicles that are in the same lane*
● Vehicles driving 2 lanes across from your vehicle*
*
: Depending on conditions, detection of a vehicle and/or object may occur.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 302 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
303
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
■ Conditions under which the Blind Spot Monitor function may not func-
tion correctly
● The Blind Spot Monitor function may not detect vehicles correctly in the fol-
lowing conditions:
• During bad weather such as heavy rain, fog, snow, etc.
• When ice, mud, etc. is attached to the rear bumper
• When driving on a road surface that is wet due to rain, standing water,
etc.
• When there is a significant difference in speed between your vehicle and
the vehicle that enters the detection area
• When a vehicle is in the detection area from a stop and remains in the
detection area as your vehicle accelerates
• When driving up or down consecutive steep inclines, such as hills, a dip
in the road, etc.
• When multiple vehicles approach with only a small gap between each
vehicle
• When vehicle lanes are wide, and the vehicle in the next lane is too far
away from your vehicle
• When the vehicle that enters the detection area is traveling at about the
same speed as your vehicle
• When there is a significant difference in height between your vehicle and
the vehicle that enters the detection area
• Directly after the Blind Spot Monitor system is set to on
• When towing a trailer
• When items such as a bicycle carrier are installed on the rear of the vehi-
cle.
● Instances of the Blind Spot Monitor function unnecessarily detecting a vehi-
cle and/or object may increase under the following conditions:
• When there is only a short distance between your vehicle and a guardrail,
wall, etc.
• When there is only a short distance between your vehicle and a following
vehicle
• When vehicle lanes are narrow and a vehicle driving 2 lanes across from
your vehicle enters the detection area
• When items such as a bicycle carrier are installed on the rear of the vehi-
cle
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 303 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
304
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-5. Using the driving support systems
The Rear Cross Traffic Alert functions when your vehicle is in reverse.
It can detect other vehicles approaching from the right or left rear of
the vehicle. It uses radar sensors to alert the driver of the other vehi-
cle’s existence through flashing the outside rear view mirror indicators
and sounding a buzzer.
The Rear Cross Traffic Alert function
Approaching vehicles Detection areas
1 2
WARNING
■ Cautions regarding the use of the system
The driver is solely responsible for safe driving. Always drive safely, taking
care to observe your surroundings.
The Rear Cross Traffic Alert function is only an assist and is not a replace-
ment for careful driving. The driver must be careful when backing up, even
when using the Rear Cross Traffic Alert function. The driver’s own visual
confirmation of behind you and your vehicle is necessary and be sure there
are no pedestrians, other vehicles, etc. before backing up. Failure to do so
could cause death or serious injury.
According to conditions, the system may not function correctly. Therefore
the driver’s own visual confirmation of safety is necessary.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 304 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
305
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
The areas that vehicles can be detected in are outlined below.
To give the driver a more consistent time to react, the buzzer can alert
for faster vehicles from farther away.
Example:
■ The Rear Cross Traffic Alert function is operational when
● The Blind Spot Monitor system is set to on.
● The shift lever is in R.
● Vehicle speed is less than approximately 5 mph (8 km/h).
● Approaching vehicle speed is between approximately 5 mph (8 km/h) and
18 mph (28 km/h).
The Rear Cross Traffic Alert function detection areas
Approaching vehicle Speed
Approximate
alert distance
Fast 18 mph (28 km/h) 65 ft. (20 m)
Slow 5 mph (8 km/h) 18 ft. (5.5 m)
1
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 305 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
306
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-5. Using the driving support systems
■ Conditions under which the Rear Cross Traffic Alert function will not
detect a vehicle
The Rear Cross Traffic Alert function is not designed to detect the following
types of vehicles and/or objects.
● Small motorcycles, bicycles, pedestrians, etc.
*
● Vehicles approaching from directly behind
● Guardrails, walls, signs, parked vehicles and similar stationary objects
*
● Vehicles moving away from your vehicle
● Vehicles approaching from the parking spaces next to your vehicle
*
● Vehicles backing up in the parking space next to your vehicle*
*
: Depending on conditions, detection of a vehicle and/or object may occur.
■ Conditions under which the Rear Cross Traffic Alert function may not
function correctly
The Rear Cross Traffic Alert function may not detect vehicles correctly in the
following conditions:
● When ice, mud, etc. is attached to the rear bumper
● During bad weather such as heavy rain, fog, snow, etc.
● When multiple vehicles approach continuously
● Shallow angle parking
● When a vehicle is approaching at high speed
● When parking on a steep incline, such as hills, a dip in the road, etc.
● Directly after the Blind Spot Monitor system is set to on
● Directly after the engine is started with the Blind Spot Monitor system is set
to on
● When towing a trailer
● Vehicles that the sensors cannot detect
because of obstacles
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 306 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
307
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
Driving assist systems
◆ ABS (Anti-lock Brake System)
Helps to prevent wheel lock when the brakes are applied suddenly, or if the
brakes are applied while driving on a slippery road surface
◆ Brake assist
Generates an increased level of braking force after the brake pedal is
depressed when the system detects a panic stop situation
◆ VSC (Vehicle Stability Control)
Helps the driver to control skidding when swerving suddenly or turning on
slippery road surfaces
◆ TRAC (Traction Control)
Helps to maintain drive power and prevent the drive wheels from spinning
when starting the vehicle or accelerating on slippery roads
◆ AUTO LSD function (2WD models)
The AUTO LSD function is activated when the system is in TRAC off
mode. It operates when one of the drive wheels is spinning, such as when
the wheel is spinning freely on ice or mud. The system applies the brakes
to the spinning wheel and transfers some of the torque to the other wheel
to secure drive power.
◆ Hill-start assist control
Helps to reduce the vehicle from rolling backward when starting on an
incline
To help enhance driving safety and performance, the following
systems operate automatically in response to various driving
situations. Be aware, however, that these systems are supple-
mentary and should not be relied upon too heavily when operat-
ing the vehicle.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 307 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
308
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-5. Using the driving support systems
◆ Dynamic Torque Control AWD system (AWD models)
Automatically switches from front-wheel drive to all-wheel drive (AWD)
according to the driving conditions, helping to ensure reliable handling and
stability. Examples of conditions where the system will switch to AWD are
when cornering, going uphill, starting off or accelerating, and when the
road surface is slippery due to snow, rain, etc.
◆ EPS (Electric Power Steering)
Employs an electric motor to reduce the amount of effort needed to turn
the steering wheel
◆ Trailer Sway Control (if equipped)
Helps the driver to control trailer sway by selectively applying brake pres-
sure for individual wheels and reducing engine torque when trailer sway is
detected.
Trailer Sway Control is part of the VSC system and will not operate if VSC
turned off or experiences a malfunction.
The slip indicator light will flash
while the TRAC/VSC/Trailer Sway
Control systems are operating.
When the TRAC/VSC/Trailer Sway Control systems are operating
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 308 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
309
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
If the vehicle gets stuck in mud, dirt or snow, the TRAC system may
reduce power from the engine to the wheels. Pressing to turn the
system off may make it easier for you to rock the vehicle in order to
free it.
To turn the TRAC system off, quickly press and release .
Press again to turn the system back on.
Disabling the TRAC system
X 2WD models: X AWD models:
The “AUTO LSD” and VSC OFF
indicator lights will come on.
“Traction Control Turned Off” will
be shown.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 309 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
310
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-5. Using the driving support systems
■ Turning off the TRAC/VSC/Trailer Sway Control systems
To turn the TRAC/VSC/Trailer Sway Control systems off, press and hold
for more than 3 seconds while the vehicle is stopped.
“Traction Control Turned Off” will be shown and the VSC OFF indicator light
will come on.
*
Press again to turn the systems back on.
*: On vehicles with pre-collision system, pre-collision brake assist and pre-
collision braking will also be disabled. The PCS warning light will come on
and the message will be shown on the multi-information display. (→P. 239)
■ When the “AUTO LSD” indicator light flashes even if the VSC OFF
switch has not been pressed (2WD models)
TRAC, AUTO LSD and hill-start assist control cannot be operated. Contact
your Toyota dealer.
■ When the message is displayed on the multi-information display show-
ing that TRAC has been disabled even if the VSC OFF switch has not
been pressed (AWD models)
TRAC and hill-start assist control cannot be operated. Contact your Toyota
dealer.
■ Sounds and vibrations caused by the ABS, brake assist, VSC/Trailer
Sway Control, TRAC and hill-start assist control systems
● A sound may be heard from the engine compartment when the brake pedal
is depressed repeatedly, when the engine is started or just after the vehicle
begins to move. This sound does not indicate that a malfunction has
occurred in any of these systems.
● Any of the following conditions may occur when the above systems are
operating. None of these indicates that a malfunction has occurred.
• Vibrations may be felt through the vehicle body and steering.
• A motor sound may be heard after the vehicle comes to a stop.
• The brake pedal may pulsate slightly after the ABS is activated.
• The brake pedal may move down slightly after the ABS is activated.
■ EPS operation sound
When the steering wheel is operated, a motor sound (whirring sound) may be
heard. This does not indicate a malfunction.
■ Automatic reactivation of TRAC and VSC/Trailer Sway Control systems
After turning the TRAC and VSC/Trailer Sway Control systems off, the sys-
tems will be automatically re-enabled in the following situations:
● When the engine switch is turned to the “LOCK” position (vehicles without
smart key system) or off (vehicles with smart key system).
● If only the TRAC system is turned off, the TRAC will turn on when vehicle
speed increases.
If both the TRAC and VSC/Trailer Sway Control systems are turned off,
automatic re-enabling will not occur when vehicle speed increases.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 310 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
311
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
■ Reduced effectiveness of the EPS system
The effectiveness of the EPS system is reduced to prevent the system from
overheating when there is frequent steering input over an extended period of
time. The steering wheel may feel heavy as a result. Should this occur, refrain
from excessive steering input or stop the vehicle and turn the engine off. The
EPS system should return to normal within 10 minutes.
■ Operating conditions of hill-start assist control
When the following four conditions are met, the hill-start assist control will
operate:
● The shift lever is in a position other than P or N (when starting off forward/
backward on an upward incline).
● The vehicle is stopped.
● The accelerator pedal is not depressed.
● The parking brake is not applied.
■ Automatic system cancelation of hill-start assist control
The hill-start assist control will turn off in any of the following situations:
● The shift lever is shifted to P or N.
● The accelerator pedal is depressed.
● The parking brake is applied.
● Approximately 2 seconds elapse after the brake pedal is released.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 311 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
312
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-5. Using the driving support systems
WARNING
■ The ABS does not operate effectively when
● The limits of tire gripping performance have been exceeded (such as
excessively worn tires on a snow covered road).
● The vehicle hydroplanes while driving at high speed on wet or slick roads.
■ Stopping distance when the ABS is operating may exceed that of nor-
mal conditions
The ABS is not designed to shorten the vehicle’s stopping distance. Always
maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you, especially in the
following situations:
● When driving on dirt, gravel or snow-covered roads
● When driving with tire chains
● When driving over bumps in the road
● When driving over roads with potholes or uneven surfaces
■ TRAC may not operate effectively when
Directional control and power may not be achievable while driving on slip-
pery road surfaces, even if the TRAC system is operating.
Drive the vehicle carefully in conditions where stability and power may be
lost.
■ Hill-start assist control does not operate effectively when
● Do not overly rely on hill-start assist control. Hill-start assist control may
not operate effectively on steep inclines and roads covered with ice.
● Unlike the parking brake, hill-start assist control is not intended to hold the
vehicle stationary for an extended period of time. Do not attempt to use
hill-start assist control to hold the vehicle on an incline, as doing so may
lead to an accident.
■ When the VSC/Trailer Sway Control is activated
The slip indicator light flashes. Always drive carefully. Reckless driving may
cause an accident. Exercise particular care when the indicator light flashes.
■ When the TRAC/VSC/Trailer Sway Control systems are turned off
Be especially careful and drive at a speed appropriate to the road condi-
tions. As these are the systems to help ensure vehicle stability and driving
force, do not turn the TRAC/VSC/Trailer Sway Control systems off unless
necessary.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 312 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
313
4-5. Using the driving support systems
4
Driving
WARNING
■ Replacing tires
Make sure that all tires are of the specified size, brand, tread pattern and
total load capacity. In addition, make sure that the tires are inflated to the
recommended tire inflation pressure level.
The ABS, TRAC and VSC/Trailer Sway Control systems will not function
correctly if different tires are installed on the vehicle.
Contact your Toyota dealer for further information when replacing tires or
wheels.
■ Handling of tires and the suspension
Using tires with any kind of problem or modifying the suspension will affect
the driving assist systems, and may cause a system to malfunction.
■ Trailer Sway Control precaution
The Trailer Sway Control system is not able to reduce trailer sway in all situ-
ations. Depending on many factors such as the conditions of the vehicle,
trailer, road surface, and driving environment, the Trailer Sway Control sys-
tem may not be effective. Refer to your trailer owner’ manual for information
on how to tow your trailer properly.
■ If trailer sway occurs
Observe the following precautions.
Failing to do so may cause death or serious injury.
● Firmly grip the steering wheel. Steer straight ahead.
Do not try to control trailer swaying by turning the steering wheel.
● Begin releasing the accelerator pedal immediately but very gradually to
reduce speed.
Do not increase speed. Do not apply vehicle brakes.
If you make no extreme correction with the steering or brakes, your vehicle
and trailer should stabilize. (→P. 192)
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 313 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
314
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-6. Driving tips
Winter driving tips
● Use fluids that are appropriate to the prevailing outside tempera-
tures.
• Engine oil
• Engine coolant
• Washer fluid
● Have a service technician inspect the condition of the battery.
● Have the vehicle fitted with four snow tires or purchase a set of tire
chains for the front tires.
Ensure that all tires are the same size and brand, and that chains match
the size of the tires.
Perform the following according to the driving conditions:
● Do not try to forcibly open a window or move a wiper that is frozen.
Pour warm water over the frozen area to melt the ice. Wipe away
the water immediately to prevent it from freezing.
● To ensure proper operation of the climate control system fan,
remove any snow that has accumulated on the air inlet vents in
front of the windshield.
● Check for and remove any excess ice or snow that may have accu-
mulated on the exterior lights, vehicle’s roof, chassis, around the
tires or on the brakes.
● Remove any snow or mud from the bottom of your shoes before
getting in the vehicle.
Carry out the necessary preparations and inspections before
driving the vehicle in winter. Always drive the vehicle in a man-
ner appropriate to the prevailing weather conditions.
Preparation for winter
Before driving the vehicle
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 314 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
315
4-6. Driving tips
4
Driving
Accelerate the vehicle slowly, keep a safe distance between you and
the vehicle ahead, and drive at a reduced speed suitable to road con-
ditions.
● Park the vehicle and move the shift lever to P without setting the
parking brake. The parking brake may freeze up, preventing it from
being released. If the vehicle is parked without setting the parking
brake, make sure to block the wheels.
Failure to do so may be dangerous because it may cause the vehi-
cle to move unexpectedly, possibly leading to an accident.
● If the vehicle is parked without setting the parking brake, confirm
that the shift lever cannot be moved out of P
*.
*: The shift lever will be locked if it is attempted to be shifted from P to any
other position without depressing the brake pedal. If the shift lever can be
shifted from P, there may be a problem with the shift lock system. Have the
vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.
Use the correct tire chain size when mounting the tire chains.
Chain size is regulated for each tire size.
Side chain:
0.12 in. (3 mm) in diameter
0.39 in. (10 mm) in width
1.18 in. (30 mm) in length
Cross chain:
0.16 in. (4 mm) in diameter
0.55 in. (14 mm) in width
0.98 in. (25 mm) in length
Regulations regarding the use of tire chains vary depending on loca-
tion and type of road. Always check local regulations before installing
chains.
When driving the vehicle
When parking the vehicle
Selecting tire chains
1
2
3
4
5
6
Regulations on the use of tire chains
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 315 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
316
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-6. Driving tips
■ Tire chain installation
Observe the following precautions when installing and removing chains:
● Install and remove tire chains in a safe location.
● Install tire chains on the front tires only. Do not install tire chains on the rear
tires.
● Install tire chains on front tires as tightly as possible. Retighten chains after
driving 1/4 - 1/2 mile (0.5 - 1.0 km).
● Install tire chains following the instructions provided with the tire chains.
WARNING
■ Driving with snow tires
Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of accidents.
Failure to do so may result in a loss of vehicle control and cause death or
serious injury.
● Use tires of the specified size.
● Maintain the recommended level of air pressure.
● Do not drive in excess of 75 mph (120 km/h), regardless of the type of
snow tires being used.
● Use snow tires on all, not just some wheels.
■ Driving with tire chains
Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of accidents.
Failure to do so may result in the vehicle being unable to be driven safely,
and may cause death or serious injury.
● Do not drive in excess of the speed limit specified for the tire chains being
used, or 30 mph (50 km/h), whichever is lower.
● Avoid driving on bumpy road surfaces or over potholes.
● Avoid sudden acceleration, abrupt steering, sudden braking and shifting
operations that cause sudden engine braking.
● Slow down sufficiently before entering a curve to ensure that vehicle con-
trol is maintained.
● Do not use LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control) system (if
equipped).
sec_04-06.fm Page 316 Tuesday, June 21, 2016 1:56 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
317
4-6. Driving tips
4
Driving
NOTICE
■ Repairing or replacing snow tires (vehicles with the tire pressure warn-
ing system)
Request repairs or replacement of snow tires from Toyota dealers or legiti-
mate tire retailers.
This is because the removal and attachment of snow tires affects the opera-
tion of the tire pressure warning valves and transmitters.
■ Fitting tire chains (vehicles with the tire pressure warning system)
The tire pressure warning valves and transmitters may not function correctly
when tire chains are fitted.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 317 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
318
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-6. Driving tips
Utility vehicle precautions
● Specific design characteristics give it a higher center of gravity than
ordinary passenger cars. This vehicle design feature causes this
type of vehicle to be more likely to rollover. And, utility vehicles
have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles.
● An advantage of the higher ground clearance is a better view of the
road allowing you to anticipate problems.
● It is not designed for cornering at the same speeds as ordinary pas-
senger cars any more than low-slung sports cars are designed to
perform satisfactorily under off-road conditions. Therefore, sharp
turns at excessive speeds may cause the vehicle to rollover.
This vehicle belongs to the utility vehicle class, which has
higher ground clearance and narrower tread in relation to the
height of its center of gravity to make it capable of performing in
a wide variety of off-road applications.
Utility vehicle feature
WARNING
■ Utility vehicle precautions
Always observe the following precautions to minimize the risk of death, seri-
ous injury or damage to your vehicle:
● In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die
than a person wearing a seat belt. Therefore, the driver and all passengers
should always fasten their seat belts.
● Avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers, if at all possible.
Failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control or
vehicle rollover causing death or serious injury.
● Loading cargo on the roof luggage carrier (if equipped) will make the cen-
ter of the vehicle gravity higher. Avoid high speeds, sudden starts, sharp
turns, sudden braking or abrupt maneuvers, otherwise it may result in loss
of control or vehicle rollover due to failure to operate this vehicle correctly.
● Always slow down in gusty crosswinds. Because of its profile and higher
center of gravity, your vehicle is more sensitive to side winds than an ordi-
nary passenger car. Slowing down will allow you to have better control.
● Do not drive horizontally across steep slopes. Driving straight up or
straight down is preferred. Your vehicle (or any similar off-road vehicle)
can tip over sideways much more easily than forward or backward.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 318 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
319
4-6. Driving tips
4
Driving
When driving your vehicle off-road, please observe the following pre-
cautions to ensure your driving enjoyment and to help prevent the clo-
sure of areas to off-road vehicles:
● Drive your vehicle only in areas where off-road vehicles are permit-
ted to travel.
● Respect private property. Get owner’s permission before entering
private property.
● Do not enter areas that are closed. Honor gates, barriers and signs
that restrict travel.
● Stay on established roads. When conditions are wet, driving tech-
niques should be changed or travel delayed to prevent damage to
roads.
■ Additional information for off-road driving
X For owners in U.S. mainland, Hawaii and Puerto Rico:
To obtain additional information pertaining to driving your vehicle off-road,
consult the following organizations:
● State and Local Parks and Recreation Departments
● State Motor Vehicle Bureau
● Recreational Vehicle Clubs
● U.S. Forest Service and Bureau of Land Management
Off-road driving
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 319 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
320
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
4-6. Driving tips
WARNING
■ Off-road driving precautions
Always observe the following precautions to minimize the risk of death, seri-
ous injury or damage to your vehicle:
● Drive carefully when off the road. Do not take unnecessary risks by driving
in dangerous places.
● Do not grip the steering wheel spokes when driving off-road. A bad bump
could jerk the wheel and injure your hands. Keep both hands and espe-
cially your thumbs on the outside of the rim.
● Always check your brakes for effectiveness immediately after driving in
sand, mud, water or snow.
● After driving through tall grass, mud, rock, sand, rivers, etc., check that
there is no grass, bush, paper, rags, stone, sand, etc. adhering or trapped
on the underbody. Clear off any such matter from the underbody. If the
vehicle is used with these materials trapped or adhering to the underbody,
a breakdown or fire could occur.
● When driving off-road or in rugged terrain, do not drive at excessive
speeds, jump, make sharp turns, strike objects, etc. This may cause loss
of control or vehicle rollover causing death or serious injury. You are also
risking expensive damage to your vehicle’s suspension and chassis.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 320 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
321
4-6. Driving tips
4
Driving
NOTICE
■ To prevent the water damage
Take all necessary safety measures to ensure that water damage to the
engine or other components does not occur.
● Water entering the engine air intake will cause severe engine damage.
● Water entering the automatic transmission will cause deterioration in shift
quality, locking up of your transmission accompanied by vibration, and ulti-
mately damage.
● Water can wash the grease from wheel bearings, causing rusting and pre-
mature failure, and may also enter the differentials, transmission and
transfer case (AWD models), reducing the gear oil’s lubricating qualities.
■ When you drive through water
If driving through water, such as when crossing shallow streams, first check
the depth of the water and the bottom of the riverbed for firmness. Drive
slowly and avoid deep water.
■ Inspection after off-road driving
● Sand and mud that has accumulated around brake drums and around
brake discs may affect braking efficiency and may damage brake system
components.
● Always perform a maintenance inspection after each day of off-road driv-
ing that has taken you through rough terrain, sand, mud, or water. For
scheduled maintenance information, refer to the “Scheduled Maintenance
Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 321 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
322
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-1. Basic Operations
Audio system types........... 324
Using the steering wheel
audio switches ................ 327
AUX port/USB port............ 330
5-2. Using the audio system
Optimal use of the
audio system................... 332
5-3. Using the radio
Radio operation................. 334
5-4. Playing an audio CD and
MP3/WMA discs
CD player operation .......... 336
5-5. Using an external device
Listening to an iPod .......... 346
Listening to USB
memory device................ 352
Using the AUX port ........... 358
5-6. Using Bluetooth
®
devices
Bluetooth
®
audio/
phone.............................. 359
Using the steering
wheel switches................ 364
Register a Bluetooth
®
device.............................. 365
5-7. “SETUP” menu
Using the “SETUP” menu
(“Bluetooth
*” menu) ........ 366
Using the “SETUP” menu
(“PHONE” menu) ............ 371
5-8. Bluetooth
®
Audio
Operating a Bluetooth
®
enabled portable
player .............................. 376
5-9. Bluetooth
®
Phone
Making a phone call.......... 379
When receiving a
phone call ....................... 381
Speaking on the phone..... 382
5-10.Bluetooth
®
Bluetooth
®
......................... 384
5-11.Using the audio system
(Entune Audio)
Audio system
(Entune Audio)................ 388
5-12.Basic Operations
Audio system operations
(Entune Audio)................ 390
Steering wheel audio
switches .......................... 392
AUX port/USB port............ 393
Basic audio operations...... 394
5-13.Setup
Setup menu....................... 396
General settings................ 397
Audio settings ................... 399
Display settings................. 400
Voice settings.................... 402
5-14.Using the audio system
Selecting the audio
source ............................. 403
List screen operation......... 404
Optimal use of the audio
system ............................ 406
*: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 322 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
323
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5
Audio system
5-15.Using the radio
Radio operation................. 407
5-16.Playing an audio CD and
MP3/WMA/AAC discs
CD player operation .......... 409
CD player and disc
information ...................... 410
5-17.Using an external device
iPod player operation ........ 416
USB memory device
player operation .............. 421
Using the AUX port ........... 426
5-18.Connecting Bluetooth
®
Preparations to
use wireless
communication................ 427
Registering a Bluetooth
®
audio player for the
first time .......................... 430
Registering a Bluetooth
®
phone for the
first time .......................... 431
Registering a Bluetooth
®
device.............................. 432
Connecting a Bluetooth
®
device.............................. 434
Displaying a Bluetooth
®
device details .................. 436
Detailed Bluetooth
®
settings............................ 437
5-19.Bluetooth
®
Audio
Listening to Bluetooth
®
Audio............................... 439
5-20.Bluetooth
®
Phone
Using a Bluetooth
®
Phone ............................. 441
Making a call ..................... 443
Receiving a call................. 446
Speaking on the phone..... 447
Bluetooth
®
phone
message function............ 450
Using the steering
wheel switches................ 455
Bluetooth
®
phone
settings ........................... 456
5-21.Phonebook
Contact/Call History
Settings........................... 458
5-22.Bluetooth
®
What to do if...
(Troubleshooting)............ 468
Bluetooth
®
......................... 472
5-23.Other function
Voice command
system ............................ 478
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 323 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
324
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-1. Basic Operations
Audio system types
X Vehicles with Entune Premium Audio with Navigation
Refer to the “NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S
MANUAL”.
X Vehicles with Entune Audio Plus
Refer to the “NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S
MANUAL”.
X Vehicles with Entune Audio
→P. 38 8
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 324 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
325
5-1. Basic Operations
5
Audio system
X Vehicles without Entune Premium Audio with Navigation or Entune
Audio Plus or Entune Audio
CD player with AM/FM radio
Press the “SETUP” button.
Turn the “TUNE•SCROLL” knob to select “Language”.
Press the knob.
Turn the knob as corresponds to the desired language.
“English”, “Español”, or “Français” can be selected.
Press the knob or (SAVE) to return to the setup menu.
■ Using cellular phones
Interference may be heard through the audio system’s speakers if a cellular
phone is being used inside or close to the vehicle while the audio system is
operating.
Changing language setting
1
2
3
4
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 325 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
326
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-1. Basic Operations
WARNING
■ Certification for the disc player
● Part 15 of the FCC Rules
FCC Warning:
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsi-
ble for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equip-
ment.
● Laser products
• Do not take this unit apart or attempt to make any changes yourself.
This is an intricate unit that uses a laser pickup to retrieve information
from the surface of compact discs. The laser is carefully shielded so
that its rays remain inside the cabinet. Therefore, never try to disassem-
ble the player or alter any of its parts since you may be exposed to laser
rays and dangerous voltages.
• This product utilizes a laser.
Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than
those specified herein may result in hazardous radiation exposure.
NOTICE
■ To prevent battery discharge
Do not leave the audio system on longer than necessary with the engine is
stopped.
■ To avoid damaging the audio system
Take care not to spill drinks or other fluids over the audio system.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 326 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
327
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-1. Basic Operations
5
Audio system
Using the steering wheel audio switches
Volume
Radio mode:
Selects a radio station
CD mode:
Selects a track and file (MP3
and WMA)
Bluetooth
®
audio mode:
Selects a track and album
iPod mode:
Selects a song
USB memory mode:
Selects a file and folder
Power on, select audio source
Some audio features can be controlled using the switches on
the steering wheel.
Operation may differ depending on the type of audio system or
navigation system. For details, refer to the manual provided with
the audio system or navigation system.
1
2
3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 327 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
328
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-1. Basic Operations
Press the “MODE” switch when the audio system is turned off.
Press the “MODE” switch when the audio system is turned on. The
audio source changes as follows each time the button is pressed. If a
mode cannot be used, it will be skipped.
AM→FM1→FM2→CD mode→iPod or USB memory→
Bluetooth
®
audio→AUX
Press the “+” switch to increase the volume and the “-” switch to
decrease the volume.
Hold down the switch to continue increasing or decreasing the volume.
Press and hold the “MODE” switch.
To cancel, press and hold the switch again.
Press the “MODE” switch to select the radio mode.
Press the “∧” or “∨” switch to select a preset station.
To scan for receivable stations, press and hold the switch until you hear a
beep.
Turning on the power
Changing the audio source
Adjusting the volume
Silencing a sound
Selecting a radio station
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 328 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
329
5-1. Basic Operations
5
Audio system
Press the “MODE” switch to select the CD, Bluetooth
®
audio, iPod
or USB memory mode.
Press the “∧” or “∨” switch to select the desired track/file or song.
Press the “MODE” switch to select Bluetooth
®
audio mode.
Press and hold the “∧” or “∨” switch until you hear a beep.
Press the “MODE” switch to select CD or USB memory mode.
Press and hold the “∧” or “∨” switch until you hear a beep.
Selecting a track/file or song
Selecting an album
Selecting a folder (MP3 and WMA or USB memory)
WARNING
■ To reduce the risk of an accident
Exercise care when operating the audio switches on the steering wheel.
1
2
1
2
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 329 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
330
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-1. Basic Operations
AUX port/USB port
■ iPod
Open the cover and connect an
iPod using an iPod cable.
Turn on the power of the iPod if
it is not turned on.
■
USB memory
Open the cover and connect the USB memory device.
Turn on the power of the USB memory device if it is not turned on.
■
Portable audio player
Open the cover and connect the portable audio player.
Turn on the power of the portable audio player if it is not turned on.
Press (MUTE).
To cancel, press (UNMUTE).
■ Operating portable audio devices connected to the audio system
The volume can be adjusted using the vehicle’s audio controls. All other
adjustments must be made on the portable audio device itself.
■ When using a portable audio device connected to the power outlet
Noise may occur during playback. Use the power source of the portable
audio device.
Connect an iPod, USB memory device or portable audio player
to the AUX port/USB port as indicated below. Press the “MEDIA”
button to select “iPod”, “USB” or “AUX”.
Connecting using the AUX port/USB port
Silencing a sound
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 330 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
331
5-1. Basic Operations
5
Audio system
WARNING
■ While driving
Do not connect a device or operate the device controls.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 331 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
332
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-2. Using the audio system
Optimal use of the audio system
∗
Displays the “SETUP” menu
Changes the following settings
• Sound quality and volume
balance
The sound quality and balance
setting can be changed to pro-
duce the best sound.
• Automatic sound levelizer
→P. 33 3
• Language
→P. 32 5
Selecting the mode
■ Changing sound quality modes
Press the “SETUP” button.
Turn the “TUNE•SCROLL” knob to select “Sound Setting”.
Press the knob.
Turn the knob as corresponds to the desired mode.
“BASS”, “TREBLE”, “FADER”, “BALANCE”, or “ASL” can be selected.
Press the knob.
∗: If equipped
The sound quality, volume balance and ASL settings can be
adjusted.
1
2
3
Using the audio control function
1
2
3
4
5
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 332 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
333
5-2. Using the audio system
5
Audio system
■ Adjusting sound quality
Turning the “TUNE•SCROLL” knob adjusts the level.
*: The sound quality level is adjusted individually in each audio mode.
Press the knob or (SAVE) to return to the sound setting menu.
■ Adjusting the Automatic Sound Levelizer (ASL)
When ASL is selected, turn the “TUNE•SCROLL” knob to change
the amount of ASL.
“LOW”, “MID”, “HIGH”, or “OFF” can be selected.
ASL automatically adjusts the volume and tone quality according to
vehicle speed.
Press the knob or (SAVE) to return to the sound setting menu.
Sound
quality mode
Mode
displayed
Level
Turn to the
left
Turn to the
right
Bass* “BASS” -5 to 5
Low High
Treble* “TREBLE” -5 to 5
Front/rear volume
balance
“FADER” F7 to R7 Shifts to rear Shifts to front
Left/right
volume
balance
“BALANCE”
L7 to R7 Shifts to left Shifts to right
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 333 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
334
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-3. Using the radio
Radio operation
∗
Search for the desired stations by turning the “TUNE•SCROLL”
knob or pressing “∧”
or “∨” on the “SEEK/TRACK” button.
Press and hold one of the station selectors ( ) to be set until you
hear a beep.
∗: If equipped
Power
Volume
Adjusting the frequency
Scanning for receivable sta-
tions
AM/FM mode button
Station selectors
Seeking the frequency
Displaying text message
Setting station presets
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 334 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
335
5-3. Using the radio
5
Audio system
■ Scanning the preset radio stations
Press and hold the “SCAN” button until you hear a beep.
Preset stations will be played for 5 seconds each.
To cancel, press the button again.
When the desired station is reached, press the button again.
■ Scanning all the radio stations within range
Press the “SCAN” button.
All the stations with reception will be played for 5 seconds each.
To cancel, press the button again.
When the desired station is reached, press the button again.
Press the “TEXT” button to display or hide the radio texts.
If there are continuing texts, is displayed.
Press the button to display the remaining texts.
■ When the battery is disconnected
Stations presets are erased.
■ Reception sensitivity
● Maintaining perfect radio reception at all times is difficult due to the continu-
ally changing position of the antenna, differences in signal strength and sur-
rounding objects, such as trains, transmitters, etc.
● The radio antenna is mounted on the roof.
Scanning radio stations
Switching the display
1
2
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 335 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
336
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-4. Playing an audio CD and MP3/WMA discs
CD player operation
∗
Insert a CD.
Press and remove the CD.
■ Selecting a track
Turn the “TUNE•SCROLL” knob or press “∧” to move up or “∨” to
move down using the “SEEK/TRACK” button until the desired track
number is displayed.
∗: If equipped
Power
Volume
CD eject
Selecting a track or displaying
track list
Searching playback
Random play or back button
Repeat play
Selecting a folder
Fast-forwarding or rewinding
Changing the audio source/
playback
Playback/pause
Selecting a track
Displaying text message
Loading CDs
Ejecting CDs
Using the CD player
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 336 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
337
5-4. Playing an audio CD and MP3/WMA discs
5
Audio system
■ Selecting a track from a track list
Press the “TUNE•SCROLL” knob.
The track list will be displayed.
Turn and press the knob to select a track.
To return to the previous display, press (BACK).
■
Scanning tracks
Press the “SCAN” button.
The first 10 seconds of each track will be played.
To cancel, press the button again.
Press the button again when the desired track is reached.
■ Fast-forwarding and rewinding tracks
Press ( ) or ( ).
■ Random play
Press (RDM).
To cancel, press (RDM) again.
■
Repeat play
Press (RPT).
To cancel, press (RPT) again.
■
Playing and pausing tracks
Press ( ).
■ Switching the display
Press the “TEXT” button to display or hide the CD title.
If there are continuing texts, is displayed.
Press and hold the button to display the remaining texts.
1
2
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 337 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
338
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-4. Playing an audio CD and MP3/WMA discs
■ Selecting folders one at a time
Press (<FOLDER) or (FOLDER>) to select the desired
folder.
Press (MORE>) to display the commands.
■
Selecting a folder and file from folder list
Press the “TUNE•SCROLL” knob.
The folder list will be displayed.
Turn and press the knob to select a folder and a file.
To return to the previous display, press (BACK).
■
Returning to the first folder
Press and hold (<FOLDER) until you hear a beep.
■ Scanning a folder
Press and hold the “SCAN” button until you hear a beep.
The first 10 seconds of the first file in each folder will be played.
To cancel, press the button again.
When the desired folder is reached, press the button again.
■ Selecting a file
Turn the “TUNE•SCROLL” knob or press “∧” or “∨” on the “SEEK/
TRACK” button to select the desired file.
■ Scanning the files in a folder
Press the “SCAN” button.
The first 10 seconds of each file will be played.
To cancel, press the button again.
When the desired file is reached, press the button again.
Playing back MP3 and WMA discs
1
2
1
2
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 338 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
339
5-4. Playing an audio CD and MP3/WMA discs
5
Audio system
■ Fast-forwarding and rewinding files
Press ( ) or ( ).
Press (<BACK) to display the commands.
■
Random play
Pressing (RDM) changes modes in the following order:
Folder random→Disc random→Off
Press (MORE>) to display the command.
■
Repeat play
Pressing (RPT) changes modes in the following order:
File repeat→Folder repeat
*→Off
*: Available except when RDM (random play) is selected
Press (MORE
>) to display the command.
■
Playing and pausing tracks
Press ( ).
Press (<BACK) to display the command.
■
Switching the display
Press the “TEXT” button to display or hide the album title.
If there are continuing texts, is displayed.
Press and hold the button to display the remaining texts.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 339 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
340
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-4. Playing an audio CD and MP3/WMA discs
■ Display
Depending on the contents recorded, the characters may not be displayed
properly or may not be displayed at all.
■ Error messages
If an error message is displayed, refer to the following table and take the
appropriate measures. If the problem is not rectified, take the vehicle to your
Toyota dealer.
■ Discs that can be used
Discs with the marks shown below can be used.
Playback may not be possible depending on recording format or disc fea-
tures, or due to scratches, dirt or deterioration.
CDs with copy-protect features may not play correctly.
■ CD player protection feature
To protect the internal components, playback is automatically stopped when a
problem is detected while the CD player is being used.
■ If a CD is left inside the CD player or in the ejected position for extended
periods
The CD may be damaged and may not play properly.
■ Lens cleaners
Do not use lens cleaners. Doing so may damage the CD player.
Message Cause/Correction procedures
“ERROR”
This indicates a problem either in the CD or
inside the player.
“CD CHECK”
The CD may be dirty, damaged or inserted
upside-down.
“WAIT”
Operation has stopped due to a high tempera-
ture inside the player. Wait for a while and
then press the “MODE” button. If the CD still
cannot be played back, contact your Toyota
dealer.
“NO SUPPORT”
This indicates that the MP3/WMA file is not
included in the CD.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 340 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
341
5-4. Playing an audio CD and MP3/WMA discs
5
Audio system
■ MP3 and WMA files
MP3 (MPEG Audio LAYER3) is a standard audio compression format.
Files can be compressed to approximately 1/10 of their original size by using
MP3 compression.
WMA (Windows Media Audio) is a Microsoft audio compression format.
This format compresses audio data to a size smaller than that of the MP3 for-
mat.
There is a limit to the MP3 and WMA file standards and to the media/formats
recorded by them that can be used.
● MP3 file compatibility
• Compatible standards
MP3 (MPEG1 LAYER3, MPEG2 LSF LAYER3)
• Compatible sampling frequencies
MPEG1 LAYER3: 32, 44.1, 48 (kHz)
MPEG2 LSF LAYER3: 16, 22.05, 24 (kHz)
• Compatible bit rates (compatible with VBR)
MPEG1 LAYER3: 32 - 320 (kbps)
• MPEG2 LSF LAYER3: 8 - 160 (kbps)
• Compatible channel modes: stereo, joint stereo, dual channel and mon-
aural
● WMA file compatibility
• Compatible standards
WMA Ver. 7, 8, 9
• Compatible sampling frequencies
32, 44.1, 48 (kHz)
• Compatible bit rates (only compatible with 2-channel playback)
Ver. 7, 8: CBR 48 - 192 (kbps)
Ver. 9: CBR 48 - 320 (kbps)
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 341 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
342
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-4. Playing an audio CD and MP3/WMA discs
● Compatible media
Media that can be used for MP3 and WMA playback are CD-Rs and CD-
RWs.
Playback in some instances may not be possible, depending on the status
of the CD-R or CD-RW. Playback may not be possible or the audio may
jump if the disc is scratched or marked with fingerprints.
● Compatible disc formats
The following disc formats can be used.
• Disc formats:
CD-ROM Mode 1 and Mode 2
CD-ROM XA Mode 2, Form 1 and Form 2
• File formats:
ISO9660 Level 1, Level 2, (Romeo, Joliet)
MP3 and WMA files written in any format other than those listed above
may not play correctly, and their file names and folder names may not be
displayed correctly.
Items related to standards and limitations are as follows.
• Maximum directory hierarchy: 8 levels
• Maximum length of folder names/file names: 32 characters
• Maximum number of folders: 192 (including the root)
• Maximum number of files per disc: 255
● File names
The only files that can be recognized as MP3/WMA and played are those
with the extension .mp3 or .wma.
● Multi-sessions
As the audio system is compatible with multi-sessions, it is possible to play
discs that contain MP3 and WMA files. However, only the first session can
be played.
● ID3 and WMA tags
ID3 tags can be added to MP3 files, making it possible to record the track
title and artist name, etc.
The system is compatible with ID3 Ver. 1.0, 1.1, and Ver. 2.2, 2.3 ID3 tags.
(The number of characters is based on ID3 Ver. 1.0 and 1.1.)
WMA tags can be added to WMA files, making it possible to record the
track title and artist name in the same way as with ID3 tags.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 342 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
343
5-4. Playing an audio CD and MP3/WMA discs
5
Audio system
● MP3 and WMA playback
When a disc containing MP3 or WMA files is inserted, all files on the disc
are first checked. Once the file check is finished, the first MP3 or WMA file
is played. To make the file check finish more quickly, we recommend you do
not write in any files other than MP3 or WMA files or create any unneces-
sary folders.
If the discs contain a mixture of music data and MP3 or WMA format data,
only music data can be played.
● Extensions
If the file extensions .mp3 and .wma are used for files other than MP3 and
WMA files, they will be mistakenly recognized and played as MP3 and
WMA files. This may result in large amounts of interference and damage to
the speakers.
● Playback
• To play MP3 file with steady sound quality, we recommend a fixed bit rate
of 128 kbps and a sampling frequency of 44.1 kHz.
• CD-R or CD-RW playback may not be possible in some instances,
depending on the characteristics of the disc.
• There is a wide variety of freeware and other encoding software for MP3
and WMA files on the market, and depending on the status of the encod-
ing and the file format, poor sound quality or noise at the start of playback
may result. In some cases, playback may not be possible at all.
• When files other than MP3 or WMA files are recorded on a disc, it may
take more time to recognize the disc and in some cases, playback may
not be possible at all.
• Microsoft, Windows, and Windows Media are the registered trademarks
of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and other countries.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 343 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
344
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-4. Playing an audio CD and MP3/WMA discs
NOTICE
■ CDs and adapters that cannot be used
Do not use the following types of CDs.
Also, do not use 3 in. (8 cm) CD adapters, DualDiscs or printable discs.
Doing so may damage the player and/or the CD insert/eject function.
● CDs that have a diameter that is not
4.7 in. (12 cm)
● Low-quality and deformed CDs
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 344 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
345
5-4. Playing an audio CD and MP3/WMA discs
5
Audio system
NOTICE
■ CD Player precautions
Failure to follow the precautions below may result in serious damage to the
CDs or the player itself.
● Do not insert anything other than CDs into the CD slot.
● Do not apply oil to the CD player.
● Store CDs away from direct sunlight.
● Never try to disassemble any part of the CD player.
● CDs with a transparent or translucent
recording area
● CDs that have tape, stickers or CD-R
labels attached to them, or that have
had the label peeled off
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 345 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
346
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-5. Using an external device
Listening to an iPod
∗
→P. 33 0
∗: If equipped
Connecting an iPod enables you to enjoy music from the vehicle
speakers.
Connecting an iPod
Control panel
Power
Volume
Selecting an iPod menu/song
or displaying song list
Random play or back button
Repeat play
Fast-forwarding or rewinding
Changing the audio source/
playback
Playback/pause
iPod menu mode, playback
Selecting a song
Displaying text message
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 346 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
347
5-5. Using an external device
5
Audio system
Press (BROWSE) to select iPod menu mode.
Turning the “TUNE•SCROLL” knob clockwise changes the play
mode in the following order:
“Playlists” → “Artists” → “Albums” → “Songs” → “Podcasts” →
“Genres” → “Composers” → “Audiobooks”
Press the knob to select the desired play mode.
■ Play mode list
■ Selecting a list
Turn the “TUNE•SCROLL” knob to display the first selection list.
Press the knob to select the desired item and display the second
selection list.
Repeat the same procedure to select the desired item.
To return to the previous selection list, press (BACK).
Press (PLAY) to play the desired selection.
Selecting a play mode
1
2
3
Play mode
First
selection
Second
selection
Third
selection
Fourth
selection
“Playlists”
Playlists
select
Songs select - -
“Artists” Artists select
Albums
select
Songs select -
“Albums”
Albums
select
Songs select - -
“Songs” Songs select - - -
“Podcasts”
Podcasts
select
Episodes
select
- -
“Genres” Genre select Artists select
Albums
select
Songs select
“Composers”
Composers
select
Albums
select
Songs select -
“Audiobooks”
Audiobooks
select
Chapter
select
- -
1
2
3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 347 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
348
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-5. Using an external device
■ Selecting songs
Turn the “TUNE•SCROLL” knob or press “
∧” or “∨” on the “SEEK/
TRACK” button to select the desired song.
■ Selecting a song from the song list
Press the “TUNE•SCROLL” knob.
The song list will be displayed.
Turn the knob to select a song.
Press the knob to play the song.
To return to the previous display, press (BACK).
■
Fast-forwarding and rewinding songs
Press ( ) or ( ).
■ Repeat play
Press (RPT).
To cancel, press (RPT) again.
■
Random play
Pressing (RDM) changes modes in the following order:
Track random→Album random→Off.
■ Playing and pausing tracks
Press ( ).
■ Switching the display
Press the “TEXT” button to display or hide the album title.
If there are continuing texts, is displayed.
Press and hold the button to display the remaining texts.
Listening to songs
1
2
3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 348 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
349
5-5. Using an external device
5
Audio system
■ About iPod
● “Made for iPod” and “Made for iPhone” mean that an electronic accessory
has been designed to connect specifically to iPod, or iPhone, respectively,
and has been certified by the developer to meet Apple performance stan-
dards.
● Apple is not responsible for the operation of this device or its compliance
with safety and regulatory standards. Please note that the use of this acces-
sory with iPod or iPhone may affect wireless performance.
● iPhone, iPod, iPod classic, iPod nano, iPod shuffle, and iPod touch are
trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries.
■ iPod functions
● When an iPod is connected and the audio source is changed to iPod mode,
the iPod will resume play from the same point in which it was last used.
● Depending on the iPod that is connected to the system, certain functions
may not be available. Disconnecting the device and reconnecting it once
again may resolve some malfunctions.
● While connected to the system, the iPod cannot be operated with its own
controls. It is necessary to use the controls of the vehicle’s audio system
instead.
■ iPod problems
To resolve most problems encountered when using your iPod, disconnect
your iPod from the vehicle iPod connection and reset it.
For instructions on how to reset your iPod, refer to your iPod Owner’s Man-
ual.
■ Display
→P. 340
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 349 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
350
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-5. Using an external device
■ Error messages
If an error message is displayed, refer to the following table and take the
appropriate measures. If the problem is not rectified, take the vehicle to your
Toyota dealer.
■ Compatible models
The following iPod
®
, iPod nano
®
, iPod classic
®
, iPod touch
®
and iPhone
®
devices can be used with this system.
● Made for
• iPod touch (4th generation)
• iPod touch (3rd generation)
• iPod touch (2nd generation)
• iPod touch (1st generation)
• iPod classic
• iPod nano (6th generation)
• iPod nano (5th generation)
• iPod nano (4th generation)
• iPod nano (3rd generation)
• iPod nano (2nd generation)
• iPod nano (1st generation)
• iPhone 4
• iPhone 3GS
• iPhone 3G
•iPhone
Depending on differences between models or software versions etc., some
models might be incompatible with this system.
Message Cause/Correction procedures
“ERROR”
This indicates a problem in the iPod or its con-
nection.
“NO SONGS”
This indicates that there is no music data in
the iPod.
“NO PLAYLIST”
This indicates that some available songs are
not found in a selected playlist.
“UPDATE YOUR iPod”
This indicates that the version of the iPod is
not compatible. Upgrade your iPod software
to the latest version.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 350 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
351
5-5. Using an external device
5
Audio system
WARNING
■ While driving
Do not connect iPod or operate the controls. Doing so may cause an acci-
dent, resulting in death or serious injury.
NOTICE
■ To prevent damage to iPod
● Do not leave iPod in the vehicle. The temperature inside the vehicle may
become high, resulting in damage to the iPod.
● Do not push down on or apply unnecessary pressure to the iPod while it is
connected as this may damage the iPod or its terminal.
● Do not insert foreign objects into the port as this may damage the iPod or
its terminal.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 351 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
352
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-5. Using an external device
Listening to USB memory device
∗
→P. 33 0
∗: If equipped
Connecting a USB memory enables you to enjoy music from the
vehicle speakers.
Connecting a USB memory
Control panel
Power
Volume
Selecting a file or displaying
folder list
Searching playback
Next commands, random play
or back button
Repeat play
Fast-forwarding, rewinding or
selecting a folder
Changing the audio source/
playback
Playback/pause
Previous commands
Selecting a file
Displaying text message
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 352 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
353
5-5. Using an external device
5
Audio system
■ Selecting folders one at a time
Press (<FOLDER) or (FOLDER>) to select the desired
folder.
Press (MORE>) to display the commands.
■
Selecting a folder and file from folder list
Press the “TUNE•SCROLL” knob.
The folder list will be displayed.
Turn and press the knob to select a folder and file.
To return to the previous display, press (BACK).
■
Returning to the first folder
Press and hold (<FOLDER) until you hear a beep.
■ Scanning a folder
Press and hold the “SCAN” button until you hear a beep.
The first 10 seconds of the first file in each folder will be played.
To cancel, press the button again.
When the desired folder is reached, press the button again.
■ Selecting a file
Turn the “TUNE•SCROLL” knob or press “∧” or “∨” on the “SEEK/
TRACK” button to select the desired file.
■ Scanning the files in a folder
Press the “SCAN” button.
The first 10 seconds of each file will be played.
To cancel, press the button again.
When the desired file is reached, press the button again.
■ Fast-forwarding and rewinding files
Press ( ) or ( ).
Press (<BACK) to display the commands.
Using a USB memory
1
2
1
2
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 353 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
354
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-5. Using an external device
■ Random play
Pressing (RDM) changes modes in the following order:
Folder random→All folder random→Off
Press (MORE>) to display the command.
■
Repeat play
Pressing (RPT) changes modes in the following order:
File repeat→Folder repeat
*→Off
*: Available except when RDM (random play) is selected
Press (MORE>) to display the command.
■
Playing and pausing tracks
Press ( ).
Press (<BACK) to display the command.
■
Switching the display
Press the “TEXT” button to display or hide the album title.
If there are continuing texts, is displayed.
Press and hold the button to display the remaining texts.
■ USB memory functions
● Depending on the USB memory that is connected to the system, the device
itself may not be operable and certain functions may not be available. If the
device is inoperable or a function is unavailable due to a malfunction (as
opposed to a system specification), disconnecting the device and recon-
necting it once again may resolve the problem.
● If the USB memory still does not begin operation after being disconnected
and reconnected, format the memory.
■ Display
→P. 340
■ Error messages
If an error message is displayed, refer to the following table and take the
appropriate measures. If the problem is not rectified, take the vehicle to your
Toyota dealer.
Message Cause/Correction procedures
“ERROR”
This indicates a problem in the USB memory
or its connection.
“NO MUSIC”
This indicates that no MP3/WMA files are
included in the USB memory.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 354 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
355
5-5. Using an external device
5
Audio system
■ USB memory
● Compatible devices
USB memory that can be used for MP3 and WMA playback
● Compatible device formats
The following device formats can be used:
• USB communication formats: USB2.0 FS (12mbps)
• File formats: FAT12/16/32 (Windows)
• Correspondence class: Mass storage class
MP3 and WMA files written in any format other than those listed above may
not play correctly, and their file names and folder names may not be dis-
played correctly.
Items related to standards and limitations are as follows:
• Maximum directory hierarchy: 8 levels
• Maximum number of folders in a device: 999 (including the root)
• Maximum number of files in a device: 9999
• Maximum number of files per folder: 255
● MP3 and WMA files
MP3 (MPEG Audio LAYER3) is a standard audio compression format.
Files can be compressed to approximately 1/10 of their original size by
using MP3 compression.
WMA (Windows Media Audio) is a Microsoft audio compression format.
This format compresses audio data to a size smaller than that of the MP3
format.
There is a limit to the MP3 and WMA file standards and to the media/for-
mats recorded by them that can be used.
● MP3 file compatibility
• Compatible standards
MP3 (MPEG1 LAYER3, MPEG2 LSF LAYER3)
• Compatible sampling frequencies
MPEG1 LAYER3: 32, 44.1, 48 (kHz)
MPEG2 LSF LAYER3: 16, 22.05, 24 (kHz)
• Compatible bit rates (compatible with VBR)
MPEG1 LAYER3: 32 - 320 (kbps)
• MPEG2 LSF LAYER3: 8 - 160 (kbps)
• Compatible channel modes: stereo, joint stereo, dual channel and mon-
aural
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 355 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
356
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-5. Using an external device
● WMA file compatibility
• Compatible standards
WMA Ver. 7, 8, 9
• Compatible sampling frequencies
32, 44.1, 48 (kHz)
• Compatible bit rates (only compatible with 2-channel playback)
Ver. 7, 8: CBR 48 - 192 (kbps)
Ver. 9: CBR 48 - 320 (kbps)
● File names
The only files that can be recognized as MP3/WMA and played are those
with the extension .mp3 or .wma.
● ID3 and WMA tags
ID3 tags can be added to MP3 files, making it possible to record the track
title, artist name, etc.
The system is compatible with ID3 Ver. 1.0, 1.1, and Ver. 2.2, 2.3, 2.4 ID3
tags. (The number of characters is based on ID3 Ver. 1.0 and 1.1.)
WMA tags can be added to WMA files, making it possible to record the
track title and artist name in the same way as with ID3 tags.
● MP3 and WMA playback
• When a device containing MP3 or WMA files is connected, all files in the
USB memory device are checked. Once the file check is finished, the first
MP3 or WMA file is played. To make the file check finish more quickly, we
recommend that you do not include any files other than MP3 or WMA
files or create any unnecessary folders.
• When the USB device is connected and the audio source is changed to
USB memory mode, the USB device will start playing the first file in the
first folder. If the same device is removed and reinserted (and the con-
tents have not been changed), the USB memory will resume play from
the same point in which it was last used.
● Extensions
If the file extensions .mp3 and .wma are used for files other than MP3 and
WMA files, they will be skipped (not played).
● Playback
• To play MP3 files with steady sound quality, we recommend a fixed bit
rate of at least 128 kbps and a sampling frequency of 44.1 kHz.
• There is a wide variety of freeware and other encoding software for MP3
and WMA files on the market, and depending on the status of the encod-
ing and the file format, poor sound quality or noise at the start of playback
may result. In some cases, playback may not be possible at all.
• Microsoft, Windows, and Windows Media are registered trademarks of
Microsoft Corporation in the U.S.A. and other countries.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 356 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
357
5-5. Using an external device
5
Audio system
WARNING
■ While driving
Do not connect USB memory or operate the controls. Doing so may cause
an accident, resulting in death or serious injury.
NOTICE
■ To prevent damage to USB memory
● Do not leave USB memory in the vehicle. The temperature inside the vehi-
cle may become high, resulting in damage to the USB memory.
● Do not push down on or apply unnecessary pressure to the USB memory
while it is connected as this may damage the USB memory or its terminal.
● Do not insert foreign objects into the port as this may damage the USB
memory or its terminal.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 357 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
358
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-5. Using an external device
Using the AUX port
→P. 33 0
■ Operating portable audio devices connected to the audio system
The volume can be adjusted using the vehicle’ audio controls. All other
adjustments must be made on the portable audio device itself.
■ When using a portable audio device connected to the power outlet
Noise may occur during playback. Use the power source of the portable
audio device.
This port can be used to connect a portable audio device and lis-
ten to it using the vehicle’s speakers.
Connecting a portable player
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 358 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
359
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-6. Using Bluetooth
®
devices
5
Audio system
Bluetooth
®
audio/phone
∗
■ Bluetooth
®
audio
The Bluetooth
®
audio system enables you to enjoy music played on
a portable digital audio player (portable player) from the vehicle
speakers via wireless communication.
This audio system supports Bluetooth
®
, a wireless data system
capable of playing portable audio music without cables. If your por-
table player does not support Bluetooth
®
, the Bluetooth
®
audio sys-
tem will not function.
■ Bluetooth
®
phone (hands-free phone system)
This system supports Bluetooth
®
, which allows you to make or
receive calls without using cables to connect a cellular phone and
the system, and without operating the cellular phone.
∗: If equipped
The following can be performed using Bluetooth
®
wireless com-
munication:
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 359 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
360
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-6. Using Bluetooth
®
devices
Device registration/connection flow
1. Register the Bluetooth
®
device to be used with audio
system (→P. 365)
2. Connect the registered Bluetooth
®
device to be used
(→P. 366)
5. Use Bluetooth
®
audio
(→P. 376)
5. Use Bluetooth
®
phone
(→P. 379)
3. Set automatic connection of the device
(→P. 369)
4. Check Bluetooth
®
connection condition
(→P. 361)
To be used for audio
To be used for hands-free phone
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 360 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
361
5-6. Using Bluetooth
®
devices
5
Audio system
Bluetooth
®
connection condi-
tion
If “BT” is not displayed, the
Bluetooth
®
audio/phone cannot be
used.
Displays set up menu
Selects items such as menu
and number
Turn: Selects an item
Press: Inputs the selected item
Off-hook switch
Turns the hands-free system on/starts a call
On-hook switch
Turns the hands-free system off/ends a call/refuses a call
Selects speed dials
Displays information that is too long to be displayed at one time on
the display (press and hold)
Display
A message, name, number, etc. is displayed.
Lower-case characters and special characters cannot be displayed.
■
Microphone
You can use the microphone
when talking on the phone.
The person you are speaking to
can be heard from the speak-
ers.
To use the hands-free system,
you must register your
Bluetooth
®
phone in the system.
(→P. 365)
Audio unit
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 361 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
362
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-6. Using Bluetooth
®
devices
*: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc.
Menu list of the Bluetooth
®
audio/phone
First menu Second menu Third menu Operation details
“Bluetooth*”
“BT pairing” -
Registering a
Bluetooth
®
device
“List phone” -
Listing the registered
cellular phones
“List audio” -
Listing the registered
portable players
“Passkey” -
Changing the pass-
key
“BT power” -
Setting automatic
connection of the
device on or off
“Bluetooth
* info”
“Device name”
“Device address”
Displaying the device
status
“Display setting” -
Setting the auto-
matic connection
confirmation display
to on or off
“Initialize” -
Initializing the set-
tings
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 362 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
363
5-6. Using Bluetooth
®
devices
5
Audio system
■ Bluetooth
®
audio/phone system functions
Depending on the Bluetooth
®
device, certain functions may not be available.
First menu Second menu Third menu Operation details
“PHONE”
“Phonebook”
“Add contacts”
Adding a new num-
ber
“Add SD”
Registering a speed
dial
“Delete call
history”
Deleting a number
stored in the call his-
tory
“Delete contacts”
Deleting a number
stored in the phone-
book
“Delete other PB”
Deleting a phone-
book’s data
“Auto transfer” -
Setting automatic
transferring of the
phonebook on or off
“HF sound
setting”
“Call volume” Setting call volume
“Ringtone
volume”
Setting ring tone vol-
ume
“Ringtone” Setting the ring tone
“Transfer
histories”
-
Transferring the call
histories
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 363 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
364
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-6. Using Bluetooth
®
devices
Using the steering wheel switches
Volume
The voice guidance volume
cannot be adjusted using this
button.
Off-hook switch
Turns the hands-free system
on/start a call
On-hook switch
Turns the hands-free system
off/ends a call/refuse a call
The steering wheel switches can be used to operate a connected
cellular phone, or portable digital audio player (portable player).
Operating Bluetooth
®
phone using the steering wheel switches
1
2
3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 364 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
365
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-6. Using Bluetooth
®
devices
5
Audio system
Register a Bluetooth
®
device
Press the “SETUP” button and select “Bluetooth*” using the
“TUNE•SCROLL” knob.
Press the knob and select “BT pairing” using the knob.
A passkey will be displayed.
SSP (Secure Simple Pairing) incompatible Bluetooth
®
devices:
Input the passkey into the device.
SSP (Secure Simple Pairing) compatible Bluetooth
®
devices:
Select “Yes” to register the device. Depending on the type of
device, it may register automatically.
If a Bluetooth
®
device has both music player and cellular phone func-
tions, both functions will be registered at the same time. When delet-
ing the device, both functions will be deleted at the same time.
If the off-hook switch is pressed and the “PHONE” mode is entered
when no phones have been registered, the registration screen will be
automatically displayed.
*: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc.
Before using the Bluetooth
®
audio/phone, it is necessary to reg-
ister a Bluetooth
®
device in the system. Follow the procedure
below to register (pair) a device:
How to register a Bluetooth
®
device
1
2
3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 365 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
366
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-7. “SETUP” menu
Using the “SETUP” menu (“Bluetooth*”
menu)
∗
■ Functions and operation procedures
Press the “SETUP” button and select “Bluetooth
*” using the
“TUNE•SCROLL” knob.
Press the knob and select one of the following functions using
the knob.
● Registering a Bluetooth
®
device
“BT pairing”
● Listing the registered cellular phones
“List phone”
● Listing the registered portable players
“List audio”
● Changing the passkey
“Passkey”
● Setting automatic connection of the device on or off
“BT power”
● Displaying the device status
“Bluetooth
* info”
● Setting the automatic connection confirmation display to on or off
“Display setting”
● Initialization
“Initialize”
*: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc.
∗: If equipped
Registering a Bluetooth
®
device in the system allows the system
to function. The following functions can be used for registered
devices:
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 366 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
367
5-7. “SETUP” menu
5
Audio system
Select “BT pairing” using the “TUNE•SCROLL” knob.
● If a Bluetooth
®
device is not connected currently
Perform the procedure for registering a Bluetooth
®
device from step
. (→P. 365)
● If other Bluetooth
®
device is connected currently
The Bluetooth
®
device needs to be disconnected.
After disconnecting, perform the procedure for registering a
Bluetooth
®
device from step . (→P. 365)
● If device list is full
Select the Bluetooth
®
device to be deleted using the
“TUNE•SCROLL” knob and press (YES).
Select “List phone” using the “TUNE•SCROLL” knob. The list of regis-
tered cellular phones will be displayed.
● Connecting the registered cellular phone to the audio system
Select the name of the cellular phone to be connected using the
“TUNE•SCROLL” knob.
Select “Select” using the knob.
● Deleting a registered cellular phone
Select the name of the cellular phone to be deleted using the
“TUNE•SCROLL” knob.
Select “Delete” using the knob.
Press (YES).
● Disconnecting the registered cellular phone from the audio system
Select the name of the cellular phone to be disconnected using
the “TUNE•SCROLL” knob.
Select “Disconnect” using the knob.
Press (YES).
Registering a Bluetooth
®
device
Listing the registered cellular phones
3
2
1
2
1
2
3
1
2
3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 367 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
368
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-7. “SETUP” menu
Select “List audio” using the “TUNE•SCROLL” knob. The list of regis-
tered portable players will be displayed.
● Connecting the registered portable player to the audio system
Select the name of the portable player to be connected using the
“TUNE•SCROLL” knob.
Select “Select” using the knob.
● Deleting the registered portable player
Select the name of the portable player to be deleted using the
“TUNE•SCROLL” knob.
Select “Delete” using the knob.
Press (YES).
● Disconnecting the registered portable player from the audio system
Select the name of the portable player to be disconnected using
the “TUNE•SCROLL” knob.
Select “Disconnect” using the knob.
Press (YES).
● Selecting the connection method
Select the name of the desired portable player using the
“TUNE•SCROLL” knob.
Select “Connection Method” using the knob.
Select “From vehicle” or “From audio” using the knob.
Listing the registered portable players
1
2
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 368 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
369
5-7. “SETUP” menu
5
Audio system
Select “Passkey” using the “TUNE•SCROLL” knob.
Select a 4 to 8-digit passkey using the knob.
Input the number 1 digit at a time.
When the entire number to be registered as a passkey has been
input, press (ENTER).
If the passkey to be registered has 8 digits, pressing (ENTER) is not
necessary.
If “BT power” is set to on, the registered device will be connected
automatically when the engine switch is turned to the “ACC” position
(vehicles without smart key system) or ACCESSORY mode (vehicles
with smart key system).
Select “BT Power” using the “TUNE•SCROLL” knob.
Select “ON” or “OFF” using the knob.
Select “Bluetooth
* info” using the “TUNE•SCROLL” knob.
● Displaying the device name
Select “Device name” using the “TUNE•SCROLL” knob.
● Displaying the device address
Select “Device address” using the “TUNE•SCROLL” knob.
*: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc.
Changing the passkey
Setting automatic connection of the device on or off
Displaying the device status
1
2
3
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 369 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
370
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-7. “SETUP” menu
If the “Display setting” is set to on, the portable player connection sta-
tus will be displayed when the engine switch is turned to the “ACC” or
“ON” position (vehicles without smart key system) or ACCESSORY or
IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with smart key system).
Select “Display setting” using the “TUNE•SCROLL” knob.
Select “ON” or “OFF” using the knob.
Select “Initialize” using the “TUNE•SCROLL” knob.
● Initializing the sound settings
Select “Sound setting” using the “TUNE•SCROLL” knob and press
(YES).
For details about sound settings: →P. 37 1
● Initializing the device information
Select “Car device info” using the “TUNE•SCROLL” knob and press
(YES).
Automatic connection of a portable device, automatic connection confirma-
tion display and the passkey will be initialized.
● Initializing all the settings
Select “All initialize” using the “TUNE•SCROLL” knob and press
(YES).
■ The number of Bluetooth
®
device that can be registered
Up to 5 Bluetooth
®
device can be registered in the system.
■ Bluetooth
®
audio/phone system functions
Certain functions may not be available during driving.
Setting the automatic connection confirmation display to on or off
Initialization
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 370 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
371
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-7. “SETUP” menu
5
Audio system
Using the “SETUP” menu (“PHONE” menu)
∗
■ Functions and operation procedures
To enter the menu for each function, press the “SETUP” button and
follow the steps below using the “TUNE•SCROLL” knob:
● Adding a new phone number
1. “PHONE” → 2. “Phonebook” → 3. “Add contacts”
● Setting speed dials
1. “PHONE” → 2. “Phonebook” → 3. “Add SD”
● Deleting call histories
1. “PHONE” → 2. “Phonebook” → 3. “Delete call history”
● Deleting a registered phone number
1. “PHONE” → 2. “Phonebook” → 3. “Delete contacts”
● Deleting another cellular phone’s phonebook
1. “PHONE” → 2. “Phonebook” → 3. “Delete other PB”
● Setting call volume
1. “PHONE” → 2. “HF sound setting” → 3. “Call volume”
● Setting ring tone volume
1. “PHONE” → 2. “HF sound setting” → 3. “Ringtone volume”
● Setting ring tone
1. “PHONE” → 2. “HF sound setting” → 3. “Ringtone”
● Transferring call histories
1. “PHONE” → 2. “Transfer histories”
● Setting automatic transferring of the phonebook
1. “PHONE” → 2. “Auto transfer”
∗: If equipped
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 371 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
372
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-7. “SETUP” menu
Select “Add contacts” using the “TUNE•SCROLL” knob.
● Transferring all contacts from the cellular phone
Select “Overwrite all” using the “TUNE•SCROLL” knob and press
(YES).
● Transferring one contact from the cellular phone
Select “Add one contact” using the “TUNE•SCROLL” knob and
press (YES).
Select “Add SD” using the “TUNE•SCROLL” knob.
Select the desired data using the knob.
Press the desired preset button (from [1] to [5]).
For details about setting speed dials from the call history: →P. 380
For details about deleting speed dials: →P. 379
Adding a new phone number
Setting speed dials
1
2
3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 372 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
373
5-7. “SETUP” menu
5
Audio system
Select “Delete call history” using the “TUNE•SCROLL” knob.
● Deleting outgoing call history
Select “Outgoing calls” using the “TUNE•SCROLL” knob.
Select the desired phone number using the knob and press
(YES).
To delete all outgoing call history data, press (ALL) and then
press (YES).
● Deleting incoming call history
Select “Incoming calls” using the “TUNE•SCROLL” knob.
Select the desired phone number using the knob and press
(YES).
To delete all incoming call history data, press (ALL) and then
press (YES).
● Deleting missed call history
Select “Missed calls” using the “TUNE•SCROLL” knob.
Select the desired phone number using the knob and press
(YES).
To delete all missed call history data, press (ALL) and then
press (YES).
● Deleting a number from all call histories (Outgoing calls, Incoming
calls and Missed calls)
Select “All calls” using the “TUNE•SCROLL” knob.
Select the desired phone number using the knob and press
(YES).
To delete all of the call histories data, press (ALL) and then
press (YES).
Deleting call histories
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 373 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
374
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-7. “SETUP” menu
Select “Delete contacts” using the “TUNE•SCROLL” knob.
Select the desired phone number using the knob and press
(YES).
To delete all the registered phone numbers, press (ALL) and then
press (YES).
Press (A-Z) to display the registered names in alphabetical order
of the initial.
Select “Delete other PB” using the “TUNE•SCROLL” knob.
Select the desired phonebook using the knob and press (YES).
Select “Auto transfer” using the “TUNE•SCROLL” knob.
Select “ON” or “OFF” using the knob.
Select “Call volume” using the “TUNE•SCROLL” knob.
Change the call volume.
To decrease the volume: Turn the knob counterclockwise.
To increase the volume: Turn the knob clockwise.
To set the volume, press (SAVE).
Select “Ringtone volume” using the “TUNE•SCROLL” knob.
Change the ring tone volume.
To decrease the volume: Turn the knob counterclockwise.
To increase the volume: Turn the knob clockwise.
To set the volume, press (SAVE).
Deleting a registered phone number
Deleting another cellular phone’s phonebook
Setting automatic transferring of the phonebook on or off
Setting call volume
Setting ring tone volume
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 374 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
375
5-7. “SETUP” menu
5
Audio system
Select “Ringtone” using the “TUNE•SCROLL” knob.
Using the knob, select a ring tone (1 - 3). To set the selected ring
tone, press (SAVE).
Select “Transfer histories” using the “TUNE•SCROLL” knob and press
(YES).
■ Phone number
Up to 1000 names can be stored.
■ Call history
Up to 10 numbers can be stored in each of the outgoing, incoming and
missed call history memories.
■ Limitation of number of digits
A phone number that exceeds 24 digits cannot be registered.
■ Bluetooth
®
phone system functions
Certain functions may not be available during driving.
Setting ring tone
Transferring call histories
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 375 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
376
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-8. Bluetooth
®
Audio
Operating a Bluetooth
®
enabled portable
player
∗
∗: If equipped
Power
Volume
Search playback
Next commands, random play
or back button
Repeat play
Fast-forwarding, rewinding or
selecting an album
Changing the audio source/
playback
Playback/pause
Previous commands
Selecting a track
Displaying text message
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 376 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
377
5-8. Bluetooth
®
Audio
5
Audio system
Press (<FOLDER) or (FOLDER>) to select desired album.
Press (MORE>) to display the commands.
Press and hold the “SCAN” button until you hear a beep.
The first 10 seconds of the first track in each album will be played.
To cancel, press the button again.
When the desired album is reached, press the button again.
Press “∧” or “∨” on the “SEEK/TRACK” button to select the desired
track.
Press the “SCAN” button.
The first 10 seconds of each track will be played.
To cancel, press the button again.
When the desired track is reached, press the button again.
Press ( ) or ( ).
Press (<BACK) to display the commands.
Pressing (RPT) changes modes in the following order:
Track repeat→Album repeat→Off.
Press (MORE>) to display the command.
Pressing (RDM) changes modes in the following order:
Album random→All track random→Off.
Press (MORE>) to display the command.
Selecting an album
Scanning an album
Selecting a track
Scanning the tracks in an album
Fast-forwarding and rewinding tracks
Repeat play
Random play
1
2
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 377 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
378
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-8. Bluetooth
®
Audio
Press ( ).
Press (<BACK) to display the command.
Press the “TEXT” button to display or hide the album title.
If there are continuing texts, is displayed.
Press and hold the button to display the remaining texts.
■ Bluetooth
®
audio system functions
Depending on the portable player that is connected to the system, certain
functions may not be available.
■ Display
→P. 340
Playing and pausing tracks
Switching the display
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 378 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
379
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-9. Bluetooth
®
Phone
5
Audio system
Making a phone call
∗
Select “Phonebook” using the “TUNE•SCROLL” knob.
Select the desired name using the knob and press the off-hook
switch.
By pressing (Add S. Dial) and one of the speed dial buttons (from
[1] to [5]) while the desired name is selected, it can be regis-
tered as a speed dial.
Press (A-Z) to display the registered names in alphabetical order
of the initial.
Select “Speed dials” using the “TUNE•SCROLL” knob.
Press the desired preset button (from [1] to [5]) and press
the off-hook switch.
To delete a registered speed dial, after selecting the desired preset
button (from [1] to [5]) press (DELETE) and then press
(YES).
To overwrite a speed dial, after selecting the desired preset button
(from [1] to [5]) press (YES).
∗: If equipped
To enter the “PHONE” mode, press the off-hook switch.
Dialing by selecting a name
Speed dialing
1
2
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 379 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
380
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-9. Bluetooth
®
Phone
Select “Dial by number” using the “TUNE•SCROLL” knob.
Enter the phone number and press the off-hook switch.
Select “All calls”, “Missed calls”, “Incoming calls” or “Outgoing calls”
using the “TUNE•SCROLL” knob.
Select a desired number using the knob and press the off-hook
switch.
The following operations can be performed:
● Registering a number as a speed dial
Press (Add S. Dial) and then press the desired preset button
(from [1] to [5]).
● Deleting the selected number
Press (DELETE) and press (YES).
Dialing by entering the number
Dialing from call histories
1
2
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 380 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
381
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-9. Bluetooth
®
Phone
5
Audio system
When receiving a phone call
Press the off-hook switch.
Press the on-hook switch.
Press the off-hook switch.
Pressing the off-hook switch again returns you to the previous call.
To decrease the volume: Turn the “PWR•VOL” knob counterclock-
wise.
To increase the volume: Turn the “PWR•VOL” knob clockwise.
Answering the phone
Refusing the call
Receiving a call when on another call
Adjusting the ring tone volume when receiving a call
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 381 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
382
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-9. Bluetooth
®
Phone
Speaking on the phone
A call can be transferred between the cellular phone and system while
dialing, receiving a call, or during a call. Use one of the following
methods:
a. Operate the cellular phone.
Refer to the manual that comes with the cellular phone for the operation
of the phone.
b. Press the (HNDSET).*
*
: This operation can be performed only when transferring a call from the
cellular phone to the system during a call.
Press (MUTE).
Press (0-9) and use the “TUNE•SCROLL” knob to input the
desired digits.
• To send the input digits press (SEND).
• When finished, press (EXIT) to return to the previous screen.
To decrease the volume: Turn the “PWR•VOL” knob counterclock-
wise.
To increase the volume: Turn the “PWR•VOL” knob clockwise.
Transferring a call
Muting your voice
Inputting digits
Setting call volume
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 382 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
383
5-9. Bluetooth
®
Phone
5
Audio system
■ When talking on the phone
● Do not talk simultaneously with the other party.
● Keep the volume of the received voice down. Otherwise, voice echo will
increase.
■ Automatic volume adjustment
When vehicle speed is 50 mph (80 km/h) or more, the volume automatically
increases. The volume returns to the previous volume setting when vehicle
speed drops to 43 mph (70 km/h) or less.
■ Phone call system functions
Depending on the cellular phone, certain functions may not be available.
■ Situations where the system may not recognize your voice
● When driving on a rough road
● When driving at high speeds
● When air is blowing out of the vents onto the microphone
● When the air conditioning fan emits a loud noise
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 383 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
384
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-10. Bluetooth
®
Bluetooth
®
■ Conditions affecting operation
The Bluetooth
®
audio/phone may not operate normally in the fol-
lowing situations:
● The portable player does not support Bluetooth
®
● The cellular phone is located outside the service area
● The Bluetooth
®
device is switched off
● The Bluetooth
®
device has a low battery
● The Bluetooth
®
device is not connected to the system
● The Bluetooth
®
device is behind the seat or in the glove box or
console box, or metal material covers or touches the device
■ When transferring ownership of the vehicle
Be sure to initialize the system to prevent personal data from being
improperly accessed. (→P. 370)
■ About Bluetooth
®
Bluetooth is a registered trade-
mark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 384 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
385
5-10. Bluetooth
®
5
Audio system
■ Compatible models
● Bluetooth
®
specifications:
Ver. 1.1, or higher (Recommended: Ver. 2.1 + EDR or higher)
● Following Profiles:
• A2DP (Advanced Audio Distribution Profile) Ver. 1.0 or higher
(recommended: Ver. 1.2 or higher)
• AVRCP (Audio/Video Remote Control Profile) Ver. 1.0 or
higher (recommended: Ver. 1.3 or higher)
Portable players must correspond to the above specifications in
order to be connected to the Bluetooth
®
audio/phone. However,
please note that some functions may be limited depending on the
type of portable player.
● Cellular phone
• HFP (Hands Free Profile) Ver. 1.0 or higher (Recommended:
Ver. 1.5)
• OPP (Object Push Profile) Ver. 1.1
• PBAP (Phone Book Access Profile) Ver. 1.0
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 385 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
386
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-10. Bluetooth
®
■ Certification
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 386 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
387
5-10. Bluetooth
®
5
Audio system
WARNING
■ While driving
Do not operate the portable audio player, cellular phone or connect a device
to the Bluetooth
®
system.
■ Caution regarding interference with electronic devices
● Your audio unit is fitted with Bluetooth
®
antennas. People with implantable
cardiac pacemakers, cardiac resynchronization therapy-pacemakers or
implantable cardioverter defibrillators should maintain a reasonable dis-
tance between themselves and the Bluetooth
®
antennas. The radio waves
may affect the operation of such devices.
● Before using Bluetooth
®
devices, users of any electrical medical device
other than implantable cardiac pacemakers, cardiac resynchronization
therapy-pacemakers or implantable cardioverter defibrillators should con-
sult the manufacturer of the device for information about its operation
under the influence of radio waves. Radio waves could have unexpected
effects on the operation of such medical devices.
NOTICE
■ When leaving the vehicle
Do not leave your portable audio player or cellular phone in the vehicle. The
inside of the vehicle may become hot, causing damage to the portable
audio player or cellular phone.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 387 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
388
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-11. Using the audio system (Entune Audio)
Audio system (Entune Audio)
Setup (→P. 396, 397, 400)
Audio system and Bluetooth
®
settings can be adjusted.
Audio system (→P. 403, 407, 409, 416, 421, 426, 439)
Radio, CD, iPod, USB, AUX and Bluetooth
®
audio can be played.
Bluetooth
®
hands-free system (→P. 441)
The driver can make or receive telephone calls without taking their
hands off the steering wheel.
■ Operating conditions
X Vehicles without smart key system
The engine switch is in the “ACC” or “ON” position.
X Vehicles with smart key system
The engine switch is in ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON mode.
■ Using cellular phones
Interference may be heard through the audio system’ speakers if a cellular
phone is being used inside or close to the vehicle while the audio system is
operating. However, this does not indicate a malfunction.
Audio system (Entune Audio) functions
1
2
3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 388 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
389
5-11. Using the audio system (Entune Audio)
5
Audio system
WARNING
■ Laser product
This product is a class 1 laser product.
Do not open the cover of the player or attempt to repair the unit yourself.
Refer servicing to qualified personnel.
● Laser products
• Do not take this unit apart or attempt to make any changes yourself.
This is an intricate unit that uses a laser pickup to retrieve information
from the surface of compact discs. The laser is carefully shielded so
that its rays remain inside the cabinet. Therefore, never try to disassem-
ble the player or alter any of its parts since you may be exposed to laser
rays and dangerous voltages.
• This product utilizes a laser.
Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than
those specified herein may result in hazardous radiation exposure.
THE USE OF OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS WITH THIS PRODUCT WILL
INCREASE EYE HAZARD.
NOTICE
■ To prevent battery discharge
Do not leave the audio system on longer than necessary when the engine is
not running.
■ To avoid damaging the audio system
Take care not to spill drinks or other fluids on the audio system.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 389 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
390
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-12. Basic Operations
Audio system operations (Entune Audio)
∗
“AUDIO” button
Display the “Select Audio Source” screen or audio top screen.
(→P. 403)
“CAR” button
Press this button to access the vehicle information system.
(→P. 94)
button
Press this button to access the Bluetooth
®
hands-free system.
(→P. 441)
“SETUP” button
Press this button to customize the function settings. (→P. 396)
∗: If equipped
Operations such as listening to audio, using the hands-free
phone, confirming vehicle information and changing audio sys-
tem settings are started by using the following buttons.
Audio system operation buttons
1
2
3
4
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 390 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
391
5-12. Basic Operations
5
Audio system
Operations are performed by touching the screen directly with your
finger.
*: The above operations may not be performed on all screens. Also if the
vehicle reaches a high altitude, it may become hard to perform above func-
tions.
■ When using the touch screen
● If the screen is cold, the display may be dark, or the system may seem to be
operating slightly slower than normal.
● The screen may seem dark and hard to see when viewed through sun-
glasses. Change your angle of viewing, adjust the display on the “Display
Settings” screen (→P. 400) or remove your sunglasses.
Touch screen gestures
Operation method Outline Main use
Touch
Quickly touch and
release once.
Changing and selecting
various settings.
Drag*
Touch the screen
with your finger, and
move the screen to
the desired position.
Scrolling the lists, using
scroll bar in lists, etc.
Flick*
Quickly move the
screen by flicking
with your finger.
Moving the list screen
(list screen limit).
NOTICE
■ To avoid damaging the touch screen
● To prevent damaging the screen, lightly touch the screen buttons with your
finger.
● Do not use objects other than your finger to touch the screen.
● Wipe off fingerprints using a glass cleaning cloth. Do not use chemical
cleaners to clean the screen, as they may damage the touch screen.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 391 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
392
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-12. Basic Operations
Steering wheel audio switches
Volume switch
• Increases/decreases volume
• Press and hold: Continuously
increases/decreases volume
Cursor switch (“∧” and “∨”)
•AM/FM Radio
Press: Preset station/chan-
nel up/down
Press and hold: Seek up/down continuously
•CD/
Bluetooth
®
audio/iPod/USB memory
Press: Track/file up/down
Press and hold: Fast forward/rewind
“MODE/HOLD” switch
• Changes audio source
• Press and hold this switch to mute or pause the current operation
To cancel the mute or pause, press and hold.
Some audio features can be controlled using the switches on
the steering wheel.
Operation may differ depending on the type of audio system or
navigation system. For details, refer to the manual provided with
the audio system or navigation system.
Operating the audio system using the steering wheel switches
1
2
3
WARNING
■ To reduce the risk of an accident
Exercise care when operating the audio switches on the steering wheel.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 392 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
393
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-12. Basic Operations
5
Audio system
AUX port/USB port
■ iPod
Open the cover and connect an
iPod using an iPod cable.
Turn on the power of the iPod if
it is not turned on.
■
USB memory
Open the cover and connect the USB memory device.
Turn on the power of the USB memory device if it is not turned on.
■
Portable audio player
Open the cover and connect the portable audio player.
Turn on the power of the portable audio player if it is not turned on.
Connect an iPod, USB memory device or portable audio player
to the AUX port/USB port as indicated below. Select “iPod”,
“USB” or “AUX” on the audio source selection screen and the
device can be operated via audio system.
Connecting using the AUX port/USB port
WARNING
■ While driving
Do not connect a device or operate the device controls.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 393 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
394
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-12. Basic Operations
Basic audio operations
Press this knob to turn the audio system on and off, and turn it to
adjust the volume.
Press this button to eject a disc
Insert a disc into the disc slot
Press to pause or resume playing music.
Turn this knob to select radio station bands, tracks and files. Also
the knob can be used to select items in the list display.
Press the button to seek up or down for a radio station, or to access
a desired track or file.
: Select to pause music.
: Select to resume playing music.
Basic audio operations and functions common to each mode are
explained in this section.
Operating the audio system
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 394 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
395
5-12. Basic Operations
5
Audio system
Select to change on/off.
Select to change on/off.
■ Using cellular phones
Interference may be heard through the audio system’s speakers if a cellular
phone is being used inside or close to the vehicle while the audio system is
operating.
Random playback
Repeat play
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 395 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
396
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-13. Setup
Setup menu
Press the “SETUP” button to display the “Setup” screen.
Select to adjust the settings for
operation sounds, screen ani-
mation, etc. (→P. 397)
Select to display the voice set-
tings screen. (→P. 402)
Select to adjust the settings for
contrast and brightness of the
screen. (→P. 400)
Select to adjust the settings for registering, removing, connecting
and disconnecting Bluetooth
®
devices. (→P. 437)
Select to adjust the settings for contact, message settings, etc.
(→P. 458)
Select to set audio settings. (→P. 399)
Select to turn the screen off.
Select to set the vehicle customization (→P. 693).
You can adjust the audio system to your desired settings.
Display “Setup” screen
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 396 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
397
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-13. Setup
5
Audio system
General settings
Press the “SETUP” button.
Select “General” on the “Setup”
screen.
Select to adjust the clock.
“English”, “Français” or
“Español” can be selected.
Select to change the unit of
measure for distance/fuel
consumption.
On/off can be selected to
sound beeps.
Select to change the screen
color.
Select to change the keyboard layout.
The animation effect for the screen can be set to on/off.
Select to delete personal data (→P. 398)
Select to update program versions. For details, contact your
Toyota dealer.
Select to display the software information. Notices related to third
party software used in this product are enlisted. (This includes
instructions for obtaining such software, where applicable.)
■ To return to the default settings
Select “Default”, and then “Yes”.
Settings are available for adjusting the operation sounds,
screen animation, etc.
Screen for general settings
1
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 397 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
398
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-13. Setup
The clock on the Entune Audio can be adjusted by the following pro-
cedure.
For vehicles with a navigation system or Entune Audio Plus, refer to
the “NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S MAN-
UAL”.
Press the “SETUP” button and select “General” and then select
“Clock”.
Adjust hour/minute
Switch AM/PM
Rounds to the nearest hour
*
Displays in the 24-hour/12-hour
format
*e.g.: 1:00 to 1:29 → 1:00
1:30 to 2:00 → 2:00
● Vehicles without a smart key system:
The clock is displayed when the engine switch is in the “ACC” or “ON” posi-
tion.
Vehicles with a smart key system:
The clock is displayed when the engine switch is in ACCESSORY or IGNI-
TION ON mode.
● When disconnecting and reconnecting battery terminals, the clock will auto-
matically be set to --:--.
Select “Delete Personal Data” on the “General Settings” screen.
Select “Delete”.
Check carefully beforehand, as data cannot be retrieved once deleted.
A confirmation screen will be displayed. Select “Yes”.
The following personal data will be deleted or changed to its default
settings.
• General settings
• Audio settings
• Phone settings
Clock
1
2
3
4
Deleting personal data
1
2
3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 398 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
399
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-13. Setup
5
Audio system
Audio settings
Press the “SETUP” button.
Select “Audio” on the “Setup” screen.
Number of Radio Presets
Select the number of radio
preset stations.
Display Cover Art on/off
Automatic Sound Levelizer
Select “Automatic Sound Levelizer”.
Select “High”, “Mid”, “Low” or “Off”.
■ The sound quality level is adjusted individually
The treble, mid and bass levels can be adjusted for each audio mode sepa-
rately.
■ About Automatic Sound Leveliser (ASL)
ASL automatically adjusts the volume and tone quality according to the vehi-
cle speed.
Settings are available for adjusting the radio operation, cover
art, etc.
Screen for audio settings
1
2
1
2
3
Automatic sound leveliser (ASL)
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 399 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
400
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-13. Setup
Display settings
Press the “SETUP” button.
Select “Display” on the “Setup” screen.
Adjust the screen display
Adjust the camera display
*
Changes to day mode.
*: If equipped
When the headlights are turned on, the screen dims.
However, the screen can be switched to day mode by selecting “Day
Mode”.
The screen will stay in day mode when the headlights are turned on until
“Day Mode” is selected again.
Settings are available for adjusting the contrast and brightness
of the screen.
Screen for display settings
1
2
1
2
3
Day mode
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 400 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
401
5-13. Setup
5
Audio system
Select “General” or “Camera” on the “Display Settings” screen.
Select the desired item.
Adjusting the screen brightness/contrast
1
2
“-” “+”
“Brightness” Darker Brighter
“Contrast” Weaker Stronger
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 401 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
402
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-13. Setup
Voice settings
Adjust the voice guidance vol-
ume setting.
Set the voice recognition
prompts “High”, “Low” or “Off”.
Set the train voice recognition.
Set the voice prompt interrupt
on/off.
Set the voice recognition tuto-
rial.
■ To return to the default settings
Select “Default”, and then “Yes”.
This screen is used for setting the voice command guidance
system.
1
2
3
4
5
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 402 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
403
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-14. Using the audio system
5
Audio system
Selecting the audio source
Press the “AUDIO” button to display the audio source selection
screen.
If the audio source selection screen is not displayed, press the “AUDIO”
button again.
Select the desired audio
source.
Select the desired audio
source then or to
reorder.
The audio source changes as follows each time the “MODE/HOLD”
switch is pressed.
Switching between audio sources such as radio and CD are
explained in this section.
Changing audio source
1
2
1
Using the steering wheel switches to change audio source
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 403 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
404
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-14. Using the audio system
List screen operation
: Select to scroll to the next
or previous page.
: If appears to the right of
titles, the complete titles are
too long for the display. Select
this button to scroll the title.
Turn the “TUNE•SCROLL” knob to move the cursor box to select a
desired item from the list, and press the knob to play it. The track that
is being played is highlighted.
To return to the top screen, select “Now Playing” on the list screen.
When a list screen is displayed, use the appropriate buttons to
scroll through the list.
How to scroll
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 404 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
405
5-14. Using the audio system
5
Audio system
■ Selecting a track/file/song
Press the “SEEK >” button or “< TRACK” button, or turn the
“TUNE•SCROLL” knob to select the desired track/file/song number.
To fast-forward or reverse, press and hold the “SEEK >” button or
“< TRACK” button.
■ Selecting a track/file/song from the track/file/song list
Select “Browse” or cover art.
Select the desired track/file/
song.
When an MP3/WMA/AAC disc or USB memory device is being used,
the folder can be selected. When a Bluetooth
®
device or iPod is being
used, the album can be selected.
According to the audio device, the following is displayed.
Selecting, fast-forwarding and reversing tracks/files/songs
1
2
Audio source List name
Audio CD Track
MP3/WMA/AAC disc Folder, File
Bluetooth
®
Album, Track
USB
Artist, Album, Song, Genre, Com-
poser
iPod
Playlist, Artist, Album, Genre,
Audiobook, Composer, Song, Video,
Podcast
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 405 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
406
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-14. Using the audio system
Optimal use of the audio system
Select “-” or “+” to adjust
the treble, mid or bass to
a level between -5 and 5.
Select “Front” or “Rear” to
adjust the front/rear audio
balance.
Select “L” or “R” to adjust the
left/right audio balance.
On the “Sound Settings” screen, sound quality (Treble/Mid/
Bass), volume balance can be adjusted.
How to adjust the sound settings and sound quality
1 2 3
4 5
6 7
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 406 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
407
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-15. Using the radio
5
Audio system
Radio operation
Pressing the “AUDIO” button displays the audio control screen from
any screens of the selected source.
Audio source selection screen
appears
Preset stations
Select to display RBDS text
messages
*
Scanning for receivable station
Select to display a list of receiv-
able stations
Setting the sound (→P. 406)
*: FM only
Tune in to the desired station using one of the following methods.
■ Seek tuning
Press the “SEEK >” button or “< TRACK” button.
The radio will begin seeking up or down for a station of the nearest
frequency and will stop when a station is found.
■ Manual tuning
Turn the “TUNE•SCROLL” knob.
■ Preset stations
Select the desired preset station.
Select “AM” or “FM” on the audio source selection screen to
begin listening to the radio.
Audio control screen
1
2
3
4
5
Selecting a station
6
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 407 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
408
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-15. Using the radio
Search for desired stations by turning the “TUNE•SCROLL” knob or
pressing the “SEEK >” button or “< TRACK” button.
Select “(add new)”.
To change the preset station to a different one, select and hold the preset
station.
Select “Yes”.
Select “OK” after setting the new preset station.
■ Refreshing the station list
Select “Refresh” on the “Station List” screen.
To cancel the refresh, select “Cancel Refresh”.
■ Reception sensitivity
● Maintaining perfect radio reception at all times is difficult due to the continu-
ally changing position of the antenna, differences in signal strength and sur-
rounding objects, such as trains, transmitters, etc.
● The radio antenna is mounted on the roof.
Setting station presets
1
2
3
4
1
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 408 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
409
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-16. Playing an audio CD and MP3/WMA/AAC discs
5
Audio system
CD player operation
Pressing the “AUDIO” button displays the audio control screen from
any screens of the selected source.
Audio source selection screen
appears
Displaying the track/file list/
folder list
Random playback (
→P. 395)
Repeat play (
→P. 395)
Pause
Select to resume play
Setting the sound (
→P. 406)
■ Displaying the title and artist name
If a CD-TEXT disc is inserted, the title of the disc and track will be displayed.
Insert disc or select “CD” on the audio source selection screen
with a disc inserted to begin listening to a CD.
Audio control screen
1
2
3
4
5
6
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 409 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
410
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-16. Playing an audio CD and MP3/WMA/AAC discs
CD player and disc information
If the following error messages appear on the screen, refer to the
table and take the appropriate measures. If the problem is not recti-
fied, take the vehicle to your Toyota dealer.
■ Discs that can be used
Discs with the marks shown below can be used.
Playback may not be possible depending on recording format or
disc features, or due to scratches, dirt or deterioration.
CDs with copy-protection features may not play correctly.
■ CD player protection feature
To protect the internal components, playback is automatically
stopped when a problem is detected.
■ If a disc is left inside the CD player or in the ejected position
for extended periods
Disc may be damaged and may not play properly.
■ Lens cleaners
Do not use lens cleaners. Doing so may damage the CD player.
Error messages
Message Cause/Correction procedures
“Check DISC”
• The disc is dirty or damaged. Clean the disc.
• The disc is inserted upside down. Insert the
disc correctly.
• The disc is not playable with the player. Con-
firm the disc is playable with the player.
“Disc Error”
There is a malfunction within the system. Eject
the disc.
“No music files found.”
No playable data is included on the disc. Eject
the disc.
CD discs
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 410 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
411
5-16. Playing an audio CD and MP3/WMA/AAC discs
5
Audio system
■ MP3, WMA and AAC files
MP3 (MPEG Audio LAYER3) is a standard audio compression for-
mat.
Files can be compressed to approximately 1/10 of their original size
by using MP3 compression.
WMA (Windows Media Audio) is a Microsoft audio compression for-
mat.
This format compresses audio data to a size smaller than that of
the MP3 format.
AAC is short for Advanced Audio Coding and refers to an audio
compression technology standard used with MPEG2 and MPEG4.
MP3, WMA and AAC file and media/formats compatibility are lim-
ited.
● MP3 file compatibility
• Compatible standards
MP3 (MPEG1 LAYER3, MPEG2 LSF LAYER3)
• Compatible sampling frequencies
MPEG1 LAYER3: 32, 44.1, 48 (kHz)
MPEG2 LSF LAYER3: 16, 22.05, 24 (kHz)
• Compatible bit rates (compatible with VBR)
MPEG1 LAYER3: 32-320 (kbps)
MPEG2 LSF LAYER3: 8-160 (kbps)
• Compatible channel modes: stereo, joint stereo, dual channel
and monaural
● WMA file compatibility
• Compatible standards
WMA Ver. 7, 8, 9 (only compatible with Windows Media Audio
Standard)
• Compatible sampling frequencies
32, 44.1, 48 (kHz)
• Compatible bit rates (only compatible with 2-channel playback)
Ver. 7, 8: CBR 48-192 (kbps)
Ver. 9: CBR 48-320 (kbps)
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 411 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
412
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-16. Playing an audio CD and MP3/WMA/AAC discs
● AAC file compatibility
• Compatible standards
MPEG4/AAC-LC
• Compatible sampling frequencies
11.025/12/16/22.05/24/32/44.1/48 (kHz)
• Compatible bit rates
16-320 (kbps)
● Compatible media
Media that can be used for MP3, WMA and AAC playback are
CD-Rs and CD-RWs.
Playback in some instances may not be possible if the CD-R or
CD-RW is not finalized. Playback may not be possible or the
audio may jump if the disc is scratched or marked with finger-
prints.
● Compatible disc formats
The following disc formats can be used.
• Disc formats:CD-ROM Mode 1 and Mode 2
CD-ROM XA Mode 2, Form 1 and Form 2
• File formats: ISO9660 Level 1, Level 2, (Romeo, Joliet)
UDF (2.01 or lower)
MP3, WMA and AAC files written in any format other than
those listed above may not play correctly, and their file names
and folder names may not be displayed correctly.
Items related to standards and limitations are as follows.
• Maximum directory hierarchy: 8 levels (including the root)
• Maximum length of folder names/file names: 32 characters
• Maximum number of folders: 192 (including the root)
• Maximum number of files per disc: 255
● File names
The only files that can be recognized as MP3/WMA/AAC and
played are those with the extension .mp3, .wma or .m4a.
● Discs containing multi-session recordings
As the audio system is compatible with multi session discs, it is
possible to play discs that contain MP3, WMA and AAC files.
However, only the first session can be played.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 412 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
413
5-16. Playing an audio CD and MP3/WMA/AAC discs
5
Audio system
● ID3, WMA and AAC tags
ID3 tags can be added to MP3 files, making it possible to record
the track title, artist name, etc.
The system is compatible with ID3 Ver. 1.0, 1.1, and Ver. 2.2, 2.3
ID3 tags. (The number of characters is based on ID3 Ver. 1.0 and
1.1.)
WMA tags can be added to WMA files, making it possible to
record the track title and artist name in the same way as with ID3
tags.
AAC tags can be added to AAC files, making it possible to record
the track title and artist name in the same way as with ID3 tags.
● MP3, WMA and AAC playback
When a disc containing MP3, WMA or AAC files is inserted, all
files on the disc are first checked. Once the file check is finished,
the first MP3, WMA or AAC file is played. To make the file check
finish more quickly, we recommend you do not write any files to
the disc other than MP3, WMA or AAC files or create any unnec-
essary folders.
Discs that contain a mixture of music data and MP3, WMA or
AAC format data cannot be played.
● Extensions
If the file extensions .mp3, .wma and .m4a are used for files
other than MP3, WMA and AAC files, they may be mistakenly
recognized and played as MP3, WMA and AAC files. This may
result in large amounts of interference and damage to the speak-
ers.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 413 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
414
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-16. Playing an audio CD and MP3/WMA/AAC discs
● Playback
• To play MP3 files with steady sound quality, we recommend a
fixed bit rate of at least 128 kbps and a sampling frequency of
44.1 kHz.
• CD-R or CD-RW playback may not be possible in some
instances, depending on the characteristics of the disc.
• There is a wide variety of freeware and other encoding soft-
ware for MP3, WMA and AAC files on the market, and depend-
ing on the status of the encoding and the file format, poor
sound quality or noise at the start of playback may result. In
some cases, playback may not be possible at all.
• When files other than MP3, WMA or AAC files are recorded on
a disc, it may take more time to recognize the disc and in some
cases, playback may not be possible at all.
• Microsoft, Windows, and Windows Media are the registered
trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S.A. and other
countries.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 414 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
415
5-16. Playing an audio CD and MP3/WMA/AAC discs
5
Audio system
NOTICE
■ Discs and adapters that cannot be used
Do not use the following types of CDs.
Also, do not use 3 in. (8 cm) CD adapters, DualDiscs or printable discs.
Doing so may damage the CD player and/or the CD insert/eject function.
● Discs that have a diameter that is not 4.7 in. (12 cm).
● Low-quality or deformed discs.
● Discs with a transparent or translucent recording area.
● Discs that have tape, stickers or CD-R labels attached to them, or that
have had the label peeled off.
■ Player precautions
Failure to follow the precautions below may result in damage to the discs or
the player itself.
● Do not insert anything other than discs into the disc slot.
● Do not apply oil to the player.
● Store discs away from direct sunlight.
● Never try to disassemble any part of the player.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 415 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
416
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-17. Using an external device
iPod player operation
→P. 39 3
Pressing the “AUDIO” button displays the audio control screen from
any screens of the selected source.
Audio source selection screen
appears
Displays cover art
Selecting the play mode
(→P. 417)
Shuffle play (→P. 417)
Repeat play (→P. 417)
Pause
Select to resume playback
Setting the sound (→P. 406)
Connecting an iPod enables you to enjoy music from the vehicle
speakers.
Select “iPod” on the audio source selection screen.
When the iPod connected to the system includes iPod video, the
system can only output the sound by selecting the browse
screen.
Connecting an iPod
Audio control screen
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 416 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
417
5-17. Using an external device
5
Audio system
Select “Browse” on the screen.
Select the desired play mode by selecting the “Playlists”, “Artists”,
“Albums”, “Songs”, “Podcasts”, “Audio books”, “Genres”, “Compos-
ers” or “Videos” tab. Then select a song to begin using the selected
play mode.
Select to change on/off.
Select to change on/off.
Selecting a play mode
Shuffle play
Repeat play
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 417 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
418
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-17. Using an external device
■ About iPod
● “Made for iPod” and “Made for iPhone” mean that an electronic accessory
has been designed to connect specifically to iPod or iPhone, respectively,
and has been certified by the developer to meet Apple performance stan-
dards.
● Apple is not responsible for the operation of this device or its compliance
with safety and regulatory standards. Please note that the use of this acces-
sory with iPod or iPhone may affect wireless performance.
● iPhone, iPod, iPod classic, iPod nano, and iPod touch are trademarks of
Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries. Lightning is a trade-
mark of Apple Inc.
■ iPod cover art
● Depending on the iPod and songs in the iPod, iPod cover art may be dis-
played.
● This function can be changed to on/off. (→P. 399)
● It may take time to display iPod cover art, and the iPod may not be operated
while the cover art display is in process.
● Only iPod cover art that is saved in JPEG format can be displayed.
■ iPod functions
● When an iPod is connected and the audio source is changed to iPod mode,
the iPod will resume play from the same point in which it was last used.
● Depending on the iPod that is connected to the system, certain functions
may not be available. If a function is unavailable due to a malfunction (as
opposed to a system specification), disconnecting the device and recon-
necting it may resolve the problem.
● While connected to the system, the iPod cannot be operated with its own
controls. It is necessary to use the controls of the vehicle’s audio system
instead.
● When the battery level of an iPod is very low, the iPod may not operate. If
so, charge the iPod before use.
● Compatible models (→P. 420)
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 418 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
419
5-17. Using an external device
5
Audio system
■ iPod problems
To resolve most problems encountered when using your iPod, disconnect
your iPod from the vehicle iPod connection and reset it. For instructions on
how to reset your iPod, refer to your iPod Owner’s Manual.
■ Error messages
If the following error messages appear on the screen, refer to the table and
take the appropriate measures. If the problem is not rectified, take the vehicle
to your Toyota dealer.
Message Cause/Correction procedures
“Connection error. Please
consult your Owner’s Man-
ual for instructions on how
to connect the iPod.”
This indicates a problem in the iPod or its con-
nection.
“No music files found.”
This indicates that there is no music data in
the iPod.
“No videos found.”
This indicates that no video files are included
in the iPod.
“Please check the iPod
firmware version.”
This indicates that the software version is not
compatible.
Please check the compatible models.
(→P. 420)
“iPod authorization unsuc-
cessful.”
This indicates that the audio system failed to
authorize the iPod.
Please check your iPod.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 419 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
420
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-17. Using an external device
■ Compatible models
The following iPod
®
, iPod nano
®
, iPod classic
®
, iPod touch
®
and iPhone
®
devices can be used with this system.
● Made for
• iPod touch (5th generation)
• iPod touch (4th generation)
• iPod touch (3rd generation)
• iPod touch (2nd generation)
• iPod touch (1st generation)
• iPod classic
• iPod with video
• iPod nano (7th generation)
• iPod nano (6th generation)
• iPod nano (5th generation)
• iPod nano (4th generation)
• iPod nano (3rd generation)
• iPod nano (2nd generation)
• iPod nano (1st generation)
• iPhone 5s
• iPhone 5c
• iPhone 5
• iPhone 4S
• iPhone 4
• iPhone 3GS
• iPhone 3G
•iPhone
Depending on differences between models or software versions etc., some
models might be incompatible with this system.
WARNING
■ While driving
Do not connect an iPod or operate the controls.
NOTICE
■ To prevent damage to the iPod or its terminals
● Do not leave the iPod in the vehicle. The temperature inside the vehicle
may become high.
● Do not push down on or apply unnecessary pressure to the iPod while it is
connected.
● Do not insert foreign objects into the port.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 420 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
421
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-17. Using an external device
5
Audio system
USB memory device player operation
→P. 39 3
Pressing the “AUDIO” button displays the audio control screen from
any screens of the selected source.
Audio source selection screen
appears
Displays cover art
Displaying the folder list
Random playback (→P. 395)
Repeat play (→P. 395)
Pause
Select to resume playback
Setting the sound (→P. 406)
Connecting a USB memory device enables you to enjoy music
from the vehicle speakers.
Touch “USB” on the audio source selection screen.
Connecting a USB memory device
Audio control screen
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 421 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
422
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-17. Using an external device
■ USB memory functions
● Depending on the USB memory device that is connected to the system, the
device itself may not be operable and certain functions may not be avail-
able. If the device is inoperable or a function is unavailable due to a mal-
function (as opposed to a system specification), disconnecting the device
and reconnecting it may resolve the problem.
● If the USB memory device still does not begin operation after being discon-
nected and reconnected, format the memory.
■ Error messages for USB memory
If the following error messages appear on the screen, refer to the table and
take the appropriate measures. If the problem is not rectified, take the vehicle
to your Toyota dealer.
Message Cause/Correction procedures
“Connection error. Please
consult your Owner’s Man-
ual for instructions on how
to connect the USB device.”
This indicates a problem with the USB mem-
ory device or its connection.
“There are no files available
for playback. Please add
compatible files to your USB
device.”
This indicates that no MP3/WMA/AAC files
are included on the USB memory device.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 422 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
423
5-17. Using an external device
5
Audio system
■ USB memory
● Compatible devices
USB memory device that can be used for MP3, WMA and AAC playback.
● Compatible device formats
The following device format can be used:
• USB communication format: USB2.0 HS (480Mbps) and FS (12 Mbps)
• File system format: FAT16/32 (Windows)
• Correspondence class: Mass storage class
MP3, WMA and AAC files written to a device with any format other than
those listed above may not play correctly, and their file names and folder
names may not be displayed correctly.
Items related to standards and limitations are as follows:
• Maximum directory hierarchy: 8 levels
• Maximum number of folders in a device: 3000 (including the root)
• Maximum number of files in a device: 9999
• Maximum number of files per folder: 255
● MP3, WMA and AAC files
MP3 (MPEG Audio LAYER 3) is a standard audio compression format.
Files can be compressed to approximately 1/10 of their original size using
MP3 compression.
WMA (Windows Media Audio) is a Microsoft audio compression format. This
format compresses audio data to a size smaller than that of the MP3 format.
AAC is short for Advanced Audio Coding and refers to an audio compression
technology standard used with MPEG2 and MPEG4.
MP3, WMA and AAC file and media/formats compatibility are limited.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 423 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
424
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-17. Using an external device
● MP3 file compatibility
• Compatible standards
MP3 (MPEG1 AUDIO LAYERII, III, MPEG2 AUDIO LAYERII, III,
MPEG2.5)
• Compatible sampling frequencies
MPEG1 AUDIO LAYERII, III: 32, 44.1, 48 (kHz)
MPEG2 AUDIO LAYERII, III: 16, 22.05, 24 (kHz)
• Compatible bit rates (compatible with VBR)
MPEG1 AUDIO LAYERII, III: 32-320 (kbps)
MPEG2 AUDIO LAYERII, III: 8-160 (kbps)
• Compatible channel modes: stereo, joint stereo, dual channel and mon-
aural
● WMA file compatibility
• Compatible standards
WMA Ver. 7, 8, 9
• Compatible sampling frequencies
HIGH PROFILE 32, 44.1, 48 (kHz)
• Compatible bit rates
HIGH PROFILE 48-320 (kbps, VBR)
● AAC file compatibility
• Compatible standards
MPEG4/AAC-LC
• Compatible sampling frequencies
11.025/12/16/22.05/24/32/44.1/48 (kHz)
• Compatible bit rates
16-320 (kbps)
• Compatible channel modes: 1 ch and 2 ch
● File names
The only files that can be recognized as MP3/WMA/AAC and played are
those with the extension .mp3 or .wma.
● ID3, WMA and AAC tags
ID3 tags can be added to MP3 files, making it possible to record the track
title, artist name, etc.
The system is compatible with ID3 Ver. 1.0, 1.1, and Ver. 2.2, 2.3, 2.4 ID3
tags. (The number of characters is based on ID3 Ver. 1.0 and 1.1.)
WMA tags can be added to WMA files, making it possible to record the
track title and artist name in the same way as with ID3 tags.
AAC tags can be added to AAC files, making it possible to record the track
title and artist name in the same way as with ID3 tags.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 424 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
425
5-17. Using an external device
5
Audio system
● MP3, WMA and AAC playback
• When a device containing MP3, WMA and AAC files is connected, all
files in the USB memory device are checked. Once the file check is fin-
ished, the first MP3, WMA and AAC file is played. To make the file check
finish more quickly, we recommend that you do not include any files other
than MP3, WMA and AAC files or create any unnecessary folders.
• When a USB memory device is connected and the audio source is
changed to USB memory mode, the USB memory device will start play-
ing the first file in the first folder. If the same device is removed and
reconnected (and the con- tents have not been changed), the USB mem-
ory device will resume play from the same point in which it was last used.
● Extensions
If the file extensions .mp3, .wma and .m4a are used for files other than
MP3, WMA and AAC files, they will be skipped (not played).
● Playback
• To play MP3 files with steady sound quality, we recommend a fixed bit
rate of at least 128 kbps and a sampling frequency of 44.1 kHz.
• There is a wide variety of freeware and other encoding software for MP3,
WMA and AAC files on the market, and depending on the status of the
encoding and the file format, poor sound quality or noise at the start of
playback may result. In some cases, playback may not be possible at all.
• Microsoft, Windows, and Windows Media are the registered trademarks
of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S.A. and other countries.
WARNING
■ While driving
Do not connect a USB memory device or operate the device controls.
NOTICE
■ To prevent damage to the USB memory device or its terminals
● Do not leave the USB memory device in the vehicle. The temperature
inside the vehicle may become high.
● Do not push down on or apply unnecessary pressure to the USB memory
device while it is connected.
● Do not insert foreign objects into the port.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 425 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
426
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-17. Using an external device
Using the AUX port
→P. 39 3
Press the “AUDIO” button to display the audio control screen, then
select “AUX”.
■ Operating portable audio players connected to the audio system
The volume can be adjusted using the vehicle’s audio controls. All other
adjustments must be made on the portable audio player itself.
■ When using a portable audio player connected to the power outlet
Noise may occur during playback. Use the power source of the portable
audio player.
This port can be used to connect a portable audio device and lis-
ten to it through the vehicle’s speakers.
Connecting a portable audio player
Audio control screen
WARNING
■ While driving
Do not connect a portable audio player or operate the device controls.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 426 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
427
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-18. Connecting Bluetooth
®
5
Audio system
Preparations to use wireless communica-
tion
The following can be performed using Bluetooth
®
wireless com-
munication:
■ A portable audio player can be operated and listened to via
audio system
■ Hands-free phone calls can be made via a cellular phone
In order to use wireless communication, register and connect a
Bluetooth
®
device by performing the following procedures.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 427 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
428
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-18. Connecting Bluetooth
®
Device registration/connection flow
1. Register the Bluetooth
®
device to be used with audio sys-
tem (→P. 430, 431, 432)
2. Connect the Bluetooth
®
device to be used
(→P. 434)
To be used for audio To be used for hands-free
phone
3. Start Bluetooth
®
connec-
tion (→P. 434)
3. Start Bluetooth
®
connec-
tion (→P. 434)
4. Check connection status
(→P. 439)
4. Check connection status
(→P. 442)
5. Use Bluetooth
®
audio
(→P. 440)
5. Use Bluetooth
®
phone
(→P. 441)
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 428 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
429
5-18. Connecting Bluetooth
®
5
Audio system
To display the screen shown below, press the “SETUP” button and
select “Bluetooth
*” on the “Setup” screen.
Select to connect the device to
be used with audio system.
(→P. 434)
Select to register a Bluetooth
®
device to be used with audio
system. (→P. 432)
Select to set detailed
Bluetooth
®
system settings.
(→P. 437)
Select to delete registered devices. (→P. 433)
*: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc.
Registering and connecting from the “Bluetooth* Setup” screen
1
2
3
4
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 429 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
430
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-18. Connecting Bluetooth
®
Registering a Bluetooth
®
audio player for
the first time
Turn the Bluetooth
®
connection setting of your audio player on.
Press the “AUDIO” button.
Select “ Audio”.
Select “Select Device”.
Follow the steps in “How to register a Bluetooth
®
device” from .
(→P. 432)
To use the Bluetooth
®
Audio, it is necessary to register an audio
player with the system.
Once the player has been registered, it is possible to use the
Bluetooth
®
Audio.
For details about registering a Bluetooth
®
device (→P. 432)
1
2
3
4
5 2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 430 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
431
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-18. Connecting Bluetooth
®
5
Audio system
Registering a Bluetooth
®
phone for the first
time
Turn the Bluetooth
®
connection setting of your cellular phone on.
Press the “ ” button.
Select “OK” to register a phone.
Follow the steps in “How to registering a Bluetooth
®
device” from
. (→P. 432)
To use the hands-free system, it is necessary to register a
Bluetooth
®
phone with the system.
Once the phone has been registered, it is possible to use the
hands-free system.
This operation cannot be performed while driving.
For details about registering a Bluetooth
®
device (→P. 432)
1
2
3
4
3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 431 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
432
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-18. Connecting Bluetooth
®
Registering a Bluetooth
®
device
Display the “Bluetooth* Setup” screen. (→P. 429)
*: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc.
Select “Add”.
When this screen is displayed,
search for the device name dis-
played on this screen on the
screen of your Bluetooth
®
device.
For details about operating the
Bluetooth
®
device, see the manual
that comes with it.
To cancel the registration, select
“Cancel”.
Register the Bluetooth
®
device using your Bluetooth
®
device.
A PIN-code is not required for SSP (Secure Simple Pairing) compatible
Bluetooth
®
devices. Depending on the type of Bluetooth
®
device being
connected, a message confirming registration may be displayed on the
Bluetooth
®
device’s screen. Respond and operate the Bluetooth
®
device
according to the confirmation message.
Bluetooth
®
compatible phones (HFP) and portable audio players
(AVP) can be registered simultaneously. You can register up to 5
Bluetooth
®
devices.
How to register a Bluetooth
®
device
1
2
3
4
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 432 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
433
5-18. Connecting Bluetooth
®
5
Audio system
Check that this screen is dis-
played when registration is
complete.
Select “OK” when the connection status changes from “Connect-
ing...” to “Connected”.
If an error message is displayed, follow the guidance on the screen to try
again.
Registration can be performed from screens other than the
“Bluetooth* Setup” screen.
■ When registering from the “Bluetooth* Audio” screen
Display the “Bluetooth* Audio” screen. (→P. 403)
Select “Select Device”.
Follow the steps in “How to registering a Bluetooth
®
device” from
. (→P. 432)
*: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc.
Display the “Bluetooth* Setup” screen. (→P. 429)
*: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc.
Select “Remove”.
Select the desired device.
A confirmation message will be displayed, select “Yes” to delete the
device.
Check that a confirmation screen is displayed when the operation is
complete.
■ When deleting a Bluetooth
®
phone
The contact data will be deleted at the same time.
5
Deleting a Bluetooth
®
device
6
1
2
3
2
1
2
3
4
5
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 433 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
434
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-18. Connecting Bluetooth
®
Connecting a Bluetooth
®
device
Press the “SETUP” button.
Select “Bluetooth*”.
*: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc.
Select the device to be con-
nected.
Supported profile icons will be dis-
played.
Phone
Audio player
Supported profile icons for cur-
rently connected devices will illumi-
nate.
Dimmed icons can be selected to connect to the function directly.
Up to 5 Bluetooth
®
devices (Phones (HFP) and audio players
(AVP)) can be registered.
If more than 1 Bluetooth
®
device has been registered, select
which device to connect to.
How to select a Bluetooth
®
device
1
2
3
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 434 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
435
5-18. Connecting Bluetooth
®
5
Audio system
To turn auto connection mode on, set “Bluetooth* Power” to on.
(→P. 437)
When you register a phone, auto connection will be activated. Always
set it to this mode and leave the Bluetooth
®
phone in a place where a
connection can be established.
When the engine switch is turned to the “ACC” or “ON” position (vehicles
without smart key system) or ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON mode (vehi-
cles with smart key system), the system will search for a nearby cellular
phone you have registered.
Next, the system automatically connects with the most recent of the
phones connected to in the past. Then, the connection result is displayed.
*: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc.
When auto connection has failed or “Bluetooth* Power” is turned off,
you must connect the Bluetooth
®
device manually.
*: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc.
Follow the steps in “Connecting a Bluetooth
®
device” from .
(→P. 434)
■ When connecting from the Bluetooth
®
audio control screen
X Registering an additional device
Select “Select Device” on the Bluetooth
®
audio control screen.
For more information: →P. 43 2
X Selecting a registered device
Select “Select Device” on the Bluetooth
®
audio control screen.
For more information: →P. 43 4
■ Reconnecting a Bluetooth
®
phone
If the system cannot connect due to poor signal strength with the engine
switch in the “ACC” or “ON” position (vehicles without smart key system) or
ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with smart key system), the
system will automatically attempt to reconnect.
If the phone is turned off, the system will not attempt to reconnect. In this
case, the connection must be made manually, or the phone must be rese-
lected.
Auto connection
Manual connection
1
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 435 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
436
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-18. Connecting Bluetooth
®
Displaying a Bluetooth
®
device details
Display the “Bluetooth* Setup” screen. (→P. 429)
*: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc.
Select the device.
Select “Device Info”.
Following screen is displayed:
Device Name
Change connection method
Bluetooth
®
Address
Display your telephone num-
ber
The number may not be dis-
played depending on the
model of phone.
Compatibility profile of the
device
Restore default settings
Select “Connect Audio Player from”.
Select “Vehicle” or “Device”.
“Vehicle”: Connect the audio system to the portable audio player.
“Device”: Connect the portable audio player to the audio system
You can confirm and change the registered device details.
Bluetooth
®
device registration status
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
5
6
Changing connection method
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 436 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
437
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-18. Connecting Bluetooth
®
5
Audio system
Detailed Bluetooth
®
settings
Display the “Bluetooth* Setup” screen. (→P. 429)
Select “System Settings”.
The following screen is displayed:
Bluetooth
*
Power on/off
You can change Bluetooth*
function on/off
Bluetooth
*
Name
Change PIN-code (→P. 438)
Bluetooth
*
Address
Display Phone Status
You can set the system to show
the status confirmation display
when connecting a telephone
Display Audio Player Status
You can set the system to show
the status confirmation display
when connecting an audio
player
Compatibility profile of the system
Restore default settings
*: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc.
You can confirm and change the detailed Bluetooth
®
settings.
How to check and change detailed Bluetooth
®
settings
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 437 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
438
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-18. Connecting Bluetooth
®
You can change the PIN-code that is used to register your Bluetooth
®
devices in the system.
Select “Bluetooth* PIN”.
Input a PIN-code, and select “OK”.
*: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc.
Editing the Bluetooth* PIN
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 438 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
439
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-19. Bluetooth
®
Audio
5
Audio system
Listening to Bluetooth
®
Audio
You can check such indicators as signal strength and battery charge
on the screen.
Connection status
Battery charge
The battery charge indicator may
not be displayed depending on the
connected device.
The Bluetooth
®
audio system enables the user to enjoy music
played on a portable player from the vehicle speakers via wire-
less communication.
When a Bluetooth
®
device cannot be connected, check the connec-
tion status on the “Bluetooth* Audio” screen. If the device is not con-
nected, either register or reconnect the device. (→P. 434)
*: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc.
Status display
1
2
Indicators Conditions
Connection status
Good Not connected
Battery charge
Full Empty
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 439 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
440
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-19. Bluetooth
®
Audio
Select or to Play/Pause.
For details on “Bluetooth
* Audio” screen operation methods, refer to
Basic Audio Operations. (→P. 394)
For details on how to select a track or album, refer to selecting, fast-
forwarding and reversing tracks/files/songs. (→P. 405)
*: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc.
Playing Bluetooth
®
audio
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 440 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
441
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-20. Bluetooth
®
Phone
5
Audio system
Using a Bluetooth
®
Phone
To display the screen shown below, press the switch on the steer-
ing wheel or the button.
Several functions are available to operate on each screen that is dis-
played by selecting the 4 tabs.
Device name
Bluetooth
®
connection status
The hands-free system is a function that allows you to use your
cellular phone without touching it.
This system supports Bluetooth
®
. Bluetooth
®
is a wireless data
system that allows the cellular phone to wirelessly connect to
the hands-free system and make/receive calls.
Before making a phone call, check the connection status, battery
charge, call area and signal strength. (→P. 442)
If a Bluetooth
®
device cannot be connected, check the connection
status on the phone screen. If the device is not connected, either
register or reconnect it. (→P. 434)
Phone screen
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 441 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
442
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-20. Bluetooth
®
Phone
■ Telephone switch (→P. 455)
■ Microphone
The vehicle’s built in micro-
phone is used when talking on
the phone.
The person you are speaking to
can be heard from the front
speakers.
To use the hands-free system,
you must register your
Bluetooth
®
phone in the sys-
tem. (→P. 432)
You can check indicators such as signal strength and battery charge
on the phone screen.
Connection status
Signal strength
Battery charge
Status display
1
2
3
Indicators Conditions
Connection status
Good Poor Not connected
Battery charge
Full Empty
Call area
“Rm”: Roaming area
Signal strength
Excellent Poor
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 442 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
443
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-20. Bluetooth
®
Phone
5
Audio system
Making a call
Display the phone screen. (→P. 441)
Select the “Dial Pad” tab and enter a phone number.
To delete the input phone number, select .
For the first digit, you can enter “+” by selecting “∗” for a while.
Press the switch on the steering wheel or select .
You can dial a number from the contact data imported from your cellu-
lar phone. The system has one contact list for each registered phone.
Up to 2500 contacts may be stored in each contact list.
Display the phone screen. (→P. 441)
Select “Contacts” tab.
Choose the desired contact to call from the list.
Choose the number and then press the switch on the steering
wheel or select .
You can transfer the phone numbers in a Bluetooth
®
phone to the sys-
tem.
Operation methods differ between PBAP (Phone Book Access Profile)
compatible and PBAP incompatible Bluetooth
®
phones. If the cellular
phone does not support either PBAP or OPP (Object Push Profile)
service, you cannot transfer contacts.
Once a Bluetooth
®
phone is registered, you can make a call
using the following procedure:
Dialing
Dialing from the contacts list
When the contact is empty
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 443 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
444
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-20. Bluetooth
®
Phone
■ For PBAP compatible Bluetooth
®
phones
X When “Automatic Contact/History Transfer” is set to off
Select the desired item.
Select to transfer new con-
tacts from a cellular phone,
select “Always” and then
enable “Automatic Con-
tact/History Transfer”.
Select to transfer all the
contacts from a connected
cellular phone only once.
Select to cancel transferring.
■ For PBAP incompatible but OPP compatible Bluetooth
®
phones
Select the desired item.
Select to transfer the con-
tacts from the connected
cellular phone.
Select to add a new con-
tact manually.
Select to cancel transfer-
ring.
X When “Transfer” is selected
Follow the steps in “Update contacts from phone” from .
(→P. 459)
X When “Add” is selected
Follow the steps in “Registering a new contact to the contacts
list” from . (→P. 461)
1
1
2
3
1
1
2
3
2 2
2
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 444 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
445
5-20. Bluetooth
®
Phone
5
Audio system
You can make a call using numbers registered in the contact.
Display the phone screen. (→P. 441)
Select “Favorites” tab.
Select the desired number to make a call.
You can make a call using the call history, which has the 3 functions
below.
: calls which you missed
: calls which you received
: calls which you made
Display the phone screen. (→P. 441)
Select “Call History” tab.
Select or the desired entry from the list.
X When is selected
Check that the “Call” screen is displayed.
X When the desired contact is selected
Select the desired number.
Check that the “Call” screen is displayed.
■ Call history list
● If you make a call to or receive a call from a number registered in the contact
list, the name is displayed in the call history.
● If you make multiple calls to the same number, only the last call made is dis-
played in the call history.
■ International calls
You may not be able to make international calls, depending on the mobile
phone in use.
Calling using favorites list
Dialing from call history
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
4
5
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 445 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
446
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-20. Bluetooth
®
Phone
Receiving a call
Press the switch on the steer-
ing wheel or select .
Press the switch on the steering wheel or select .
Turn the “PWR VOL” knob. You can also adjust the volume using the
steering switches.
■ International calls
Received international calls may not be displayed correctly depending on the
cellular phone in use.
When a call is received, the following screen is displayed
together with a sound.
To answer the phone
To refuse a call
To adjust the incoming call volume
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 446 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
447
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-20. Bluetooth
®
Phone
5
Audio system
Speaking on the phone
Select “-” or “+”. You can also adjust the volume using the steering
switches or the volume knob.
Select “Mute”.
When using phone services such as an answering service or a bank,
you can store phone numbers and code numbers in the contact list.
Select “0-9”.
Input the number.
■ Release Tones
“Release Tones” appear when a continuous tone signal(s) contain-
ing a (w) is registered in the contact list.
Select “Release Tones”.
The following screen is displayed when speaking on the phone.
To adjust the call volume
To prevent the other party from hearing your voice
Inputting tones
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 447 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
448
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-20. Bluetooth
®
Phone
■ Release Tones
● A continuous tone signal is a character string that consists of numbers and
the characters p or w. (e.g.056133w0123p#1∗)
● When the “p” pause tone is used, the tone data up until the next pause tone
will be automatically sent after 2 seconds have elapsed. When the “w”
pause tone is used, the tone data up until the next pause tone will be auto-
matically sent after a user operation is performed.
● Release tones can be used when automated operation of a phone based
service such as an answering machine or bank phone service is desired. A
phone number with continuous tone signals can be registered in the contact
list.
● Tone data after a “w” pause tone can be operated on voice command during
a call.
Turn the “Handset mode” on to switch from a hands-free call to a cel-
lular phone call.
Turn the “Handset mode” off to switch from a cellular phone call to a
hands-free call.
Select “Transmit Volume”.
Select the desired level for the transmit volume.
Select “OK”.
Press the switch on the steering wheel or select .
To transfer a call
Transmit volume setting
To hang up
1
2
3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 448 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
449
5-20. Bluetooth
®
Phone
5
Audio system
When a call is interrupted by a third party while talking, an incoming
call message will be displayed.
To talk with the other party:
• Press the switch on the
steering wheel.
• Select .
To refuse the call:
• Press the switch on the
steering wheel.
• Select .
Every time you press the switch on the steering wheel or select
during call waiting, you will be switched to the other party.
■ Transferring calls
● If you transfer from the cellular phone to hands-free, the hands-free screen
will be displayed, and you can operate the system using the screen.
● Transfer method and operation may vary according to the cellular phone
used.
● For operation of the cellular phone in use, see the phone’s manual.
■ Call waiting operation
Call waiting operation may differ depending on your phone company and cel-
lular phone.
Call waiting
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 449 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
450
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-20. Bluetooth
®
Phone
Bluetooth
®
phone message function
Press the button.
Select .
When an e-mail/SMS/MMS is received, the incoming message screen
pops up with sound and is ready to be operated on the screen.
Select to check the message.
Select to refuse the message.
Select to call the message
sender.
Received messages can be forwarded from the connected
Bluetooth
®
phone, enabling checking and replying using the
audio system.
Depending on the type of Bluetooth
®
phone connected, received
messages may not be transferred to the message inbox.
If the phone does not support the message function, this func-
tion cannot be used.
Displaying “Message Inbox” screen
Receiving a message
1
2
1
2
3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 450 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
451
5-20. Bluetooth
®
Phone
5
Audio system
■ Receiving a message
● Depending on the cellular phone used for receiving messages, or its regis-
tration status with the navigation system, some information may not be dis-
played.
● The pop up screen is separately available for incoming e-mail and SMS/
MMS messages under the following conditions:
E-mail:
• “Incoming E-mail Display” is set to “Full Screen”. (→P. 466)
• “E-mail Notification Popup” is set to on. (→P. 466)
SMS/MMS:
• “Incoming SMS/MMS Display” is set to “Full screen”. (→P. 466)
• “SMS/MMS Notification Popup” is set to on. (→P. 466)
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 451 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
452
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-20. Bluetooth
®
Phone
Display the “Message Inbox” screen. (→P. 450)
Select the desired message from the list.
Check that the message is displayed.
E-mails: Select “Mark
Unread” or “Mark Read” to
mark mail unread or read on
the message inbox screen.
This function is available when
“Update Message Read Status
on Phone” is set to on (→P. 466)
Select to make a call to the
sender.
Select to have messages read out. To cancel this function, select
“Stop”.
Select to display the previous or next message.
Select to reply the message.
Checking the messages
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
5
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 452 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
453
5-20. Bluetooth
®
Phone
5
Audio system
■ Check the messages
● Depending on the type of Bluetooth
®
phone being connected, it may be nec-
essary to perform additional steps on the phone.
● Messages are displayed in the appropriate connected Bluetooth
®
phone’s
registered mail address folder.
Select the tab of the desired folder to be displayed.
● Only received messages on the connected Bluetooth
®
phone can be dis-
played.
● The text of the message is not displayed while driving.
● When “Automatic Message Readout” is set to on, messages will be auto-
matically read out. (→P. 466)
● Turn the “PWR VOL” knob, or use the volume switch on the steering wheel
to adjust the message read out volume.
● The message read out function is available even while driving.
Display the “Message Inbox” screen. (→P. 450)
Select the desired message from the list.
Select “Quick Message”.
Select the desired message.
Select “Send”.
If an error message is displayed, follow the guidance on the screen to try
again.
■
Editing quick reply message
Select “Quick Message”.
Select corresponding to the desired message to edit.
Select “OK” when editing is completed.
Replying to a message
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 453 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
454
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-20. Bluetooth
®
Phone
Calls can be made to an e-mail/SMS/MMS message sender’s phone
number.
Display the “Message Inbox” screen. (→P. 450)
Select the desired message.
Select .
Check that the “Call” screen is displayed.
■ Calling from a number within a message
Calls can be made to a number identified in a message’s text area.
This operation cannot be performed while driving.
Display the “Message Inbox” screen. (→P. 450)
Select the desired message.
Select the text area.
Select corresponding to the desired number.
Check that the “Call” screen is displayed.
■ Calling from the incoming message screen
→P. 44 9
Calling the message sender
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
5
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 454 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
455
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-20. Bluetooth
®
Phone
5
Audio system
Using the steering wheel switches
Volume switch
• Increase/Decrease the vol-
ume
• Press and hold:
Continuously increase/
decrease the volume
Off hook switch
• Make a call
• Receive a call
• Display “Phone” screen
On hook switch
•End a call
• Refuse a call
The steering wheel switches can be used to operate a connected
cellular phone.
Operating a telephone using the steering wheel switches
1
2
3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 455 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
456
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-20. Bluetooth
®
Phone
Bluetooth
®
phone settings
To display the screen shown below, press the “SETUP” button, and
select “Phone” on the “Setup” screen.
Set the phone connection
(→P. 432)
Setting the sound (→P. 457)
Contact/Call History Settings
(→P. 458)
Set the message settings
(→P. 466)
Set the phone display
(→P. 467)
You can adjust the hands-free system to your desired settings.
“Phone/Message Settings” screen
1
2
3
4
5
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 456 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
457
5-20. Bluetooth
®
Phone
5
Audio system
Display the “Phone/Message Settings” screen. (→P. 456)
Select “Sound Settings” on the “Phone/Message Settings” screen.
Set the desired ringtone.
Adjust the ringtone volume.
Adjust the message readout
volume.
Set the desired incoming
SMS/MMS tone.
Adjust the incoming SMS/
MMS tone volume.
Set the incoming e-mail tone.
Adjust the incoming e-mail
tone volume.
Adjust the default volume of the other party’s voice.
■ To return to the default settings
Select “Default”, and then “Yes”.
Sound setting
1
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 457 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
458
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-21. Phonebook
Contact/Call History Settings
Display the “Phone/Message Settings” screen. (→P. 456)
Select “Contact/Call History Settings”.
Select the desired item to be set.
For PBAP compatible
Bluetooth
®
phones, select
to set “Automatic Transfer”
on/off. When set to on, the
phone’s contact data and
history are automatically
transferred.
Select to update contacts
from the connected phone.
(→P. 459)
Select to sort contacts by the
first name or last name field.
Select to add contacts to the favorites list. (→P. 463)
Select to delete contacts from the favorites list. (→P. 465)
Select to display contact images.
Select to clear contacts from the call history.
*
Select to add new contacts to the contact list.* (→P. 461)
Select to edit contacts in the contact list.
* (→P. 462)
Select to delete contacts from the contact list.
* (→P. 463)
Select to reset all setup items.
*: For PBAP compatible Bluetooth
®
phones only, this function is available
when “Automatic Contact/History Transfer” is set to off.
The contact can be transferred from a Bluetooth
®
phone to the
system. The contact also can be added, edited and deleted.
The call history can be deleted and contact and favorites can be
changed.
“Contact/Call History Settings” screen
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 458 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
459
5-21. Phonebook
5
Audio system
Operation methods differ between PBAP compatible and PBAP
incompatible but OPP compatible Bluetooth
®
phones.
If your cellular phone is neither PBAP nor OPP compatible, the con-
tacts cannot be transferred.
■ For PBAP compatible Bluetooth
®
Phones
Select “Update Contacts from Phone”.
Check that a confirmation screen is displayed when the opera-
tion is complete.
This operation may be unnecessary depending on the type of cellular
phone.
Depending on the type of cellular phone, OBEX authentication may be
required when transferring contact data. Enter “1234” into the
Bluetooth
®
phone.
If another Bluetooth
®
device is connected when transferring contact
data, depending on the phone, the connected Bluetooth
®
device may
need to be disconnected.
Depending on the type of Bluetooth
®
phone being connected, it may be
necessary to perform additional steps on the phone.
Update contacts from phone
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 459 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
460
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-21. Phonebook
■ For PBAP incompatible but OPP compatible Bluetooth
®
Phones
Select “Update Contacts from Phone”.
Transfer the contact data to the system using a Bluetooth
®
phone.
This operation may be unnecessary depending on the type of cellular
phone.
Depending on the type of cellular phone, OBEX authentication may be
required when transferring contact data. Enter “1234” into the
Bluetooth
®
phone.
To cancel this function, select “Cancel”.
Check that a confirmation screen is displayed when the opera-
tion is complete.
■ Updating the contacts in a different way (From the “Call His-
tory” screen)
For PBAP compatible Bluetooth
®
phones, this function is available
when “Automatic Contact/History Transfer” is set to off. (→P. 458)
Display the phone screen. (→P. 441)
Select the “Call History” tab and select a contact not yet regis-
tered in the contact list.
Select “Update Contact”.
Select the desired contact.
Select a phone type for the phone number.
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
5
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 460 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
461
5-21. Phonebook
5
Audio system
New contact data can be registered. Up to 4 numbers per person can
be registered. For PBAP compatible Bluetooth
®
phones, this function
is available when “Automatic Contact/History Transfer” is set to off.
(→P. 458)
Select “New Contact”.
Enter the name and select “OK”.
Enter the phone number and select “OK”.
Select the phone type for the phone number.
To add another number to this contact, select “Yes”.
■ Registering a new contact in a different way (From the “Call
History” screen)
Display the phone screen. (→P. 441)
Select the “Call History” tab and select a contact not yet regis-
tered in the contact list.
Select “Add to Contacts”.
Follow the steps in “Registering a new contact to the contacts
list” from .
Registering a new contact to the contact list
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 461 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
462
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-21. Phonebook
For PBAP compatible Bluetooth
®
phones, this function is available
when “Automatic Contact/History Transfer” is set to off. (→P. 458)
Select “Edit Contact”.
Select the desired contact.
Select corresponding to the desired name or number.
X For editing the name
Follow the steps in “Registering a new contact to the contacts list”
from . (→P. 461)
X For editing the number
Follow the steps in “Registering a new contact to the contacts list”
from . (→P. 461)
■ Editing the contacts in a different way (From the “Contact
Details” screen)
Display the phone screen. (→P. 441)
Select the “Contacts”, “Call History” tab or the “Favorites” tab and
select the desired contact.
Select “Edit Contact”.
“E-mail Addresses”: Select to display all registered e-mail addresses for
the contact.
Follow the steps in “Editing the contact data” from .
Editing the contact data
1
2
3
4
2
4
3
1
2
3
4 4
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 462 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
463
5-21. Phonebook
5
Audio system
For PBAP compatible Bluetooth
®
phones, this function is available
when “Automatic Contact/History Transfer” is set to off. (→P. 458)
Select “Delete Contacts”.
Select the desired contact and select “Delete”.
Select “Yes” when the confirmation screen appears.
■ Deleting the contact in a different way (From the “Contact
Details” screen)
Display the phone screen. (→P. 441)
Select the “Contacts”, “Call history” tab or the “Favorites” tab and
select the desired contact.
Select “Edit Contact”.
Select “Yes” when the confirmation screen appears.
Up to 15 contacts (maximum of 4 numbers per contact) can be regis-
tered in the favorites list.
■ Registering the contacts in the favorites list
Select “Add Favorite”.
Select the desired contact to add to the favorites list.
Dimmed contacts are already stored as a favorite.
Check that a confirmation screen is displayed when the opera-
tion is complete.
Deleting the contact data
Favorites list setting
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 463 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
464
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-21. Phonebook
X When 15 contacts have already been registered to the favorites
list
When 15 contacts have already been registered to the favorites
list, a registered contact needs to be replaced.
Select “Yes” when the confirmation screen appears to replace a
contact.
Select the contact to be replaced.
Check that a confirmation screen is displayed when the opera-
tion is complete.
X Registering contacts in the favorites list in a different way (from
the “Contacts” screen)
Display the phone screen. (→P. 441)
Select the “Contacts” tab.
Select at the beginning of the desired contact list name to be
registered in the favorites list.
When selected, is changed to , and the contact is registered in
the favorites list.
X Registering contacts in the favorites list in a different way (from
the “Contact Details” screen)
Display the phone screen. (→P. 441)
Select the “Contacts” tab or the “Call History” tab and select the
desired contact.
Select “Add Favorite”.
Check that a confirmation screen is displayed when the opera-
tion is complete.
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 464 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
465
5-21. Phonebook
5
Audio system
■ Deleting the contacts in the favorites list
Select “Remove Favorite”.
Select the desired contacts and select “Remove”.
Select “Yes” when the confirmation screen appears.
Check that a confirmation screen is displayed when the opera-
tion is complete.
X Deleting contacts in the favorites list in a different way (from the
“Contacts” screen)
Display the phone screen. (→P. 441)
Select the “Contacts” tab.
Select at the beginning of the contact list name to be deleted
from the favorites. list.
When selected, is changed to , and the data is deleted from the
list.
X Deleting contacts in the favorites list in a different way (from the
“Contact Details” screen)
Display the phone screen. (→P. 441)
Select the “Contacts”, “Call History” tab or the “Favorites” tab and
select the desired contact to delete.
Select “Remove Favorite”.
Select “Yes” when the confirmation screen appears.
Check that a confirmation screen is displayed when the opera-
tion is complete.
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
5
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 465 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
466
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-21. Phonebook
Display the “Phone/Message Settings” screen. (→P. 456)
Select “Messaging Settings”.
Select the desired item to be set.
Set automatic message
transfer on/off.
Set automatic message
readout on/off.
Set the SMS/MMS notifica-
tion popup on/off.
Set the e-mail notification
popup on/off.
Set adding the vehicle signa-
ture to outgoing messages
on/off.
Set updating message read status on phone on/off.
Change the incoming SMS/MMS display.
“Full Screen”: When an SMS/MMS message is received, the incoming
SMS/MMS display screen is displayed and can be operated on the
screen.
“Drop-Down”: When an SMS/MMS message is received, a message is
displayed on the upper side of the screen.
Change the incoming e-mail display.
“Full Screen”: When an e-mail is received, the incoming e-mail display
screen is the displayed and can be operated on the screen.
“Drop-Down”: When an e-mail is received, a message is displayed on
the upper side of the screen.
Set display of messaging account names on the inbox tab on/off.
When set to on, messaging account names used on the cellular phone
will be displayed.
■ To return to the default settings
Select “Default”, and then “Yes”.
Message Settings
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 466 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
467
5-21. Phonebook
5
Audio system
■ Displaying the “Messaging Settings” screen in a different way
Display the phone screen. (→P. 441)
Select .
Select “Settings”.
Select “Message Settings”.
Display the “Phone/Message Settings” screen. (→P. 456)
Select “Phone Display Settings”.
Select the desired item to be set.
Change the incoming call
display.
“Full Screen”: When a call is
received, the hands-free screen
is displayed and can be oper-
ated on the screen.
“Drop-Down”: A message is dis-
played on the upper side of the
screen.
Set display of the contact/
history transfer completion
message on/off.
■ To return to the default settings
Select “Default”, and then “Yes”.
Phone Display Settings
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 467 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
468
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-22. Bluetooth
®
What to do if... (Troubleshooting)
If there is a problem with the hands-free system or a Bluetooth
®
device, first check the table below.
X When using the hands-free system with a Bluetooth
®
device
The hands-free system or Bluetooth
®
device does not work.
The connected device may not be a compatible Bluetooth
®
cellular phone.
→ For a list of specific devices which operation has been confirmed
on this system, check with your Toyota dealer or the following web-
site: http://www.toyota.com/entune/
The Bluetooth version of the connected cellular phone may be older than
the specified version.
→ Use a cellular phone with Bluetooth version 2.0 or higher (recom-
mended: Ver. 3.0 with EDR or higher). (→P. 472)
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 468 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
469
5-22. Bluetooth
®
5
Audio system
X When registering/connecting a cellular phone
X When making/receiving a call
A cellular phone cannot be registered.
An incorrect passcode was entered on the cellular phone.
→ Enter the correct passcode on the cellular phone.
The registration operation has not been completed on the cellular phone
side.
→ Complete the registration operation on the cellular phone (approve
registration on the phone).
Old registration information remains on either this system or the cellular
phone.
→ Delete the existing registration information from both this system
and the cellular phone, then register the cellular phone you wish to
connect to this system. (→P. 433)
A Bluetooth
®
connection cannot be made.
Another Bluetooth
®
device is already connected.
→ Manually connect the cellular phone you wish to use to this sys-
tem. (→P. 435)
Bluetooth
®
function is not enabled on the cellular phone.
→ Enable the Bluetooth
®
function on the cellular phone.
Automatic Bluetooth
®
connection on this system is set to off.
→ Set automatic Bluetooth
®
connection on this system to on when
the engine switch is turned to the “ACC” or “ON” position (vehicles
without smart key system) or ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON mode
(vehicles with smart key system). (→P. 435)
“Please check your device settings.” message is displayed.
Bluetooth
®
function is not enabled on the cellular phone.
→ Enable the Bluetooth
®
function on the cellular phone.
Old registration information remains on either this system or the cellular
phone.
→ Delete the existing registration information from both this system
and the cellular phone, then register the cellular phone you wish to
connect to this system. (→P. 433)
A call cannot be made/received.
Your vehicle is in a “Out of cellular service area. Please try again later.”
area.
→ Move to where “Out of cellular service area. Please try again later.”
no longer appears on the display.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 469 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
470
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-22. Bluetooth
®
X When using the contact list
X When using the Bluetooth
®
message function
Contact data cannot be transferred manually/automatically.
The profile version of the connected cellular phone may not be compatible
with transferring contact data.
→ For a list of specific devices which operation has been confirmed
on this system, check with your Toyota dealer or the following web-
site: http://www.toyota.com/entune/
Automatic contact transfer function on this system is set to off.
→ Set automatic contact transfer function on this system to on.
(→P. 458)
Passcode has not been entered on the cellular phone.
→ Enter the passcode on the cellular phone if requested (default pass-
code: 1234).
Transfer operation on the cellular phone has not completed.
→ Complete transfer operation on the cellular phone (approve trans-
fer operation on the phone).
Contact data cannot be edited.
Automatic contact transfer function on this system is set to on.
→ Set automatic contact transfer function on this system to off.
(→P. 458)
Messages cannot be viewed.
Message transfer is not enabled on the cellular phone.
→ Enable message transfer on the cellular phone (approve message
transfer on the phone).
Automatic transfer function on this system is set to off.
→ Set automatic transfer function on this system to on. (→P. 466)
New message notifications are not displayed.
Notification of SMS/MMS/E-mail reception on this system is set to off.
→ Set notification of SMS/MMS/E-mail reception on this system to on.
(→P. 466)
Automatic message transfer function is not enabled on the cellular phone.
→ Enable automatic transfer function on the cellular phone. (→P. 466)
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 470 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
471
5-22. Bluetooth
®
5
Audio system
X In other situations
The Bluetooth
®
connection status is displayed at the top of the screen each
time the engine switch is turned to the “ACC” or “ON” position (vehicles
without smart key system) or ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON mode (vehi-
cles with smart key system).
Connection confirmation display on this system is set to on.
→ To turn off the display, set connection confirmation display on this
system to off. (→P. 437)
Even though all conceivable measures have been taken, the symptom sta-
tus does not change.
The cellular phone is not close enough to this system.
→ Bring the cellular phone closer to this system.
The cellular phone is the most likely cause of the symptom.
→ Turn the cellular phone off, remove and reinstall the battery pack,
and then restart the cellular phone.
→ Enable the cellular phone’s Bluetooth
®
connection.
→ Stop the cellular phone’s security software and close all applica-
tions.
→ Before using an application installed on the cellular phone, care-
fully check its source and how its operation might affect this sys-
tem.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 471 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
472
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-22. Bluetooth
®
Bluetooth
®
■ When using the Bluetooth
®
audio system
● In the following conditions, the system may not function.
• If the portable audio player is turned off
• If the portable audio player is not connected
• If the portable audio player’s battery is low
● There may be a delay if a cellular phone connection is made during
Bluetooth
®
audio play.
● Depending on the type of portable audio player that is connected to the sys-
tem, operation may differ slightly and certain functions may not be available.
■ When using the hands-free system
● The audio system is muted when making a call.
● If both parties speak at the same time, it may be difficult to hear.
● If the received call volume is overly loud, an echo may be heard.
If the Bluetooth
®
phone is too close to the system, quality of the sound may
deteriorate and connection status may deteriorate.
● In the following circumstances, it may be difficult to hear the other party:
• When driving on unpaved roads
• When driving at high speeds
• If a roof or window is open
• If the air conditioning is blowing directly on the microphone
• If there is interference from the network of the cellular phone
■ Conditions under which the system will not operate
● If using a cellular phone that does not support Bluetooth
®
● If the cellular phone is turned off
● If you are outside of cellular phone service coverage
● If the cellular phone is not connected
● If the cellular phone’s battery is low
● When outgoing calls are controlled, due to heavy traffic on telephone lines,
etc.
● When the cellular phone itself cannot be used
● When transferring contact data from the cellular phone
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 472 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
473
5-22. Bluetooth
®
5
Audio system
■ Bluetooth
®
antenna
The antenna is built into the display.
If the portable audio player is behind the seat or in the glove box or console
box, or is touching or covered by metal objects, the connection status may
deteriorate.
If the cellular phone is behind the seat or in the console box, or touching or
covered by metal objects, the connection status may deteriorate.
■ Battery charge/signal status
● This display may not correspond exactly with the portable audio player or
cellular phone itself.
● This system does not have a charging function.
● The portable audio player or cellular phone battery will be depleted quickly
when the device is connected to Bluetooth
®
.
■ When using the Bluetooth
®
audio and hands-free system at the same
time
The following problems may occur.
● The Bluetooth
®
audio connection may be interrupted.
● Noise may be heard during Bluetooth
®
audio playback.
■ About the contact in this system
The following data is stored for every registered cellular phone. When
another phone is connecting, you cannot read the registered data.
● Contact data
● Call history
● Favorite
● Message
When removing a Bluetooth
®
phone from the system, the above-mentioned
data is also deleted.
■ About Bluetooth
®
The Bluetooth
®
word mark and logos are
registered trademarks owned by
Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such
marks by Fujitsu Ten Limited is under
license. Other trademarks and trade
names are those of their respective own-
ers.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 473 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
474
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-22. Bluetooth
®
■ Compatible models
The Bluetooth
®
audio system supports portable audio players with the follow-
ing specifications
● Bluetooth
®
specifications:
Ver. 2.0, or higher (Recommended: Ver. 3.0+EDR or higher)
● Profiles:
• A2DP (Advanced Audio Distribution Profile) Ver. 1.0, or higher
(Recommended: Ver. 1.2 or higher)
This is a profile to transmit stereo audio or high quality sound to the audio
system.
• AVRCP (Audio/Video Remote Control Profile) Ver. 1.0 or higher
(Recommended: Ver. 1.4 or higher)
This is a profile to allow remote control the A/V equipment.
However, please note that some functions may be limited depending on the
type of portable audio player connected.
The hands-free system supports cellular phones with the following specifica-
tions.
● Bluetooth
®
specification:
Ver. 2.0 or higher (Recommended: Ver. 3.0+EDR or higher)
● Profiles:
• HFP (Hands Free Profile) Ver. 1.0 or higher (Recommended: Ver. 1.6 or
higher)
This is a profile to allow hands-free phone calls using a cellular phone or
head set. It has outgoing and incoming call functions.
• OPP (Object Push Profile) Ver. 1.1 or higher (Recommended: Ver. 1.2)
This is a profile to transfer contact data. When a Bluetooth
®
compatible
cellular phone has both PBAP and OPP, OPP cannot be used.
• PBAP (Phone Book Access Profile) Ver. 1.0 or higher (Recommended:
Ver. 1.1)
This is a profile to transfer contact data.
• MAP (Message Access Profile) Ver. 1.0 or higher
If the cellular phone does not support HFP, you cannot register it with the
hands-free system. OPP, PBAP or MAP services must be selected individu-
ally.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 474 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
475
5-22. Bluetooth
®
5
Audio system
■ Reconnecting the portable audio player
If the portable audio player is disconnected due to poor reception when the
engine switch is in the “ACC” or “ON” position (vehicles without smart key
system) or ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with smart key
system), the system automatically reconnects the portable audio player.
If you have switched off the portable audio player yourself, follow the instruc-
tions below to reconnect:
● Select the portable audio player again
● Enter the portable audio player
■ When you sell your car
Be sure to delete your personal data. (→P. 398)
■ Certification
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 475 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
476
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-22. Bluetooth
®
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 476 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
477
5-22. Bluetooth
®
5
Audio system
WARNING
■ While driving
Do not operate the portable audio player, cellular phone or connect a device
to the Bluetooth
®
system.
■ Caution regarding interference with electronic devices
● Your audio unit is fitted with Bluetooth
®
antennas. People with implantable
cardiac pacemakers, cardiac resynchronization therapy-pacemakers or
implantable cardioverter defibrillators should maintain a reasonable dis-
tance between themselves and the Bluetooth
®
antennas. The radio waves
may affect the operation of such devices.
● Before using Bluetooth
®
devices, users of any electrical medical device
other than implantable cardiac pacemakers, cardiac resynchronization
therapy-pacemakers or implantable cardioverter defibrillators should con-
sult the manufacturer of the device for information about its operation
under the influence of radio waves. Radio waves could have unexpected
effects on the operation of such medical devices.
NOTICE
■ When leaving the vehicle
Do not leave your portable audio player or cellular phone in the vehicle. The
inside of the vehicle may become hot, causing damage to the portable
audio player or cellular phone.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 477 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
478
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-23. Other function
Voice command system
Press the talk switch.
Select to train voice recogni-
tion.
Select to start the voice rec-
ognition tutorial.
Select “OK” and say the desired command.
On the list screen, you can select the desired command.
To cancel the voice command system, press and hold the talk switch.
The voice command system enables the hands-free system to
be operated using voice commands.
Using the voice command system
1
1
2
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 478 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
479
5-23. Other function
5
Audio system
■ Microphone
→P. 442
■ When using the microphone
● It is unnecessary to speak directly into the microphone when giving a com-
mand.
● When “Voice Prompt Interrupt” is set on, it is not necessary to wait for the
confirmation beep before speaking a command. (→P. 402)
● Voice commands may not be recognized if:
• They are spoken too quickly.
• They are spoken at a low or high volume.
• The roof or windows are open.
• Passengers are talking while voice commands are spoken.
• The air conditioning speed is set high.
• The air conditioning vents are turned towards the microphone.
● In the following conditions, the system may not recognize the command
properly and using voice commands may not be possible:
• The command is incorrect or unclear. Note that certain words, accents or
speech patterns may be difficult for the system to recognize.
• There is excessive background noise, such as wind noise.
Due to natural language speech recognition technology, this system
enables recognition of a command when spoken naturally. However,
the system cannot recognize every variation of each command.
In some situations, it is possible to omit the command for the proce-
dure and directly state the desired operation.
Not all voice commands are displayed in the shortcut menu.
This function is available in English, Spanish and French.
■ Expression examples for each function
Casual speech recognization
Command Expression examples
“Call <name>
<type>”
Get me <Robert Brown>.
I need to call <Robert Brown> at <Work> right away.
“Dial <number>”
Please dial the number <3334445555>.
Ring <3334445555>.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 479 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
480
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-23. Other function
Some recognizable voice commands and their actions are shown
below as examples.
X Basic
X Phone
Command list
Command Action
“Help”
Prompts voice guidance to offer examples of com-
mands or operation methods
“Go Back” Returns to the previous screen
Command Action
“Redial”
Places a call to the phone number of the latest outgo-
ing call
“Call Back”
Places a call to the phone number of latest incoming
call
“Show Recent
Calls”
Displays the call history screen
“Dial <phone num-
ber>”
Places a call to the said phone number
“Call <contacts>
<phonetypes>”
Places a call to the said phone type of the contact
from the phone book
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 480 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
481
5-23. Other function
5
Audio system
The Mobile Assistant feature will activate Apple’s Siri
®
Eyes Free
mode via the steering wheel switches. To operate the Mobile Assis-
tant, a compatible cellular phone must be registered and connected to
this system via Bluetooth
®
. (→P. 434)
Press and hold the until
you hear the beeps.
The Mobile Assistant can be
used only when the following
screen is displayed.
To cancel the Mobile Assistant,
select “Cancel”, or press and hold
the on the steering wheel.
To restart the Mobile Assistant for
additional commands, press the
on the steering wheel.
• Mobile Assistant can only be restarted after the system responds to a
voice command.
• After some phone and music commands, the Mobile Assistant feature will
automatically end to complete the requested action.
■
Adjusting the Mobile Assistant volume
The volume of the Mobile Assistant can be adjusted using the
“PWR/VOL” knob or steering wheel volume control switches. The
Mobile Assistant and phone call volumes are synchronized.
Mobile Assistant
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 481 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
482
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
5-23. Other function
■ Notes about Mobile Assistant
● The available features and functions may vary based on the iOS version
installed on the connected device.
● Some Siri
®
features are limited in Eyes Free mode. If you attempt to use an
unavailable function, Siri
®
will inform you that the function is not available.
● If Siri
®
is not enabled on the cellular phone connected via Bluetooth
®
, an
error message will be displayed on the screen.
● While a phone call is active, the Mobile Assistant cannot be used.
● If using the navigation feature of the cellular phone, ensure the active audio
source is Bluetooth
®
audio or iPod in order to hear turn by turn direction
prompts.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 482 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
483
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
6
Interior features
6-1. Using the air conditioning
system and defogger
Manual air conditioning
system ............................ 484
Automatic
air conditioning system ... 490
Heated steering wheel/
seat heaters .................... 499
6-2. Using the interior lights
Interior lights list ................ 501
• Interior lights ................. 502
• Personal lights .............. 502
6-3. Using the storage features
List of storage features ..... 504
• Glove box...................... 505
• Console box.................. 505
• Cup holders .................. 506
• Bottle holders................ 507
• Auxiliary box ................. 507
Luggage compartment
features........................... 508
6-4. Using the other interior
features
Other interior features ....... 519
• Sun visors .................... 519
• Vanity mirrors ............... 519
• Power outlets................ 520
• Armrest ......................... 521
• Coat hooks.................... 521
• Assist grips .................. 522
Garage door opener.......... 523
Compass........................... 530
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 483 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
484
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
Manual air conditioning system
∗
■ Adjusting the temperature setting
Turn the temperature control dial clockwise (warm) or counterclock-
wise (cool).
If the “A/C” button is not pressed, the system will blow ambient tempera-
ture air or heated air.
■
Adjusting the fan speed setting
Turn the fan speed control dial clockwise (increase) or counter-
clockwise (decrease).
Turning the dial to “0” turns off the fan.
∗: If equipped
Control panel
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 484 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
485
6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
6
Interior features
■ Changing the air flow mode
Turn the air outlet selector dial
to change the airflow mode.
The positions between the air
outlet selections can also be
selected for more delicate
adjustment.
Air flows to the upper body.
Air flows to the upper body
and feet.
Air flows to the feet.
Air flows to the feet and the windshield defogger operates.
■ Switching between outside air and recirculated air modes
Press .
The mode switches between outside air mode (indicator off) and recir-
culated air mode (indicator on) each time is pressed.
■
Defogging the windshield
Defoggers are used to defog the windshield and front side win-
dows.
Turn the air outlet selector dial to position.
Set the outside/recirculated air mode button to outside air mode if recir-
culated air mode is used.
Adjust the fan speed and temperature setting.(→P. 484)
If the dehumidification function is not operating, press the “A/C” but-
ton to operate the dehumidification function.
To defog the windshield and the side windows early, turn the air flow and
temperature up.
1
2
Other functions
3
4
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 485 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
486
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
■ Defogging the rear window and outside rear view mirrors (if
equipped)
Defoggers are used to defog the rear window, and to remove rain-
drops, dew and frost from the outside rear view mirrors.
Press .
The defoggers will automatically turn off after a period of time.
■
Windshield wiper de-icer (if equipped)
This feature is used to prevent ice from building up on the wind-
shield and wiper blades.
Turns on/off
The windshield wiper de-icer will
automatically turn off after a
period of time.
■
Location of air outlets
The air outlets and air volume
changes according to the
selected air flow mode.
Air outlets
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 486 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
487
6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
6
Interior features
■ Adjusting the position of and opening and closing the air out-
lets
X Front center outlets
Direct air flow to the left or
right, up or down.
Turn the knobs to open or
close the vents.
Turn the knob to open or
close the vent for rear seat
occupants.
X Front side outlets
Direct air flow to the left or
right, up or down.
Open the vent.
Close the vent.
1
2
3
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 487 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
488
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
■ Operation of the air conditioning system in Eco drive mode
In Eco drive mode, the air conditioning system is controlled to prioritize fuel
efficiency by regulating the engine speed and compressor operation to
restrict the heating/cooling capacity.
To improve air conditioning performance, perform the following operations:
● Adjust the fan speed
● Adjust the temperature setting
● Turn off Eco drive mode (→P. 205)
■ Fogging up of the windows
● The windows will easily fog up when the humidity in the vehicle is high.
Turning on will dehumidify the air from the outlets and defog the wind-
shield effectively.
● If you turn off, the windows may fog up more easily.
● The windows may fog up if the recirculated air mode is used.
■ Outside/recirculated air mode
When driving on dusty roads such as tunnels or in heavy traffic, set the out-
side/recirculated air mode button to the recirculated air mode. This is effective
in preventing outside air from entering the vehicle interior. During cooling
operation, setting the recirculated air mode will also cool the vehicle interior
effectively.
■ When the outside temperature is low (vehicles with the “A/C” button)
The dehumidification function may not operate even when the “A/C” button is
pressed.
■ Ventilation and air conditioning odors
● To let fresh air in, set the air conditioning system to the outside air mode.
● During use, various odors from inside and outside the vehicle may enter into
and accumulate in the air conditioning system. This may then cause odor to
be emitted from the vents.
● To reduce potential odors from occurring:
It is recommended that the air conditioning system be set to outside air
mode prior to turning the vehicle off.
■ Air conditioning filter
→P. 583
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 488 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
489
6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
6
Interior features
WARNING
■ To prevent the windshield from fogging up
● Do not set the air outlet selection dial to during cool air operation in
extremely humid weather. The difference between the temperature of the
outside air and that of the windshield can cause the outer surface of the
windshield to fog up, blocking your vision.
■ To prevent burns
● Vehicles with outside rear view mirror defoggers: Do not touch the rear
view mirror surfaces when the outside rear view mirror defoggers are on.
● Vehicles with windshield wiper de-icer: Do not touch the glass at lower part
of the windshield or to the side of the front pillars when the windshield
wiper de-icer is on.
NOTICE
■ To prevent battery discharge
Do not leave the air conditioning system on longer than necessary when the
engine is off.
● Do not place anything on the instrument
panel which may cover the air outlets.
Otherwise, air flow may be obstructed,
preventing the windshield defoggers
from defogging.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 489 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
490
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
Automatic air conditioning system
∗
■ Adjusting the temperature setting
Turn clockwise to increase the temperature and turn the knob
counterclockwise to decrease the temperature.
The air conditioning system switches between individual and simulta-
neous modes each time is pressed.
Simultaneous mode (the indicator on is on):
The driver’s side temperature control dial can be used to adjust the tem-
perature for the driver’s and passenger’s side. At this time, operate the
passenger’s side temperature control dial to enter individual mode.
Individual mode (the indicator on is off):
The temperature for the driver’s and passenger’s side can be adjusted
separately.
∗: If equipped
Air outlets and fan speed are automatically adjusted according
to the temperature setting.
Control panel
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 490 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
491
6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
6
Interior features
■ Adjusting the fan speed setting
Press “∧”on to increase the fan speed and “∨” to decrease
the fan speed.
Press to turn the fan off.
■
Change the airflow mode
To change the air outlets, press “∧”or “∨”on .
The air outlets used are switched each time either side of the button is
pressed.
Air flows to the upper body.
Air flows to the upper body
and feet.
Air flows to the feet.
Air flows to the feet and the
windshield defogger oper-
ates.
Press .
The dehumidification function begins to operate. Air outlets and fan speed
are automatically adjusted according to the temperature setting and
humidity.
Adjust the temperature setting.
1
2
3
4
Using the automatic mode
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 491 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
492
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
■ Automatic mode indicator
If the fan speed setting or air flow modes are operated, the auto-
matic mode indicator goes off. However, automatic mode for func-
tions other than that operated is maintained.
■ Switching between outside air and recirculated air modes
Press .
The mode switches between outside air mode (the indicator is off) and
recirculated air mode (the indicator is on) each time is pressed.
■
Micro dust and pollen filter mode button
Operates micro dust and pollen
filter mode on/off.
Outside air mode switches to
recirculated air mode. Pollen is
removed from the air and the air
flows to the upper part of the
body.
Usually the system will turn off
automatically after approxi-
mately 3 minutes.
Other functions
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 492 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
493
6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
6
Interior features
■ Defogging the windshield
Defoggers are used to defog the windshield and front side win-
dows.
Press .
The dehumidification function operates and fan speed increases.
Set the outside/recirculated air mode button to outside air mode if the
recirculated air mode is used. (It may switch automatically.)
To defog the windshield and the side windows early, turn the air flow and
temperature up.
To return to the previous mode, press
again when the windshield
is defogged.
■
Defogging the rear window and outside rear view mirrors (if
equipped)
Defoggers are used to defog the rear window and to remove rain-
drops, dew and frost from the outside rear view mirrors.
Press .
The defoggers will automatically turn off after a period of time.
■
Windshield wiper de-icer (if equipped)
This feature is used to prevent ice from building up on the wind-
shield and wiper blades.
Turns on/off
The windshield wiper de-icer will
automatically turn off after a
period of time.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 493 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
494
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
■ Location of air outlets
The air outlets and air volume
changes according to the
selected air flow mode.
■ Adjusting the position of and opening and closing the air out-
lets
X Front center outlets
Direct air flow to the left or
right, up or down.
Turn the knobs to open or
close the vents.
Turn the knob to open or
close the vent for rear seat
occupants.
Air outlets
1
2
3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 494 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
495
6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
6
Interior features
X Front side outlets
Direct air flow to the left or right,
up or down.
Open the vent.
Close the vent.
■ Operation of the air conditioning system in Eco drive mode
In Eco drive mode, the air conditioning system is controlled as follows to pri-
oritize fuel efficiency:
● Engine speed and compressor operation controlled to restrict heating/cool-
ing capacity
● Fan speed restricted when automatic mode is selected
To improve air conditioning performance, perform the following operations:
● Adjust the fan speed
● Adjust the temperature setting
● Turn off Eco drive mode (→P. 205)
■ Using automatic mode
Fan speed is adjusted automatically according to the temperature setting and
the ambient conditions.
Therefore, the fan may stop for a while until warm or cool air is ready to flow
immediately after is pressed.
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 495 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
496
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
■ Fogging up of the windows
● The windows will easily fog up when the humidity in the vehicle is high.
Turning on will dehumidify the air from the outlets and defog the wind-
shield effectively.
● If you turn off, the windows may fog up more easily.
● The windows may fog up if the recirculated air mode is used.
■ Outside/recirculated air mode
● When driving on dusty roads such as tunnels or in heavy traffic, set the out-
side/recirculated air mode button to the recirculated air mode. This is effec-
tive in preventing outside air from entering the vehicle interior. During
cooling operation, setting the recirculated air mode will also cool the vehicle
interior effectively.
● Outside/recirculated air mode may automatically switch depending on the
temperature setting or the inside temperature.
■ When the outside temperature exceeds 75°F (24°C) and the air condition-
ing system is on
● In order to reduce the air conditioning power consumption, the air condition-
ing system may switch to recirculated air mode automatically. This may also
reduce fuel consumption.
● Recirculated air mode is selected as a default mode when the engine switch
is in the “ON” position (vehicles without smart key system) or IGNITION ON
mode (vehicles with smart key system)
● It is possible to switch to outside air mode at any time by pressing .
■ Micro dust and pollen filter
● In order to prevent the windshield from fogging up when the outside air is
cold, the following may occur:
• Outside air mode does not switch to recirculated air mode.
• The dehumidification function operates.
• The operation cancels after approximately 1 minute.
● In rainy weather, the windows may fog up. Press .
● In extremely humid weather, the windows may fog up.
● The pollens are filtered out even if the micro dust and pollen filter is turned
off.
■ When the outside temperature is low
The dehumidification function may not operate even when the “A/C” button is
pressed.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 496 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
497
6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
6
Interior features
■ Ventilation and air conditioning odors
● To let fresh air in, set the air conditioning system to the outside air mode.
● During use, various odors from inside and outside the vehicle may enter into
and accumulate in the air conditioning system. This may then cause odor to
be emitted from the vents.
● To reduce potential odors from occurring:
• It is recommended that the air conditioning system be set to outside air
mode prior to turning the vehicle off.
• The start timing of the blower may be delayed for a short period of time
immediately after the air conditioning system is started in automatic
mode.
■ Air conditioning filter
→P. 583
■ Customization
Settings (e.g. outside/recirculated air mode) can be changed.
(Customizable features →P. 701)
WARNING
■ To prevent the windshield from fogging up
● Do not use
during cool air operation in extremely humid weather.
The difference between the temperature of the outside air and that of the
windshield can cause the outer surface of the windshield to fog up, block-
ing your vision.
■ To prevent burns
● Vehicles with outside rear view mirror defoggers: Do not touch the rear
view mirror surfaces when the outside rear view mirror defoggers are on.
● Vehicles with windshield wiper de-icer: Do not touch the glass at lower part
of the windshield or to the side of the front pillars when the windshield
wiper de-icer is on.
● Do not place anything on the instrument
panel which may cover the air outlets.
Otherwise, air flow may be obstructed,
preventing the windshield defoggers
from defogging.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 497 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
498
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
NOTICE
■ To prevent battery discharge
Do not leave the air conditioning system on longer than necessary when the
engine is off.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 498 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
499
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
6
Interior features
Heated steering wheel
∗
/seat heaters
∗
∗: If equipped
Heated steering wheel and seat heaters heat the side grips of the
steering wheel and seats, respectively.
WARNING
● Care should be taken to prevent injury if anyone in the following categories
comes in contact with the steering wheel and seats when the heater is on:
• Babies, small children, the elderly, the sick and the physically chal-
lenged
• Persons with sensitive skin
• Persons who are fatigued
• Persons who have taken alcohol or drugs that induce sleep (sleeping
drugs, cold remedies, etc.)
● Observe the following precautions to prevent minor burns or overheating:
• Do not cover the seat with a blanket or cushion when using the seat
heater.
• Do not use seat heater more than necessary.
NOTICE
● Do not put heavy objects that have an uneven surface on the seat and do
not stick sharp objects (needles, nails, etc.) into the seat.
● To prevent battery discharge, do not use the functions when the engine is
not running.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 499 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
500
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
Turns the heated steering wheel
on/off
The indicator light comes on when
the heated steering wheel is oper-
ating.
The heated steering wheel can be used when the engine switch is in the “ON”
position (vehicles without smart key system) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles
with smart key system).
Front left seat (high)
Front left seat (low)
Front right seat (high)
Front right seat (low)
The indicator light comes on when
the front seat heater is operating.
● The seat heaters can be used when the engine switch is in the “ON” position
(vehicles without smart key system) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with
smart key system).
● When not in use, turn the seat heater off by returning the switch to its level
position. The indicator light turns off.
Heated steering wheel
Seat heaters
1
2
3
4
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 500 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
501
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
6-2. Using the interior lights
6
Interior features
Interior lights list
Interior lights (→P. 502)
Interior/personal lights (→P. 502)
Engine switch light (if equipped)
Instrument panel center illumination (if equipped)
Footwell lights (if equipped)
1
2
3
4
5
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 501 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
502
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
6-2. Using the interior lights
■ Front
Off
Door position
The interior lights come on when
a door is opened. They turn off
when the doors are closed.
On
■ Rear
Off
Door position
The interior light comes on when
a door is opened. It turns off
when the doors are closed.
On
Turns the light on/off
Interior lights
1
2
3
1
2
3
Personal lights
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 502 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
503
6-2. Using the interior lights
6
Interior features
● Illuminated entry system: The lights automatically turn on/off according to
the engine switch position (vehicles without smart key system), engine
switch mode or presence of the electronic key (vehicles with smart key sys-
tem), whether the doors are locked/unlocked, and whether the doors are
opened/closed.
Footwell lights (if equipped): When shifting the shift lever to any position
other than P, the brightness of the footwell lights will be reduced.
● If the following lights remain on when the door is not fully closed and the
interior light main switch is in the door position, the lights will go off automat-
ically after 20 minutes:
• Interior light
• Engine switch light (if equipped)
● Setting (e.g. the time elapsed before lights turn off) can be changed.
(Customizable features: →P. 702)
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 503 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
504
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
6-3. Using the storage features
List of storage features
Glove box (→P. 505)
Bottle holders (→P. 507)
Console box (→P. 505)
Cup holders (→P. 506)
Storage boxes (→P. 509)
Auxiliary box (→P. 507)
WARNING
● Do not leave glasses, lighters or spray cans in the storage spaces, as this
may cause the following when cabin temperature becomes high:
• Glasses may be deformed by heat or cracked if they come into contact
with other stored items.
• Lighters or spray cans may explode. If they come into contact with other
stored items, the lighter may catch fire or the spray can may release
gas, causing a fire hazard.
● When driving or when the storage compartments are not in use, keep the
lids closed. In the event of sudden braking or sudden swerving, an acci-
dent may occur due to an occupant being struck by an open lid or the
items stored inside.
1
2
3
4
5
6
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 504 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
505
6-3. Using the storage features
6
Interior features
Pull up the lever to open the glove
box.
Lift the lid while pulling up the
knob to release the lock.
Lower box
Upper box
Glove box
Console box
1
2
Vehicles with slide function: When using
the console box lid as an armrest, slide
the console box lid forward as needed.
Pull the lid forward by holding the front of
the lid.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 505 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
506
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
6-3. Using the storage features
WARNING
● Do not adjust the position of the console box while the vehicle is moving.
This may cause the driver to mishandle the vehicle and may lead to an
accident that results in death or serious injury.
● Be careful not to get hands or feet pinched between the front console box
and the center panel or rear seats.
● Be careful not to allow the front console box to hit any passengers while
adjusting its position.
● After adjusting the console box, make sure it is securely locked in position.
Cup holders
X Front X Rear
Pull the armrest down.
WARNING
Do not place anything other than cups or beverage cans in the cup holders.
Other items may be thrown out of the holders in the event of an accident or
sudden braking, causing injury. If possible, cover hot drinks to prevent
burns.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 506 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
507
6-3. Using the storage features
6
Interior features
Press in the lid.
Bottle holders
X Front X Rear
WARNING
Do not place anything other than a bottle in the bottle holders.
Other items may be thrown out of the holders in the event of an accident or
sudden braking and cause injury.
NOTICE
Put the cap on before stowing a bottle. Do not place open bottles in the bot-
tle holders, or glasses and paper cups containing liquid. The contents may
spill and glasses may break.
Auxiliary box
WARNING
Do not store items heavier than 0.44 lb. (200 g).
Doing so may cause the auxiliary box to open and the items inside may fall
out, resulting in an accident.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 507 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
508
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
6-3. Using the storage features
Luggage compartment features
Raise the hooks to use.
The cargo hooks are provided for
securing loose items.
Cargo hooks
WARNING
To avoid injury, always return the cargo hooks to their stowed positions
when not in use.
Grocery bag hooks
NOTICE
Do not hang any object heavier than 8.8 lb. (4 kg) on the grocery bag hooks.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 508 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
509
6-3. Using the storage features
6
Interior features
■ Front
Open the deck board by pulling
up the strap.
Warning reflector etc. can be
stowed.
■
Rear
Vehicles with full-size spare
tire: Turn the knob of each
clip on the rear deck board to
unlock.
Open the deck board by pull-
ing up the strap.
Fold up the deck board.
The deck board can be
removed.
Storage boxes
1
2
3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 509 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
510
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
6-3. Using the storage features
■ Installing the luggage cover
With the “TOP” marks up,
insert the right end of the lug-
gage cover into the recess,
then compress the left of the
luggage cover and insert it
into the recess.
For vehicles with hooks:
Attach the hooks to the rear
seat head restraints.
If necessary, move the rear
seats to enable the hook
engagement.
Pull out the luggage cover
and hook it onto the anchors.
WARNING
Do not drive with any of the deck boards opened. Items may fall out and
cause injury.
Luggage cover (if equipped)
1
2
3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 510 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
511
6-3. Using the storage features
6
Interior features
■ Removing the luggage cover
Release the cover from the
left and right anchors and
allow it to retract.
Compress the end of the lug-
gage cover and lift the lug-
gage cover up.
■ Stowing the luggage cover (except for vehicles with full-size
spare tire)
Open the rear deck board
and remove the side deck
covers.
Insert the right end of the lug-
gage cover into the recess,
then compress the left end of
the luggage cover and insert
it into the recess.
1
2
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 511 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
512
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
6-3. Using the storage features
WARNING
● When installing/stowing the luggage cover, make sure that the luggage
cover is securely installed/stowed. Failure to do so may result in serious
injury in the event of sudden braking or a collision.
● Do not place anything on the luggage cover to avoid death or serious
injury.
● Do not allow children to climb on the luggage cover. Climbing on the lug-
gage cover could result in damage to the luggage cover, possibly causing
death or serious injury to the child.
NOTICE
● Do not put heavy items on the luggage cover.
● Install the cover unit in the correct direc-
tion so that the “TOP” mark faces
upward.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 512 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
513
6-3. Using the storage features
6
Interior features
The fixed position of the poles can be changed to accommodate the
size and type of luggage being stored. Also, the cargo net can be
used to prevent luggage from spilling out by installing one of the poles
at a lower level.
■ Installation positions
Slide rail
Upper level fixed positions
Lower level fixed positions A
Lower level fixed positions
B
*
*: Not usable on the vehicles with
full-size spare tire.
Rear cargo net (If equipped)
1
2
3
4
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 513 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
514
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
6-3. Using the storage features
■ Installing to the upper level and changing the fixed position
● Installing the rear cargo net
Except for vehicles with
full-size spare tire:
Take out the rear cargo
net.
Push the right or left end of
the pole into the slide rail.
Push the other end of the
pole into the slide rail, and
then install both ends into
fixed positions.
After installing, check that
both ends of the pole are
firmly inserted into their fixed
positions.
When removing the rear
cargo net, follow the installa-
tion procedures in reverse
order.
1
2
3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 514 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
515
6-3. Using the storage features
6
Interior features
● Changing the fixed position of the pole
Lift the pole to move up to
the slide rail.
Slide the pole to the
desired fixed position, and
push down.
Move the pole so that its left
and right ends line up and the
pole is straight.
After changing the position,
check that both ends of the
pole are firmly inserted into
their fixed positions.
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 515 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
516
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
6-3. Using the storage features
■ Installing to the lower level and changing the fixed position
● Installing the rear cargo net
Except for vehicles with
full-size spare tire:
Take out the rear cargo
net.
Push one end of the pole
into a fixed position to
shorten the pole.
Align the other end of the
pole with the correspond-
ing fixed position on the
other side and release the
pole.
After installing, check that
both ends of the pole are
firmly inserted into their fixed
positions.
When removing the rear
cargo net, follow the installa-
tion procedures in reverse
order.
1
2
3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 516 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
517
6-3. Using the storage features
6
Interior features
● Changing the fixed position of the pole
Push one end of the pole
into its fixed position to
shorten the pole, and then
remove the rear cargo net.
Perform the steps and in “Installing the rear cargo net”.
(→P. 516)
■ Stowing the rear cargo net (except for vehicles with full-size
spare tire)
Open the rear deck board
and remove the side deck
covers.
While pushing the ends of
both poles on one side of the
cargo net into the storage
area to shorten the poles, fix
the poles into the storage
area.
1
2 2 3
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 517 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
518
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
6-3. Using the storage features
WARNING
Make sure to observe the following precautions. Failure to observe these
precautions may result in death or serious injury.
● Do not allow children to climb or ride on the rear cargo net.
● Do not load any luggage into the rear cargo net that extends beyond the
height of the pole.
● When installing the rear cargo net to the vehicle, check that both ends of
the pole are securely inserted into their fixed positions.
● When stowing the rear cargo net, securely fix it into the storage area.
NOTICE
● Do not place luggage weighing approximately 22.1 lb. (10 kg) or more
onto the rear cargo net.
● Install the pole to matching fixed positions on the left and right sides so
that the pole is straight. If the pole is installed at an angle, the rear cargo
net may come loose.
● Do not use the rear cargo net with only one pole installed. The pole may
move while the vehicle is in motion, resulting in damage to the rear cargo
net pole or other equipment in the luggage compartment.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 518 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
519
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
6-4. Using the other interior features
6
Interior features
Other interior features
Forward position:
Flip down.
Side position:
Flip down, unhook, and swing
to the side.
Side extender (if equipped):
Place in side position then slide
backwards.
Slide the cover to open.
The light turns on when the cover
is opened.
Sun visors
1
2
3
Vanity mirrors
NOTICE
To prevent battery discharge, do not leave the vanity lights on for extended
periods while the engine is off.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 519 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
520
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
6-4. Using the other interior features
Please use a power supply for electronic goods that use less than
12 VDC/10 A (power consumption of 120 W).
When using electronic goods, make sure that the power consumption
of all the connected power outlets is less than 120 W.
Open the lid.
Vehicles without smart key system:
The power outlets can be used when the engine switch is in the “ACC” or
“ON” position.
Vehicles with smart key system:
The power outlets can be used when the engine switch is in ACCESSORY or
IGNITION ON mode.
Power outlets
X Front X Rear
NOTICE
● To avoid damaging the power outlets, close the power outlet lids when the
power outlets are not in use.
Foreign objects or liquids that enter the power outlets may cause a short
circuit.
● To prevent battery discharge, do not use the power outlets longer than
necessary when the engine is not running.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 520 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
521
6-4. Using the other interior features
6
Interior features
Fold down the armrest for use.
The coat hooks are provided with
the rear assist grips.
Armrest
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the armrest, do not apply too much load on the arm-
rest.
Coat hooks
WARNING
Do not hang coat hangers or other hard or sharp objects on the hook. If the
SRS curtain shield airbags deploy, these items may become projectiles,
causing death or serious injury.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 521 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
522
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
6-4. Using the other interior features
An assist grip installed on the ceil-
ing can be used to support your
body while sitting on the seat.
Assist grips
WARNING
Do not use the assist grip when getting in or out of the vehicle or rising from
your seat.
Doing so could damage the assist grip, or could cause you to injure yourself
by falling over.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the assist grip, do not hang any heavy object or put a
heavy load on the assist grip.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 522 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
523
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
6-4. Using the other interior features
6
Interior features
Garage door opener
∗
The HomeLink
®
wireless control system in your vehicle has 3 buttons
which can be programmed to operate 3 different devices. Refer to the
programming methods on the following pages to determine the
method which is appropriate for the device.
HomeLink
®
indicator light
Garage door operation indica-
tors
HomeLink
®
icon
Illuminates while HomeLink
®
is
operating.
Buttons
■ Before programming HomeLink
®
● During programming, it is possible that garage doors, gates, or
other devices may operate. For this reason, make sure that peo-
ple and objects are clear of the garage door or other devices to
prevent injury or other potential harm.
● It is recommended that a new battery be placed in the remote
control transmitter for more accurate programming.
● Garage door opener motors manufactured after 1995 may be
equipped with rolling code protection. If this is the case, you may
need a stepladder or other sturdy, safe device to reach the
“Learn” or “Smart” button on the garage door opener motor.
∗: If equipped
The garage door opener can be programmed to operate garage
doors, gates, entry doors, door locks, home lighting systems,
security systems, and other devices.
Programming the HomeLink
®
1
2
3
4
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 523 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
524
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
6-4. Using the other interior features
■ Programming HomeLink
®
Press and release the HomeLink
®
button you want to program
and check that the HomeLink
®
indicator light flashes (orange).
Perform within 60 seconds of , or the indicator light will
stop flashing and programming will not be able to be completed.
Point the remote control
transmitter for the device at
the rear view mirror, 1 to 3 in.
(25 to 75 mm) from the
HomeLink
®
buttons.
Keep the HomeLink
®
indicator
light in view while programming.
X For U.S.A. owners
Press and hold the handheld
transmitter button until the
HomeLink
®
indicator light
changes from slowly flashing
orange to rapidly flashing
green (rolling code) or contin-
uously lit green (fixed code),
then release the button.
X Programming an entry gate (for U.S.A. owners)/Programming a
device in the Canadian market
Press and release the remote control transmitter button at 2 sec-
ond intervals, repeatedly, until the HomeLink
®
indicator light
changes from slowly flashing (orange) to rapidly flashing (green)
(rolling code) or continuously lit (green) (fixed code).
Test the HomeLink
®
operation by pressing the newly pro-
grammed button and observing the indicator light:
● Device with fixed code: If the indicator light is solid/continuous,
programming has been completed and your garage door or
other device should operate when the HomeLink
®
button is
pressed and released.
1
3 1
2
3
3
4
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 524 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
525
6-4. Using the other interior features
6
Interior features
● Device with rolling code: If the indicator light flashes rapidly,
your garage door opener motor (or other device) is equipped
with a rolling code. Complete the programming process by
firmly pressing and holding the programmed HomeLink
®
but-
ton for 2 seconds and then release the button.
● If the garage door or other device does not operate, proceed
to “Programming a rolling code system”.
Repeat the steps above to program another device for any of the
remaining HomeLink
®
buttons.
■ Programming a rolling code system
Locate the “Learn” or “Smart”
button on the garage door
opener motor in the garage.
This button can usually be found
where the hanging antenna wire
is attached to the unit. The
name and color of the button
may vary by manufacturer.
Refer to the owner’s manual
supplied with the garage door
opener motor for details.
Press and release the
“Learn” or “Smart” button.
Perform within 30 sec-
onds after performing .
5
1
2
3
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 525 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
526
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
6-4. Using the other interior features
Press and hold the desired
HomeLink
®
button (inside the
vehicle) for 2 seconds and
release it. Repeat this
sequence (press/hold/
release) up to 3 times to
complete programming.
If the garage door opener motor
operates when the HomeLink
®
button is pressed, the garage
door opener motor recognizes
the HomeLink
®
signal.
■
Enabling 2-way communication with a garage door (only avail-
able for compatible devices)
When enabled, 2-way communication allows you to check the sta-
tus of the opening and closing of a garage door through indicators
in your vehicle.
2-way communication is only available if the garage door opener
motor used is a compatible device. (To check device compatibility,
refer to www.HomeLink.com.)
Within 5 seconds after programming the garage door opener has
been completed, if the garage door opener motor is trained to
HomeLink
®
, both garage door operation indicators will flash rap-
idly (green) and the light on the garage door opener motor will
blink twice, indicating that 2-way communication is enabled.
If the indicators do not flash, perform
and within the first 10
presses of the HomeLink
®
button after programming has been
completed.
Press a programmed HomeLink
®
button to operate a garage
door.
Within 1 minute of pressing the HomeLink
®
button, after the
garage door operation has stopped, press the “Learn” or “Smart”
button on the garage door opener motor. Within 5 seconds of the
establishment of 2-way communication with the garage door
opener, both garage door operation indicators in the vehicle will
flash rapidly (green) and the light on the garage door opener
motor will blink twice, indicating that 2-way communication is
enabled.
3
1
2 3
2
3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 526 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
527
6-4. Using the other interior features
6
Interior features
■ Reprogramming a single HomeLink
®
button
When the following procedure is performed, buttons which already
have devices registered to them can be overwritten:
With one hand, press and hold the desired HomeLink
®
button.
When the HomeLink
®
indicator starts flashing (orange), continue
to hold the HomeLink
®
button and perform “Programming
HomeLink
®
” (it takes 20 seconds for the HomeLink
®
indicator
to start flashing).
Press the appropriate HomeLink
®
button. The HomeLink
®
indicator
light should turn on.
The status of the opening and
closing of a garage door is shown
by the indicators.
Opening
Closing
This function is only available if the
garage door opener motor used is
a compatible device. (To check
device compatibility, refer to
www.HomeLink.com.)
The indicators can operate within approximately 820 ft. (250 m) of the
garage door. However, if there are obstructions between the garage
door and the vehicle, such as houses and trees, feedback signals
from the garage door may not be received.
To recall the previous door operation status, press and release either
HomeLink
®
buttons and or and simultaneously.
The last recorded status will be displayed for 3 seconds.
Operating HomeLink
®
Garage door operation indicators
1
2
1
1
2
Color Status
Orange (flashing) Currently opening/closing
Green Opening/closing has completed
Red (flashing) Feedback signals cannot be received
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 527 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
528
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
6-4. Using the other interior features
Press and hold the 2 outside but-
tons for 10 seconds until the
HomeLink
®
indicator light
changes from continuously lit
(orange) to rapidly flashing
(green).
If you sell your vehicle, be sure to
erase the programs stored in the
HomeLink
®
memory.
■ Codes stored in the HomeLink
®
memory
● The registered codes are not erased even if the battery cable is discon-
nected.
● If learning failed when registering a different code to a HomeLink
®
button
that already has a code registered to it, the already registered code will not
be erased.
■ Before programming
● Install a new battery in the transmitter.
● The battery side of the transmitter must be pointed away from the
HomeLink
.
■ Certification for the garage door opener
X For vehicles sold in the U.S.A.
NOTE:
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to
the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interfer-
ence, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired operation.
FCC WARNING:
changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.
X For vehicles sold in Canada
NOTE:
This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not
cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, includ-
ing interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
NOTE:
Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR d’Industrie Canada applicables
aux appareils radio exempts de licence. L’exploitation est autorisée aux deux
conditions suivantes : (1) l’appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et (2)
l’utilisateur de l’appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radioélectrique subi,
même si le brouillage est susceptible d’en compromettre le fonctionnement.
Erasing the entire HomeLink
®
memory (all three codes)
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 528 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
529
6-4. Using the other interior features
6
Interior features
■ When support is necessary
Visit on the web at www.homelink.com
or call 1-800-355-3515.
WARNING
■ When programming a garage door or other remote control device
The garage door or other device may operate, so ensure people and
objects are out of danger to prevent potential harm.
■ Conforming to federal safety standards
Do not use the HomeLink
®
compatible transceiver with any garage door
opener or device that lacks safety stop and reverse features as required by
federal safety standards.
This includes any garage door that cannot detect an interfering object. A
door or device without these features increases the risk of death or serious
injury.
■ When operating or programming HomeLink
®
Never allow a child to operate or play with the HomeLink
®
buttons.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 529 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
530
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
6-4. Using the other interior features
Compass
∗
To turn the compass on or off,
press and hold the switch for 3
seconds.
∗: If equipped
The compass on the inside rear view mirror indicates the direc-
tion in which the vehicle is heading.
Operation
Displays and directions
Display Direction
N North
NE Northeast
E East
SE Southeast
S South
SW Southwest
W West
NW Northwest
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 530 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
531
6-4. Using the other interior features
6
Interior features
The direction display deviates from the true direction determined by
the earth’s magnetic field. The amount of deviation varies according to
the geographic position of the vehicle.
If you cross over a map boundary shown in illustration, the compass will
deviate.
To obtain higher precision or perfect calibration, refer to the following.
■
Deviation calibration
Stop the vehicle.
Press and hold the switch for
6 seconds.
A number (1 to 15) appears on
the compass display.
Press the switch and, referring to the map above, select the num-
ber of the zone where you are.
If the direction is displayed several seconds after adjustment, the cali-
bration is complete.
Calibrating the compass
1
2
3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 531 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
532
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
6-4. Using the other interior features
■ Circling calibration
Stop the vehicle in a place where it is safe to drive in a circle.
Press and hold the switch for
9 seconds.
“C” appears on the compass
display.
Drive the vehicle at 5 mph (8
km/h) or less in a circle until
a direction is displayed.
If there is not enough space to
drive in a circle, drive around the
block until the direction is dis-
played.
■ Conditions unfavorable to correct operation
The compass may not show the correct direction in the following conditions:
● The vehicle is stopped immediately after turning.
● The vehicle is on an inclined surface.
● The vehicle is in a place where the earth’s magnetic field is subject to inter-
ference by artificial magnetic fields (underground car park/parking lot, under
a steel tower, between buildings, roof car park/parking lot, near an intersec-
tion, near a large vehicle, etc.).
● The vehicle has become magnetized.
(There is a magnet or metal object near the inside rear view mirror.)
● The battery has been disconnected.
● A door is open.
1
2
3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 532 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
533
6-4. Using the other interior features
6
Interior features
WARNING
■ While driving the vehicle
Do not adjust the display. Adjust the display only when the vehicle is
stopped.
■ When doing the circling calibration
Secure a wide space, and watch out for people and vehicles in the neigh-
borhood. Do not violate any local traffic rules while performing circling cali-
bration.
NOTICE
■ To avoid compass malfunctions
Do not place magnets or any metal objects near the inside rear view mirror.
Doing this may cause the compass sensor to malfunction.
■ To ensure normal operation of the compass
● Do not perform circling calibration of the compass in a place where the
earth’s magnetic field is subject to interference by artificial magnetic fields.
● During calibration, do not operate electric systems (moon roof, power win-
dows, etc.) as they may interfere with the calibration.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 533 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
534
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
6-4. Using the other interior features
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 534 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
535
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
7
Maintenance and care
7-1. Maintenance and care
Cleaning and protecting
the vehicle exterior.......... 536
Cleaning and protecting
the vehicle interior........... 539
7-2. Maintenance
Maintenance
requirements................... 542
General maintenance........ 545
Emission inspection
and maintenance (I/M)
programs......................... 548
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Do-it-yourself service
precautions ..................... 549
Hood ................................. 551
Positioning a floor jack ...... 553
Engine compartment......... 554
Tires .................................. 565
Tire inflation pressure ....... 577
Wheels.............................. 580
Air conditioning filter.......... 583
Wireless remote
control/electronic
key battery ...................... 585
Checking and replacing
fuses ............................... 588
Light bulbs......................... 591
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 535 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
536
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
7-1. Maintenance and care
Cleaning and protecting the vehicle exterior
● Working from top to bottom, liberally apply water to the vehicle
body, wheel wells and underside of the vehicle to remove any dirt
and dust.
● Wash the vehicle body using a sponge or soft cloth, such as a
chamois.
● For hard-to-remove marks, use car wash soap and rinse thoroughly
with water.
● Wipe away any water.
● Wax the vehicle when the waterproof coating deteriorates.
If water does not bead on a clean surface, apply wax when the vehicle
body is cool.
■ Automatic car washes
● Before washing the vehicle:
• Fold the mirrors
• Turn off the power back door (if equipped)
Start washing from the front of the vehicle. Make sure to extend the mirrors
before driving.
● Brushes used in automatic car washes may scratch the vehicle surface and
harm your vehicle’s paint.
● Rear spoiler may not be washable in some automatic car washes.
There may also be an increased risk of damage to vehicle.
■ High pressure car washes
● Do not allow the nozzles of the car wash to come within close proximity of
the windows.
● Before using the car wash, check that the fuel filler door on your vehicle is
closed properly.
■ When using a car wash (vehicles with smart key system)
● If the door handle becomes wet while the electronic key is within the effec-
tive range, the door may lock and unlock repeatedly. Place the key in a posi-
tion 6 ft. (2 m) or more separate from the vehicle while the vehicle is being
washed. (Take care to ensure that the key is not stolen.)
● If the electronic key is inside the vehicle and a door handle becomes wet
during a car wash, a buzzer will sound outside the vehicle. To turn off the
alarm, lock all the doors.
Perform the following to protect the vehicle and maintain it in
prime condition:
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 536 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
537
7-1. Maintenance and care
7
Maintenance and care
■ Aluminum wheels (if equipped)
● Remove any dirt immediately by using a neutral detergent. Do not use hard
brushes or abrasive cleaners. Do not use strong or harsh chemical clean-
ers.
Use the same mild detergent and wax as used on the paint.
● Do not use detergent on the wheels when they are hot, for example after
driving for long distance in the hot weather.
● Wash detergent from the wheels immediately after use.
■ Bumpers
Do not scrub with abrasive cleaners.
WARNING
■ When washing the vehicle
Do not apply water to the inside of the engine compartment. Doing so may
cause the electrical components etc. to catch fire.
■ Precautions regarding the exhaust pipes
Exhaust gases cause the exhaust pipes to become quite hot.
When washing the vehicle, be careful not to touch the pipes until they have
cooled sufficiently, as touching hot exhaust pipes can cause burns.
■ Precautions regarding the Blind Spot Monitor (if equipped)
If the paint of the rear bumper is chipped or scratched, the system may mal-
function. If this occurs, consult your Toyota dealer.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 537 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
538
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
7-1. Maintenance and care
NOTICE
■ To prevent paint deterioration and corrosion on the body and compo-
nents (aluminum wheels etc.)
● Wash the vehicle immediately in the following cases:
• After driving near the sea coast
• After driving on salted roads
• If coal tar or tree sap is present on the paint surface
• If dead insects, insect droppings or bird droppings are present on the
paint surface
• After driving in an area contaminated with soot, oily smoke, mine dust,
iron powder or chemical substances
• If the vehicle becomes heavily soiled with dust or mud
• If liquids such as benzene and gasoline are spilled on the paint surface
● If the paint is chipped or scratched, have it repaired immediately.
● To prevent the wheels from corroding, remove any dirt and store in a place
with low humidity when storing the wheels.
■ Cleaning the exterior lights
● Wash carefully. Do not use organic substances or scrub with a hard brush.
This may damage the surfaces of the lights.
● Do not apply wax to the surfaces of the lights.
Wax may cause damage to the lenses.
■ When using a high-pressure car wash
● When washing the vehicle, do not let water from the high-pressure washer
directly hit the camera (if equipped) or the area around the camera. Due to
the shock from high-pressure water, it is possible that the device may not
operate normally.
● Do not bring the nozzle tip close to boots (rubber or resin manufactured
cover), connectors or the following parts.
The parts may be damaged if they come into contact with high-pressure
water.
• Traction related parts
• Steering parts
• Suspension parts
•Brake parts
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 538 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
539
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
7-1. Maintenance and care
7
Maintenance and care
Cleaning and protecting the vehicle interior
● Remove dirt and dust using a vacuum cleaner. Wipe dirty surfaces
with a cloth dampened with lukewarm water.
● If dirt cannot be removed, wipe it off with a soft cloth dampened with
neutral detergent diluted to approximately 1%.
● Wring out any excess water from the cloth and thoroughly wipe off
remaining traces of detergent and water.
● Remove dirt and dust using a vacuum cleaner.
● Wipe off any excess dirt and dust with a soft cloth dampened with
diluted detergent.
Use a diluted water solution of approximately 5% neutral wool detergent.
● Wring out any excess water from the cloth and thoroughly wipe off
all remaining traces of detergent.
● Wipe the surface with a dry, soft cloth to remove any remaining
moisture. Allow the leather to dry in a shaded and ventilated area.
● Remove dirt and dust using a vacuum cleaner.
● Wipe it off with a soft cloth dampened with neutral detergent diluted
to approximately 1%.
● Wring out any excess water from the cloth and thoroughly wipe off
remaining traces of detergent and water.
The following procedures will help protect your vehicle’s interior
and keep it in top condition:
Protecting the vehicle interior
Cleaning the leather areas
Cleaning the synthetic leather areas
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 539 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
540
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
7-1. Maintenance and care
■ Caring for leather areas
Toyota recommends cleaning the interior of the vehicle at least twice a year to
maintain the quality of the vehicle’s interior.
■ Shampooing the carpets
There are several commercial foaming-type cleaners available. Use a sponge
or brush to apply the foam. Rub in overlapping circles. Do not use water.
Wipe dirty surfaces and let them dry. Excellent results are obtained by keep-
ing the carpet as dry as possible.
■ Seat belts
Clean with mild soap and lukewarm water using a cloth or sponge. Also
check the belts periodically for excessive wear, fraying or cuts.
WARNING
■ Water in the vehicle
● Do not splash or spill liquid in the vehicle.
Doing so may cause electrical components etc. to malfunction or catch
fire.
● Do not get any of the SRS components or wiring in the vehicle interior wet.
(→P. 38)
An electrical malfunction may cause the airbags to deploy or not function
properly, resulting in death or serious injury.
■ Cleaning the interior (especially instrument panel)
Do not use polish wax or polish cleaner. The instrument panel may reflect
off the windshield, obstructing the driver’s view and leading to an accident,
resulting in death or serious injury.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 540 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
541
7-1. Maintenance and care
7
Maintenance and care
NOTICE
■ Cleaning detergents
● Do not use the following types of detergent, as they may discolor the vehi-
cle interior or cause streaks or damage to painted surfaces:
• Non-seat portions: Organic substances such as benzene or gasoline,
alkaline or acidic solutions, dye, and bleach
• Seats: Alkaline or acidic solutions, such as thinner, benzene, and alcohol
● Do not use polish wax or polish cleaner. The instrument panel’s or other
interior part’s painted surface may be damaged.
■ Preventing damage to leather surfaces
Observe the following precautions to avoid damage to and deterioration of
leather surfaces:
● Remove any dust or dirt from leather surfaces immediately.
● Do not expose the vehicle to direct sunlight for extended periods of time.
Park the vehicle in the shade, especially during summer.
● Do not place items made of vinyl, plastic, or containing wax on the uphol-
stery, as they may stick to the leather surface if the vehicle interior heats
up significantly.
■ Water on the floor
Do not wash the vehicle floor with water.
Vehicle systems such as the audio system may be damaged if water comes
into contact with electrical components such as the audio system above or
under the floor of the vehicle. Water may also cause the body to rust.
■ When cleaning the inside of the windshield (vehicles with Toyota
Safety Sense P)
Do not allow glass cleaner to contact the lens. Also, do not touch the lens.
(→P. 234)
■ Cleaning the inside of the rear window
● Do not use glass cleaner to clean the rear window, as this may cause
damage to the rear window defogger heater wires. Use a cloth dampened
with lukewarm water to gently wipe the window clean. Wipe the window in
strokes running parallel to the heater wires.
● Be careful not to scratch or damage the heater wires.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 541 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
542
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
7-2. Maintenance
Maintenance requirements
General maintenance should be performed on a daily basis. This can
be done by yourself or by a Toyota dealer.
Scheduled maintenance should be performed at specified intervals
according to the maintenance schedule.
For details about maintenance items and schedules, refer to the “Sched-
uled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.
You can perform some maintenance procedures by yourself.
Please be aware that do-it-yourself maintenance may affect warranty
coverage.
The use of Toyota Repair Manuals is recommended.
For details about warranty coverage, see the separate “Owner’s Warranty
Information Booklet” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.
To ensure safe and economical driving, day-to-day care and reg-
ular maintenance are essential. It is the owner’s responsibility to
perform regular checks. Toyota recommends the following main-
tenance:
General maintenance
Scheduled maintenance
Do-it-yourself maintenance
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 542 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
543
7-2. Maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
■ Repair and replacement
It is recommended that genuine Toyota parts be used for repairs to ensure
performance of each system. If non-Toyota parts are used in replacement or if
a repair shop other than a Toyota dealer performs repairs, confirm the war-
ranty coverage.
■ Resetting the message indicating maintenance is required (U.S.A. only)
After the required maintenance is performed according to the maintenance
schedule, please reset the reminder light or message.
To reset the reminder light or message, follow the procedure described
below:
Press or of the meter control switches, select on the multi
information display.
Press or of the meter control switches and select “Vehicle Settings”,
and then press .
Press or of the meter control switches, select “Scheduled Mainte-
nance” and then press .
Select the “Yes” and press .
■ Allow inspection and repairs to be performed by a Toyota dealer
● Toyota technicians are well-trained specialists and are kept up to date with
the latest service information. They are well informed about the operations
of all systems on your vehicle.
● Keep a copy of the repair order. It proves that the maintenance that has
been performed is under warranty coverage. If any problem should arise
while your vehicle is under warranty, your Toyota dealer will promptly take
care of it.
1
2
3
4
sec_07-02.fm Page 543 Tuesday, June 21, 2016 1:57 PM
544
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
7-2. Maintenance
WARNING
■ If your vehicle is not properly maintained
Improper maintenance could result in serious damage to the vehicle and
possible death or serious injury.
■ Handling of the battery
● Engine exhaust, some of its constituents, and a wide variety of automobile
components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to
cause cancer and birth defects and other reproductive harm. Work in a
well ventilated area.
● Oils, fuels and fluids contained in vehicles as well as waste produced by
component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of Califor-
nia to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. Avoid
exposure and wash any affected area immediately.
● Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead
compounds which are known to cause brain damage. Wash your hands
after handling. (→P. 561)
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 544 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
545
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
7-2. Maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
General maintenance
Listed below are the general maintenance items that should be
performed at the intervals specified in the “Owner’s Warranty
Information Booklet” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement/Sched-
uled Maintenance Guide”. It is recommended that any problem
you notice should be brought to the attention of your Toyota
dealer or qualified service shop for advice.
Engine compartment
Items Check points
Battery Check the connections. (→P. 561)
Brake fluid
Is the brake fluid at the correct level?
(→P. 560)
Engine coolant
Is the engine coolant at the correct level?
(→P. 558)
Engine oil
Is the engine oil at the correct level?
(→P. 555)
Exhaust system
There should not be any fumes or strange
sounds.
Radiator/condenser
The radiator and condenser should be free from
foreign objects. (→P. 560)
Washer fluid Is there sufficient washer fluid? (→P. 564)
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 545 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
546
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
7-2. Maintenance
Vehicle interior
Items Check points
Accelerator pedal
• The accelerator pedal should move smoothly
(without uneven pedal effort or catching).
Automatic transmission
“Park” mechanism
• When parked on a slope and the shift lever is
in P, is the vehicle securely stopped?
Brake pedal
• Does the brake pedal move smoothly?
• Does the brake pedal have appropriate clear-
ance from the floor? (→P. 674)
• Does the brake pedal have the correct
amount of free play? (→P. 674)
Brakes
• The vehicle should not pull to one side when
the brakes are applied.
• The brakes should work effectively.
• The brake pedal should not feel spongy.
• The brake pedal should not get too close to
the floor when the brakes are applied.
Head restraints
• Do the head restraints move smoothly and
lock securely?
Indicators/buzzers
• Do the indicators and buzzers function prop-
erly?
Lights • Do all the lights come on?
Parking brake
• Does the parking brake lever move smoothly?
• When parked on a slope and the parking
brake is on, is the vehicle securely stopped?
Seat belts
• Do the seat belts operate smoothly?
• The seat belts should not be damaged.
Seats • Do the seat controls operate properly?
Steering wheel
• Does the steering wheel rotate smoothly?
• Does the steering wheel have the correct
amount of free play?
• There should not be any strange sounds com-
ing from the steering wheel.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 546 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
547
7-2. Maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
Vehicle exterior
Items Check points
Doors • Do the doors operate smoothly?
Engine hood
• Does the engine hood lock system work prop-
erly?
Fluid leaks
• There should not be any signs of fluid leakage
after the vehicle has been parked.
Tires
• Is the tire inflation pressure correct?
• The tires should not be damaged or exces-
sively worn.
• Have the tires been rotated according to the
maintenance schedule?
• The wheel nuts should not be loose.
Windshield wipers/rear
window wiper
• The wiper blades should not show any signs
of cracking, splitting, wear, contamination or
deformation.
• The wiper blades should clear the windshield/
rear window without streaking or skipping.
WARNING
■ If the engine is running
Turn the engine off and ensure that there is adequate ventilation before per-
forming maintenance checks.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 547 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
548
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
7-2. Maintenance
Emission inspection and maintenance (I/M)
programs
The OBD system determines that a problem exists somewhere in the
emission control system. Your vehicle may not pass the I/M test and
may need to be repaired. Contact your Toyota dealer to service the
vehicle.
● When the battery is disconnected or discharged
Readiness codes that are set during ordinary driving are erased.
Also, depending on your driving habits, the readiness codes may
not be completely set.
● When the fuel tank cap is loose
The malfunction indicator lamp comes on indicating a temporary
malfunction and your vehicle may not pass the I/M test.
The error code in the OBD system will not be cleared unless the vehi-
cle is driven 40 or more times.
Contact your Toyota dealer to prepare the vehicle for re-testing.
Some states have vehicle emission inspection programs which
include OBD (On Board Diagnostics) checks. The OBD system
monitors the operation of the emission control system.
If the malfunction indicator lamp comes on
Your vehicle may not pass the I/M test in the following situations:
When the malfunction indicator lamp still remains on after sev-
eral driving trips
If your vehicle does not pass the I/M test
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 548 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
549
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
Do-it-yourself service precautions
If you perform maintenance by yourself, be sure to follow the
correct procedure as given in these sections.
Items Parts and tools
Battery condition
(→P. 561)
•Warm water • Baking soda • Grease
• Conventional wrench (for terminal clamp bolts)
Brake fluid level
(→P. 560)
• FMVSS No.116 DOT 3 or SAE J1703 brake fluid
• Rag or paper towel
• Funnel (used only for adding brake fluid)
Engine coolant
level (→P. 558)
• “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” or a similar high
quality ethylene glycol-based non-silicate, non-
amine, non-nitrite and non-borate coolant with long-
life hybrid organic acid technology
For the U.S.A.:
“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is pre-mixed with
50% coolant and 50% deionized water.
For Canada:
“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is pre-mixed with
55% coolant and 45% deionized water.
• Funnel (used only for adding coolant)
Engine oil level
(→P. 555)
• “Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” or equivalent
• Rag or paper towel
• Funnel (used only for adding engine oil)
Fuses (→P. 588) • Fuse with same amperage rating as original
Light bulbs
(→P. 591)
• Bulb with same number and wattage rating as origi-
nal
• Phillips-head screwdriver
• Flathead screwdriver • Wrench
Radiator and con-
denser
(→P. 560)
Tire inflation pres-
sure (→P. 577)
• Tire pressure gauge • Compressed air source
Washer fluid
(→P. 564)
• Water or washer fluid containing antifreeze (for win-
ter use)
• Funnel (used only for adding water or washer fluid)
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 549 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
550
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
WARNING
The engine compartment contains many mechanisms and fluids that may
move suddenly, become hot, or become electrically energized. To avoid death
or serious injury, observe the following precautions.
■ When working on the engine compartment
● Keep hands, clothing and tools away from the moving fan and engine
drive belt.
● Be careful not to touch the engine, radiator, exhaust manifold, etc. right
after driving as they may be hot. Oil and other fluids may also be hot.
● Do not leave anything that may burn easily, such as paper and rags, in the
engine compartment.
● Do not smoke, cause sparks or expose an open flame to fuel or the bat-
tery. Fuel and battery fumes are flammable.
● Be extremely cautious when working on the battery. It contains poisonous
and corrosive sulfuric acid.
■ When working near the electric cooling fans or radiator grille
X Vehicles without smart key system
Be sure the engine switch is off. With the engine switch in the “ON” position,
the electric cooling fans may automatically start to run if the air conditioning
is on and/or the coolant temperature is high. (→P. 560)
X Vehicles with smart key system
Be sure the engine switch is off. With the engine switch in IGNITION ON
mode, the electric cooling fans may automatically start to run if the air condi-
tioning is on and/or the coolant temperature is high. (→P. 560)
■ Safety glasses
Wear safety glasses to prevent flying or falling material, fluid spray, etc.
from getting in your eyes.
NOTICE
■ If you remove the air cleaner filter
Driving with the air cleaner filter removed may cause excessive engine wear
due to dirt in the air.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 550 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
551
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
Hood
Pull the hood lock release lever.
The hood will pop up slightly.
Push the auxiliary catch lever to
the left and lift the hood.
Hold the hood open by inserting
the supporting rod into the slot.
Release the lock from the inside of the vehicle to open the hood.
1
2
3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 551 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
552
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
WARNING
■ Pre-driving check
Check that the hood is fully closed and locked.
If the hood is not locked properly, it may open while the vehicle is in motion
and cause an accident, which may result in death or serious injury.
■ After installing the support rod into the slot
Make sure the rod supports the hood securely from falling down on to your
head or body.
NOTICE
■ When closing the hood
Be sure to return the support rod to its clip before closing the hood. Closing
the hood with the support rod up could cause the hood to bend.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 552 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
553
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
Positioning a floor jack
◆ Front
◆ Rear
When using a floor jack, follow the instructions in the manual
provided with the jack and perform the operation safely.
When raising your vehicle with a floor jack, position the jack cor-
rectly. Improper placement may damage your vehicle or cause
injury.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 553 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
554
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Engine compartment
Fuse box (→P. 588)
Engine coolant reservoir
(→P. 558)
Engine oil filler cap(→P. 556)
Battery (→P. 561)
Brake fluid reservoir
(→P. 560)
Radiator (→P. 560)
Condenser (→P. 560)
Electric cooling fans
Engine oil level dipstick
(→P. 555)
Washer fluid tank (→P. 564)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 554 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
555
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
With the engine at operating temperature and turned off, check the oil
level on the dipstick.
■ Checking the engine oil
Park the vehicle on level ground. After warming up the engine
and turning it off, wait more than 5 minutes for the oil to drain
back into the bottom of the engine.
Holding a rag under the end,
pull the dipstick out.
Wipe the dipstick clean.
Flat dipstick: Reinsert the dipstick fully.
Non-flat dipstick: Reinsert
the non-flat dipstick fully with
its protruding areas ( in the
illustration) pointing towards
the engine.
Engine oil
1
2
3
4
1
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 555 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
556
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Holding a rag under the end, pull the dipstick out and check the
oil level.
Low
Normal
Excessive
The shape of the dipstick may differ depending on the type of vehicle or
engine.
Wipe the dipstick and reinsert it fully.
■ Adding engine oil
If the oil level is below or near
the low level mark, add engine
oil of the same type as that
already in the engine.
Make sure to check the oil type and prepare the items needed
before adding oil.
Remove the oil filler cap by turning it counterclockwise.
Add engine oil slowly, checking the dipstick.
Install the oil filler cap by turning it clockwise.
5
1
2
3
X Flat dipstick X Non-flat dipstick
Measuring side
6
Engine oil selection →P. 671
Oil quantity (Low → Full) 1.6 qt. (1.5 L, 1.3 Imp.qt.)
Items Clean funnel
1
2
3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 556 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
557
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
■ Engine oil consumption
A certain amount of engine oil will be consumed while driving. In the following
situations, oil consumption may increase, and engine oil may need to be
refilled in between oil maintenance intervals.
● When the engine is new, for example directly after purchasing the vehicle or
after replacing the engine
● If low quality oil or oil of an inappropriate viscosity is used
● When driving at high engine speeds or with a heavy load, when towing, or
when driving while accelerating or decelerating frequently
● When leaving the engine idling for a long time, or when driving frequently
through heavy traffic
WARNING
■ Used engine oil
● Used engine oil contains potentially harmful contaminants which may
cause skin disorders such as inflammation and skin cancer, so care
should be taken to avoid prolonged and repeated contact. To remove used
engine oil from your skin, wash thoroughly with soap and water.
● Dispose of used oil and filters only in a safe and acceptable manner. Do
not dispose of used oil and filters in household trash, in sewers or onto the
ground.
Call your Toyota dealer, service station or auto parts store for information
concerning recycling or disposal.
● Do not leave used engine oil within the reach of children.
NOTICE
■ To prevent serious engine damage
Check the oil level on a regular basis.
■ When replacing the engine oil
● Be careful not to spill engine oil on the vehicle components.
● Avoid overfilling, or the engine could be damaged.
● Check the oil level on the dipstick every time you refill the vehicle.
● Be sure the engine oil filler cap is properly tightened.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 557 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
558
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
The coolant level is satisfactory if it is between the “FULL” and “LOW”
lines on the reservoir when the engine is cold.
Reservoir cap
“FULL” line
“LOW” line
If the level is on or below the
“LOW” line, add coolant up to the
“FULL” line. (→P. 662)
■ Coolant selection
Only use “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” or a similar high quality ethylene
glycol based non-silicate, non-amine, non-nitrite, and non-borate coolant with
long-life hybrid organic acid technology.
U.S.A.:
“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is a mixture of 50% coolant and 50%
deionized water. (Minimum temperature: -31°F [-35°C])
Canada:
“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is a mixture of 55% coolant and 45%
deionized water. (Minimum temperature: -44°F [-42°C])
For more details about coolant, contact your Toyota dealer.
■ If the coolant level drops within a short time of replenishing
Visually check the radiator, hoses, engine coolant reservoir cap, drain cock
and water pump.
If you cannot find a leak, have your Toyota dealer test the cap and check for
leaks in the cooling system.
Engine coolant
1
2
3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 558 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
559
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
WARNING
■ When the engine is hot
Do not remove the engine coolant reservoir cap.
The cooling system may be under pressure and may spray hot coolant if the
cap is removed, causing serious injuries, such as burns.
NOTICE
■ When adding coolant
Coolant is neither plain water nor straight antifreeze. The correct mixture of
water and antifreeze must be used to provide proper lubrication, corrosion
protection and cooling. Be sure to read the antifreeze or coolant label.
■ If you spill coolant
Be sure to wash it off with water to prevent it from damaging parts or paint.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 559 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
560
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Check the radiator and condenser and clear away any foreign objects.
If either of the above parts is extremely dirty or you are not sure of
their condition, have your vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
■ Checking fluid level
The brake fluid level should be
between the “MAX” and “MIN”
lines on the tank.
■ Adding fluid
Make sure to check the fluid type and prepare the necessary item.
Radiator and condenser
WARNING
■ When the engine is hot
Do not touch the radiator or condenser as they may be hot and cause seri-
ous injuries, such as burns.
Brake fluid
Fluid type FMVSS No.116 DOT 3 or SAE J1703 brake fluid
Items Clean funnel
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 560 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
561
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
■ Brake fluid can absorb moisture from the air
Excess moisture in the brake fluid can cause a dangerous loss of braking effi-
ciency. Use only newly opened brake fluid.
Check the battery as follows:
■ Battery exterior
Make sure that the battery terminals are not corroded and that
there are no loose connections, cracks, or loose clamps.
Terminals
Hold-down clamp
WARNING
■ When filling the reservoir
Take care as brake fluid can harm your hands and eyes and damage
painted surfaces.
If fluid gets on your hands or in your eyes, flush the affected area with clean
water immediately.
If you still experience discomfort, see a doctor.
NOTICE
■ If the fluid level is low or high
It is normal for the brake fluid level to go down slightly as the brake pads
wear out or when the fluid level in the accumulator is high.
If the reservoir needs frequent refilling, there may be a serious problem.
Battery
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 561 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
562
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
■ Before recharging
When recharging, the battery produces hydrogen gas which is flammable and
explosive. Therefore, observe the following before recharging:
● If recharging with the battery installed on the vehicle, be sure to disconnect
the ground cable.
● Make sure the power switch on the charger is off when connecting and dis-
connecting the charger cables to the battery.
■ After recharging/reconnecting the battery (vehicles with smart key sys-
tem)
The engine may not start. Follow the procedure below to initialize the system.
Shift the shift lever to P.
Open and close any of the doors.
Restart the engine.
● Unlocking the doors using the smart key system may not be possible imme-
diately after reconnecting the battery. If this happens, use the wireless
remote control or the mechanical key to lock/unlock the doors.
● Start the engine with the engine switch in ACCESSORY mode. The engine
may not start with the engine switch turned off. However, the engine will
operate normally from the second attempt.
● The engine switch mode is recorded by the vehicle. If the battery is recon-
nected, the vehicle will return the engine switch mode to the status it was in
before the battery was disconnected. Make sure to turn off the engine
before disconnect the battery. Take extra care when connecting the battery
if the engine switch mode prior to discharge is unknown.
If the engine will not start even after multiple attempts, contact your Toyota
dealer.
1
2
3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 562 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
563
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
WARNING
■ Chemicals in the battery
A battery contains poisonous and corrosive sulfuric acid and may produce
hydrogen gas which is flammable and explosive. To reduce the risk of death
or serious injury, take the following precautions while working on or near the
battery:
● Do not cause sparks by touching the battery terminals with tools.
● Do not smoke or light a match near the battery.
● Avoid contact with eyes, skin and clothes.
● Never inhale or swallow electrolyte.
● Wear protective safety glasses when working near the battery.
● Keep children away from the battery.
■ Where to safely charge the battery
Always charge the battery in an open area. Do not charge the battery in a
garage or closed room where there is not sufficient ventilation.
■ How to recharge the battery
Only perform a slow charge (5 A or less). The battery may explode if
charged at a quicker rate.
■ Emergency measures regarding electrolyte
● If electrolyte gets in your eyes
Flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get immedi-
ate medical attention. If possible, continue to apply water with a sponge or
cloth while traveling to the nearest medical facility.
● If electrolyte gets on your skin
Wash the affected area thoroughly. If you feel pain or burning, get medical
attention immediately.
● If electrolyte gets on your clothes
It can soak through clothing on to your skin. Immediately take off the cloth-
ing and follow the procedure above if necessary.
● If you accidentally swallow electrolyte
Drink a large quantity of water or milk. Get emergency medical attention
immediately.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 563 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
564
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
If any washer does not work or the
warning message appears on the
multi-information display, the
washer tank may be empty. Add
washer fluid.
NOTICE
■ When recharging the battery
Never recharge the battery while the engine is running. Also, be sure all
accessories are turned off.
Washer fluid
WARNING
■ When adding washer fluid
Do not add washer fluid when the engine is hot or running as washer fluid
contains alcohol and may catch fire if spilled on the engine etc.
NOTICE
■ Do not use any fluid other than washer fluid
Do not use soapy water or engine antifreeze instead of washer fluid.
Doing so may cause streaking on the vehicle’s painted surfaces.
■ Diluting washer fluid
Dilute washer fluid with water as necessary.
Refer to the freezing temperatures listed on the label of the washer fluid bot-
tle.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 564 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
565
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
Tires
Check if the treadwear indicators are showing on the tires. Also check
the tires for uneven wear, such as excessive wear on one side of the
tread. Check the spare tire condition and pressure if not rotated.
New tread
Worn tread
Treadwear indicator
The location of treadwear indicators is shown by a “TWI” or “∆” marks,
etc., molded into the sidewall of each tire.
Replace the tires if the treadwear indicators are showing on a tire.
Replace or rotate tires in accordance with maintenance sched-
ules and treadwear.
Checking tires
1
2
3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 565 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
566
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Rotate the tires in the order shown.
Do not fail to initialize the tire pressure warning system after tire rota-
tion.
To equalize tire wear and extend tire life, Toyota recommends that tire
rotation is carried out at the same interval as tire inspection.
Tire rotation
X Vehicles with compact spare
tire
X Vehicles with full-size spare
tire
Front
Front
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 566 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
567
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
Your vehicle is equipped with a tire pressure warning system that uses
tire pressure warning valves and transmitters to detect low tire infla-
tion pressure before serious problems arise.
If the tire pressure drops below a predetermined level, the driver is
warned by a warning light. (→P. 618)
◆ Installing tire pressure warning valves and transmitters
When replacing tires or wheels, tire pressure warning valves and
transmitters must also be installed.
When new tire pressure warning valves and transmitters are
installed, new ID codes must be registered in the tire pressure
warning computer and the tire pressure warning system must be
initialized. Have tire pressure warning valve and transmitter ID
codes registered by your Toyota dealer. (→P. 569)
◆ Initializing the tire pressure warning system
When the tire size is changed, the tire pressure warning system
must be initialized.
When the tire pressure warning system is initialized, the current tire
inflation pressure is set as the benchmark pressure.
Tire pressure warning system (if equipped)
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 567 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
568
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
■ How to initialize the tire pressure warning system
Park the vehicle in a safe place and turn the engine switch to the
“LOCK” position (vehicles without smart key system) or off (vehi-
cles with smart key system).
Initialization cannot be performed while the vehicle is moving.
Adjust the tire inflation pressure to the specified cold tire inflation
pressure level. (→P. 675)
Make sure to adjust the tire pressure to the specified cold tire infla-
tion pressure level. The tire pressure warning system will operate
based on this pressure level.
Turn the engine switch to the “ON” position (vehicles without
smart key system) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with smart
key system).
Press and hold the tire pres-
sure warning reset switch
until the tire pressure warn-
ing light blinks slowly 3 times.
Vehicles without smart key system: Wait for a few minutes with
the engine switch in the “ON” position and then turn the engine
switch to the “ACC” or “LOCK” position.
Vehicles with smart key system: Wait for a few minutes with the
engine switch in IGNITION ON mode and then turn the engine
switch off.
1
2
3
4
5
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 568 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
569
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
◆ Registering ID codes
The tire pressure warning valve and transmitter is equipped with a
unique ID code. When replacing a tire pressure warning valve and
transmitter, it is necessary to register the ID code. Have the ID code
registered by your Toyota dealer.
■ When to replace your vehicle’s tires
Tires should be replaced if:
● The treadwear indicators are showing on a tire.
● You have tire damage such as cuts, splits, cracks deep enough to
expose the fabric, and bulges indicating internal damage
● A tire goes flat repeatedly or cannot be properly repaired due to the size
or location of a cut or other damage
If you are not sure, consult with your Toyota dealer.
■ Replacing tires and wheels (vehicles with the tire pressure warning
system)
If the ID code of the tire pressure warning valve and transmitter is not reg-
istered, the tire pressure warning system will not work properly. After driv-
ing for about 20 minutes, the tire pressure warning light blinks for 1
minute and stays on to indicate a system malfunction.
■ Tire life
Any tire over 6 years old must be checked by a qualified technician even
if it has seldom or never been used or damage is not obvious.
■ Routine tire inflation pressure checks (vehicles with the tire pressure
warning system)
The tire pressure warning system does not replace routine tire inflation
pressure checks. Make sure to check tire inflation pressure as part of
your routine of daily vehicle checks.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 569 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
570
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
■ Maximum load of tire
Check that the number given by dividing the maximum load by 1.10 of the
replacement tire is greater than 1/2 of the Gross Axle Weight Ratings
(GAWR) of either the front axle or the rear axle, whichever is greater.
■ Tire types
● Summer tires
Summer tires are high-speed performance tires best suited to highway
driving under dry conditions. Since summer tires do not have the same
traction performance as snow tires, summer tires are inadequate for
driving on snow-covered or icy roads. For driving on snow-covered
roads or icy roads, the use of snow tires is recommended. When install-
ing snow tires, be sure to replace all four tires.
● All season tires
All season tires are designed to provide better traction in snow and to
be adequate for driving in most winter conditions as well as for use
year-round. All season tires, however, do not have adequate traction
performance compared with snow tires in heavy or loose snow. Also, all
season tires fall short in acceleration and handling performance com-
pared with summer tires in highway driving.
● Snow tires
For driving on snow-covered roads or icy roads, we recommend using
snow tires. If you need snow tires, select tires of the same size, con-
struction and load capacity as the originally installed tires. Since your
vehicle has radial tires as original equipment, make sure your snow
tires also have radial construction. Do not install studded tires without
first checking local regulations for possible restrictions. Snow tires
should be installed on all wheels. (→P. 314)
■ If the tread on snow tires wears down below 0.16 in. (4 mm)
The effectiveness of the tires as snow tires is lost.
For the GAWR, see the Certification
Label. For the maximum load of the tire,
see the load limit at maximum cold tire
inflation pressure mentioned on the
sidewall of the tire. (→P. 680)
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 570 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
571
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
■ Situations in which the tire pressure warning system may not oper-
ate properly (if equipped)
● In the following cases, the tire pressure warning system may not operate
properly.
• If non-genuine Toyota wheels are used.
• A tire has been replaced with a tire that is not an OE (Original Equip-
ment) tire.
• A tire has been replaced with a tire that is not of the specified size.
• Tire chains etc. are equipped.
• Lock nuts are equipped.
• An auxiliary-supported run-flat tire is equipped.
• If a window tint that affects the radio wave signals is installed.
• If there is a lot of snow or ice on the vehicle, particularly around the
wheels or wheel housings.
• If the tire inflation pressure is extremely higher than the specified
level.
• If the spare tire is in a location subject to poor radio wave signal
reception.
*
• If a large metallic object which can interfere with signal reception is
put in the luggage compartment.
*
*
: Vehicles with full-size spare tire only
● Performance may be affected in the following situations.
• Near a TV tower, electric power plant, gas station, radio station, large
display, airport or other facility that generates strong radio waves or
electrical noise
• When carrying a portable radio, cellular phone, cordless phone or
other wireless communication device
● When the vehicle is parked, the time taken for the warning to start or go
off could be extended.
● When tire inflation pressure declines rapidly for example when a tire has
burst, the warning may not function.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 571 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
572
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
■ The initialization operation (vehicles with the tire pressure warning
system)
● Make sure to carry out initialization after adjusting the tire inflation pres-
sure.
Also, make sure the tires are cold before carrying out initialization or tire
inflation pressure adjustment.
● If you have accidentally turned the engine switch to the “LOCK” position
(vehicles without smart key system) or off (vehicles with smart key sys-
tem) during initialization, it is not necessary to press the reset switch
again as initialization will restart automatically when the engine switch
has been turned to the “ON” position (vehicles without smart key sys-
tem) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with smart key system) for the
next time.
● If you accidentally press the reset switch when initialization is not neces-
sary, adjust the tire inflation pressure to the specified level when the
tires are cold, and conduct initialization again.
■ When initialization of the tire pressure warning system has failed (if
equipped)
Initialization can be completed in a few minutes. However, in the following
cases, the settings have not been recorded and the system will not oper-
ate properly. If repeated attempts to record tire inflation pressure settings
are unsuccessful, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
● When operating the tire pressure warning reset switch, the tire pressure
warning light does not blink 3 times.
● After driving for a certain period of time since the initialization has been
completed, the warning light comes on after blinking for 1 minute.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 572 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
573
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
■ Tire pressure warning system certification
X For vehicles sold in the U.S.A.
<Sensor, Receiver>
TRW Automotive
Tire Pressure Monitoring Sensor
FCC ID: GQ4-51T
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject
to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful
interference, and (2) This device must accept any interference received,
including interference that may cause undesired operation of this device.
WARNING: Changes or modifications not expressly approved by TRW
Automotive U.S. LLC could void the user’s authority to operate the equip-
ment.
FCC ID: PAXPMVC010
NOTE
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject
to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful
interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received,
including interference that may cause undesired operation.
FCC WARNING
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the
equipment.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 573 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
574
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
X For vehicles sold in Canada
<Sensor, Receiver>
TRW Automotive
Tire Pressure Monitoring Sensor
Model: 228408
IC: 1470A-32T
MADE IN U.S.A
This device complies with Industry Canada license-exempt RSS stan-
dard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This
device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) This device must
accept any interference received, including interference that may cause
undesired operation of this device.
Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR d’Industrie Canada
applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. L’exploitation est
autorisée aux deux conditions suivantes : 1. L’appareil ne doit pas
produire de brouillage. 2. L’utilisateur de l’appareil doit accepter tout
brouillage radioélectrique subi, même si le brouillage est susceptible d’en
compromettre le fonctionnement.
WARNING: Changes or modifications not expressly approved by TRW
Automotive U.S. LLC could void the user’s authority to operate the equip-
ment.
NOTE
Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may
not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference,
including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
NOTE
L’utilisation de ce dispositif est autorisée seulement aux deux conditions
suivantes : (1) il ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et (2) l’utilisateur du
dispositif doit être prêt à accepter tout brouillage radioélectrique reçu,
même si ce brouillage est susceptible de compromettre le
fonctionnement du dispositif.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 574 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
575
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
WARNING
■
When inspecting or replacing tires
Observe the following precautions to prevent accidents.
Failure to do so may cause damage to parts of the drive train as well as
dangerous handling characteristics, which may lead to an accident
resulting in death or serious injury.
● Do not mix tires of different makes, models or tread patterns.
Also, do not mix tires of remarkably different treadwear.
● Do not use tire sizes other than those recommended by Toyota.
● Do not mix differently constructed tires (radial, bias-belted or bias-ply
tires).
● Do not mix summer, all season and snow tires.
● Do not use tires that have been used on another vehicle.
Do not use tires if you do not know how they were used previously.
● Vehicles with compact spare tire: Do not tow if your vehicle has a com-
pact spare tire installed.
■ When initializing the tire pressure warning system (if equipped)
Do not operate the tire pressure warning reset switch without first
adjusting the tire inflation pressure to the specified level. Otherwise, the
tire pressure warning light may not come on even if the tire inflation
pressure is low, or it may come on when the tire inflation pressure is
actually normal.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 575 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
576
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
NOTICE
■ Repairing or replacing tires, wheels, tire pressure warning valves,
transmitters and tire valve caps (vehicles with the tire pressure
warning system)
● When removing or fitting the wheels, tires or the tire pressure warning
valves and transmitters, contact your Toyota dealer as the tire pres-
sure warning valves and transmitters may be damaged if not handled
correctly.
● Make sure to install the tire valve caps. If the tire valve caps are not
installed, water could enter the tire pressure warning valves and the
tire pressure warning valves could be bound.
● When replacing tire valve caps, do not use tire valve caps other than
those specified. The cap may become stuck.
■ To avoid damage to the tire pressure warning valves and transmit-
ters (vehicles with the tire pressure warning system)
When a tire is repaired with liquid sealants, the tire pressure warning
valve and transmitter may not operate properly. If a liquid sealant is
used, contact your Toyota dealer or other qualified service shop as soon
as possible. Make sure to replace the tire pressure warning valve and
transmitter when repairing or replacing the tire. (→P. 567)
■ Driving on rough roads
Take particular care when driving on roads with loose surfaces or pot-
holes.
These conditions may cause losses in tire inflation pressure, reducing
the cushioning ability of the tires. In addition, driving on rough roads
may cause damage to the tires themselves, as well as the vehicle’s
wheels and body.
■ If tire inflation pressure of each tire becomes low while driving
Do not continue driving, or your tires and/or wheels may be ruined.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 576 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
577
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
Tire inflation pressure
The recommended cold tire infla-
tion pressure and tire size are dis-
played on the tire and loading
information label. (→P. 675)
Tire inflation pressure
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 577 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
578
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Tire valve
Tire pressure gauge
Remove the tire valve cap.
Press the tip of the tire pressure gauge onto the tire valve.
Read the pressure using the gauge gradations.
If the tire inflation pressure is not at the recommended level, adjust
the pressure.
If you add too much air, press the center of the valve to deflate.
After completing the tire inflation pressure measurement and
adjustment, apply soapy water to the valve and check for leakage.
Put the tire valve cap back on.
■ Tire inflation pressure check interval
You should check tire inflation pressure every two weeks, or at least once
a month.
Do not forget to check the spare.
■ Effects of incorrect tire inflation pressure
Driving with incorrect tire inflation pressure may result in the following:
● Reduced fuel economy
● Reduced driving comfort and poor handling
● Reduced tire life due to wear
● Reduced safety
● Damage to the drive train
If a tire needs frequent inflating, have it checked by your Toyota dealer.
Inspection and adjustment procedure
1
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 578 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
579
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
■ Instructions for checking tire inflation pressure
When checking tire inflation pressure, observe the following:
● Check only when the tires are cold.
If your vehicle has been parked for at least 3 hours or has not been
driven for more than 1 mile or 1.5 km, you will get an accurate cold tire
inflation pressure reading.
● Always use a tire pressure gauge.
It is difficult to judge if a tire is properly inflated based only on its appear-
ance.
● It is normal for the tire inflation pressure to be higher after driving as
heat is generated in the tire. Do not reduce tire inflation pressure after
driving.
● Never exceed the vehicle capacity weight.
Passengers and luggage weight should be placed so that the vehicle is
balanced.
WARNING
■
Proper inflation is critical to save tire performance
Keep your tires properly inflated.
If the tires are not properly inflated, the following conditions may occur
which could lead to an accident resulting in death or serious injury:
● Excessive wear
● Uneven wear
● Poor handling
● Possibility of blowouts resulting from overheated tires
● Air leaking from between tire and wheel
● Wheel deformation and/or tire damage
● Greater possibility of tire damage while driving (due to road hazards,
expansion joints, sharp edges in the road, etc.)
NOTICE
■ When inspecting and adjusting tire inflation pressure
Be sure to put the tire valve caps back on.
If a valve cap is not installed, dirt or moisture may get into the valve and
cause an air leak, resulting in decreased tire inflation pressure.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 579 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
580
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Wheels
When replacing wheels, care should be taken to ensure that they are
equivalent to those removed in load capacity, diameter, rim width and
inset
*.
Replacement wheels are available at your Toyota dealer.
*: Conventionally referred to as “offset”.
Toyota does not recommend using the following:
● Wheels of different sizes or types
● Used wheels
● Bent wheels that have been straightened
● Use only Toyota wheel nuts and wrenches designed for use with
your aluminum wheels.
● When rotating, repairing or changing your tires, check that the
wheel nuts are still tight after driving 1000 miles (1600 km).
● Be careful not to damage the aluminum wheels when using tire
chains.
● Use only Toyota genuine balance weights or equivalent and a plas-
tic or rubber hammer when balancing your wheels.
If a wheel is bent, cracked or heavily corroded, it should be
replaced. Otherwise, the tire may separate from the wheel or
cause a loss of handling control.
Wheel selection
Aluminum wheel precautions
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 580 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
581
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
■ When replacing wheels (vehicles with the tire pressure warning sys-
tem)
The wheels of your vehicle are equipped with tire pressure warning
valves and transmitters that allow the tire pressure warning system to
provide advance warning in the event of a loss in tire inflation pressure.
Whenever wheels are replaced, tire pressure warning valves and trans-
mitters must be installed. (→P. 567)
WARNING
■
When replacing wheels
● Do not use wheels that are a different size from those recommended in
the Owner’s Manual, as this may result in a loss of handling control.
● Never use an inner tube in a leaking wheel which is designed for a
tubeless tire. Doing so may result in an accident, causing death or seri-
ous injury.
■ When installing the wheel nuts
● Never use oil or grease on the wheel bolts or wheel nuts.
Oil and grease may cause the wheel nuts to be excessively tightened,
leading to bolt or disc wheel damage. In addition, the oil or grease can
cause the wheel nuts to loosen and the wheel may fall off, causing an
accident and resulting in death or serious injury. Remove any oil or
grease from the wheel bolts or wheel nuts.
■ Use of defective wheels prohibited
Do not use cracked or deformed wheels.
Doing so could cause the tire to leak air during driving, possibly causing
an accident.
● Be sure to install the wheel nuts with
the tapered ends facing inward.
Installing the nuts with the tapered
ends facing outward can cause the
wheel to break and eventually cause
the wheel to come off while driving,
which could lead to an accident
resulting in death or serious injury.
ITI41P007
Tapered
portion
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 581 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
582
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
NOTICE
■ Replacing tire pressure warning valves and transmitters (vehicles
with the tire pressure warning system)
● Because tire repair or replacement may affect the tire pressure warn-
ing valves and transmitters, make sure to have tires serviced by your
Toyota dealer or other qualified service shop. In addition, make sure to
purchase your tire pressure warning valves and transmitters at your
Toyota dealer.
● Ensure that only genuine Toyota wheels are used on your vehicle.
Tire pressure warning valves and transmitters may not work properly
with non-genuine wheels.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 582 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
583
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
Air conditioning filter
Vehicles without smart key system: Turn the engine switch to the
“LOCK” position.
Vehicles with smart key system: Turn the engine switch off.
Open the glove box. Slide off
the damper.
Push in each side of the glove
box to disconnect the claws.
Remove the filter cover.
The air conditioning filter must be changed regularly to maintain
air conditioning efficiency.
Removal method
1
2
3
4
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 583 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
584
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Remove the air conditioning fil-
ter and replace it with a new
one.
The “↑UP” marks shown on the fil-
ter should be pointing up.
■ Changing interval
Inspect and replace the air conditioning filter according to the maintenance
schedule. In dusty areas or areas with heavy traffic flow, early replacement
may be required. (For scheduled maintenance information, please refer to the
“Owner’s Manual Supplement” or “Scheduled Maintenance”.)
■ If air flow from the vents decreases dramatically
The filter may be clogged. Check the filter and replace if necessary.
5
NOTICE
■ When using the air conditioning system
Make sure that a filter is always installed.
Using the air conditioning system without a filter may cause damage to the
system.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 584 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
585
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
Wireless remote control/electronic key battery
● Flathead screwdriver
● Small flathead screwdriver
● Lithium battery CR2016 (vehicles without smart key system), or
CR2032 (vehicles with smart key system)
X Vehicles without smart key system
Remove the cover.
To prevent damage to the key,
cover the tip of the screwdriver with
a rag.
Remove the module.
Open the case cover using a
coin protected with tape etc.
and remove the depleted bat-
tery.
Insert a new battery with the “+”
terminal facing up.
Replace the battery with a new one if it is depleted.
You will need the following items:
Replacing the battery
1
2
3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 585 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
586
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
X Vehicles with smart key system
Take out the mechanical key.
Remove the cover.
To prevent damage to the key,
cover the tip of the screwdriver with
a rag.
Remove the depleted battery.
Insert a new battery with the “+”
terminal facing up.
1
2
3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 586 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
587
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
■ Use a CR2016 (vehicles without smart key system), or CR2032 (vehicles
with smart key system) lithium battery
● Batteries can be purchased at your Toyota dealer, local electrical appliance
shops or camera stores.
● Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manu-
facturer.
● Dispose of used batteries according to local laws.
■ If the key battery is depleted
The following symptoms may occur:
● The smart key system (if equipped) and wireless remote control will not
function properly.
● The operational range will be reduced.
WARNING
■ Removed battery and other parts
These parts are small and if swallowed by a child, they can cause choking.
Keep away from children. Failure to do so could result in death or serious
injury.
NOTICE
■ For normal operation after replacing the battery
Observe the following precautions to prevent accidents:
● Always work with dry hands.
Moisture may cause the battery to rust.
● Do not touch or move any other component inside the remote control.
● Do not bend either of the battery terminals.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 587 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
588
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Checking and replacing fuses
Vehicles without smart key system:
Turn the engine switch to the “LOCK” position.
Vehicles with smart key system:
Turn the engine switch off.
Open the fuse box cover or instrument panel.
If any of the electrical components do not operate, a fuse may
have blown. If this happens, check and replace the fuses as nec-
essary.
1
2
X Engine compartment type A X Engine compartment type B
Push the tabs in and lift the cover
off.
Push the tabs in and lift the cover
off.
X Under the instrument panel X Behind the instrument panel
Remove the cover. Remove the instrument panel.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 588 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
589
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
Remove the fuse with the pull-
out tool.
Only type A fuse can be removed
using the pullout tool.
Check if the fuse is blown.
Normal fuse
Blown fuse
Type A and B:
Replace the blown fuse with a new fuse of an appropriate amperage rat-
ing. The amperage rating can be found on the fuse box lid.
Type C and D:
Contact your Toyota dealer.
3
4
1
2
X Type A X Type B
X Type C X Type D
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 589 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
590
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
■ After a fuse is replaced
● If the lights do not turn on even after the fuse has been replaced, a bulb may
need replacement. (→P. 591)
● If the replaced fuse blows again, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer.
■ If there is an overload in a circuit
The fuses are designed to blow, protecting the wiring harness from damage.
WARNING
■ To prevent system breakdowns and vehicle fire
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may cause damage to the vehicle, and possibly a fire or
injury.
● Never use a fuse of a higher amperage rating than that indicated, or use
any other object in place of a fuse.
● Always use a genuine Toyota fuse or equivalent.
Never replace a fuse with a wire, even as a temporary fix.
● Do not modify the fuses or fuse boxes.
NOTICE
■ Before replacing fuses
Have the cause of electrical overload determined and repaired by your
Toyota dealer as soon as possible.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 590 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
591
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
Light bulbs
Check the wattage of the light bulb to be replaced. (→P. 676)
■ Front
Front side marker light
Fog light (if equipped)
Headlight/daytime running light (halogen headlights)
Front turn signal light/parking light (halogen headlights) or front turn
signal light (LED headlights)
You may replace the following bulbs by yourself. The difficulty
level of replacement varies depending on the bulb. If necessary
bulb replacement seems difficult to perform, contact your
Toyota dealer.
For more information about replacing other light bulbs, contact
your Toyota dealer.
Preparing for light bulb replacement
Bulb locations
1
2
3
4
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 591 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
592
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
■ Rear
■ Headlights/daytime running lights (halogen headlights)
Turn the bulb base counter-
clockwise.
Unplug the connector while
pressing the lock release.
Tail light (bulb type)
Back-up light
Rear turn signal light
Stop/tail light and rear side
marker light (bulb type)
License plate lights
Replacing light bulbs
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 592 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
593
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
Replace the light bulb.
Align the 3 tabs on the light bulb
with the mounting, and insert.
Turn and secure the bulb
base.
Install the bulb base.
Shake the bulb base gently to
check that it is not loose, turn
the headlights on once and visu-
ally confirm that no light is leak-
ing through the mounting.
■
Front turn signal lights/parking lights (halogen headlights) or
front turn signal lights (LED headlights)
Turn the bulb base counter-
clockwise.
3
4
5
1
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 593 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
594
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Remove the light bulb.
When installing, reverse the steps listed.
■ Front side maker lights
Turn the bulb base counter-
clockwise.
Remove the light bulb.
When installing, reverse the steps listed.
■ Fog lights (if equipped)
To allow enough working
space, turn the steering
wheel to the opposite side of
the bulb to be replaced.
2
3
1
2
3
1
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 594 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
595
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
Remove the screws from the
fender liner.
Remove the fender liner clip
and open the fender liner.
Unplug the connector while
pressing the lock release.
Turn the bulb base counter-
clockwise.
2
3
4
5
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 595 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
596
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Set the new light bulb.
Align the 3 tabs on the light bulb
with the mounting, and insert.
Turn it clockwise to set.
Set the connector.
After installing the connector,
shake the bulb base gently to
check that it is not loose, turn
the fog lights on once and visu-
ally confirm that no light is leak-
ing through the mounting.
Reinstall the fender liner and
install the clip.
Insert the clip and turn to lock.
Reinstall the fender liner and
install the screws.
Make sure that the fender liner
is attached to the inside of the
bumper.
6
7
8
9
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 596 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
597
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
■ Stop/tail lights, rear side marker lights (bulb type) and rear turn
signal lights
Open the back door and
remove the bolts, and
remove the lamp assembly
by pulling it directly backward
from the rear of the vehicle.
Turn the bulb base counterclockwise.
Remove the light bulb.
When installing, reverse the steps listed.
1
2
X Stop/tail lights and rear side
marker lights
X Rear turn signal lights
3
X Stop/tail lights and rear side
marker lights
X Rear turn signal lights
4
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 597 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
598
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
■ Tail lights (bulb type)
Open the back door and
remove the cover.
To prevent damage, cover the
tip of the screwdriver with rag.
Turn the bulb base counter-
clockwise.
Remove the light bulb.
When installing, reverse the steps listed.
1
2
3
4
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 598 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
599
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
■ Back-up lights
Turn the bulb base counter-
clockwise.
Remove the light bulb.
When installing, reverse the
steps listed.
After installing the bulb base,
make sure that the rubber cover
is installed securely.
1
2
Rubber
cover
3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 599 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
600
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
■ License plate lights
Open the back door and
remove the cover.
To prevent damage, cover the
tip of the screwdriver with rag.
Turn the bulb base counterclockwise.
Remove the light bulb.
When installing, reverse the steps listed.
1
2
X Left side X Right side
3
4
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 600 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
601
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
7
Maintenance and care
■ Replacing the following bulbs
If any of the lights listed below has burnt out, have it replaced by
your Toyota dealer.
● Headlights (LED headlights)
● Parking lights/daytime running lights (LED headlights)
● Side turn signal lights (if equipped)
● Stop/tail lights (LED type)
● Tail lights (LED type)
● Rear side marker lights (LED type)
● High mounted stoplight
■ LED Lights
The headlights (LED headlights), parking lights/daytime running lights (LED
headlights) side turn signal lights (if equipped), stop/tail lights (LED type), tail
lights (LED type), rear side marker lights (LED type) and high mounted stop-
light consist of a number of LEDs. If any of the LEDs burn out, take your vehi-
cle to your Toyota dealer to have the light replaced.
■ Condensation build-up on the inside of the lens
Temporary condensation build-up on the inside of the headlight lens does not
indicate a malfunction.
Contact your Toyota dealer for more information in the following situations:
● Large drops of water have built up on the inside of the lens.
● Water has built up inside the headlight.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 601 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
602
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
WARNING
■ Replacing light bulbs
● Turn off the lights. Do not attempt to replace the bulb immediately after
turning off the lights.
The bulbs become very hot and may cause burns.
● Do not touch the glass portion of the light bulb with bare hands. When it is
unavoidable to hold the glass portion, use and hold with a clean dry cloth
to avoid getting moisture and oils on the bulb.
Also, if the bulb is scratched or dropped, it may blow out or crack.
● Fully install light bulbs and any parts used to secure them. Failure to do so
may result in heat damage, fire, or water entering the headlight unit. This
may damage the headlights or cause condensation to build up on the lens.
● Do not attempt to repair or disassemble light bulbs, connectors, electric
circuits or component parts.
Doing so may result in death or serious injury due to electric shock.
● When replacing the back up light of the right side, be careful not to touch
the exhaust pipes until they have cooled down sufficiently, as touching hot
exhaust pipes can cause burns.
■ To prevent damage or fire
● Make sure bulbs are fully seated and locked.
● Check the wattage of the bulb before installing to prevent heat damage.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 602 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
603
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
8
When trouble arises
8-1. Essential information
Emergency flashers .......... 604
If your vehicle has to
be stopped in an
emergency ...................... 605
8-2. Steps to take in an
emergency
If your vehicle needs
to be towed ..................... 607
If you think
something is wrong......... 613
Fuel pump shut off
system ............................ 614
If a warning light turns
on or a warning buzzer
sounds ............................ 615
If a warning message is
displayed......................... 625
If you have a flat tire.......... 641
If the engine
will not start..................... 654
If the electronic key does
not operate properly
(vehicles with
smart key system)........... 656
If the vehicle battery
is discharged................... 658
If your vehicle overheats ... 662
If the vehicle becomes
stuck ............................... 665
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 603 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
604
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
8-1. Essential information
Emergency flashers
Press the switch.
All the turn signals will flash.
To turn them off, press the switch
once again.
■ Emergency flashers
If the emergency flashers are used for a long time while the engine is not run-
ning, the battery may discharge.
The emergency flashers are used to warn other drivers when the
vehicle has to be stopped in the road to a breakdown, etc.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 604 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
605
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
8-1. Essential information
8
When trouble arises
If your vehicle has to be stopped in an
emergency
Steadily step on the brake pedal with both feet and firmly depress it.
Do not pump the brake pedal repeatedly as this will increase the effort
required to slow the vehicle.
Shift the shift lever to N.
X If the shift lever is shifted to N
After slowing down, stop the vehicle in a safe place by the road.
Stop the engine.
X If the shift lever cannot be shifted to N
Keep depressing the brake pedal with both feet to reduce vehicle
speed as much as possible.
Vehicles without smart key sys-
tem:
Stop the engine by turning the
engine switch to the “ACC”
position.
Vehicles with smart key system:
To stop the engine, press and
hold the engine switch for 2
consecutive seconds or more,
or press it briefly 3 times or
more in succession.
Stop the vehicle in a safe place by the road.
Only in an emergency, such as if it becomes impossible to stop
the vehicle in the normal way, stop the vehicle using the follow-
ing procedure:
1
2
3
4
3
4
Press and hold for 2 seconds or more,
or press briefly 3 times or more
4
5
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 605 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
606
8-1. Essential information
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
WARNING
■ If the engine has to be turned off while driving
● Power assist for the brakes and steering wheel will be lost, making the
brake pedal harder to depress and the steering wheel heavier to turn.
Decelerate as much as possible before turning off the engine.
● Vehicles without smart key system: Never attempt to remove the key, as
doing so will lock the steering wheel.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 606 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
607
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
If your vehicle needs to be towed
The following may indicate a problem with your transmission. Contact
your Toyota dealer or commercial towing service before towing.
● The engine is running but the vehicle does not move.
● The vehicle makes an abnormal sound.
Do not tow with a sling-type truck
to prevent body damage.
If towing is necessary, we recommend having your vehicle
towed by your Toyota dealer or commercial towing service,
using a wheel-lift type truck or flatbed truck.
Use a safety chain system for all towing, and abide by all state/
provincial and local laws.
2WD models: If towing your vehicle with a wheel-lift type truck
from the front, the vehicle’s rear wheels and axles must be in
good conditions. (→P. 608, 611)
If they are damaged, use a towing dolly or flatbed truck.
AWD models: If towing your vehicle with a wheel-lift type truck,
use a towing dolly. (→P. 608, 611)
Situations when it is necessary to contact dealers before towing
Towing with a sling-type truck
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 607 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
608
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
If you use chains or cables to tie
down your vehicle, the angles
shaded in black must be 45°.
Do not overly tighten the tie
downs or the vehicle may be dam-
aged.
Towing with a wheel-lift type truck
X From the front (2WD models) X From the front (AWD models)
Release the parking brake. Use a towing dolly under the rear
wheels.
X From the rear
Use a towing dolly under the front
wheels.
Using a flatbed truck
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 608 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
609
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
8
When trouble arises
If a tow truck is not available in an emergency, your vehicle may be
temporarily towed using cables or chains secured to the emergency
towing eyelets. This should only be attempted on hard surfaced roads
for at most 50 miles (80 km) at under 18 mph (30 km/h).
A driver must be in the vehicle to steer and operate the brakes. The
vehicle’s wheels, drive train, axles, steering and brakes must be in
good condition.
Take out the towing eyelet. (→P. 642)
Remove the eyelet cover using
a flathead screwdriver.
To protect the bodywork, place a
rag between the screwdriver and
the vehicle body as shown in the
illustration.
Insert the towing eyelet into the
hole and tighten partially by
hand.
Emergency towing
Emergency towing procedure
1
2
3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 609 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
610
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
Tighten down the towing eyelet
securely using a wheel nut
wrench or hard metal bar.
Securely attach cables or chains to the towing eyelet.
Take care not to damage the vehicle body.
Enter the vehicle being towed and start the engine.
If the engine does not start, turn the engine switch to the “ON” position
(vehicles without smart key system) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with
smart key system).
Shift the shift lever to N and release the parking brake.
When the shift lever cannot be shifted: →P. 209
■ While towing
If the engine is not running, the power assist for the brakes and steering will
not function, making steering and braking more difficult.
■ Wheel nut wrench
Wheel nut wrench is installed in the tool bag. (→P. 642)
4
5
6
7
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 610 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
611
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
8
When trouble arises
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
■ When towing the vehicle
■ While towing
● When towing using cables or chains, avoid sudden starts, etc. which place
excessive stress on the towing eyelets, cables or chains. The towing eye-
lets, cables or chains may become damaged, broken debris may hit peo-
ple, and cause serious damage.
● Do not turn the engine switch to the “LOCK” position (vehicles without
smart key system) or off (vehicles with smart key system).
There is a possibility that the steering wheel is locked and cannot be oper-
ated.
■ Installing towing eyelets to the vehicle
Make sure that towing eyelets are installed securely.
If not securely installed, towing eyelets may come loose during towing.
2WD models:
Be sure to transport the vehicle with the
front wheels raised or with all four wheels
raised off the ground. If the vehicle is
towed with the front wheels contacting
the ground, the drivetrain and related
parts may be damaged.
AWD models:
Be sure to transport the vehicle with all
four wheels raised off the ground. If the
vehicle is towed with the tires contacting
the ground, the drivetrain or related parts
may be damaged, the vehicle may fly off
the truck.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 611 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
612
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
NOTICE
■ To prevent damage to the vehicle when towing using a wheel-lift type
truck
● Vehicles without smart key system: Do not tow the vehicle from the rear
when the engine switch is in the “LOCK” position or the key is removed.
The steering lock mechanism is not strong enough to hold the front wheels
straight.
● Vehicles with smart key system: Do not tow the vehicle from the rear when
the engine switch is off. The steering lock mechanism is not strong enough
to hold the front wheels straight.
● When raising the vehicle, ensure adequate ground clearance for towing at
the opposite end of the raised vehicle. Without adequate clearance, the
vehicle could be damaged while being towed.
■ To prevent damage to the vehicle when towing with a sling-type truck
Do not tow with a sling-type truck, either from the front or rear.
■ To prevent damage to the vehicle during emergency towing
Do not secure cables or chains to the suspension components.
■ Recreational towing (behind motor home, etc.)
Never dinghy tow your vehicle to prevent
causing serious damage to the Dynamic
Torque Control AWD system (AWD mod-
els) and transmission. (→P. 195)
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 612 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
613
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
If you think something is wrong
● Fluid leaks under the vehicle
(Water dripping from the air conditioning after use is normal.)
● Flat-looking tires or uneven tire wear
● Engine coolant temperature gauge needle continually points higher
than normal.
● Changes in exhaust sound
● Excessive tire squeal when cornering
● Strange noises related to the suspension system
● Pinging or other noises related to the engine
● Engine missing, stumbling or running roughly
● Appreciable loss of power
● Vehicle pulls heavily to one side when braking
● Vehicle pulls heavily to one side when driving on a level road
● Loss of brake effectiveness, spongy feeling, pedal almost touches
the floor
If you notice any of the following symptoms, your vehicle proba-
bly needs adjustment or repair. Contact your Toyota dealer as
soon as possible.
Visible symptoms
Audible symptoms
Operational symptoms
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 613 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
614
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
Fuel pump shut off system
Follow the procedure below to restart the engine after the system is
activated.
X Vehicles without smart key system
Turn the engine switch to the “ACC” or “LOCK” position.
Restart the engine.
X Vehicles with smart key system
Turn the engine switch to ACCESSORY mode or off.
Restart the engine.
To minimize the risk of fuel leakage when the engine stalls or
when an airbag inflates upon collision, the fuel pump shut off
system stops the supply of fuel to the engine.
NOTICE
■ Before starting the engine
Inspect the ground under the vehicle.
If you find that fuel has leaked onto the ground, the fuel system has been
damaged and is in need of repair. Do not restart the engine.
1
2
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 614 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
615
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
If a warning light turns on or a warning
buzzer sounds
Calmly perform the following actions if any of the warning lights
comes on or flashes. If a light comes on or flashes, but then
goes off, this does not necessarily indicate a malfunction in the
system. However, if this continues to occur, have the vehicle
inspected by your Toyota dealer.
Warning light and warning buzzer list
Warning light Warning light/Details/Actions
(U.S.A.)
(Canada)
Brake system warning light (warning buzzer)*
1
Indicates that:
• The brake fluid level is low; or
• The brake system is malfunctioning
This light also comes on when the parking brake is not
released. If the light turns off after the parking brake is
fully released the system is operating normally.
→ Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place and con-
tact your Toyota dealer. Continuing to drive the vehi-
cle may be dangerous.
(U.S.A.)
(Canada)
Malfunction indicator lamp
Indicates a malfunction in:
• The electronic engine control system;
• The electronic throttle control system;
• The electronic automatic transmission control system
→ Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer
immediately.
SRS warning light
Indicates a malfunction in:
• The SRS airbag system;
• The front passenger occupant classification system; or
• The seat belt pretensioner system
→ Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer
immediately.
(U.S.A.)
(Canada)
ABS warning light
Indicates a malfunction in:
• The ABS; or
• The brake assist system
→ Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer
immediately.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 615 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
616
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
Electric power steering system warning light (warning
buzzer)
Indicates a malfunction in the EPS (Electric Power Steer-
ing) system
→ Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer
immediately.
Slip indicator
Indicates a malfunction in:
• The VSC/Trailer Sway Control system;
• The TRAC system;
• The AUTO LSD function; or
• The hill-start assist control system
The light will flash when the VSC/Trailer Sway Control or
the TRAC system is operating.
→ Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer
immediately.
Seat belt reminder light (warning buzzer)*
2
Warns the driver and/or front passenger to fasten their
seat belts
→ Fasten the seat belt.
If the front passenger’s seat is occupied, the front
passenger’s seat belt also needs to be fastened to
make the warning light (warning buzzer) turn off.
Low fuel level warning light
Indicates that remaining fuel is approximately 2.4 gal.
(9.0 L, 2.0 Imp. gal.) or less
→ Refuel the vehicle.
(Flashes)
(On the center panel)
Intuitive parking assist indicator (warning buzzer)*
3
(if
equipped)
Indicates a malfunction in the intuitive parking assist
→ Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer
immediately.
(On the center panel)
Intuitive parking assist indicator (warning buzzer)*
4
(if
equipped)
Indicates that the intuitive parking assist sensor is dirty or
covered with ice.
→ Clean the sensors.
(On the center panel)
Rear passengers’ seat belt reminder lights (warning
buzzer)
*
2
Warn the rear passengers to fasten their seat belts
→ Fasten the seat belt.
Warning light Warning light/Details/Actions
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 616 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
617
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
8
When trouble arises
Master warning light
A buzzer sounds and the warning light comes on and
flashes to indicate that the master warning system has
detected a malfunction.
→ P. 625
PCS warning light (if equipped)
When the warning light flashes (and a buzzer sounds):
Indicates a malfunction in the PCS (Pre-Collision System)
→ Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
When the warning light flashes (and a buzzer does not
sound):
Indicates that the PCS (Pre-Collision System) is tempo-
rarily unavailable, possibly due to either of the following:
• An area around the radar sensor or camera sensor
being dirty or covered with condensation, ice, stickers,
etc.
→ Clear the dirt, condensation, ice, stickers, etc.
(→P. 235)
• Radar sensor or camera sensor operational conditions
(such as temperature etc.) being not met
→ Driving is possible in this case. The PCS (Pre-Colli-
sion System) will be enabled if the operational condi-
tions (such as temperature etc.) are met again.
When the warning light is illuminated:
Either the VSC (Vehicle Stability Control) system or PCS
(Pre-Collision System) is disabled or both are disabled.
→ To enable the PCS, enable both the VSC system and
PCS. (→P. 243, 310)
(Amber)
LDA warning light (if equipped)
The warning light comes on and a warning message is
displayed to indicate that the LDA (Lane Departure Alert
with steering control) system is not available temporarily
or has detected a malfunction.
→ P. 626
Warning light Warning light/Details/Actions
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 617 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
618
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
*
1
: Parking brake engaged warning buzzer:
A buzzer will sound if the vehicle is driven at a speed of approximately
3 mph (5 km/h) or more.
*
2
: Driver’s seat belt warning buzzer:
The driver’s seat belt warning buzzer sounds to alert the driver that his or
her seat belt is not fastened. Once the engine switch is turned to the “ON”
position (vehicles without smart key system) or IGNITION ON mode (vehi-
cles with smart key system), the buzzer sounds for 6 seconds. If the vehi-
cle reaches a speed of 12 mph (20 km/h), the buzzer sounds once. If the
seat belt is still unfastened after 24 seconds, the buzzer will sound intermit-
tently for 6 seconds. Then, if the seat belt is still unfastened, the buzzer will
sound in a different tone for 90 more seconds.
Front passenger’s seat belt warning buzzer:
The front passenger’s seat belt warning buzzer sounds to alert the front
passenger that his or her seat belt is not fastened. The buzzer sounds
once if the vehicle reaches a speed of 12 mph (20 km/h). If the seat belt is
still unfastened after 24 seconds, the buzzer will sound intermittently for 6
seconds. Then, if the seat belt is still unfastened, the buzzer will sound in a
different tone for 90 more seconds.
Rear passengers’ seat belt warning buzzer:
The rear passengers’ seat belt warning buzzer sounds to alert the rear
passengers that his or her seat belt is not fastened. The buzzer sounds
intermittently for 6 seconds after the vehicle reaches a speed of 12 mph
(20 km/h). Then, if the seat belt is still unfastened, the buzzer will sound in
a different tone for 24 more seconds.
Tire pressure warning light (if equipped)
When the light comes on:
Low tire inflation pressure such as
• Natural causes (→P. 620)
• Flat tire (→P. 641)
→ Adjust the tire inflation pressure to the specified
level.
The light will turn off after a few minutes. In case the
light does not turn off even if the tire inflation pres-
sure is adjusted, have the system checked by your
Toyota dealer.
When the light comes on after blinking for 1 minute:
Malfunction in the tire pressure warning system
→ Have the system checked by your Toyota dealer.
Warning light Warning light/Details/Actions
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 618 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
619
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
8
When trouble arises
*
3
: The corner and center indicators flash after the indicator for the malfunc-
tioning sensor flashes and the vehicle indicator turns off while the buzzer
sounds for approximately 7 seconds.
*
4
: The corner and center indicators turn on and remain on after the indicator
for the malfunctioning sensor turns on, and the vehicle indicator turns off
while the buzzer sounds for approximately 7 seconds.
■ SRS warning light
This warning light system monitors the airbag sensor assembly, front impact
sensors, side impact sensors (front door), side impact sensors (rear), driver’s
seat position sensor, driver’s seat belt buckle switch, front passenger occu-
pant classification system, “AIR BAG ON” indicator light, “AIR BAG OFF” indi-
cator light, front passenger’s seat belt buckle switch, driver’s seat belt
pretensioner, front passenger’s seat belt pretensioner and force limiter, air-
bags, interconnecting wiring and power sources. (→P. 38)
■ Front passenger detection sensor, seat belt reminder and warning
buzzer
● If luggage is placed on the front passenger seat, the front passenger detec-
tion sensor may cause the warning light to flash and the warning buzzer to
sound even if a passenger is not sitting in the seat.
● If a cushion is placed on the seat, the sensor may not detect a passenger,
and the warning light may not operate properly.
■ If the malfunction indicator lamp comes on while driving
First check the following:
● Is the fuel tank empty?
If it is, fill the fuel tank immediately.
● Is the fuel tank cap loose?
If it is, tighten it securely.
The light will go off after several driving trips.
If the light does not go off even after several trips, contact your Toyota dealer
as soon as possible.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 619 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
620
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
■ Electric power steering system warning light (warning buzzer)
When the battery charge becomes insufficient or the voltage temporarily
drops, the electric power steering system warning light may come on and the
warning buzzer may sound.
■
When the tire pressure warning light comes on (vehicles with the tire
pressure warning system)
Check the tire inflation pressure and adjust to the appropriate level. Push-
ing the tire pressure warning reset switch will not turn off the tire pressure
warning light.
■ The tire pressure warning light may come on due to natural causes
(vehicles with the tire pressure warning system)
The tire pressure warning light may come on due to natural causes such
as natural air leaks and tire inflation pressure changes caused by temper-
ature. In this case, adjusting the tire inflation pressure will turn off the
warning light (after a few minutes).
■ When a tire is replaced with a compact spare tire (vehicles with com-
pact spare tire and the tire pressure warning system)
The compact spare tire is not equipped with a tire pressure warning valve
and transmitter. If a tire goes flat, the tire pressure warning light will not
turn off even though the flat tire has been replaced with the spare tire.
Replace the spare tire with the standard tire and adjust the tire inflation
pressure. The tire pressure warning light will go off after a few minutes.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 620 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
621
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
8
When trouble arises
■ If the tire pressure warning system is not functioning
The tire pressure warning system will be disabled in the following condi-
tions:
(When the condition becomes normal, the system will work properly.)
● If tires not equipped with tire pressure warning valves and transmitters
are used
● If the ID code on the tire pressure warning valves and transmitters is not
registered in the tire pressure warning computer
● If the tire inflation pressure is 70 psi (480 kPa, 4.9 kgf/cm
2
or bar) or
higher
The tire pressure warning system may be disabled in the following condi-
tions:
(When the condition becomes normal, the system will work properly.)
● If electronic devices or facilities using similar radio wave frequencies are
nearby
● If a radio set at a similar frequency is in use in the vehicle
● If a window tint that affects the radio wave signals is installed
● If there is a lot of snow or ice on the vehicle, particularly around the
wheels or wheel housings
● If non-genuine Toyota wheels are used (Even if you use Toyota wheels,
the tire pressure warning system may not work properly with some types
of tires.)
● If tire chains are used
● If the spare tire is in a location subject to poor radio wave signal reception.*
● If a large metallic object which can interfere with signal reception is put
in the luggage compartment.
*
*
: Vehicles with full-size spare tire only
■
If the tire pressure warning light frequently comes on after blinking
for 1 minute (vehicles with the tire pressure warning system)
If the tire pressure warning light frequently comes on after blinking for 1
minute when the engine switch is turned to the “ON” position (vehicles
without smart key system) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with smart
key system), have it checked by your Toyota dealer.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 621 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
622
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
■ Warning buzzer
In some cases, the buzzer may not be heard because of noisy place or an
audio sound.
■ Customization
The vehicle speed linked seat belt reminder buzzer can be disabled.
(Customizable features →P. 701)
WARNING
■ If both the ABS and the brake system warning lights remain on
Stop your vehicle in a safe place immediately and contact your Toyota
dealer. The vehicle will become extremely unstable during braking, and the
ABS system may fail, which could cause an accident resulting in death or
serious injury.
■ When the electric power steering system warning light comes on
The steering wheel may become extremely heavy.
If the steering wheel becomes heavier than usual when operating, hold
firmly and operate using more force than usual.
■
If the tire pressure warning light comes on (vehicles with the tire
pressure warning system)
Be sure to observe the following precautions. Failure to do so could
cause a loss of vehicle control and result in death or serious injury.
● Stop your vehicle in a safe place as soon as possible. Adjust the tire
inflation pressure immediately.
● If the tire pressure warning light comes on even after tire inflation pres-
sure adjustment, it is probable that you have a flat tire. Check the tires.
If a tire is flat, change it with the spare tire and have the flat tire
repaired by the nearest Toyota dealer.
● Avoid abrupt maneuvering and braking. If the vehicle tires deteriorate,
you could lose control of the steering wheel or the brakes.
■ If a blowout or sudden air leakage should occur (vehicles with the
tire pressure warning system)
The tire pressure warning system may not activate immediately.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 622 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
623
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
8
When trouble arises
WARNING
■
Maintenance of the tires (vehicles with the tire pressure warning
system)
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly
when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the
vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure
label (tire and load information label). (If your vehicle has tires of a dif-
ferent size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation
pressure label [tire and load information label], you should determine
the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire
pressure monitoring system (TPMS-tire pressure warning system) that
illuminates a low tire pressure telltale (tire pressure warning light) when
one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly,
when the low tire pressure telltale (tire pressure warning light) illumi-
nates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and
inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly under-
inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure.
Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may
affect the vehicle’s handling and stopping ability.
Please note that the TPMS (tire pressure warning system) is not a sub-
stitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver’s responsibility to
maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached
the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale (tire
pressure warning light).
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS (tire pressure warn-
ing system) malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not
operating properly. The TPMS (tire pressure warning system) malfunc-
tion indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale (tire pressure
warning light). When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will
flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illumi-
nated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups
as long as the malfunction exists. When the malfunction indicator is illu-
minated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pres-
sure as intended.
TPMS (tire pressure warning system) malfunctions may occur for a vari-
ety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires
or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS (tire pressure warning
system) from functioning properly. Always check the TPMS (tire pres-
sure warning system) malfunction telltale after replacing one or more
tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alter-
nate tires and wheels allow the TPMS (tire pressure warning system) to
continue to function properly.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 623 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
624
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
NOTICE
■ To ensure the tire pressure warning system operates properly
(vehicles with the tire pressure warning system)
Do not install tires with different specifications or makers, as the tire
pressure warning system may not operate properly.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 624 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
625
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
If a warning message is displayed
Master warning light
The master warning light also
comes on or flashes in order to
indicate that a message is cur-
rently being displayed on the multi-
information display.
Multi-information display
If any of the warning messages comes on again after the following
actions have been performed, contact your Toyota dealer.
If a warning is shown on the multi-information display, stay calm
and perform the following actions:
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 625 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
626
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
Warning message and warning buzzer list
Warning message Details/Actions
(If equipped)
Indicates that:
• There is a high possibility of a frontal collision;
or
• The pre-collision braking function is operating
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Slow the vehicle by applying the brakes.
(If equipped)
Indicates that your vehicle is nearing the vehicle
ahead (in vehicle-to-vehicle distance control
mode)
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Slow the vehicle by applying the brakes.
(If equipped)
Indicates that the vehicle has deviated from the
lane (while the LDA [Lane Departure Alert with
steering control] system is operating)
The lane line on the side the vehicle has devi-
ated from flashes in amber.
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Check around the vehicle and back to
inside of the lane lines.
Indicates a malfunction in the brake system
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer immediately.
Continuing to drive the vehicle may be dan-
gerous.
(Amber)
(Flashes)
(U.S.A.) (Canada)
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 626 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
627
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
8
When trouble arises
Indicates that the driver’s door was opened with
the shift position in any position other than P
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Shift the shift position to P.
Indicates that one or more of the doors or the
back door is not fully closed
The system also indicates which doors are not
fully closed.
If the vehicle reaches a speed of 3 mph (5 km/h),
flashes and a buzzer sounds to indicate
that the door(s) are not yet fully closed.
→ Make sure that all the doors are closed.
(If equipped)
Indicates a malfunction in the intuitive parking
assist
All the sensor lights flash.
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer.
(If equipped)
Indicates that an intuitive parking assist sensor is
dirty or covered with ice
All the sensor lights flash.
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Clean the sensor.
Warning message Details/Actions
(Flashes)
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 627 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
628
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
Indicates that the vehicle is being driven at 3 mph
(5 km/h) or more with the parking brake still
engaged.
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Release the parking brake.
(If equipped)
Indicates that the LDA (Lane Departure Alert with
steering control) system has determined that the
driver does not have the hands on the steering
wheel while the steering control function is on
If the system continues to determine that the
driver does not have the hands on the steering
wheel, a buzzer also sounds.
→ Firmly hold the steering wheel.
Indicates a malfunction in:
• The SRS airbag system; or
• The front passenger occupant classification
system; or,
• The seat belt pretensioner system
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer.
Indicates a malfunction in:
• The ABS; or
• The brake assist system
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place
and contact your Toyota dealer. Continuing
to drive the vehicle may be dangerous.
Warning message Details/Actions
(Flashes) (U.S.A.) (Canada)
(U.S.A.) (Canada)
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 628 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
629
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
8
When trouble arises
Indicates that the engine coolant temperature is
too high
A buzzer also sounds.
→ P. 662
Indicates a malfunction in the vehicle’s charging
system.
→ Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place
and contact your Toyota dealer. Continuing
to drive the vehicle may be dangerous.
(If equipped)
Indicates that the radar sensor is dirty or covered
with ice
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Clean the sensor.
(If equipped)
Indicates that the dynamic radar cruise control
system cannot be used temporarily due to bad
weather
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Use the radar cruise control system when it
becomes available again.
Warning message Details/Actions
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 629 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
630
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
(If equipped)
Indicates a malfunction in the smart key system
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer.
(If equipped)
Indicates that a Blind Spot Monitor sensor or the
surrounding area on the bumper is dirty or cov-
ered with ice
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Clean the sensor and its surrounding area
on the bumper.
(If equipped)
Indicates a malfunction in the cruise control sys-
tem or dynamic radar cruise control system (if
equipped)
Press the “ON-OFF” button once to deactivate
the system, and then press the button again to
reactivate the system.
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer.
(If equipped)
Indicates a malfunction in the LDA (Lane Depar-
ture Alert with steering control) system
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer.
Warning message Details/Actions
(Amber)
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 630 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
631
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
8
When trouble arises
(If equipped)
The operation conditions of the camera sensor
(temperature, etc.) are not met.
→ When the operation conditions of the cam-
era sensor (temperature, etc.) are met, the
following systems will become available.
• PCS (Pre-Collision System)
• LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering con-
trol) system
• Dynamic radar cruise control
• Automatic High Beam
(If equipped)
Indicates that dirt, rain, condensation, ice, snow,
etc., are present on the windshield in front of the
camera sensor
The following systems will be temporarily unus-
able.
• PCS (Pre-Collision System)
• LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering con-
trol) system
• Dynamic radar cruise control
• Automatic High Beam
→ Turn the system off, remove any dirt, rain,
condensation, ice, snow, etc., from the
windshield, and then turn the system back
on.
(If equipped)
The LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering con-
trol) system is temporarily canceled due to a mal-
function in a sensor other than the camera
sensor.
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Turn the LDA system off and follow the
appropriate troubleshooting procedures
for warning message. Afterward, drive the
vehicle for a short time, and then turn the
LDA system back on.
(If equipped)
Indicates a malfunction in the pre-collision sys-
tem
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer.
Warning message Details/Actions
(Amber) (Flashes)
(Amber) (Flashes)
(Amber)
(Flashes)
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 631 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
632
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
(If equipped)
Indicates a malfunction in the BSM (Blind Spot
Monitor) system
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer.
Indicates abnormal engine oil pressure
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place
and contact your Toyota dealer.
(AWD models only)
Indicates that the automatic transmission fluid
temperature is too high
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place
and contact your Toyota dealer.
(AWD models only)
Indicates a malfunction in the AWD system
The AWD system turns off and the vehicle
switches to front wheel drive.
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer.
Warning message Details/Actions
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 632 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
633
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
8
When trouble arises
(If equipped)
Indicates that the LDA (Lane Departure Alert with
steering control) system cannot be used as the
vehicle speed is approximately 32 mph (50 km/h)
or less
→ Drive the vehicle at approximately 32 mph
(50 km/h) or more.
(If equipped)
Indicates that LDA (Lane Departure Alert with
steering control) cannot be used due to the vehi-
cle speed being too high
→ Slow down.
Vehicles without smart key system:
Indicates that the engine switch is turned “LOCK”
position or turned to “ACC” position and the
driver’s door is opened while the lights are turned
on
A buzzer also sounds.
Vehicles with smart key system:
Indicates that the engine switch is turned off or
turned to ACCESSORY mode and the driver’s
door is opened while the lights are turned on
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Turn the lights off.
(If equipped)
Indicates that the moon roof is not fully closed
(with the engine switch off, and the driver’s door
open)
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Close the moon roof.
(AWD models only)
Indicates the AWD system has overheated
The AWD system turns off and the vehicle
switches to front wheel drive.
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Reduce the vehicle speed or stop the vehi-
cle in a safe place.
Warning message Details/Actions
(Flashes)
(Flashes)
(Flashes)
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 633 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
634
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
(AWD models only)
Indicates the AWD system has overheated
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Reduce the vehicle speed or stop the vehi-
cle in a safe place.
Indicates a malfunction in:
• The automatic headlight leveling system;
• The Automatic High Beam system (if
equipped); or
• The LED headlight system (if equipped)
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer.
Indicates that the washer fluid level is low
→ Add washer fluid.
Indicates that remaining fuel is approximately 2.4
gal. (9.0 L, 2.0 Imp.gal.) or less
→ Refuel the vehicle.
Indicates that the outside temperature is approxi-
mately 37°F (3°C) or lower
A buzzer also sounds
→ Drive carefully, as the road may be icy.
Indicates that all maintenance according to the
driven distance on the maintenance schedule
*
should be performed soon.
Comes on approximately 4500 miles (7200 km)
after the message has been reset.
→ If necessary, perform maintenance.
Warning message Details/Actions
(Flashes)
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 634 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
635
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
8
When trouble arises
*: Refer to the separate “Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual
Supplement” for the maintenance interval applicable to your vehicle.
Indicates that all maintenance is required to cor-
respond to the driven distance on the mainte-
nance schedule
*.
Comes on approximately 5000 miles (8000 km)
after the message has been reset. (The mes-
sage will not display properly unless the mes-
sage has been reset.)
→ Perform the necessary maintenance.
Please reset the message after the mainte-
nance is performed. (→P. 543)
(If equipped)
Indicates that, since the VSC (Vehicle Stability
Control) system was turned off, the pre-collision
brake system operation is stopped
→ Turn the VSC on. (→P. 310)
(If equipped)
Indicates that the pre-collision system is tempo-
rarily unavailable
→ Please wait until the system returns. If the
message does not disappear, the system
may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle
inspected by your Toyota dealer immedi-
ately.
(If equipped)
Indicates that part of the PCS (Pre-Collision Sys-
tem) sensor is dirty, covered with ice, etc.
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Remove any dirt, ice, etc.
Warning message Details/Actions
(Flashes)
(Flashes)
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 635 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
636
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
Interior
buzzer
Exterior
buzzer
Warning message Details/Actions
Once
The electronic key is not
detected when an attempt is
made to start the engine.
→ Start the engine with the
electronic key present.
Once
3 times
The electronic key was carried
outside the vehicle and a door
other than the driver’s door was
opened and closed while the
engine switch was in a mode
other than off.
→ Bring the electronic key
back into the vehicle.
The driver’s door was opened
and closed while the electronic
key was not in the vehicle, the
shift lever was in P and the
engine switch was not turned
off.
→ Turn the engine switch off
or bring the electronic key
back into the vehicle.
Once
Contin-
uous
(5
sec-
onds)
An attempt was made to exit
the vehicle with the electronic
key and lock the doors without
first turning the engine switch
off when the shift lever was in P.
→ Turn the engine switch off
and lock the doors again.
(Flashes)
(Flashes)
(Displayed alternately)
(Flashes)
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 636 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
637
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
8
When trouble arises
9
times
An attempt was made to drive
when the regular key was not
inside the vehicle.
→ Confirm that the elec-
tronic key is inside the
vehicle.
Con-
tinu-
ous
The driver’s door was opened
when the shift lever was not in
P and the engine switch was
not turned off.
→ Shift the shift lever to P.
Con-
tinu-
ous
Contin-
uous
The driver’s door was opened
and closed while the electronic
key was not in the vehicle, the
shift lever was not in P and the
engine switch was not turned
off.
→ Shift the shift lever to P.
→ Bring the electronic key
back into the vehicle.
Interior
buzzer
Exterior
buzzer
Warning message Details/Actions
(Flashes)
(Flashes)
(Displayed alternately)
(Flashes)
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 637 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
638
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
Once
Contin-
uous
(5
sec-
onds)
An attempt was made to lock
the doors using the smart key
system while the electronic key
was still inside the vehicle.
→ Retrieve the electronic key
from the vehicle and lock
the doors again.
Once
Contin-
uous
(5 sec-
onds)
An attempt was made to lock
either front door by opening a
door and putting the inside lock
button into the lock position,
then closing the door while pull-
ing the door handle with the
electronic key still inside the
vehicle.
For some models only: An
attempt was made to lock the
doors other than using the
smart key system while the
electronic key was still inside
the vehicle.
→ Retrieve the electronic key
from the vehicle and lock
the doors again.
Once
• When the doors were
unlocked with the mechanical
key and then the engine
switch was pressed, the elec-
tronic key could not be
detected in the vehicle.
• The electronic key could not
be detected in the vehicle
even after the engine switch
was pressed two consecu-
tive times.
→ Touch the electronic key to
the engine switch while
depressing the brake
pedal.
Interior
buzzer
Exterior
buzzer
Warning message Details/Actions
(Flashes)
(Flashes)
(Flashes)
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 638 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
639
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
8
When trouble arises
Once
An attempt was made to start
the engine with the shift lever in
an incorrect position.
→ Shift the shift lever to P
and start the engine.
Power was turned off due to the
automatic power off function.
→ Next time when starting
the engine, increase the
engine speed slightly and
maintain that level for
approximately 5 minutes
to recharge the battery.
Once
The electronic key has a low
battery.
→ Replace the electronic key
battery. (→P. 585)
Once
The driver’s door was opened
and closed with the engine
switch turned off and then the
engine switch was put in
ACCESSORY mode twice with-
out the engine being started.
→ Press the engine switch
while depressing the brake
pedal.
During an engine starting pro-
cedure in the event that the
electronic key was not function-
ing properly (→P. 657), the
engine switch was touched with
the electronic key.
→ Press the engine switch
within 10 seconds of the
buzzer sounding.
Interior
buzzer
Exterior
buzzer
Warning message Details/Actions
(Flashes)
(Flashes)
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 639 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
640
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
■ Warning buzzer
In some cases, the buzzer may not be heard because of noisy place or an
audio sound.
Once
The steering lock could not be
released within 3 seconds of
the engine switch being
pressed.
→ Press the engine switch
while depressing the brake
pedal and moving the
steering wheel left and
right.
Once
The engine switch has been
turned off with the shift lever in
a position other than P or N.
→ Shift the shift lever to P.
Once
After the engine switch has
been turned off with the shift
lever in a position other than P,
the shift lever has been shifted
to P.
→ Turn the engine switch off.
Interior
buzzer
Exterior
buzzer
Warning message Details/Actions
(Flashes)
(Flashes)
(Flashes)
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 640 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
641
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
If you have a flat tire
● Stop the vehicle in a safe place on a hard, flat surface.
● Set the parking brake.
● Shift the shift lever to P.
● Stop the engine.
● Turn on the emergency flashers. (→P. 604)
● For vehicles with power back door: Turn off the power back door
system. (→P. 117)
Your vehicle is equipped with a spare tire. The flat tire can be
replaced with the spare tire.
For details about tires: →P. 5 6 5
WARNING
■
If you have a flat tire
Do not continue driving with a flat tire.
Driving even a short distance with a flat tire can damage the tire and the
wheel beyond repair, which could result in an accident.
Before jacking up the vehicle
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 641 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
642
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
*: It may be placed together with the jack.
Location of the spare tire, jack and tools
Tool bag*
Jack
Spare tire
1
2
3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 642 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
643
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
8
When trouble arises
WARNING
■
Using the tire jack
Observe the following precautions.
Improper use of the tire jack may cause the vehicle to suddenly fall off
the jack, leading to death or serious injury.
● Do not use the tire jack for any purpose other than replacing tires or
installing and removing tire chains.
● Only use the tire jack that comes with this vehicle for replacing a flat
tire.
Do not use it on other vehicles, and do not use other tire jacks for
replacing tires on this vehicle.
● Put the jack properly in its jack point.
● Do not put any part of your body under the vehicle while it is supported
by the jack.
● Do not start the engine or drive the vehicle while the vehicle is sup-
ported by the jack.
● Do not raise the vehicle while someone is inside.
● When raising the vehicle, do not put an object on or under the jack.
● Do not raise the vehicle to a height greater than that required to
replace the tire.
● Use a jack stand if it is necessary to get under the vehicle.
● Stop the vehicle on firm, flat and level ground, firmly set the parking
brake and shift the shift lever to P. Block the wheel diagonally opposite
to the one being changed if necessary.
● When lowering the vehicle, make sure that there is no-one near the
vehicle. If there are people nearby, warn them vocally before lowering.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 643 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
644
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
Vehicles with full-size spare
tire: Turn the knob of each clip
on the rear deck board to
unlock.
Remove the rear deck board.
Take out the jack.
Unclasp the hook and remove
the jack.
When stowing the jack, wind back
the jack until it dose not move, fix it
with the rubber band and then stow
it.
Taking out the jack
1
2
3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 644 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
645
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
8
When trouble arises
Loosen the center fastener that
secures the spare tire.
Chock the tires.
Taking out the spare tire
WARNING
■
When storing the spare tire
Be careful not to catch fingers or other body parts between the spare
tire and the body of the vehicle.
Replacing a flat tire
1
Flat tire Wheel chock positions
Front
Left-hand side Behind the rear right-hand side tire
Right-hand side Behind the rear left-hand side tire
Rear
Left-hand side In front of the front right-hand side tire
Right-hand side In front of the front left-hand side tire
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 645 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
646
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
For vehicles with steel wheels,
remove the wheel ornament
using the wrench.
To protect the wheel ornament,
place a rag between the wrench
and the wheel ornament.
Slightly loosen the wheel nuts
(one turn).
Turn the tire jack portion by
hand until the notch of the jack
is in contact with the jack point.
The jack point guides are located
under the rocker panel. They
indicate the jack point positions.
2
3
4
A
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 646 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
647
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
8
When trouble arises
Assemble the jack handle and
the wheel nut wrench as shown
in the illustration.
Raise the vehicle until the tire is
slightly raised off the ground.
Remove all the wheel nuts and
the tire.
When resting the tire on the
ground, place the tire so that the
wheel design faces up to avoid
scratching the wheel surface.
5
6
7
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 647 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
648
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
WARNING
■
Replacing a flat tire
● Do not touch the disc wheels or the area around the brakes immedi-
ately after the vehicle has been driven.
After the vehicle has been driven the disc wheels and the area around
the brakes will be extremely hot. Touching these areas with hands, feet
or other body parts while changing a tire, etc. may result in burns.
● Failure to follow these precautions could cause the wheel nuts to
loosen and the tire to fall off, resulting in death or serious injury.
• Have the wheel nuts tightened with a torque wrench to 76 ft•lbf (103
N•m, 10.5 kgf•m) as soon as possible after changing wheels.
• When installing a tire, only use wheel nuts that have been specifi-
cally designed for that wheel.
• If there are any cracks or deformations in the bolt screws, nut
threads or bolt holes of the wheel, have the vehicle inspected by
your Toyota dealer.
• When installing the wheel nuts, be sure to install them with the
tapered ends facing inward. (→P. 581)
● For vehicles with power back door: In cases such as when replacing
tires, make sure to turn off the power back door system (→P. 117 ) .
Failure to do so may cause the back door to operate unintentionally if
the power back door switch is accidentally touched, resulting in hands
and fingers being caught and injured.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 648 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
649
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
8
When trouble arises
Remove any dirt or foreign mat-
ter from the wheel contact sur-
face.
If foreign matter is on the wheel
contact surface, the wheel nuts
may loosen while the vehicle is in
motion, causing the tire to come
off.
Install the spare tire and loosely tighten each wheel nut by hand by
approximately the same amount.
When replacing a steel wheel
with a steel wheel, tighten the
nuts until the tapered portion
comes into loose contact with
the disc wheel seat.
When replacing an aluminum
wheel with a steel wheel,
tighten the wheel nuts until the
tapered portion comes into
loose contact with the disc
wheel seat.
When replacing an aluminum
wheel with an aluminum wheel,
turn the wheel nuts until the
washers come into contact with
the disc wheel.
Installing the spare tire
1
2
Tapered portion
Disc wheel
seat
Tapered portion
Disc wheel
seat
Washer
Disc wheel
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 649 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
650
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
Lower the vehicle.
Firmly tighten each wheel nut
two or three times in the order
shown in the illustration.
Tightening torque:
76 ft•lbf (103 N•m, 10.5 kgf•m)
For vehicles with steel wheels,
reinstall the wheel ornament
*.
Align the cutout of the wheel orna-
ment with the valve stem as
shown.
*: The wheel ornament cannot be
installed on the compact spare
tire.
Stow the flat tire, tire jack and all tools.
3
4
5
6
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 650 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
651
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
8
When trouble arises
■ The compact spare tire (if equipped)
● The compact spare tire is identified by the label “TEMPORARY USE
ONLY” on the tire sidewall.
Use the compact spare tire temporarily, and only in an emergency.
● Make sure to check the tire inflation pressure of the compact spare tire.
(→P. 675)
■ When using the compact spare tire (if equipped)
As the compact spare tire is not equipped with a tire pressure warning
valve and transmitter, low inflation pressure of the spare tire will not be
indicated by the tire pressure warning system. Also, if you replace the
compact spare tire after the tire pressure warning light comes on, the light
remains on.
■ When the compact spare tire is equipped (if equipped)
The vehicle becomes lower when driving with the compact spare tire
compared to when driving with standard tires.
■ If you have a flat front tire on a road covered with snow or ice (vehi-
cles with compact spare tire)
Install the compact spare tire on one of the rear wheels of the vehicle.
Perform the following steps and fit tire chains to the front tires:
Replace a rear tire with the compact spare tire.
Replace the flat front tire with the tire removed from the rear of the vehi-
cle.
Fit tire chains to the front tires.
■ The band used to secure the jack
After detaching the hook on the jack
securing band from lock hole , twist
the band and attach the hook to lock
hole .
1
2
3
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 651 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
652
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
WARNING
■
When using the compact spare tire (if equipped)
● Remember that the compact spare tire provided is specifically
designed for use with your vehicle. Do not use your compact spare tire
on another vehicle.
● Do not use more than one compact spare tire simultaneously.
● Replace the compact spare tire with a standard tire as soon as possi-
ble.
● Avoid sudden acceleration, abrupt steering, sudden braking and shift-
ing operations that cause sudden engine braking.
■ When the compact spare tire is attached (if equipped)
The vehicle speed may not be correctly detected, and the following sys-
tems may not operate correctly:
Also, not only can the following system not be utilized fully, it may actu-
ally negatively effect the drive-train components:
• Dynamic Torque Control AWD system (AWD models)
■ Speed limit when using the compact spare tire (if equipped)
Do not drive at speeds in excess of 50 mph (80 km/h) when a compact
spare tire is installed on the vehicle.
The compact spare tire is not designed for driving at high speeds. Fail-
ure to observe this precaution may lead to an accident causing death or
serious injury.
■ After using the tools and jack
Before driving, make sure all the tools and jack are securely in place in
their storage location to reduce the possibility of personal injury during a
collision or sudden braking.
• ABS & Brake assist
• VSC/Trailer Sway Control
•TRAC
• Cruise control (if equipped)
• Dynamic radar cruise control (if
equipped)
• EPS
• LDA (Lane Departure Alert with
steering control) (if equipped)
• PCS (Pre-Collision System) (if
equipped)
• Rear view monitor system (if
equipped)
• Toyota parking assist monitor (if
equipped)
• Panoramic view monitor (if
equipped)
• Intuitive parking assist (if
equipped)
• Entune Premium Audio with
Navigation (if equipped)
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 652 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
653
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
8
When trouble arises
NOTICE
■ Be careful when driving over bumps with the compact spare tire
installed on the vehicle. (if equipped)
The vehicle becomes lower when driving with the compact spare tire
compared to when driving with standard tires. Be careful when driving
over uneven road surfaces.
■ Driving with tire chains and the compact spare tire (if equipped)
Do not fit tire chains to the compact spare tire.
Tire chains may damage the vehicle body and adversely affect driving
performance.
■ When replacing the tires (vehicles with the tire pressure warning
system)
When removing or fitting the wheels, tires or the tire pressure warning
valve and transmitter, contact your Toyota dealer as the tire pressure
warning valve and transmitter may be damaged if not handled correctly.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 653 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
654
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
If the engine will not start
One of the following may be the cause of the problem:
● There may not be sufficient fuel in the vehicle’s tank.
Refuel the vehicle.
● The engine may be flooded.
Try to restart the engine again following correct starting procedures.
(→P. 196, 198)
● There may be a malfunction in the engine immobilizer system.
(→P. 73)
One of the following may be the cause of the problem:
● The battery may be discharged. (→P. 658)
● The battery terminal connections may be loose or corroded.
The engine starting system may be malfunctioning due to an electrical
problem such as an open circuit or a blown fuse. However, an interim
measure is available to start the engine. (→P. 655)
If the engine will not start even though correct starting proce-
dures are being followed (→P. 196, 198), consider each of the fol-
lowing points:
The engine will not start even though the starter motor operates
normally.
The starter motor turns over slowly, the interior lights and head-
lights are dim, or the horn does not sound or sounds at a low
volume.
The starter motor does not turn over (vehicles with smart key
system).
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 654 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
655
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
8
When trouble arises
One of the following may be the cause of the problem:
● One or both of the battery terminals may be disconnected.
● The battery may be discharged. (→P. 658)
● There may be a malfunction in the steering lock system (vehicles
with smart key system).
Contact your Toyota dealer if the problem cannot be repaired, or if repair
procedures are unknown.
When the engine does not start, the following steps can be used as an
interim measure to start the engine if the engine switch is functioning
normally:
Set the parking brake.
Shift the shift lever to P.
Turn the engine switch to ACCESSORY mode.
Press and hold the engine switch for about 15 seconds while
depressing the brake pedal firmly.
Even if the engine can be started using the above steps, the system
may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer.
The starter motor does not turn over, the interior lights and head-
lights do not turn on, or the horn does not sound.
Emergency start function (vehicles with smart key system)
1
2
3
4
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 655 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
656
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
If the electronic key does not operate properly
(vehicles with smart key system)
Use the mechanical key
(→P. 99) in order to perform the
following operations:
Locks all the doors
Unlocks the door
Turning the key rearward unlocks
the driver’s door. Turning the key
once again within 3 seconds
unlocks the other doors.
If communication between the electronic key and vehicle is
interrupted (→P. 132) or the electronic key cannot be used
because the battery is depleted, the smart key system and wire-
less remote control cannot be used. In such cases, the doors
can be opened and the engine can be started by following the
procedure below.
Locking and unlocking the doors
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 656 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
657
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
8
When trouble arises
Ensure that the shift lever is in P and depress the brake pedal.
Touch the Toyota emblem side
of the electronic key to the
engine switch.
When the electronic key is
detected, a buzzer sounds and the
engine switch will turn to IGNITION
ON mode.
When the smart key system is
deactivated in customization set-
ting, the engine switch will turn to
ACCESSORY mode.
Firmly depress the brake pedal and check that is displayed
on the multi-information display.
Press the engine switch.
In the event that the engine still cannot be started, contact your Toyota
dealer.
■ Stopping the engine
Shift the shift lever to P and press the engine switch as you normally do when
stopping the engine.
■ Replacing the key battery
As the above procedure is a temporary measure, it is recommended that the
electronic key battery be replaced immediately when the battery is depleted.
(→P. 585)
■ Changing engine switch modes
Release the brake pedal and press the engine switch in step above.
The engine does not start and modes will be changed each time the switch is
pressed.(→P. 199)
■ When the electronic key does not work properly
● Make sure that the smart key system has not been deactivated in the cus-
tomization setting. If it is off, turn the function on.
(Customizable features: →P. 699)
● Check if battery-saving mode is set. If it is set, cancel the function.
(→P. 131)
Starting the engine
1
2
3
4
3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 657 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
658
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
If the vehicle battery is discharged
If you have a set of jumper (or booster) cables and a second vehicle
with a 12-volt battery, you can jump start your vehicle by following the
steps below.
Open the hood. (→P. 551)
Connect the jumper cables according to the following procedure:
Connect a positive jumper cable clamp to the positive (+) battery
terminal on your vehicle.
Connect the clamp on the other end of the positive cable to the
positive (+) battery terminal on the second vehicle.
Connect a negative cable clamp to the negative (-) battery termi-
nal on the second vehicle.
Connect the clamp at the other end of the negative cable to a
solid, stationary, unpainted metallic point away from the battery
and any moving parts, as shown in the illustration.
The following procedures may be used to start the engine if the
vehicle’s battery is discharged.
You can also call your Toyota dealer or a qualified repair shop.
1
2
1
2
3
4
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 658 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
659
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
8
When trouble arises
Start the engine of the second vehicle. Increase the engine speed
slightly and maintain at that level for approximately 5 minutes to
recharge the battery of your vehicle.
Vehicles with smart key system only: Open and close any of the
doors of your vehicle with the engine switch off.
Vehicles without smart key system:
Maintain the engine speed of the second vehicle and start the
engine of your vehicle.
Vehicles with smart key system:
Maintain the engine speed of the second vehicle and start the
engine of your vehicle by turning the engine switch to IGNITION
ON mode.
Once the vehicle’s engine has started, remove the jumper cables in
the exact reverse order from which they were connected.
Once the engine starts, have the vehicle inspected at your Toyota
dealer as soon as possible.
■ Starting the engine when the battery is discharged
The engine cannot be started by push-starting.
■ To prevent battery discharge
● Turn off the headlights and the audio system while the engine is off.
● Turn off any unnecessary electrical components when the vehicle is running
at a low speed for an extended period, such as in heavy traffic.
■ Charging the battery
The electricity stored in the battery will discharge gradually even when the
vehicle is not in use, due to natural discharge and the draining effects of cer-
tain electrical appliances. If the vehicle is left for a long time, the battery may
discharge, and the engine may be unable to start. (The battery recharges
automatically during driving.)
3
4
5
6
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 659 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
660
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
■ When recharging or replacing the battery (vehicles with smart key sys-
tem)
● In some cases, it may not be possible to unlock the doors using the smart
key system when the battery is discharged. Use the wireless remote control
or the mechanical key to lock or unlock the doors.
● The engine may not start on the first attempt after the battery has recharged
but will start normally after the second attempt. This is not a malfunction.
● The engine switch mode is memorized by the vehicle. When the battery is
reconnected, the system will return to the mode it was in before the battery
was discharged. Before disconnecting the battery, turn the engine switch off.
If you are unsure what mode the engine switch was in before the battery dis-
charged, be especially careful when reconnecting the battery.
■ When the battery is removed or discharged
● The power back door (if equipped) must be initialized. (→P. 121)
● The moon roof (if equipped) must be initialized. (→P. 162)
● Toyota parking assist monitor (if equipped) must be initialized. (Refer to
“NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S MANUAL”)
● Panoramic view monitor (if equipped) must be initialized. (Refer to “NAVI-
GATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S MANUAL”)
WARNING
■ Avoiding battery fires or explosions
Observe the following precautions to prevent accidentally igniting the flam-
mable gas that may be emitted from the battery:
● Make sure each jumper cable is connected to the correct terminal and that
it is not unintentionally in contact with any other than the intended terminal.
● Do not allow the other end of the jumper cable connected to the “+” termi-
nal to come into contact with any other parts or metal surfaces in the area,
such as brackets or unpainted metal.
● Do not allow the + and - clamps of the jumper cables to come into contact
with each other.
● Do not smoke, use matches, cigarette lighters or allow open flame near
the battery.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 660 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
661
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
8
When trouble arises
WARNING
■ Battery precautions
The battery contains poisonous and corrosive acidic electrolyte, while
related parts contain lead and lead compounds. Observe the following pre-
cautions when handling the battery:
● When working with the battery, always wear safety glasses and take care
not to allow any battery fluids (acid) to come into contact with skin, clothing
or the vehicle body.
● Do not lean over the battery.
● In the event that battery fluid comes into contact with the skin or eyes,
immediately wash the affected area with water and seek medical attention.
Place a wet sponge or cloth over the affected area until medical attention
can be received.
● Always wash your hands after handling the battery support, terminals, and
other battery-related parts.
● Do not allow children near the battery.
NOTICE
■ When handling jumper cables
When connecting the jumper cables, ensure that they do not become entan-
gled in the cooling fans or engine drive belt.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 661 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
662
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
If your vehicle overheats
● The needle of the engine coolant temperature gauge (→P. 85)
enters the red zone or a loss of engine power is experienced. (For
example, the vehicle speed does not increase.)
● The warning message indicating overheat is shown on the multi-
information display. (→P. 629)
● Steam comes out from under the hood.
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and turn off the air conditioning sys-
tem, and then stop the engine.
If you see steam:
Carefully lift the hood after the steam subsides.
If you do not see steam:
Carefully lift the hood.
After the engine has cooled down sufficiently, inspect the hoses and
radiator core (radiator) for any leaks.
Radiator
Cooling fans
If a large amount of coolant
leaks, immediately contact your
Toyota dealer.
The following may indicate that your vehicle is overheating.
Correction procedures
1
2
3
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 662 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
663
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
8
When trouble arises
The coolant level is satisfactory if it is between the “FULL” and
“LOW” lines on the reservoir.
Reservoir
“FULL” line
“LOW” line
Add coolant if necessary.
Water can be used in an emer-
gency if coolant is unavailable.
Start the engine and turn the air conditioning system on to check
that the radiator cooling fans operate and to check for coolant leaks
from the radiator or hoses.
The fans operate when the air conditioning system is turned on immedi-
ately after a cold start. Confirm that the fans are operating by checking the
fan sound and air flow. If it is difficult to check these, turn the air condition-
ing system on and off repeatedly. (The fans may not operate in freezing
temperatures.)
If the fans are not operating:
Stop the engine immediately and contact your Toyota dealer.
If the fans are operating:
Have the vehicle inspected at the nearest Toyota dealer.
4
1
2
3
5
6
7
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 663 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
664
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
WARNING
■ When inspecting under the hood of your vehicle
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in serious injury such as burns.
● If steam is seen coming from under the hood, do not open the hood until
the steam has subsided. The engine compartment may be very hot.
● Keep hands and clothing (especially a tie, a scarf or a muffler) away from
the fans and belts. Failure to do so may cause the hands or clothing to be
caught, resulting in serious injury.
● Do not loosen the coolant reservoir cap while the engine and radiator are
hot. High temperature steam or coolant could spray out.
NOTICE
■ When adding engine coolant
Add coolant slowly after the engine has cooled down sufficiently. Adding
cool coolant to a hot engine too quickly can cause damage to the engine.
■ To prevent damage to the cooling system
Observe the following precautions:
● Avoid contaminating the coolant with foreign matter (such as sand or dust
etc.).
● Do not use any coolant additive.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 664 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
665
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
8
When trouble arises
If the vehicle becomes stuck
Stop the engine. Set the parking brake and shift the shift lever to P.
Remove the mud, snow or sand from around the stuck tire.
Place wood, stones or some other material to help provide traction
under the tires.
Restart the engine.
AWD models: Activate all-wheel drive lock mode. (→P. 296)
Shift the shift lever to D or R and release the parking brake. Then,
while exercising caution, depress the accelerator pedal.
■ When it is difficult to free the vehicle
Press to turn off TRAC.
Carry out the following procedures if the tires spin or the vehicle
becomes stuck in mud, dirt or snow:
1
2
3
4
5
6
X 2WD models
X AWD models
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 665 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
666
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
WARNING
■ When attempting to free a stuck vehicle
If you choose to push the vehicle back and forth to free it, make sure the
surrounding area is clear to avoid striking other vehicles, objects or people.
The vehicle may also lunge forward or lunge back suddenly as it becomes
free. Use extreme caution.
■ When shifting the shift lever
Be careful not to shift the shift lever with the accelerator pedal depressed.
This may lead to unexpected rapid acceleration of the vehicle that may
cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
NOTICE
■ To avoid damaging the transmission and other components
● Avoid spinning the wheels and depressing the accelerator pedal more
than necessary.
● If the vehicle remains stuck even after these procedures are performed,
the vehicle may require towing to be freed.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 666 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
667
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
9
Vehicle specifications
9-1. Specifications
Maintenance data
(fuel, oil level, etc.).......... 668
Fuel information ................ 677
Tire information ................. 680
9-2. Customization
Customizable features ...... 693
9-3. Initialization
Items to initialize ............... 704
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 667 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
668
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
9-1. Specifications
Maintenance data (fuel, oil level, etc.)
*
1
: Unladen vehicle
*
2
: Vehicles with raised vehicle height
*
3
: Vehicles for trailer towing (→P. 181)
Dimensions and weights
Overall length
Vehicles without
front license plate
garnish
181.1 in. (4600 mm)
Vehicles with front
license plate gar-
nish
181.3 in. (4605 mm)
Overall width 72.6 in. (1845 mm)
Overall height*
1
Without the roof
luggage carrier
65.9 in. (1675 mm)
66.3 in. (1685 mm)
*
2
With the roof lug-
gage carrier
67.1 in. (1705 mm)
67.5 in. (1715 mm)
*
2
Wheelbase 104.7 in. (2660 mm)
Front and rear
tread
17-inch tires 61.8 in. (1570 mm)
18-inch tires 61.4 in. (1560 mm)
Vehicle capacity weight
(Occupants + luggage)
900 lb. (410 kg)
Trailer Weight Rating *
3
(Trailer weight + cargo weight)
1500 lb. (680 kg)
sec_09-01.fm Page 668 Tuesday, June 21, 2016 9:41 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
669
9-1. Specifications
9
Vehicle specifications
■ Vehicle identification number
The vehicle identification number (VIN) is the legal identifier for
your vehicle. This is the primary identification number for your
Toyota. It is used in registering the ownership of your vehicle.
This number is stamped on the
top left of the instrument panel.
On some models, this number
is stamped under the right-hand
front seat.
This number is also on the Cer-
tification Label.
Vehicle identification
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 669 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
670
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
9-1. Specifications
■ Engine number
The engine number is stamped
on the engine block as shown.
Engine
Model 2.5 L 4-cylinder (2AR-FE)
Type 4-cylinder in line, 4-cycle, gasoline
Bore and stroke 3.54 × 3.86 in. (90.0 × 98.0 mm)
Displacement 152.2 cu.in. (2494 cm
3
)
Valve clearance
Automatic adjustment
Drive belt tension
Fuel
Fuel type Unleaded gasoline only
Octane Rating 87 (Research Octane Number 91) or higher
Fuel tank capacity
(Reference)
15.9 gal. (60 L, 13.2 Imp.gal.)
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 670 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
671
9-1. Specifications
9
Vehicle specifications
*: The engine oil capacity is a reference quantity to be used when changing
the engine oil. Warm up and turn off the engine, wait more than 5 minutes,
and check the oil level on the dipstick.
■
Engine oil selection
“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” is used in your Toyota vehicle. Use
Toyota approved “Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” or equivalent to satisfy
the following grade and viscosity.
Oil grade: ILSAC GF-5 multigrade engine oil
Recommended viscosity: SAE 0W-20
SAE 0W-20 is the best choice
for good fuel economy and
good starting in cold weather.
If SAE 0W-20 is not available,
SAE 5W-20 oil may be used.
However, it must be replaced
with SAE 0W-20 at the next oil
change.
Oil viscosity (0W-20 is explained here as an example):
• The 0W in 0W-20 indicates the characteristic of the oil which
allows cold startability. Oils with a lower value before the W allow
for easier starting of the engine in cold weather.
• The 20 in 0W-20 indicates the viscosity characteristic of the oil
when the oil is at high temperature. An oil with a higher viscosity
(one with a higher value) may be better suited if the vehicle is
operated at high speeds, or under extreme load conditions.
Lubrication system
Oil capacity
(Drain and refill Reference
*)
With filter
Without filter
4.6 qt. (4.4 L, 3.9 Imp.qt.)
4.2 qt. (4.0 L, 3.5 Imp.qt.)
Outside temperature
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 671 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
672
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
9-1. Specifications
How to read oil container label:
The International Lubricant
Specification Advisory Commit-
tee (ILSAC) Certification Mark
is added to some oil containers
to help you select the oil you
should use.
Cooling system
Capacity 7.2 qt. (6.8 L, 6.0 Imp. qt.)
Coolant type
Use either of the following:
• “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant”
• Similar high-quality ethylene glycol-based
non-silicate, non-amine, non-nitrite, and
non-borate coolant with long-life hybrid
organic acid technology
Do not use plain water alone.
Ignition system
Spark plug
Make DENSO SK16HR11
Gap 0.043 in. (1.1 mm)
NOTICE
■ Iridium-tipped spark plugs
Use only iridium-tipped spark plugs. Do not adjust the spark plug gap.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 672 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
673
9-1. Specifications
9
Vehicle specifications
Your Toyota vehicle is filled with “Toyota Genuine Differential Gear Oil” at the
factory.
Use Toyota approved “Toyota Genuine Differential Gear Oil” or an equivalent
of matching quality to satisfy the above specification. Please contact your
Toyota dealer for further details.
*: The fluid capacity is the quantity of reference.
If replacement is necessary, contact your Toyota dealer.
Electrical system
Battery
Open voltage at 68°F
(20°C):
12.3 V or higher
(Voltage is checked 20 minutes after the engine
and all lights are turned off.)
Charging rates 5 A max.
Rear differential (AWD models)
Oil capacity 0.5 qt. (0.5 L, 0.4 Imp.qt.)
Oil type and viscosity
Toyota Genuine Differential gear oil LT
75W-85 GL-5 or equivalent
Automatic transaxle
Fluid capacity* 6.9 qt. (6.5 L, 5.7 Imp.qt.)
Fluid type Toyota Genuine ATF WS
NOTICE
■ Automatic transmission fluid type
Using transmission fluid other than “Toyota Genuine ATF WS” may cause
deterioration in shift quality, locking up of your transmission accompanied
by vibration, and ultimately damage the transmission of your vehicle.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 673 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
674
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
9-1. Specifications
Your Toyota vehicle is filled with “Toyota Genuine Differential Gear Oil” at the
factory.
Use Toyota approved “Toyota Genuine Differential Gear Oil” or an equivalent
of matching quality to satisfy the above specification. Please contact your
Toyota dealer for further details.
*
1
: Minimum pedal clearance when depressed with a force of 110 lbf (490 N,
50 kgf) while the engine is running.
*
2
: Parking brake lever travel when pulled up with a force of 45 lbf (200 N,
20 kgf)
Transfer (AWD models)
Oil capacity 0.48 qt. (0.45 L, 0.40 Imp.qt.)
Oil type and viscosity
Toyota Genuine Differential gear oil LT
75W-85 GL-5 or equivalent
Brakes
Pedal clearance*
1
X 15-inch front brake models
3.74 in. (95 mm) Min.
X 16-inch front brake models
4.02 in. (102 mm) Min.
Pedal free play 0.04 0.24 in. (1 6 mm)
Brake pad wear limit 0.04 in. (1.0 mm)
Parking brake lever travel*
2
6 8 clicks
Parking brake lining wear limit 0.04 in. (1.0 mm)
Fluid type SAE J1703 or FMVSS No. 116 DOT 3
Steering
Free play Less than 1.2 in. (30 mm)
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 674 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
675
9-1. Specifications
9
Vehicle specifications
X Type A
X Type B
X Type C
Tires and wheels
Tire size 225/65R17 102H, T165/80R17 104M (spare)
Tire inflation pressure
(Recommended cold
tire inflation pressure)
Front: 33 psi (230 kPa, 2.3 kgf/cm
2
or bar)
Rear: 33 psi (230 kPa, 2.3 kgf/cm
2
or bar)
Spare: 60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 kgf/cm
2
or bar)
Wheel size
17 × 6 1/2J (steel wheel),
17 × 7J (aluminum wheel), 17 × 4T (spare)
Wheel nut torque 76 ft•lbf (103 N•m, 10.5 kgf•m)
Tire size 225/65R17 102H
Tire inflation pressure
(Recommended cold
tire inflation pressure)
Front: 33 psi (230 kPa, 2.3 kgf/cm
2
or bar)
Rear: 33 psi (230 kPa, 2.3 kgf/cm
2
or bar)
Spare: 33 psi (230 kPa, 2.3 kgf/cm
2
or bar)
Wheel size
17 × 6 1/2J (steel wheel),
17 × 7J (aluminum wheel)
Wheel nut torque 76 ft•lbf (103 N•m, 10.5 kgf•m)
Tire size 235/55R18 100H, T165/80R17 104M (spare)
Tire inflation pressure
(Recommended cold
tire inflation pressure)
Front: 32 psi (220 kPa, 2.2 kgf/cm
2
or bar)
Rear: 32 psi (220 kPa, 2.2 kgf/cm
2
or bar)
Spare: 60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 kgf/cm
2
or bar)
Wheel size 18 × 7 1/2J, 17 × 4T (spare)
Wheel nut torque 76 ft•lbf (103 N•m, 10.5 kgf•m)
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 675 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
676
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
9-1. Specifications
Light bulbs
Light bulbs Bulb No. W Type
Exterior
Headlights/daytime running
lights (halogen headlights)
9012 55 A
Fog lights* 19 B
Front turn signal lights/
parking lights (halogen head-
lights)
7444NA 28/8 C
Front turn signal lights (LED
headlights)
7444NA 28 C
Front side marker lights 5 D
Stop/tail lights and rear side
marker lights (bulb type)
7443 21/5 D
Tail lights (bulb type) 5 D
Rear turn signal lights 21 C
Back-up lights 921 16 D
License plate lights 5 D
Interior
Vanity lights 8 D
Interior lights (front)/
personal lights
5 D
Interior light (rear) 8 E
Luggage compartment light 5 D
A: HIR2 halogen bulbs
B: H16 halogen bulbs
C: Wedge base bulbs (amber)
D: Wedge base bulbs (clear)
E: Double end bulbs
*: If equipped
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 676 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
677
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
9-1. Specifications
9
Vehicle specifications
Fuel information
■ Gasoline quality
In very few cases, driveability problems may be caused by the brand of gaso-
line you are using. If driveability problems persist, try changing the brand of
gasoline. If this does not correct the problem, consult your Toyota dealer.
■ Gasoline quality standards
● Automotive manufacturers in the U.S.A., Europe and Japan have developed
a specification for fuel quality called the World-Wide Fuel Charter (WWFC),
which is expected to be applied worldwide.
● The WWFC consists of four categories that are based on required emission
levels. In the U.S., category 4 has been adopted.
● The WWFC improves air quality by lowering emissions in vehicle fleets, and
improves customer satisfaction through better performance.
■ Recommendation of the use of gasoline containing detergent additives
● Toyota recommends the use of gasoline that contains detergent additives to
avoid the build-up of engine deposits.
● All gasoline sold in the U.S.A. contains minimum detergent additives to
clean and/or keep clean intake systems, per EPA’s lowest additives concen-
tration program.
● Toyota strongly recommends the use of Top Tier Detergent Gasoline. For
more information on Top Tier Detergent Gasoline and a list of marketers,
please go to the official website www.toptiergas.com.
■ Recommendation of the use of low emissions gasoline
Gasoline containing oxygenates such as ethers and ethanol, as well as refor-
mulated gasoline, are available in some cities. These fuels are typically
acceptable for use, providing they meet other fuel requirements.
Toyota recommends these fuels, since the formulations allow for reduced
vehicle emissions.
You must only use unleaded gasoline in your vehicle.
Select octane rating 87 (Research Octane Number 91) or higher.
Use of unleaded gasoline with an octane rating lower than 87
may result in engine knocking. Persistent knocking can lead to
engine damage.
At minimum, the gasoline you use should meet the specifications of
ASTM D4814 in the U.S.A..
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 677 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
678
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
9-1. Specifications
■ Non-recommendation of the use of blended gasoline
● If you use gasohol in your vehicle, be sure that it has an octane rating no
lower than 87.
● Toyota does not recommend the use of gasoline containing methanol.
■ Non-recommendation of the use of gasoline containing MMT
Some gasoline contains an octane enhancing additive called MMT (Methyl-
cyclopentadienyl Manganese Tricarbonyl).
Toyota does not recommend the use of gasoline that contains MMT. If fuel
containing MMT is used, your emission control system may be adversely
affected.
The malfunction indicator lamp on the instrument cluster may come on. If this
happens, contact your Toyota dealer for service.
■ If your engine knocks
● Consult your Toyota dealer.
● You may occasionally notice light knocking for a short time while accelerat-
ing or driving uphill. This is normal and there is no need for concern.
● Use only gasoline containing up to 15%
ethanol.
DO NOT use any flex-fuel or gasoline
that could contain more than 15% etha-
nol, including from any pump labeled
E30, E50, E85 (which are only some
examples of fuel containing more than
15% ethanol).
DO NOT use gasoline
containing more than
15% ethanol.
(30% ethanol)
(50% ethanol)
(85% ethanol)
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 678 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
679
9-1. Specifications
9
Vehicle specifications
NOTICE
■ Notice on fuel quality
● Do not use improper fuels. If improper fuels are used, the engine will be
damaged.
● Do not use leaded gasoline.
Leaded gasoline can cause damage to your vehicle’s three-way catalytic
converters causing the emission control system to malfunction.
● Do not use gasohol other than the type previously stated.
Other gasohol may cause fuel system damage or vehicle performance
problems.
● Using unleaded gasoline with an octane number or rating lower than the
level previously stated will cause persistent heavy knocking.
At worst, this will lead to engine damage.
■ Fuel-related poor driveability
If poor driveability (poor hot starting, vaporization, engine knocking, etc.) is
encountered after using a different type of fuel, discontinue the use of that
type of fuel.
■ When refueling with gasohol
Take care not to spill gasohol. It can damage your vehicle’s paint.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 679 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
680
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
9-1. Specifications
Tire information
X Full-size tire
X Compact spare tire
Typical tire symbols
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 680 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
681
9-1. Specifications
9
Vehicle specifications
Tire size (→P. 683)
DOT and Tire Identification Number (TIN) (→P. 682)
Location of treadwear indicators (→P. 565)
Tire ply composition and materials
Plies are layers of rubber-coated parallel cords. Cords are the strands
which form the plies in a tire.
Radial tires or bias-ply tires
A radial tire has “RADIAL” on the sidewall. A tire not marked “RADIAL”
is a bias-ply tire.
TUBELESS or TUBE TYPE
A tubeless tire does not have a tube and air is directly put into the tire.
A tube type tire has a tube inside the tire and the tube maintains the air
pressure.
Load limit at maximum cold tire inflation pressure (→P. 687)
Maximum cold tire inflation pressure (→P. 687)
This means the pressure to which a tire may be inflated.
Uniform tire quality grading
For details, see “Uniform Tire Quality Grading” that follows.
Summer tires or all season tires (→P. 570)
An all season tire has “M+S” on the sidewall. A tire not marked “M+S”
is a summer tire.
“TEMPORARY USE ONLY”
A compact spare tire is identified by the phrase “TEMPORARY USE
ONLY” molded on its sidewall. This tire is designed for temporary
emergency use only.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 681 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
682
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
9-1. Specifications
DOT symbol*
Tire Identification Number (TIN)
Tire manufacturer’s identification mark
Tire size code
Manufacturer’s optional tire type code (3 or 4 letters)
Manufacturing week
Manufacturing year
Manufacturer’s code
*: The DOT symbol certifies that the tire conforms to applicable Federal
Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.
Typical DOT and Tire Identification Number (TIN)
X Type A X Type B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 682 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
683
9-1. Specifications
9
Vehicle specifications
■ Typical tire size information
The illustration indicates typical
tire size.
Tire use
(P = Passenger car,
T = Temporary use)
Section width (millimeters)
Aspect ratio
(tire height to section width)
Tire construction code (R = Radial, D = Diagonal)
Wheel diameter (inches)
Load index (2 digits or 3 digits)
Speed symbol (alphabet with one letter)
■ Tire dimensions
Section width
Tire height
Wheel diameter
Tire size
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
1
2
3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 683 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
684
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
9-1. Specifications
Bead
Sidewall
Shoulder
Tread
Belt
Inner liner
Reinforcing rubber
Carcass
Rim lines
Bead wires
Chafer
Tire section names
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 684 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
685
9-1. Specifications
9
Vehicle specifications
This information has been prepared in accordance with regulations
issued by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration of the
U.S. Department of Transportation.
It provides the purchasers and/or prospective purchasers of Toyota
vehicles with information on uniform tire quality grading.
Your Toyota dealer will help answer any questions you may have as
you read this information.
■ DOT quality grades
All passenger vehicle tires must conform to Federal Safety Require-
ments in addition to these grades. Quality grades can be found
where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and
maximum section width.
For example: Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A
■ Treadwear
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear
rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a speci-
fied government test course.
For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half (1 - 1/2)
times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100.
The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual condi-
tions of their use. Performance may differ significantly from the norm
due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences
in road characteristics and climate.
■ Traction AA, A, B, C
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B and C,
and they represent the tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement as
measured under controlled conditions on specified government test
surfaces of asphalt and concrete.
A tire marked C may have poor traction performance.
Warning: The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on braking
(straight ahead) traction tests and does not include cornering (turn-
ing) traction.
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 685 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
686
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
9-1. Specifications
■ Temperature A, B, C
The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C, representing
the tire’s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissi-
pate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified
indoor laboratory test wheel.
Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to
degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead
to sudden tire failure.
Grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger
car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Stan-
dard No. 109.
Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the labo-
ratory test wheel than the minimum required by law.
Warning: The temperature grades of a tire assume that it is properly
inflated and not overloaded.
Excessive speed, underinflation, or excessive loading, either sepa-
rately or in combination, can cause heat buildup and possible tire
failure.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 686 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
687
9-1. Specifications
9
Vehicle specifications
Glossary of tire terminology
Tire related term Meaning
Cold tire inflation pres-
sure
Tire pressure when the vehicle has been
parked for three hours or more, or has not
been driven more than 1 mile or 1.5 km under
that condition
Maximum inflation
pressure
The maximum cold inflated pressure to which
a tire may be inflated, shown on the sidewall
of the tire
Recommended infla-
tion pressure
Cold tire inflation pressure recommended by a
manufacturer
Accessory weight
The combined weight (in excess of those stan-
dard items which may be replaced) of auto-
matic transmission, power steering, power
brakes, power windows, power seats, radio
and heater, to the extent that these items are
available as factory-installed equipment
(whether installed or not)
Curb weight
The weight of a motor vehicle with standard
equipment, including the maximum capacity of
fuel, oil and coolant, and if so equipped, air
conditioning and additional weight optional
engine
Maximum loaded vehi-
cle weight
The sum of:
(a) Curb weight
(b) Accessory weight
(c) Vehicle capacity weight
(d) Production options weight
Normal occupant
weight
150 lb. (68 kg) times the number of occupants
specified in the second column of Table 1
*
that follows
Occupant distribution
Distribution of occupants in a vehicle as speci-
fied in the third column of Table 1
* below
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 687 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
688
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
9-1. Specifications
Production options
weight
The combined weight of installed regular pro-
duction options weighing over 5 lb. (2.3 kg) in
excess of the standard items which they
replace, not previously considered in curb
weight or accessory weight, including heavy
duty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack, heavy
duty battery, and special trim
Rim
A metal support for a tire or a tire and tube
assembly upon which the tire beads are
seated
Rim diameter
(Wheel diameter)
Nominal diameter of the bead seat
Rim size designation Rim diameter and width
Rim type designation
The industry manufacturer’s designation for a
rim by style or code
Rim width Nominal distance between rim flanges
Vehicle capacity
weight (Total load
capacity)
The rated cargo and luggage load plus 150 lb.
(68 kg) times the vehicle’s designated seating
capacity
Vehicle maximum load
on the tire
The load on an individual tire that is deter-
mined by distributing to each axle its share of
the maximum loaded vehicle weight, and
dividing by two
Vehicle normal load on
the tire
The load on an individual tire that is deter-
mined by distributing to each axle its share of
curb weight, accessory weight, and normal
occupant weight (distributed in accordance
with Table 1
* below), and dividing by two
Weather side
The surface area of the rim not covered by the
inflated tire
Bead
The part of the tire that is made of steel wires,
wrapped or reinforced by ply cords and that is
shaped to fit the rim
Bead separation
A breakdown of the bond between compo-
nents in the bead
Tire related term Meaning
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 688 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
689
9-1. Specifications
9
Vehicle specifications
Bias ply tire
A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that
extend to the beads are laid at alternate
angles substantially less than 90 degrees to
the centerline of the tread
Carcass
The tire structure, except tread and sidewall
rubber which, when inflated, bears the load
Chunking
The breaking away of pieces of the tread or
sidewall
Cord The strands forming the plies in the tire
Cord separation
The parting of cords from adjacent rubber
compounds
Cracking
Any parting within the tread, sidewall, or inner-
liner of the tire extending to cord material
CT
A pneumatic tire with an inverted flange tire
and rim system in which the rim is designed
with rim flanges pointed radially inward and
the tire is designed to fit on the underside of
the rim in a manner that encloses the rim
flanges inside the air cavity of the tire
Extra load tire
A tire designed to operate at higher loads and
at higher inflation pressures than the corre-
sponding standard tire
Groove The space between two adjacent tread ribs
Innerliner
The layer(s) forming the inside surface of a
tubeless tire that contains the inflating medium
within the tire
Innerliner separation
The parting of the innerliner from cord material
in the carcass
Intended outboard
sidewall
(a) The sidewall that contains a whitewall,
bears white lettering, or bears manufac-
turer, brand, and/or model name molding
that is higher or deeper than the same
molding on the other sidewall of the tire, or
(b) The outward facing sidewall of an asym-
metrical tire that has a particular side that
must always face outward when mounted
on a vehicle
Tire related term Meaning
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 689 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
690
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
9-1. Specifications
Light truck (LT) tire
A tire designated by its manufacturer as pri-
marily intended for use on lightweight trucks
or multipurpose passenger vehicles
Load rating
The maximum load that a tire is rated to carry
for a given inflation pressure
Maximum load rating
The load rating for a tire at the maximum per-
missible inflation pressure for that tire
Maximum permissible
inflation pressure
The maximum cold inflation pressure to which
a tire may be inflated
Measuring rim
The rim on which a tire is fitted for physical
dimension requirements
Open splice
Any parting at any junction of tread, sidewall,
or innerliner that extends to cord material
Outer diameter The overall diameter of an inflated new tire
Overall width
The linear distance between the exteriors of
the sidewalls of an inflated tire, including ele-
vations due to labeling, decorations, or protec-
tive bands or ribs
Passenger car tire
A tire intended for use on passenger cars,
multipurpose passenger vehicles, and trucks,
that have a gross vehicle weight rating
(GVWR) of 10,000 lb. or less.
Ply A layer of rubber-coated parallel cords
Ply separation
A parting of rubber compound between adja-
cent plies
Pneumatic tire
A mechanical device made of rubber, chemi-
cals, fabric and steel or other materials, that,
when mounted on an automotive wheel, pro-
vides the traction and contains the gas or fluid
that sustains the load
Radial ply tire
A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that
extend to the beads are laid at substantially 90
degrees to the centerline of the tread
Reinforced tire
A tire designed to operate at higher loads and
at higher inflation pressures than the corre-
sponding standard tire
Tire related term Meaning
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 690 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
691
9-1. Specifications
9
Vehicle specifications
*: Table 1 Occupant loading and distribution for vehicle normal load for
various designated seating capacities
Section width
The linear distance between the exteriors of
the sidewalls of an inflated tire, excluding ele-
vations due to labeling, decoration, or protec-
tive bands
Sidewall
That portion of a tire between the tread and
bead
Sidewall separation
The parting of the rubber compound from the
cord material in the sidewall
Snow tire
A tire that attains a traction index equal to or
greater than 110, compared to the ASTM E-
1136 Standard Reference Test Tire, when
using the snow traction test as described in
ASTM F-1805-00, Standard Test Method for
Single Wheel Driving Traction in a Straight
Line on Snow-and Ice-Covered Surfaces, and
which is marked with an Alpine Symbol ( )
on at least one sidewall
Test rim
The rim on which a tire is fitted for testing, and
may be any rim listed as appropriate for use
with that tire
Tread
That portion of a tire that comes into contact
with the road
Tread rib
A tread section running circumferentially
around a tire
Tread separation Pulling away of the tread from the tire carcass
Treadwear indicators
(TWI)
The projections within the principal grooves
designed to give a visual indication of the
degrees of wear of the tread
Wheel-holding fixture
The fixture used to hold the wheel and tire
assembly securely during testing
Tire related term Meaning
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 691 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
692
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
9-1. Specifications
Designated seating
capacity, Number of
occupants
Vehicle normal load,
Number of occupants
Occupant distribution
in a normally loaded
vehicle
2 through 4 2 2 in front
5 through 10 3
2 in front, 1 in second
seat
11 through 15 5
2 in front, 1 in second
seat, 1 in third seat, 1
in fourth seat
16 through 20 7
2 in front, 2 in second
seat, 2 in third seat, 1
in fourth seat
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 692 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
693
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
9-2. Customization
9
Vehicle specifications
Customizable features
When customizing vehicle features, ensure that the vehicle is parked
in a safe place with the shift lever in P and the parking brake set.
Various setting can be changed. Refer to the list of settings that can be
changed for details.
■
Changing using Entune Premium Audio with Navigation or
Entune Audio Plus
Press the “APPS” button.
Select “Setup” on the “Apps” screen and select “Vehicle”.
■ Changing using Entune Audio
Press the “SETUP” button.
Select “Vehicle” on the “Setup” screen.
■ Changing using the multi-information display
Press or of the meter control switches and select
on the multi-information display.
Press or of the meter control switches and then press
.
Your vehicle includes a variety of electronic features that can be
personalized to your preferences. The settings of these features
can be changed by using the multi-information display, Entune
Premium Audio with Navigation or Entune Audio, or at your
Toyota dealer.
Some function settings are changed simultaneously with other func-
tions being customized. Contact your Toyota dealer for further
details.
Customizing vehicle features
1
2
1
2
1
2
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 693 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
694
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
9-2. Customization
Vehicles with Entune Premium Audio with Navigation or Entune
Audio Plus or Entune Audio: Settings that can be changed using
Entune Premium Audio with Navigation or Entune Audio Plus or
Entune Audio
Settings that can be changed using the multi-information display
Settings that can be changed by your Toyota dealer
Definition of symbols: O = Available, — = Not available
■
Instrument cluster (→P. 7 8 )
*: The default setting varies according to countries.
Customizable features
1
2
3
Function
Default
setting
Customized
setting
Language* English
French
O O —
Spanish
Units*
miles (MPG
US)
km (km/L)
O O —
km (L/100 km)
miles (MPG
Imperial)
Eco Driving Indicator Light On Off — O —
Pop-up display On Off — O —
Accent color Light blue
Blue
O O —Orange
Yellow
1 2 3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 694 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
695
9-2. Customization
9
Vehicle specifications
■ LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control)* (→P. 253)
*: If equipped
■
PCS (Pre-Collision System)* (→P. 239)
*: If equipped
Function Default setting
Customized
setting
Steering Assist On Off — O —
Alert sensitivity Standard High — O —
Vehicle sway warning On Off — O —
Vehicle sway warning sensitiv-
ity
Standard
Low
— O —
High
1 2 3
Function Default setting
Customized
setting
PCS (Pre-Collision System) On Off — O —
Alert timing
(Middle)
(Far)
— O —
(Near)
1 2 3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 695 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
696
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
9-2. Customization
■ Door lock (→P. 107, 656)
Function Default setting
Customized
setting
Unlocking using a key
Driver’s door
unlocked in
one step, all
doors
unlocked in
two steps
All doors
unlocked in
one step
— — O
Speed linked door locking
function (vehicles with smart
key system)
Off On O — O
Shift position linked door lock-
ing function
On Off O — O
Shift position linked door
unlocking function
On Off O — O
Driver’s door linked door
unlocking function
Off On O — O
1 2 3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 696 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
697
9-2. Customization
9
Vehicle specifications
■ Power back door*
1
(→P. 113)
*
1
: If equipped
*
2
: When the towing hitch is installed, the touchless sensor does not work.
*
3
: The open position is set by the power back door switch. (→P. 118)
Function Default setting
Customized
setting
Touchless Sensor*
1, 2
On Off — O O
Opening angle 5
1 to 4
— O —
User setting*
3
Operation buzzer volume 3
1
— O —
2
Operation buzzer
When the
back door
begins to
operate: On
While the back
door is operat-
ing: Off
All on
— — O
All off
When the
back door
begins to
operate: Off
While the back
door is operat-
ing: On
1 2 3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 697 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
698
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
9-2. Customization
■ Smart key system
*
1
(→P. 130) and wireless remote control
(→P. 99, 107, 113)
*
1
: If equipped
*
2
: For some models: the default setting is “5”.
Function Default setting
Customized
setting
Operation signal
(Buzzers)
*
2
Level 7
Off
O — O
Level 1 to 6
Operation signal
(Emergency flashers)
On Off O — O
Time elapsed before the auto-
matic door lock function is
activated if a door is not
opened after being unlocked
60 seconds
Off
O — O30 seconds
120 seconds
Open door reminder buzzer
(When locking the vehicle)
On Off — — O
Unlocking operation
Driver’s door
unlocked in
one step, all
doors
unlocked in
two steps
All doors
unlocked in
one step
O — O
Alarm (panic mode) On Off — — O
1 2 3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 698 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
699
9-2. Customization
9
Vehicle specifications
■ Smart key system
*
1
(→P. 107, 113, 130)
*
1
: If equipped
*
2
: Settings that can be changed by electronic key (→P. 111)
■
Wireless remote control (→P. 98, 107, 113)
*: If equipped
■
Moon roof* (→P. 162)
*: If equipped
Function Default setting
Customized
setting
Smart key system On Off — — O
Select doors to unlock*
2
Driver’s door All the doors O — O
Number of consecutive door
lock operations
2 times
As many as
desired
— — O
1 2 3
Function Default setting
Customized
setting
Wireless remote control On Off — — O
Opening operation of power
back door
*
Press and
hold
Off
— — O
One short
press
Press twice
1 2 3
Function Default setting
Customized
setting
Moon roof open reminder
function
On Off — — O
1 2 3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 699 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
700
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
9-2. Customization
■ Intuitive parking assist*
1, 2
(→P. 277)
*
1
: If equipped
*
2
: Vehicles with 8 sensor type only
■
Automatic light control system (→P. 213)
*: If equipped
■
Lights (→P. 213)
*: U.S.A. only
Function Default setting
Customized
setting
Detection distance of the front
center sensor
Far Near O
—O
Detection distance of the rear
center sensor
Far Near O —O
Buzzer volume Level 3 Level 1 to 5 O
—O
Display setting
All sensors
displayed
Display off O
—O
1 2 3
Function Default setting
Customized
setting
Light sensor sensitivity* Standard -2 to 2 O — O
Time elapsed before the
headlights automatically turn
off after the doors are closed
30
seconds
Off
O — O60 seconds
90 seconds
Automatic High Beam* On Off — — O
1 2 3
Function Default setting
Customized
setting
Daytime running lights* On Off O — O
1 2 3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 700 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
701
9-2. Customization
9
Vehicle specifications
■ Turn signal lever (→P. 2 11 )
■ Automatic air conditioning system* (→P. 490)
*: If equipped
■
Seat belt reminder (→P. 618)
Function Default setting
Customized
setting
Time of flashing of the lane
change signal flashers
3
Off
— — O
4
5
6
7
1 2 3
Function Default setting
Customized
setting
A/C Auto switch operation On Off O — O
Switching between outside air
and recirculated air mode
linked to “AUTO” switch oper-
ation
On Off — — O
1 2 3
Function Default setting
Customized
setting
Vehicle speed linked seat belt
reminder buzzer
On Off — — O
1 2 3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 701 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
702
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
9-2. Customization
■ Illumination (→P. 501)
*: If equipped
■ Vehicle customization
● When the Speed linked door locking function and shift position linked door
locking function are both on, the door lock operates as follows.
• When shifting the shift lever to any position other than P, all the doors will
be locked.
• If the vehicle is started with all the doors locked, the Speed linked door
locking function would not operate.
• If the vehicle is started with any door unlocked, the Speed linked door
locking function will operate.
● When the smart key system (if equipped) is off, the selecting doors to unlock
cannot be customized.
● When the doors remain closed after unlocking the doors and the automatic
door lock function activates, the signals will be generated in accordance
with the operation signal (buzzers) and the operation signal (emergency
flashers) settings.
Function Default setting
Customized
setting
Interior lights illumination con-
trol
*
On Off — — O
Time elapsed before the inte-
rior lights turn off
15 seconds
Off
O* — O
7.5
seconds
30
seconds
Operation after the engine
switch is turned to the “LOCK”
position (vehicles without
smart key system) or engine
switch is turned off (vehicles
with smart key system)
On Off — — O
Operation when the doors are
unlocked
On Off — — O
Operation when you approach
the vehicle with the electronic
key on your person (vehicles
with smart key system)
On Off — — O
Footwell lights control* On Off — — O
1 2 3
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 702 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
703
9-2. Customization
9
Vehicle specifications
WARNING
■ During customization
As the engine needs to be running during customization, ensure that the
vehicle is parked in a place with adequate ventilation. In a closed area such
as a garage, exhaust gases including harmful carbon monoxide (CO) may
collect and enter the vehicle. This may lead to death or a serious health
hazard.
NOTICE
■ During customization
To prevent battery discharge, ensure that the engine is running while cus-
tomizing features.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 703 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
704
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
9-3. Initialization
Items to initialize
The following items must be initialized for normal system opera-
tion after such cases as the battery being reconnected, or main-
tenance being performed on the vehicle:
Item When to initialize Reference
Power back door
(if equipped)
• After reconnecting or
changing the battery
• After changing a fuse
P. 121
Moon roof (If equipped)
• After reconnecting or
changing the battery
• After changing a fuse
P. 162
Maintenance required
reminder message
(U.S.A. only)
• After the mainte-
nance is performed
P. 543
Tire pressure warning
system (If equipped)
• When changing the
tire size
P. 5 6 8
Toyota parking assist
monitor (if equipped)
• After reconnecting or
changing the battery
• After changing a fuse
Refer to “NAVIGATION
AND MULTIMEDIA
SYSTEM OWNER’S
MANUAL”
Panoramic view
monitor (if equipped)
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 704 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
705
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
For owners
10
Reporting safety defects
for U.S. owners........................ 706
Seat belt instructions
for Canadian owners
(in French) ............................... 707
SRS airbag instructions
for Canadian owners
(in French) ............................... 709
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 705 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
706
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
Reporting safety defects for U.S. owners
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a
crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately
inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA) in addition to notifying Toyota Motor Sales, U.S.A., Inc.
(Toll-free: 1-800-331-4331).
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investiga-
tion, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles,
it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA can-
not become involved in individual problems between you, your
dealer, or Toyota Motor Sales, U.S.A., Inc.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at
1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to
http://www.safer car.gov ;
or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Ave, S.E.,
Washington, DC 20590. You can also obtain other information about
motor vehicle safety from
http://www.safercar.gov.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 706 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
707
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
10
For owners
Seat belt instructions for Canadian owners
(in French)
● Tirez sur la ceinture épaulière
jusqu’à ce qu’elle recouvre
entièrement l’épaule; elle ne
doit cependant pas toucher le
cou ni glisser de l’épaule.
● Placez la ceinture abdominale
le plus bas possible sur les
hanches.
● Réglez la position du dossier. Tenez-vous assis bien au fond du
siège, le dos droit.
● Ne vrillez pas la ceinture de sécurité.
The following is a French explanation of seat belt instructions
extracted from the seat belt section in this manual.
See the seat belt section for more detailed seat belt instructions in
English.
Utilisation adéquate des ceintures de sécurité
AVERTISSEMENT
■ Lorsque vous utilisez la ceinture de sécurité centrale arrière
● N’utilisez pas la ceinture de sécurité du
siège central arrière si l’une des bou-
cles est retirée. Attacher une seule bou-
cle pourrait occasionner des blessures
graves, voire mortelles, en cas de frei-
nage ou de dérapage brusques, ou
d’accident.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 707 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
708
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
■
Ceintures de sécurité
Avec un chiffon ou une éponge, nettoyez à l’aide d’un savon doux
et de l’eau tiède. Vérifiez aussi les ceintures régulièrement pour
vous assurer qu’elles ne présentent pas d’usure excessive, d’effilo-
chage ou de coupures.
Entretien et soin
AVERTISSEMENT
■ Dommages et usure de la ceinture de sécurité
Vérifiez périodiquement le système de ceintures de sécurité. Vérifiez qu’il
n’y a pas de coupures, d’effilochures ni de pièces desserrées. N’utilisez pas
une ceinture de sécurité endommagée avant qu’elle ne soit remplacée.
Les ceintures de sécurité endommagées ne peuvent pas protéger les occu-
pants contre les blessures graves, voire mortelles.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 708 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
709
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
10
For owners
SRS airbag instructions for Canadian own-
ers (in French)
The following is a French explanation of SRS airbag instructions
extracted from the SRS airbag section in this manual.
See the SRS airbag section for more detailed SRS airbag instruc-
tions in English.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 709 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
710
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
◆ Coussins gonflables SRS avant
Coussin gonflable SRS du conducteur/coussin gonflable SRS du
passager avant
Peuvent aider à protéger la tête et la poitrine du conducteur et du
passager avant contre les impacts avec des composants intéri-
eurs
Coussin gonflable SRS de protection des genoux du conducteur
Peut aider à protéger le conducteur
Coussin gonflable SRS du coussin de siège
Peut aider à retenir le passager avant
◆ Coussins gonflables SRS latéraux et en rideau
Coussins gonflables SRS latéraux
Peuvent aider à protéger le torse des occupants des sièges
avant
Coussins gonflables SRS en rideau
● Peuvent aider à protéger principalement la tête des occupants
des sièges latéraux
● Peuvent aider à empêcher les occupants d’être éjectés du
véhicule en cas de tonneaux
1
2
3
4
5
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 710 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
711
10
For owners
Composants du système de coussins gonflables SRS
Capteurs d’impact latéral (por-
tières avant)
Coussin gonflable du passa-
ger avant
Coussins gonflables en rideau
Coussin gonflable du coussin
de siège du passager avant
Coussins gonflables latéraux
Voyants “AIR BAG ON” et
“AIR BAG OFF”
Contacteur de boucle de cein-
ture de sécurité du passager
avant
Lampe témoin SRS
Coussin gonflable du conduc-
teur
Capteurs d’impact latéral
(arrière)
Limiteurs de force et disposi-
tifs de tension des ceintures
de sécurité
Capteur de position du siège
du conducteur
Contacteur de boucle de cein-
ture de sécurité du conducteur
Coussin gonflable de protec-
tion des genoux du conduc-
teur
Capteurs d’impact avant
Système de classification de
l’occupant du siège du passa-
ger avant (ECU et capteurs)
Module de capteur de coussin
gonflable
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 711 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
712
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
Votre véhicule est doté de COUSSINS GONFLABLES ÉVOLUÉS
dont la conception s’appuie sur les normes de sécurité des véhicules
à moteur américains (FMVSS208). Le module de capteur de coussin
gonflable (ECU) contrôle le déploiement des coussins gonflables en
fonction des informations obtenues des capteurs et d’autres éléments
affichés dans le diagramme des composants du système ci-dessus.
Ces informations comprennent des données relatives à la gravité de
l’accident et aux occupants. Au moment du déploiement des coussins
gonflables, une réaction chimique se produit dans les gonfleurs de
coussin gonflable et les coussins gonflables se remplissent rapide-
ment d’un gaz non toxique pour aider à limiter le mouvement des
occupants.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 712 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
713
10
For owners
AVERTISSEMENT
■ Précautions relatives aux coussins gonflables SRS
Observez les précautions suivantes en ce qui concerne les coussins gonfla-
bles SRS.
Les négliger pourrait occasionner des blessures graves, voire mortelles.
● Le conducteur et tous les passagers du véhicule doivent porter leur cein-
ture de sécurité de la manière appropriée.
Les coussins gonflables SRS sont des dispositifs supplémentaires qui doi-
vent être utilisés avec les ceintures de sécurité.
● Le coussin gonflable SRS du conducteur se déploie avec une force consi-
dérable et peut occasionner des blessures graves, voire mortelles, notam-
ment lorsque le conducteur se trouve très près du coussin gonflable. La
National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), aux États-Unis,
fait les recommandations suivantes :
La zone à risque du coussin gonflable du conducteur couvre 2 à 3 in. (50
à 75 mm) de la zone de déploiement du coussin gonflable. Pour assurer
une marge de sécurité suffisante, restez à 10 in. (250 mm) du coussin
gonflable. Cette distance est mesurée depuis le centre du volant jusqu’à
votre sternum. Si maintenant vous vous tenez assis à moins de 10 in.
(250 mm), vous pouvez changer votre position de conduite de plusieurs
manières :
• Reculez votre siège à la position maximale vous permettant d’atteindre
encore aisément les pédales.
• Inclinez légèrement le dossier du siège.
Même si les véhicules sont conçus différemment, la plupart des con-
ducteurs peuvent maintenir une distance de 10 in. (250 mm), même si
leur siège se trouve complètement vers l’avant, simplement en inclinant
un peu le dossier du siège vers l’arrière. Si la visibilité avant est moin-
dre après avoir incliné le dossier de votre siège, utilisez un coussin
ferme et non glissant pour être assis plus haut ou relevez le siège si
cette option est disponible sur votre véhicule.
• Si votre volant est réglable en hauteur, inclinez-le vers le bas. Cela
vous permet d’orienter le coussin gonflable vers votre buste plutôt que
vers votre tête et vers votre cou.
Le siège doit être réglé de la manière recommandée ci-dessus par la
NHTSA, tout en gardant le contrôle des pédales et du volant, ainsi que la
vue sur les commandes du tableau de bord.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 713 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
714
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
AVERTISSEMENT
■ Précautions relatives aux coussins gonflables SRS
● Le coussin gonflable SRS du passager avant se déploie également avec
une force considérable et peut occasionner des blessures graves, voire
mortelles, notamment lorsque le passager avant se trouve très près du
coussin gonflable. Le siège du passager avant doit se trouver le plus loin
possible du coussin gonflable et le dossier doit être réglé de manière à ce
que le passager avant soit assis bien droit.
● Le déploiement d’un coussin gonflable risque d’infliger des blessures gra-
ves, voire mortelles, aux bébés et aux enfants mal assis et/ou mal atta-
chés. Un bébé ou un enfant trop petit pour utiliser une ceinture de sécurité
doit être correctement retenu à l’aide d’un dispositif de retenue pour
enfants. Toyota recommande vivement de placer et d’attacher correcte-
ment tous les bébés et tous les enfants sur les sièges arrière du véhicule à
l’aide de dispositifs de retenue adaptés. Les sièges arrière sont plus sécu-
ritaires pour les bébés et les enfants que le siège du passager avant.
● Si la rallonge de ceinture de sécurité a
été reliée à la boucle des ceintures de
sécurité des sièges avant sans avoir
aussi été attachée à la plaque de blo-
cage des ceintures de sécurité, les
coussins gonflables SRS avant consi-
déreront que le conducteur et le passa-
ger avant portent tout de même leur
ceinture de sécurité même si les ceintu-
res de sécurité ne sont pas attachées.
Les coussins gonflables SRS avant
peuvent alors ne pas s’activer correcte-
ment lors d’une collision, ce qui repré-
sente un risque de blessures graves,
voire mortelles. Assurez-vous de tou-
jours porter la ceinture de sécurité avec
la rallonge de ceinture de sécurité.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 714 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
715
10
For owners
AVERTISSEMENT
■ Précautions relatives aux coussins gonflables SRS
● N’installez jamais un dispositif de retenue pour enfants de type dos à la
route sur le siège du passager avant, même si le voyant “AIR BAG OFF”
est allumé.
En cas d’accident, la force et la vitesse de déploiement du coussin gonfla-
ble du passager avant pourraient infliger à l’enfant des blessures graves,
voire mortelles, si le dispositif de retenue pour enfants de type dos à la
route était installé sur le siège du passager avant.
● Ne vous asseyez pas sur le bord du
siège et ne vous appuyez pas sur la
planche de bord.
● Ne laissez pas un enfant se tenir face
au coussin gonflable SRS du passager
avant ni s’asseoir sur les genoux d’un
passager avant.
● Ne laissez pas les occupants des siè-
ges avant tenir des objets sur leurs
genoux.
● Ne vous appuyez pas sur la portière ou
sur le brancard de pavillon, ni sur les
montants avant, latéraux ou arrière.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 715 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
716
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
AVERTISSEMENT
■ Précautions relatives aux coussins gonflables SRS
● Ne laissez personne s’agenouiller face
à la portière sur le siège du passager ni
sortir la tête ou les mains à l’extérieur
du véhicule.
● Ne fixez rien et n’appuyez rien sur des
zones telles que la planche de bord, le
tampon de volant et la partie inférieure
du tableau de bord.
Ces objets peuvent se transformer en
projectiles lorsque les coussins gonfla-
bles SRS du conducteur, du passager
avant ou de protection des genoux se
déploient.
● Ne fixez rien sur des zones telles que
les portières, le pare-brise, les glaces
de portières, les montants avant ou
arrière, le brancard de pavillon et la poi-
gnée de maintien.
● Véhicules non dotés du système Smart
key : N’accrochez pas d’objets lourds,
pointus ou durs, par exemple des clés
ou des accessoires, à la clé. Ces objets
pourraient empêcher le déploiement du
coussin gonflable SRS de protection
des genoux ou être projetés violem-
ment dans l’assise du siège du conduc-
teur par la force du déploiement, et
donc présenter un danger.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 716 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
717
10
For owners
AVERTISSEMENT
■ Précautions relatives aux coussins gonflables SRS
● N’accrochez pas de cintres ni d’objets rigides sur les crochets porte-vête-
ments. Tous ces objets pourraient se transformer en projectiles et vous
occasionner des blessures graves, voire mortelles, en cas de déploiement
des coussins gonflables SRS en rideau.
● Si un recouvrement de vinyle est placé sur la zone de déploiement du
coussin gonflable SRS de protection des genoux, veillez à le retirer.
● N’tilisez pas d’ccessoires recouvrant les parties du siège où les coussins
gonflables SRS latéraux et le coussin gonflable SRS du coussin de siège
se déploient, car ces accessoires pourraient entraver le déploiement des
coussins SRS. De tels accessoires peuvent empêcher les coussins gon-
flables latéraux et le coussin gonflable du coussin de siège de se déployer
correctement, rendre le système inopérant ou provoquer accidentellement
le déploiement des coussins gonflables latéraux et du coussin gonflable
du coussin de siège, occasionnant des blessures graves, voire mortelles.
● Ne frappez pas et n’ppliquez pas une pression importante à l’mplacement
des composants des coussins gonflables SRS.
Vous risquez de provoquer un mauvais fonctionnement des coussins gon-
flables SRS.
● Ne touchez à aucun composant des coussins gonflables SRS immédiate-
ment après leur déploiement (gonflage), car ils pourraient être chauds.
● Si vous avez de la difficulté à respirer après le déploiement des coussins
gonflables SRS, ouvrez une portière ou une glace pour laisser entrer l’air,
ou quittez le véhicule si vous pouvez le faire en toute sécurité. Dès que
possible, nettoyez tous les résidus afin d’éviter les irritations cutanées.
● Si les emplacements de stockage des coussins gonflables SRS, tels que
le tampon de volant et les garnitures des montants avant et arrière, sont
endommagés ou fissurés, faites-les remplacer par votre concessionnaire
Toyota.
● Ne placez aucun objet, par exemple un coussin, sur le siège du passager
avant. Cela disperserait le poids du passager, ce qui empêcherait le cap-
teur de le détecter correctement. Cela pourrait empêcher le déploiement
des coussins gonflables SRS du passager avant en cas de collision.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 717 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
718
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
AVERTISSEMENT
■ Modification et mise au rebut des composants du système de coussins
gonflables SRS
Ne mettez pas votre véhicule au rebut et n’effectuez aucune des modifica-
tions suivantes sans d’abord consulter votre concessionnaire Toyota. Les
coussins gonflables SRS pourraient fonctionner de manière incorrecte ou
se déployer (gonfler) accidentellement, ce qui serait susceptible d’occasion-
ner des blessures graves, voire mortelles.
● Installation, retrait, démontage et réparation des coussins gonflables SRS
● Réparations, modifications, retrait ou remplacement du volant, du tableau
de bord, de la planche de bord, des sièges ou du capitonnage des sièges,
des montants avant, latéraux et arrière ou des brancards de pavillon
● Réparations ou modifications de l’aile avant, du pare-chocs avant ou du
côté de l’habitacle
● Installation d’une protection de calandre (barre safari, barre kangourou,
etc.), de lames de déneigement, de treuils ou d’un porte-bagages de toit
● Modifications du système de suspension du véhicule
● Installation d’appareils électroniques tels qu’un émetteur-récepteur radio
ou un lecteur de CD
● Modifications à votre véhicule pour une personne aux capacités physiques
réduites
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 718 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
719
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
Index
What to do if...
(Troubleshooting) .................... 720
Alphabetical index ..................... 724
For vehicles with Entune Premium Audio with Naviga-
tion or Entune Audio Plus, refer to the “NAVIGATION
AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S MANUAL” for
information regarding the equipment listed below.
• Navigation system
• Audio system
• Rear view monitor system
• Toyota parking assist monitor
• Panoramic view monitor
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 719 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
720
What to do if... (Troubleshooting)
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
What to do if... (Troubleshooting)
● If you lose your keys or mechanical keys, new genuine keys or mechanical
keys can be made by your Toyota dealer. (→P. 100)
● Vehicles with smart key system
If you lose your electronic keys, the risk of vehicle theft increases signifi-
cantly. Contact your Toyota dealer immediately. (→P. 106)
● Is the key battery weak or depleted? (→P. 585)
● Vehicles with smart key system
Is the engine switch in IGNITION ON mode?
When locking the doors, turn the engine switch off. (→P. 199)
● Vehicles with smart key system
Is the electronic key left inside the vehicle?
When locking the doors, make sure that you have the electronic key on
your person.
● The function may not operate properly due to the condition of the radio
wave. (→P. 101, 132)
● Is the child-protector lock set?
The rear door cannot be opened from inside the vehicle when the lock is
set. Open the rear door from outside and then unlock the child-protector
lock. (→P. 110)
If you have a problem, check the following before contacting
your Toyota dealer.
The doors cannot be locked, unlocked, opened or closed
You lose your keys
The doors cannot be locked or unlocked
The rear door cannot be opened
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 720 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
721
What to do if... (Troubleshooting)
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
● Is the shift lever in P? (→P. 196)
● Is the battery discharged? (→P. 658)
● Did you press the engine switch while firmly depressing the brake pedal?
(→P. 198)
● Is the shift lever in P? (→P. 198)
● Is the electronic key anywhere detectable inside the vehicle? (→P. 130)
● Is the steering wheel unlocked? (→P. 201)
● Is the electronic key battery weak or depleted?
In this case, the engine can be started in a temporary way. (→P. 657)
● Is the battery discharged? (→P. 658)
● Vehicles without smart key system
Is the engine switch in the “ON” position?
If you cannot release the shift lever by depressing the brake pedal with the
engine switch in the “ON” position: →P. 209
● Vehicles with smart key system
Is the engine switch in IGNITION ON mode?
If you cannot release the shift lever by depressing the brake pedal with the
engine switch in IGNITION ON mode: →P. 209
● Vehicles without smart key system
It is locked to prevent theft of the vehicle if the key is removed from the
engine switch. (→P. 197)
● Vehicles with smart key system
It is locked automatically to prevent theft of the vehicle. (→P. 201)
If you think something is wrong
The engine does not start
(vehicles without smart key system)
The engine does not start
(vehicles with smart key system)
The shift lever cannot be shifted from P even if you depress
the brake pedal
The steering wheel cannot be turned after the engine is
stopped
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 721 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
722
What to do if... (Troubleshooting)
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
● Is the window lock switch pressed?
The power window except for the one at the driver’s seat cannot be oper-
ated if the window lock switch is pressed. (→P. 156)
● The auto power off function will be operated if the vehicle is left in ACCES-
SORY or IGNITION ON mode (the engine is not running) for a period of
time. (→P. 200)
● The seat belt reminder light is flashing
Are the driver and the front passenger wearing the seat belts? (→P. 616)
● The brake system warning light is on
Is the parking brake released? (→P. 212)
Depending on the situation, other types of warning buzzer may also sound.
(→P. 615, 625)
● Is the message displayed on the multi-information display?
Check the message on the multi-information display. (→P. 636)
● When a warning light turns on or a warning message is displayed, refer to
P. 615, 625.
The windows do not open or close by operating the power
window switches
The engine switch is turned off automatically
(vehicles with smart key system)
A warning buzzer sounds during driving
A warning buzzer sounds when leaving the vehicle
(vehicles with smart key system)
A warning light turns on or a warning message is displayed
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 722 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
723
What to do if... (Troubleshooting)
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
● Stop the vehicle in a safe place and replace the flat tire with the spare tire.
(→P. 641)
● Try the procedure for when the vehicle becomes stuck in mud, dirt, or
snow. (→P. 665)
When a problem has occurred
If you have a flat tire
The vehicle becomes stuck
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 723 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
724
Alphabetical index
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
Alphabetical index
A/C .................................... 484, 490
Air conditioning filter ............. 583
Automatic air conditioning
system................................490
Manual air conditioning
system................................484
Micro dust and pollen filter.... 492
ABS (Anti-lock Brake
System) .................................. 307
Function................................ 307
Warning light......................... 615
Air conditioning filter .............. 583
Air conditioning
system............................ 484, 490
Air conditioning filter ............. 583
Automatic air conditioning
system................................490
Manual air conditioning
system................................484
Micro dust and pollen filter.... 492
Airbags ....................................... 36
Airbag operating conditions .... 44
Airbag precautions for
your child..............................39
Airbag warning light .............. 615
Correct driving posture ........... 26
Curtain shield airbag
operating conditions ............. 44
Curtain shield airbag
precautions........................... 41
Front passenger occupant
classification system............. 49
General airbag precautions ....39
Locations of airbags................36
Modification and disposal
of airbags..............................43
Side airbag operating
conditions ............................. 44
Side airbag precautions.......... 41
Side and curtain shield
airbags operating
conditions ............................. 44
Side and curtain shield
airbags precautions.............. 41
SRS airbag instructions for
Canadian owners............... 709
SRS airbags ........................... 36
All-wheel drive lock switch..... 296
Anchor brackets........................ 62
Antenna
Radio ............................ 335, 408
Smart key system................. 130
Anti-lock brake system
(ABS)...................................... 307
Function................................ 307
Warning light......................... 615
Approach warning
Dynamic radar cruise
control ................................ 268
Armrest..................................... 521
Assist grips.............................. 522
Audio input ...................... 330, 393
Audio system........................... 324
Audio input............................ 330
AUX port/
USB port............. 330, 346, 352
Bluetooth
®
audio .................. 359
CD player.............................. 336
iPod ...................................... 346
MP3/WMA disc..................... 336
Optimal use .......................... 332
Portable music player........... 330
Radio .................................... 334
Steering wheel audio
switch ................................. 327
USB memory ........................ 352
AUTO LSD ................................ 307
Automatic air conditioning
system
Air conditioning filter ............. 583
Automatic air conditioning
system................................ 490
A
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 724 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
725
Alphabetical index
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
Automatic High Beam ............. 217
Automatic light control
system.................................... 216
Automatic transmission.......... 203
If the shift lever cannot be
shifted from P ..................... 209
Paddle shift switches ........... 206
AUX port ........................... 330, 393
Auxiliary box............................ 507
Back door
Back door.............................. 113
Jam protection function......... 121
Power back door................... 116
Touchless power back
door .................................... 115
Wireless remote control..........99
Back-up lights
Replacing light bulbs............. 599
Wattage ................................ 676
Battery ...................................... 561
Battery checking ................... 561
If the vehicle battery
is discharged ...................... 658
Preparing and checking
before winter....................... 314
Warning light/
message............................. 629
Bluetooth
®
........................ 384, 472
Audio system ................ 376, 439
Hands-free system
(for cellular phone) ..... 379, 441
Registering a
Bluetooth
®
device.......365, 432
Selecting a Bluetooth
®
device......................... 367, 434
Wireless
communication ...........359, 427
Bluetooth
®
audio ............. 376, 439
Bluetooth
®
phone
(audio system)....................... 359
Deleting the call history ........ 373
Making a call......................... 379
Managing speed dials........... 372
Managing the contacts ......... 374
Phone settings...................... 366
Receiving a call .................... 381
Speaking on the phone......... 379
Bluetooth
®
phone (Entune Audio)
Deleting the call history ........ 458
Making a call......................... 443
Managing the contacts ......... 462
Message function ................. 450
Phone settings...................... 456
Receiving a call .................... 446
Speaking on the phone......... 447
Bottle holders .......................... 507
Brake
Fluid...................................... 560
Parking brake ....................... 212
Warning light/
message..................... 615, 626
Brake assist ............................. 307
Break-in tips............................. 167
Brightness control
Instrument panel light
control .................................. 86
BSM (Blind Spot Monitor)....... 297
Blind Spot Monitor
function............................... 301
Rear Cross Traffic Alert
function............................... 304
Care .................................. 536, 539
Aluminum wheels ................. 537
Exterior ................................. 536
Interior .................................. 539
Radar sensor................ 234, 300
Seat belts.............................. 540
B
C
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 725 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
726
Alphabetical index
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
Cargo capacity......................... 668
Cargo hooks............................. 508
Catch protection function....... 157
CD player.......................... 336, 409
Chains....................................... 314
Child restraint system............... 57
Booster seats, definition ......... 57
Booster seats, installation....... 67
Convertible seats,
definition............................... 57
Convertible seats,
installation ............................ 64
Front passenger occupant
classification system............. 49
Infant seats, definition............. 57
Infant seats, installation .......... 64
Installing CRS with
LATCH system ..................... 62
Installing CRS with seat
belts...................................... 64
Installing CRS with top
tether strap ........................... 69
Child safety ................................ 56
Airbag precautions.................. 39
Back door precautions.......... 123
Battery precautions....... 563, 661
Child restraint system .............57
How your child should
wear the seat belt................. 32
Installing child restraints ......... 61
Moon roof precautions.......... 163
Power window lock switch .... 156
Power window
precautions.........................159
Rear door child-protectors .... 110
Removed key battery
precautions.........................587
Seat belt extender
precautions........................... 35
Seat belt precautions.............. 33
Seat heater precautions........ 499
Child-protectors ...................... 110
Cleaning ........................... 536, 539
Aluminum wheels ................. 537
Exterior ................................. 536
Interior .................................. 539
Radar sensor................ 234, 300
Seat belts.............................. 540
Clock......................................... 398
Coat hooks............................... 521
Compass .................................. 530
Condenser................................ 560
Console box............................. 505
Coolant..................................... 558
Capacity................................ 672
Checking............................... 558
Preparing and checking
before winter ...................... 314
Cooling system
Engine overheating............... 662
Cruise control
Cruise control ....................... 273
Dynamic radar cruise
control ................................ 261
Warning message................. 630
Cup holders ............................. 506
Curtain shield airbags............... 36
Customizable features............ 693
Daytime running light
system.................................... 215
Defogger
Outside rear view
mirrors........................ 486, 493
Rear window................. 486, 493
Windshield............................ 485
Differential................................ 673
Dimension................................ 668
Dinghy towing.......................... 195
D
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 726 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
727
Alphabetical index
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
Display
Dynamic radar cruise
control................................. 261
Fuel consumption
information............................ 94
Intuitive parking assist .......... 278
LDA (Lane Departure Alert
with steering control) .......... 257
Multi-information display......... 88
Trip information....................... 94
Warning message................. 625
Do-it-yourself maintenance .... 549
Doors
Automatic door locking
and unlocking system......... 110
Back door.............................. 113
Door glasses......................... 156
Door lock....................... 107, 113
Open door warning buzzer ... 131
Open door warning
message............................. 627
Outside rear view mirrors...... 153
Rear door child-protectors .... 110
Side doors............................. 107
Driver’s seat belt reminder
light......................................... 616
Driver’s seat position
memory .................................. 144
Driving ...................................... 166
Break-in tips.......................... 167
Correct posture....................... 26
Driving in the rain.................. 167
Driving mode select
switch ................................. 205
Procedures ...........................166
Winter drive tips.................... 314
Driving position memory ........ 144
Dynamic Torque Control
AWD system .......................... 308
Dynamic radar cruise
control.................................... 261
Function................................ 261
Warning message................. 626
Eco drive mode........................ 205
EDR (Event data recorder)........ 10
Electric Power Steering
(EPS) ...................................... 308
Function................................ 308
Warning light......................... 616
Electronic key ............................ 98
Battery-saving function......... 131
If the electronic key does
not operate properly........... 656
Replacing the battery............ 585
Emergency, in case of
If a warning buzzer
sounds................................ 615
If a warning light
turns on .............................. 615
If a warning message
is displayed ........................ 625
If the electronic key does
not operate properly........... 656
If the engine will not start...... 654
If the vehicle has
discharged battery.............. 658
If you have a flat tire ............. 641
If you lose your keys............. 100
If you think something is
wrong ................................. 613
If your vehicle becomes
stuck................................... 665
If your vehicle has to be
stopped in an emergency... 605
If your vehicle needs to be
towed.................................. 607
If your vehicle overheats....... 662
E
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 727 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
728
Alphabetical index
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
Emergency flashers ................ 604
Engine
“ACC” position ...................... 196
Accessory mode ................... 199
Compartment........................554
Engine switch................196, 198
Hood ..................................... 551
How to start the
engine......................... 196, 198
Identification number ............ 670
If the engine will not start......654
Ignition switch
(engine switch) ...........196, 198
Overheating .......................... 662
Engine coolant......................... 558
Capacity................................672
Checking............................... 558
Preparing and checking
before winter....................... 314
Engine immobilizer system ...... 73
Engine oil ................................. 555
Capacity................................671
Checking............................... 555
Preparing and checking
before winter....................... 314
Engine switch
(ignition switch)............. 196, 198
Engine switch light
(ignition switch light)............ 501
Entune Audio ........................... 390
AUX Port/USB port............... 393
Basic Audio Operations ........ 394
CD player.............................. 409
iPod ...................................... 416
Listening to Bluetooth
®
Audio.................................. 439
Radio .................................... 407
Steering wheel audio
switches ............................. 392
USB memory ........................ 421
Using a Bluetooth
®
Phone................................. 441
Using the AUX port............... 426
Entune Audio Plus
*
EPS (Electric Power
Steering) ................................ 308
Function................................ 308
Warning light......................... 616
Event data recorder (EDR)........ 10
Exhaust gas precautions.......... 72
Flat tire ..................................... 641
Floor mats.................................. 24
Fluid
Automatic transaxle .............. 673
Brake .................................... 674
Washer ................................. 564
Fog lights ................................. 221
Replacing light bulbs ............ 594
Switch................................... 221
Wattage ................................ 676
Front passenger occupant
classification system.............. 49
F
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 728 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
729
Alphabetical index
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
Front seats ............................... 139
Adjustment............................ 139
Cleaning................................ 539
Correct driving posture ........... 26
Driving position memory ....... 144
Head restraints ..................... 146
Seat heaters ......................... 499
Seat position memory........... 144
Front side marker lights.......... 213
Light switch........................... 213
Replacing light bulbs............. 594
Wattage ................................ 676
Front turn signal lights ........... 211
Replacing light bulbs............. 593
Turn signal lever ................... 211
Wattage ................................ 676
Fuel ........................................... 670
Capacity................................670
Fuel gauge..............................84
Fuel pump shut off
system................................614
Information............................677
Refueling............................... 229
Type...................................... 670
Warning light/
message..................... 616, 634
Fuel consumption
information .............................. 94
Fuel filler door.......................... 229
Refueling............................... 229
Fuel pump shut off system..... 614
Fuses ........................................ 588
Garage door opener ................ 523
Gauges ....................................... 84
Glove box ................................. 505
Grocery bag hooks.................. 508
Hands-free system
(for cellular phone) ....... 379, 441
HD Radio
®
system*
Head restraints ........................ 146
Headlights................................ 213
Automatic High Beam........... 217
Light switch........................... 213
Replacing light bulbs ............ 592
Wattage ................................ 676
Heated steering wheel ............ 499
Heaters
Automatic air conditioning
system................................ 490
Manual air conditioning
system................................ 484
Heated steering wheel.......... 500
Seat heaters ......................... 500
Outside rear view
mirrors........................ 486, 493
High mounted stoplight
Replacing.............................. 601
Hill-start assist control ........... 307
Hood ......................................... 551
Hooks
Cargo hooks ......................... 508
Coat hooks ........................... 521
Grocery bag hooks ............... 508
Retaining hooks
(floor mat)............................. 24
Horn .......................................... 149
G
H
*: Refer to “NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S MANUAL”.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 729 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
730
Alphabetical index
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
I/M test ...................................... 548
Identification ............................ 669
Engine................................... 670
Vehicle..................................669
Ignition switch
(engine switch).............. 196, 198
Ignition switch light
(engine switch light) ............. 501
Illuminated entry system ........ 503
Immobilizer system ................... 73
Indicators ................................... 78
Initialization
Items to initialize ................... 704
Maintenance ......................... 543
Moon roof.............................. 162
Power back door................... 121
Tire pressure warning
system................................567
Inside rear view mirror............ 151
Instrument panel light
control...................................... 86
Interior lights............................ 501
Switch ................................... 502
Wattage ................................ 676
Intuitive parking assist............ 277
Jack
Positioning a floor jack.......... 553
Vehicle-equipped
jack..................................... 642
Jack handle...................... 642, 647
Jam protection function
Moon roof.............................. 161
Power back door opener
and closer...........................121
Power windows..................... 157
Keyless entry ..................... 99, 130
Smart key system................. 130
Wireless remote control.......... 99
Keys............................................ 98
Battery-saving function......... 131
Electronic key ......................... 98
Engine switch ............... 196, 198
If the electronic key does
not operate properly........... 656
If you lose your keys............. 100
Key number plate ................... 98
Keyless entry.................. 99, 130
Keys........................................ 98
Replacing the battery............ 585
Warning buzzer .................... 131
Wireless remote control
key........................................ 99
LATCH system........................... 62
LDA (Lane Departure Alert
with steering control) ........... 253
Lever
Auxiliary catch lever.............. 551
Hood lock release lever........ 551
Shift lever.............................. 203
Turn signal lever................... 211
Wiper lever ........................... 222
License plate lights................. 213
Light switch........................... 213
Replacing light bulbs ............ 600
Wattage ................................ 676
I
J
K
L
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 730 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
731
Alphabetical index
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
Light
Automatic High Beam
system................................217
Engine switch light
(ignition switch light)...........501
Fog light switch..................... 221
Headlight switch.................... 213
Illuminated entry system ....... 503
Interior lights ......................... 502
Interior light list...................... 501
Luggage compartment
light..................................... 119
Personal lights ...................... 502
Replacing light bulbs............. 591
Turn signal lever ................... 211
Vanity lights .......................... 519
Wattage ................................ 676
Light bulbs
Replacing.............................. 591
Wattage ................................ 676
Lock steering column ............. 201
Maintenance
Do-it-yourself
maintenance....................... 549
General maintenance ........... 545
Maintenance data ................. 668
Maintenance required
reminder message.............. 634
Maintenance
requirements ...................... 542
Malfunction indicator lamp..... 615
Meter........................................... 84
Indicators ................................ 78
Instrument panel light
control................................... 86
Meters..................................... 84
Multi-information display......... 88
Warning lights....................... 615
Meter control switches.............. 89
Micro dust and pollen filter..... 492
Mirrors
Inside rear view mirror .......... 151
Outside rear view mirror
defoggers ................... 486, 493
Outside rear view mirrors ..... 153
Vanity mirrors ....................... 519
Moon roof................................. 160
Jam protection function ........ 161
Operation.............................. 160
MP3 disc........................... 336, 409
Multi-information display.......... 88
Dynamic radar cruise
control ................................ 261
Intuitive parking assist .......... 278
LDA (Lane Departure Alert
with steering control).......... 257
Switching the display.............. 89
Trip information....................... 94
Warning messages............... 625
Navigation system
*
Noise from under vehicle ........... 8
Odometer ................................... 85
Oil
Engine oil.............................. 671
Rear differential oil................ 673
Transfer oil............................ 674
Opener
Back door ............................. 113
Fuel filler door....................... 231
Hood..................................... 551
Outside rear view mirrors....... 153
Adjusting and folding ............ 153
Blind Spot Monitor ................ 297
Outside rear view mirror
defoggers ................... 486, 493
Outside temperature display.... 85
Overheating, Engine ............... 662
M
N
O
*: Refer to “NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S MANUAL”.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 731 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
732
Alphabetical index
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
Paddle shift switches...... 206, 207
Panoramic view monitor
*
Parking assist sensors
(intuitive parking assist)....... 277
Parking brake........................... 212
Operation.............................. 212
Parking brake engaged
warning buzzer...................615
Parking brake engaged
warning message ...............628
Parking lights........................... 213
Light switch........................... 213
Replacing light bulbs............. 593
Wattage ................................ 676
PCS (Pre-Collision System).... 239
Enabling/disabling the
system................................243
Function................................ 239
Warning light......................... 617
Warning message................. 631
Personal lights......................... 501
Switch ................................... 502
Wattage ................................ 676
Power back door opener
and closer .............................. 113
Power outlet............................. 520
Power steering (Electric
Power Steering system) ....... 308
Warning light......................... 616
Power windows........................ 156
Catch protection function...... 157
Jam protection function......... 157
Operation.............................. 156
Window lock switch............... 156
Pre-Collision System
(PCS) ...................................... 239
Enabling/disabling the
system................................243
Function................................ 239
Warning light......................... 617
Warning message................. 631
Radar cruise control
(dynamic radar cruise
control)................................... 261
Radiator.................................... 560
Radio ................................ 334, 407
Radio Broadcast Data
System (RBDS)
*
Rear passengers’ seat belt
reminder lights...................... 616
Rear seat .................................. 141
Adjustment............................ 141
Folding down the rear
seatbacks........................... 142
Rear side marker lights........... 213
Light switch........................... 213
Replacing light bulbs ............ 597
Wattage ................................ 676
Rear turn signal lights ............ 211
Replacing light bulbs ............ 597
Turn signal lever................... 211
Wattage ................................ 676
Rear view mirror
Inside rear view mirror .......... 151
Outside rear view mirrors ..... 153
Rear view monitor system...... 286
Rear window defogger.... 486, 493
Rear window wiper.................. 226
Refueling.................................. 229
Capacity................................ 670
Fuel types............................. 670
Opening the fuel tank cap..... 231
Replacing
Electronic key battery ........... 585
Fuses.................................... 588
Light bulbs ............................ 591
Tires...................................... 641
Wireless remote control
battery ................................ 585
Reporting safety defects
for U.S. owners...................... 706
P R
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 732 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
733
Alphabetical index
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
Resetting the maintenance
required reminder
message................................. 543
Seat belts.................................... 28
Adjusting the seat belt ............ 31
Automatic Locking
Retractor............................... 32
Child restraint system
installation ............................ 61
Cleaning and maintaining
the seat belt........................540
Emergency Locking
Retractor............................... 32
How to wear your seat belt ..... 28
How your child should
wear the seat belt................. 32
Pregnant women, proper
seat belt use......................... 33
Reminder light and buzzer.... 616
Seat belt extender................... 32
Seat belt instructions for
Canadian owners ............... 707
Seat belt pretensioners........... 31
SRS warning light ................. 615
Seat heaters ............................. 499
Seat position memory............. 144
Seating capacity ...................... 180
Seats................................. 139, 141
Adjustment.................... 139, 141
Adjustment
precautions................. 140, 143
Child seats/child restraint
system installation................ 61
Cleaning ............................... 539
Driving position memory....... 144
Folding down the rear
seatbacks........................... 142
Head restraint ....................... 146
Properly sitting in the seat ...... 26
Seat heaters ......................... 499
Seat position memory........... 144
Sensor
Automatic headlight
system................................ 216
Inside rear view mirror .......... 152
Intuitive parking assist .......... 277
LDA (Lane Departure Alert
with steering control).......... 253
Radar sensor........................ 234
Touchless sensor ................. 115
Service reminder indicators ..... 78
Shift lever
Automatic transmission ........ 203
If the shift lever cannot be
shifted from P..................... 209
Shift lock system..................... 209
Shopping bag hooks............... 508
Side airbags ............................... 36
Side marker lights ................... 213
Light switch........................... 213
Replacing light bulbs .... 594, 597
Wattage ................................ 676
S
*: Refer to “NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S MANUAL”.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 733 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
734
Alphabetical index
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
Side mirrors ............................. 153
Adjusting and folding ............153
Blind Spot Monitor ................ 297
Heaters ......................... 486, 493
Side turn signal lights ............. 211
Replacing light bulbs............. 601
Turn signal lever ................... 211
Smart key system .................... 130
Antenna location................... 130
Entry functions.............. 107, 113
Starting the engine................198
Warning message................. 636
Snow tires ................................ 316
Spare tire.................................. 641
Inflation pressure .................. 675
Storage location.................... 642
Spark plug................................ 672
Specifications .......................... 668
Speedometer.............................. 84
Sport mode............................... 205
Steering lock .................... 197, 201
Steering wheel ......................... 149
Adjustment............................ 149
Audio switches.............. 327, 392
Heated steering wheel.......... 499
Telephone switches...... 364, 455
Stop/tail lights
Replacing light bulbs............. 597
Wattage ................................ 676
Storage feature ........................ 504
Stuck
If the vehicle becomes
stuck................................... 665
Sun visors ................................ 519
Sunshade
Roof ...................................... 161
Switch
All-wheel drive lock switch.... 296
Audio remote control
switches ..................... 327, 392
Cruise control switch ............ 273
Dynamic radar cruise control
switch ................................. 261
Door lock switch ................... 109
Driving mode select
switch ................................. 205
Driving position memory
switches ............................. 144
“ECO MODE” button............. 205
Emergency flashers
switch ................................. 604
Engine switch ............... 196, 198
Fog light switch..................... 221
Garage door opener
switches ............................. 523
Heated steering wheel
switch ................................. 500
Ignition switch............... 196, 198
Intuitive parking assist .......... 277
LDA (Lane Departure Alert
with steering control).......... 256
Light switches....................... 213
Meter control switches............ 89
Moon roof switches............... 160
Outside rear view mirror
switches ............................. 153
Paddle shift switches............ 206
Power back door opener
and closer switch................ 113
Power door lock switch......... 109
Power window switch ........... 156
Rear window wiper and
washer switch..................... 226
Rear window and outside
rear view mirror
defoggers switch ........ 486, 493
Seat heater switches ............ 500
“SPORT” button.................... 205
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 734 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
735
Alphabetical index
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
Talk switch*.......................... 478
Telephone switches...... 364, 455
Tire pressure warning
reset switch ........................ 567
VSC OFF switch ................... 309
Window lock switch............... 156
Windshield wipers and
washer switch..................... 222
Tachometer ................................ 84
Tail lights.................................. 213
Light switch........................... 213
Replacing light bulbs............. 598
Wattage ................................ 676
Talk switch
*............................. 478
Telephone switches ........ 364, 455
Theft deterrent system
Engine immobilizer system..... 73
Tire inflation pressure............. 675
Maintenance data ................. 675
Warning light......................... 618
Tire information ....................... 680
Glossary................................ 687
Size....................................... 683
Tire identification number ..... 682
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading............................... 685
Tire pressure warning
system.................................... 567
Function................................ 567
Initializing.............................. 567
Installing tire pressure
warning valves and
transmitters......................... 567
Registering ID codes ............569
Tire pressure warning
reset switch ........................ 567
Warning light......................... 618
Tires.......................................... 565
Chains .................................. 314
Checking............................... 565
If you have a flat tire ............. 641
Inflation pressure.................. 675
Information............................ 680
Replacing.............................. 641
Rotating tires ........................ 566
Size....................................... 675
Snow tires............................. 316
Spare tire.............................. 641
Tire pressure warning
system................................ 567
Warning light......................... 618
Tools......................................... 642
Top tether strap......................... 69
Total load capacity.................. 668
Touchless power back
door ........................................ 115
Towing
Dinghy towing....................... 195
Emergency towing................ 609
Towing eyelet ....................... 609
Trailer Sway Control ............. 308
Trailer towing........................ 181
Toyota Safety Sense P............ 232
TRAC (Traction Control)......... 307
Trailer Sway Control ............... 308
Trailer towing........................... 181
Transmission
Automatic transmission ........ 203
If the shift lever cannot be
shifted from P..................... 209
Paddle shift switches............ 206
Selecting the driving mode ... 205
Trip information......................... 94
Trip meters................................. 85
Troubleshooting...................... 720
T
*: Refer to “NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S MANUAL”.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 735 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
736
Alphabetical index
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
Turn signal lights..................... 211
Replacing light
bulbs...................593, 597, 601
Turn signal lever ................... 211
Wattage ................................ 676
USB port ........................... 352, 393
Utility vehicle precautions ...... 318
Vanity lights ............................. 519
Vanity lights .......................... 519
Wattage ................................ 676
Vanity mirrors .......................... 519
Vehicle data recordings.............. 9
Vehicle identification
number................................... 669
Vehicle Stability Control
(VSC) ...................................... 307
Voice command system
* ....... 478
VSC (Vehicle Stability
Control) .................................. 307
Warning buzzers...................... 615
Brake system........................ 615
Downshifting ......................... 208
Key reminder ................ 131, 636
Open back door .................... 627
Open door............................. 627
Open moon roof.................... 162
Pre-collision braking ............. 239
Seat belt reminder ................ 616
Warning lights ......................... 615
ABS ...................................... 615
Brake system........................ 615
Electric power steering ......... 616
Low fuel level........................ 616
Malfunction indicator lamp.... 615
Pre-Collision System ............ 617
Seat belt reminder light......... 616
Slip indicator......................... 616
SRS ...................................... 615
Tire pressure ........................ 618
Warning messages.................. 625
Washer ..................................... 222
Checking............................... 564
Preparing and checking
before winter ...................... 314
Switch................................... 222
Washing and waxing............... 536
Weights
Cargo capacity...................... 668
Load limits ............................ 180
Weights................................. 668
Wheels...................................... 580
Replacing wheels ................. 580
Size....................................... 675
Window glasses ...................... 156
Window lock switch ................ 156
Windows................................... 156
Power windows..................... 156
Rear window
defogger..................... 486, 493
Windshield wiper
de-icer ............................ 486, 493
Windshield wipers................... 222
Intermittent windshield
wipers................................. 222
U
V
W
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 736 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
737
Alphabetical index
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
Winter driving tips................... 314
Wireless remote control
key ............................................ 99
Locking/Unlocking................... 99
Replacing the battery............ 585
WMA disc ......................... 336, 409
XM
®
Satellite Radio*
X
*: Refer to “NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S MANUAL”.
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 737 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
738
Alphabetical index
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 738 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
739
Alphabetical index
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 739 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
740
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U)
GAS STATION INFORMATION
Auxiliary catch lever Fuel filler door
P. 551
P. 231
Hood lock release
lever
Fuel filler door opener
Tire inflation
pressure
P. 551 P. 231
P. 6 7 5
Fuel tank capacity
(Reference)
15.9 gal. (60 L, 13.2 Imp.gal.)
Fuel type
Unleaded gasoline with an Octane Rating of 87
(Research Octane Number 91) or higher
P. 670
Cold tire inflation
pressure
P. 6 7 5
Engine oil capacity
(Drain and refill —
reference)
qt. (L, Imp.qt.)
With filter 4.6 (4.4, 3.9)
Without filter 4.2 (4.0, 3.5)
Engine oil type
“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” or equivalent
Oil grade: ILSAC GF-5 multigrade engine oil
Recommended viscosity: SAE 0W-20
P. 671
RAV4_OM_OM0R005U_(U).book Page 740 Wednesday, June 15, 2016 10:19 PM
